Full text of "Bulletins of American paleontology"

See other formats

Aveo
ogee teed
Vda

Py a Le
ih

iietta
RA \
RBH
fee

at gente
he wie

HW y
aly

Rgitiginer pig pr ee.

SEITE Ere £

she

Dyer Pe enh

Pe A

eae!

uh
hi
fret]

Fey .

Waele er,

Sytst
.

Wane
i

weed ile

vane

a4 jel Hee
CMa ELA)
ee

signee
trust

diy
i}

pameneiiey
Hatin. ths

Netearttte lastteait. hat
BAG

oN 4 pets
Hale iip sce

Mite Sali
irscbetiaaies Se

“* ty
Mitetiitite

pe
Be

satu Marin Pt hee be i ")
eit
URS

” 4}

nye ria!
tach pert kt ad
”

24 aye ae

syn

pe 9 ea ny 4d pated by po bt ad
che PA) EAR ATG tei aly ‘
de pejl aan ea IG Wi
My

ay
rote wat

Fe
acta

Kee
lea
Pee

rie *
Wb it Ary? f ti
WN a

P ,
reece
PMA ef
v7 ' vr
fe An,

A s ’ wey

bike

hit
i Pek
+

AY
ade

Sergiy
ee,
f i ia
Weal

ts
wave

Hgeet ae
ey ha

aye
niet

Dadra

ret
ene

it.

meh
iy 8 Hae

Lie alate ttets
; rf so je
Mh N Matet ?

agate
i

‘
ee AIH Ee

PAY | Les

i nal

”
. ie
f | p\, L

HARVARD UNIVERSITY

LIBRARY
OF THE

Museum of Comparative Zoology

De tw be ith

“) yes
LC Peri ai
¥
‘

Cyr,
7 Watt
he py

+) Ss
Abt fe

t =
~~ = be

pe 2 ur :
eee te ee ce ee

: >
= ¥~
Ca

BULLETINS

AMERICAN
EBALEON TOE@OGY
VOL XXXV
Bios a) MUS. COMP. ZOOL.
| LIBRARY
; | MAY 3 1955
1953-1955 uNNERSIY

Paleontological Research Institution
Ithaca, New York
esa:

Cm
,
#
: :
Fe i
@
a ‘
"
C '
iz : 1
i ioun 7: 7
i
Lee
ad ;
7
re
A,
a
> Ye - it
a
¥
=
“4
i
‘
rj : ;
’
.
i rr) .
2
: 7
‘

eo vaihoy oe
— YAOIOOS KIK09 EUS Banh
CENT EOO POTRGNNG —

. , Z :
>. : i eee -
| : . - 7 y se a
es We rae - wa | a

CONTENTS OF VOLUME XXXV

Bulletin No.

146.

149.

150.

154.

Memorial. Gilbert Dennison Harris
By Katherine Van Winkle Palmer ............

Criteria for the Recognition of Certain As-
sumed Camerinid Genera
Vee Vee LORE She OO Og. sete ao cod eto es

Two Species of Larger Foraminifera from
Paleocene Beds in Georgia
By W. Storrs Cole and Stephen M. Her-
TOE FC im, Sey) VE net A ae er 2 ol eC ee

Contributions to Knowledge of the Brazilian
EMICOZOICSNOse) Aisa ie Se
A. Introductory Survey of the Brazilian
Carboniferous
By mien e tisiist CASTOI ns See ec cn
B. Notes on “ome Brachiopods from the
Itaituba Formation (Pennsylvanian) of
the Tapaijos River, Brazil
Berl Se NC SSOT eete enn ono ee

Early Ordovician Cephalopod Fauna from
Northwestern Australia
By Curt Teichert and Brian F. Glenister

New Californian Pleistocene Eulimidae
IB yao uillimani ib erry tes 2 ee

Systems of the Volutidae

Plates

Frontispiece

Pages
1- 24
25- 46
47- 62
63-146
63- 76
77-146

By Henry A. Pilsbry and Axel A. Olsson 25-28 271-306
Five New Species and a New Subgenus in

the Pelecypod Family Cardiidae

Bye Ase MiymarIMCen ys) mos ie ee 29 307-330
Upper Devonian Ostracoda from the Cerro

Gordo Formation of fowa

Byeplbe wits Gi SOs ots eee ee 8 a 30-31 331-368
pgm seni 983 Te reali rs Mitt We ee 369-386

~ 255-258 double pagination.

MAY 3 1955

Pa 4 s
re 7? ~
7
ar =
+ 05 '
: o>
—
of
Hing e
2 :
- »
- .
Os
a ‘
a
—*
>

et
Ded
¢ »
qe
pa

y
sy

aoe

ee
“ear

ft Spi ae AS
22. & ‘s > An
x & ® aa

a 2 od , : : -

: 2 : 7

BULLETINS

AMERICAN
PALEONTOLOGY

VOL. XXXV

: SPIE FSET me ews
MUS. COMP. 280}
LIBRARY
JAN 25 1954
NUMBER 146 HAREARG

1953

Paleontological Research Institution
Ithaca, New York
9. A.

1953
Wa ENIMN Ts. <3 ee oe ES DD ee KENNETH E. CASTER
WIDEPPREBIDEN Tas, ssc. sn ee Deen ed ten la Ss, OLS W. Storrs CoLe
SECRETARY=1 REASURER- = ikeelmaces ob pale at Agr pee tee ae Resecca S. HArris
PPIRRETOR Sse oo nic Sais oe ne OE Ge he 8 eee KATHERINE V. W. PALMER
COUNSEL oa oe Se gas Ses Lk Dp Ss Se ee eT ARMAND’ L, ADAMS
Trustees

KATHERINE V. W. PALMER (Life)
RatpH A, LIDDLE (1950-56)

KENNETH E. CASTER (1949-54)

W. Storrs CoLe (1952-58)

RoussEAU H. FLOWER (1950-55)

Rebecca S. Harris (Life) NorMAN E,. WEISBORD (1951-57)
Sotomon C. HOLLisTER (1953-59)

BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY =

and
PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA

KATHERINE V, W. PALMER, Editor
LempiI H. SINCEBAUGH, Secretary

Editorial Board

KENNETH E. CASTER G. WINSTON SINCLAIR =

Complete titles and price list of separate available numbers may be

had on application. All volumes available except Vols. I and ur of
Bulletins and Vol. I of Palaeontographica Americana. ~

Paleontological Research Institution
109 Dearborn Place
Ithaca, New York <
U.S.A.

AXEL A. OLsson (Life) =

VOEe 3) BULL. AMER. PALEONT. No. 146

FRONTISPIECE

GILBERT DENNISON HARRIS

(1864-1952)

BULLETINS
OF

AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY

Vol 35

No. 146

MEMORIAL
(1864-1952)

Gilbert Dennison Harris

Katherine Van Winkle Palmer

Paleontological Research Institution

November 23, 1953

Paleontological Research Institution
Ithaca, New York
Pca.

From the lessons of our own experiences, as well as from
the lives of others, we are led irresistibly to the conclusion that
the most natural way of acquiring a knowledge of the earth is
to be associated in Nature's laboratory—the field—with some
experienced person who is carrying on original investigations.

—G. D. Harris, 1900.

Library of Congress Catalog Card Number; GS53-280

MUS. COMP. ZOOL.
LISRARY

JAN 25 1954

HARVARD
YNIVERSITY

MEMORIAL

GILBERT DENNISON HARRIS
(1864-1952)

KATHERINE V. W. PALMER

Gilbert Dennison Harris, founder of the Bulletins of American
Paleontology, Palaeontographica Americana, and the Paleontological
Research Institution, died at his home, 126 Kelvin Place, in Ithaca, New
York, on December 4, 1952.

Professor Harris was born on a farm near Jamestown, New York,
October 2, 1864,! the fourth of six children of Francis E. and Lydia
Helen (Crandall) Harris. Both parents, descendants of early New
England settlers of English and Welsh ancestry, ‘‘went West’’ as young
people to join pioneering relatives in northern Chautauqua County along
the shore of Lake Erie. Their own home was later established in the
southern part of the county. The first child, Cora E. Harris, died at
88, and their mother was 86 at her death. The older son, Rollin Arthur
Harris (1863-1918) was a brilliant mathematical student. He was the
author of the monumental ‘Manual of Tides’? and the mathematical
designer of the then new and “‘most satisfactory tide predicting machine”
and was associated with the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey
at the time of his death. Florence B. Harris, the youngest and now the
only surviving member of the family, lives in Falconer, New York, in
the vicinity of the old homestead.

The name of an aunt, Melinda Burton (Mrs. H. B.) who lived to
be 106, is perpetuated in paleontological history by the ‘‘Burton Sponge.”
It was found on her farm near Ripley, Chautauqua County, New York.
A restoration of it now stands in the New York State Museum. This
gigantic fossil glass sponge,” a Ceratodictya, is estimated to be over 10
feet in length, the largest Devonian (Chemung beds) glass sponge yet
discovered.

Gilbert Harris’s first schooling was in the one-room building known
as ‘Peck Settlement school house’ which stood on land adjoining his
father’s farm. Both Gilbert and his brother Rollin attended what was
then known as the Jamestown Union School and Collegiate Institute,

1 The author gratefully acknowledges the help of Rebecca S. Harris for the
notes on the family history.

2 Clarke, J. M., New York State Mus. BulJ., Nos. 239, 240, 1922, p. 24, 17th
Rept. Dir., 1920-21; Geol. Soc. America, v. 34, No. 1, p. 127, 1923; 18th
Rept. Dir. New York State Mus., New York State Mus. Bull., No. 251, pp.
121-122, 2 pls., 1924.

4 Bulletin 146 4

walking four miles each way to do so. The distance may have helped
to encourage them to complete this phase of their education in the fewest
possible terms. Each boy was to win a scholarship and eventually go to
Cornell University after an interlude of country-school teaching. This
experience was a grim one for the younger brother trying to cope with
Dry Brook District School problems by day and unable to find comfort
at night in an attic room heated only by a kerosene lamp.

In 1883, one year after his brother had entered, Gilbert came to
Cornell taking a general course, and was graduated in 1886 with a
Ph.B. During the graduation year at Cornell he roomed in White Hall
with Seth D. Meek, who later became an authority on fish.

In the same class with Harris were Robert T. Hill and David White.
In answer to the questionnaire of the Class of '86 as to their “Future
occupation’, Hill wrote ‘‘man and science’, White put down, “‘natur-
alist’’, and Harris replied ‘undecided’. It was the purchase of Dana’s
‘Manual of Geology” in a book store in Ithaca which stimulated Harris
to take graduate work in geology at Cornell and thereby determined his
future career.

Even had it not been for this chance purchase, the ‘‘undecided”’
student would most certainly have decided to pursue some one of the
natural sciences—probably botany. His high school graduation essay
entitled ‘‘Nature’s Pleasures” reflects the interest in nature which he
shared with his brother. Little homemade note books (the unprinted
margins of newspapers often serving for pages) filled with their boyish
records and drawings of plants and animals, not only observed but stud-
ied, give further evidence of their keen delight in outdoor life and living.
Both boys considered themselves fortunate to have been farm-born,
although Gilbert was always to regret that because of this environment
he did not have early opportunity for learning foreign languages. This
was a lack which he continued to try to remedy from college days into
his last years. At one time he even took a course in Sanskrit. He always
advised his students to acquire as early and as wide a knowledge of
modern languages as possible, with emphasis upon Spanish.

After a year of work under Henry Shaler Williams at Cornell, with
Charles S. Prosser as assistant, Harris joined the Arkansas Geological
Survey in 1888. John C. Branner (botanist-geologist) was State Geol-
ogist and Frederick W. Simonds, an assistant. Both had been trained
under Charles F. Hartt, stimulating teacher and brilliant scientist, who
initiated geological work at Cornell. The first assignment for Harris
on the Arkansas Geological Survey was in connection with geological

5 G. D. Harris Memorial: Palmer 5

work in Washington County, assisting Simonds in the preparation of a
map and report of that county. The report was published in 1891 as
volume IV of the Annual Report of 1888 of the Arkansas Geological
Survey by J. C. Branner. Chapter XVIII on ‘The Fayetteville-Hunts-
ville Section”’ was by Harris.

In 1889, Gilbert Harris joined the United States Geological Survey
where he worked under the auspices of the Paleozoic Division.* Some
of the detailed work of the first of his five papers on Paleozoic rocks
was done during that interval. Later he was transferred to the Cenozoic
Division where he was assistant to William H. Dall in the Smithsonian
Institution.

By means of cooperation between the United States Geological
Survey and the Arkansas Geological Survey, Branner (Director) succeed-
ed in obtaining the help of geologists regularly employed by the Federal
Survey. Harris was delegated the task of delineating the areal distri-
bution and subdivisions of the Tertiary of Arkansas. The winter of
1891-1892 and the fall of 1892 were spent by him in Arkansas.t| The
report of his work was published in 1894. The area examined in Arkan-
sas was that south of the Arkansas River to the Louisiana line. The
report reviewed the Cretaceous-Tertiary boundary, determined the stages
of the Eocene present, described and illustrated many new species
from the beds, and included a geologic map of ‘southern Arkansas and
adjacent regions”.

The chief new findings were the greater area of the Cretaceous to
the northeast, beds which had been identified as Cretaceous were proven
to be Eocene, the age of previously assigned Tertiary sediments was
correctly referred to the Cretaceous, and the Midway (Paleocene) was
found to be the oldest Tertiary in the state. Because of its “persistent
nature, .... from Georgia to western Texas” (1894, p.8) and its
lithologic and paleontologic differences with the deposits of the follow-
ing stage, Harris recommended that the Midway be given coordinate
rank with the “‘Lignitic’”’ [Wilcox (Sabine) }. According to Gardener
(“Midway group of Texas’, 1933, p. 13) this was the first attempt to
“recognize the significance and wide distribution” of the Midway. He
noted the presence of Jackson Eocene fossils in the beds at White Bluff
on the Arkansas River which he referred to “Upper Claiborne”. In
1902 he assigned the beds to the Jackson. Harris did not return to the

3. Harris, G. D. Geology of southwestern New York, Amet. Geol., vol. VII,
No. 3, p. 173, 1891.

4 Harris, G. D. The Tertiary Geology of Southern Arkansas, Ann. Rept. Geol.
Geol. Sur. Arkansas for 1892, vol. II, p. 6, 1894.

6 Bulletin 146 6

Arkansas Tertiary section until 1937, where on Crow Creek, near Forrest
City, he discovered a vertebra of Basilosaurus cetordes (Owen), the only
zeuglodont bone so far found in Arkansas.”

The rigors of the physical conditions under which the work of the
early Arkansas Geological Survey was done had ill effects on Harris
physically and left a lasting impression as to the care and conditions
under which geologists should work. Some of the less hardy neophytes
did not survive.

On December 29, 1890, Gilbert Harris married Clara Stoneman of
Chautauqua County, New York.

While it was a school friend’s joke that he was first attracted by the
large stand of primeval pines on her family’s acres rather than by their
pretty daughter, the joke showed early recognition of his life-long fond-
ness for trees. He was never to own a plot of ground which he did not
straightway plant, often going to considerable trouble to do so. On
occasion, even neighbors wakened to find on their premises a maple or
a spruce which had not been there the night before, and as for those old
Chautauqua pines which vanished long ago, they were replaced by hard-
wood and softwood seedlings in what he envisioned as “The New
Forest’. The evergreens are now of Christmas tree size.

But there was no opportunity for tree planting where the young
couple made their first home in Washington, D. C. The “home” con-
sisted of one room under the mansard roof of a house on 16th Street.
The birth of a daughter (Rebecca Stoneman Harris) necessitated a move
into larger quarters while her father was employed on the federal geolog-
ical survey and during the following interval until 1894 when he joined
the geological staff of Cornell University.

The first of three Harris homes in Ithaca was on Eddy Street, where
the then bachelor Adam Capen Gill (Mineralogy and Petrology) was
a frequent visitor. Around the corner, on Seneca Street, the Ralph S.
Tarrs (Physical Geography), also newly arrived, were near neighbors.
The three men were to have their offices and hold their classes in ‘‘old
McGraw” until the end of their teaching careers. Professor Tarr died
in 1912.

In 1911, the Harrises completed a large home (now 126 Kelvin
Place) in what was at the time open field. Much of the work of building
was that of his own hands, and most of the lumber used in construction

5 Christmas Greetings, Paleontological Research Institution, 1938; Palmer,
K. V. W.: Basilosaurus in Arkansas, Amer. Assoc. Pet. Geol., Bull., vol. 23,
No. 8, pp. 1228-1229, 1939.

rj G. D. Harris Memorial: Palmer 7

came from the Stoneman farm woods. The choice of location was chiefly
made because Dr. and Mrs. Gill were already living in a similar three-
story home on an opposite block. The two families enjoyed an intimate
and cordial neighborliness until 1932, when on August 14th Professor
Harris was deeply saddened by the loss of his beloved wife. She had
been a close and wise companion and, although an invalid for several
years, her going was a shock to the family. The sudden death of his
best friend, Dr. Gill, which occurred in November of the same year, so
sharpened his sense of loss that it might have proved overwhelming had
it not been for his work and the new venture he was contemplating.

While associated with the Smithsonian Institution working under
Dall, Harris continued his career and acquired the fundamental know-
ledge of the eastern and southern North American Cenozoic stratigraphy
and paleontology. He gained first hand information through examin-
ation of the Survey’s collections and those in the Academy of Natural
Sciences in Philadelphia. He familiarized himself with the rare and
basic literature, particularly that of Timothy A. Conrad, in relation to
sections and fossils. Under the auspices of the United States Geological
Survey in April, 1891, and May and June, 1892, he examined and
differentiated the zones along the Calvert Cliffs, Maryland. He was
accompanied during the last period by Frank Burns of the Smithsonian
Institution, a skilled and energetic fossil collector. The results were
published (1893) as “The Tertiary Geology of the Calvert Cliffs, Mary-
land”. In 1914 Harris returned to the Chesapeake area by gasoline
launch from Ithaca, New York, with seven of his students.* A second
trip with students was made in 1915 by the same means." The collec-
tions from these expeditions swelled the Cenozoic stores at Cornell.
They were the source of extensive study of the Miocene fossils by Axel
Olsson which resulted in three papers by him published in Bulletins of
American Paleontology.* From those trips Ernest R. Smith’s interest
in the Pliocene and Pleistocene was stimulated, an interest? which was
carried on unti! his death (1952). Lois M. Schoonover (Mrs. Louis
Kent) a ‘Harris scholar’ at Cornell University in 1934-36, later did a
“Stratigraphic Study of the Mollusks of the Calvert and Choptank
formations of Southern Maryland” (1936-40) for partial fulfillment of

6 L.G. Grinnell, V. E. Monnette, A. A. Olsson, K. P. Schmidt, E. R. Smith,
H. R Sunbal, and P. Wong

7 C. P. Alexander, A. A. Olsson, K. P. Schmidt, E. R. Smith, B. Taylor and
T. Thompson. See Power Boating, May, 1916 List of names furnished by
A. A. Olsson of the party.

8 Bulletins 24, 27, and 28 of volume 5, 1914, 1916, 1917.

9 See bibliography in Memorial by J. C. Maxwell, Geol. Soc. America, Proc.
for 1952, pp. 139-141, 1953.

8 Bulletin 146 8

requirements for her doctor's degree at Bryn Mawr College, and it was
appropriately published in the Bulletins of American Paleontology (vol.
25, No. 94B, 1941).

In 1890-91 Dall and Harris were assigned the preparation of a
memoir on the Neocene of the United States by the Director of the
United States Geological Survey, J. W. Powell, with G. K. Gilbert,
geologist-in-charge. This was fifth of a series of “Correlation Papers”
which had been published by the Survey on summarizing the existing
knowledge. The ‘Carboniferous’’ and “Devonian” by H. S. Williams
(U.S. Geol. Surv. Bull. 80), “Cambrian” by C. D. Walcott (Bull. 81),
“Cretaceous” by C. A. White (Bull. 82), and “Eocene” by W. B. Clark
(Bull. 83) preceded the Neocene work (Bull. 84).1° Harris was
responsible in the work of the Neocene paper for searching the literature,
compiling the list of formations and the discussion of the Interior
Region. All had been done by experts in the special formations and the
reports embodied original as well as compiled research.

In 1892, as Harris wrote in 1919," curtailment in the affairs of the
federal survey necessitated employment elsewhere of the younger mem-
bers of that organization. Through the recommendation of C. D. Wal-
cott, then Chief Paleontologist, later secretary of the Smithsonian Institu-
tion, Harris obtained appointment as Tertiary paleontologist to the
Geological Survey of Texas during 1892 and 1893 under E. T. Dumble,
State Geologist. Many Texas Tertiary fossils had been obtained and de-
posited in the Museum at Austin, Texas. With the exception of mol-
luscan species described by Heilprin and Gabb, the greater number
remained unstudied. Harris spent the major portion of his time examin-
ing the Texas material, comparing with types in Washington, D. C., and
Philadelphia, and collecting en route at the classic localities of Claiborne
Bluff, Black Bluff and Midway in Alabama, Vicksburg and Jackson in
Mississippi. The result was a monograph of about 400 pages and 34
plates. The illustrations had been done by that master artist Dr. J. C.
McConnell and a few by Harris. Lack of funds at the time prevented
the publication of the manuscript. Descriptions of the new species, with
a brief statement as to the Eocene stages in Texas, were published in
1895 in the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phil-
adelphia. Stratigraphic points were included in an article by Dumble
in the Journal of Geology (vol. 2, 1894, p. 549). Kennedy,!? in a

10 U.S. Geol. Surv., Bull. 84, 349 pp. 3 pls., 1892.

11 Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol VI, No 31, p. 3, 1919.

12 Kennedy, Wm.: The Eocene Tertiary of Texas east of the Brazos River,
Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, Proc., pp. 89-160, 1895.

9 G. D. Harris Memorial: Palmer 9

detailed stratigraphic paper on the Eocene Tertiary east of the Brazos
River, gave the lists of Harris's fossil determinations from the unpub-
lished manuscript, including those which were later published and
nomina nuda. The printing of the latter was an example of poor practice
for it allowed names with no status to be inserted into literature, a
procedure which always causes confusion.

An outline of what the Texas monograph consisted was published
in Bulletins of American Paleontology, volume 1, Number 3, 1895, with
an indication as to what portions had been printed. The Bulletin was on
the ““Neocene Mollusca of Texas or Fossils from the Deep Well at
Galveston’’, and was a condensation of Part 3 of the original manuscript.
It contained notes on the fossils from the Galveston well including about
20 new names. Up to that date ‘‘no other marine Neocene fossils’’ were
“known from the Gulf west of Mississippi”. Just previous (1891) to
Harris's association with the Geological Survey of Texas, a deep well
(3070 ft.) had been bored at Galveston, Texas. J. A. Singley, delegated
by Dumble, had carefully obtained samples, fossils and information from
the boring. Harris examined the fossils and reported on them in the
Fourth Annual Report for 1892, of the Geological Survey of Texas,
1893, as well as with Dumble in American Journal of Science, volume
XLVI, 1893. The significance and possibilities of what deep boring
would reveal in subsurface geology was appreciated by Dumble and
Harris in 1893. Dumble wrote, ‘The results of the investigation add a
most important chapter to our knowledge of the history of the formation
of the Gulf coast, and furnish a section for reference and comparison
which could have been obtained in no other way.” (1893, zbid, p. 41.)

Harris reiterated the same thoughts when in his Presidential address
to the Paleontological Society of America December 30, 1936 (Bull.
Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 48, 1937) he stated, “I always feel that the sink-
ing of the Galveston deep-water well in 1890 was of great moment in
our coastal Tertiary studies. The method of rotary drilling had now
shown its capability of penetrating soft beds to a depth of 3000 feet,
at least, and by proper attention in collecting samples, could give a
trustworthy record of the whole depth. Again, by this method of deep
drilling the great thickness of our Gulf Coast Tertiary was demon-
strated.”

In the winter term of 1926-27, Professor Harris returned to Texas
as Visiting Professor of Paleontological Geology in the graduate school
of the University of Texas, and as a colleague of a former student of
his, Professor Francis L. Whitney of the Geology Department.

10 Bulletin 146 10

While working at the Smithsonian, Harris realized the handicap
to serious Tertiary students caused by the lack of copies of original
fundamental paleontologic works of the American Tertiary authors such
as Conrad, Lea and Gabb. He wrote in 1893, “He who would become
versed in the marine Tertiary geology and paleontology of this country
must first of all have a thorough understanding of Conrad’s FossIL
SHELLS OF THE TERTIARY FORMATIONS OF NorTH AMERICA: it marks
the beginning of systematic research into this period of our continent's
history.”

To remedy such a serious lack, Harris compiled careful statistics
from the existing copies of Conrad’s edition as to original typography
and exact dates of publication of the separate numbers of the ‘‘Fossil
Shells’. In 1893 he republished 225 copies of the text and 200 copies
of the plates of that important work. It was this reprint which made the
descriptions and figures of Conrad’s Eocene fossils available to the
students of the twentieth century, and linked Harris's name with that of
the Nestor of American Tertiary fossils. It was truly appropriate for
H. E. Wheeler in 1935,'* when writing his historic account of Conrad,
to dedicate the book to Gilbert Harris and to include his portrait. The
same engraving is used as the frontispiece to this memorial.

The success of that republication venture and the satisfaction de-
rived from the project, stimulated Harris to found the paleontological
series, Bulletins of American Paleontology. In that series he initiated
the policy of reprinting a few rare and needed paleontological papers.
As a result, the papers of Thomas Say (1819-1825) in 1896, of Robert
John Lechmere Guppy (1865-1913) in 1921 and in 192914 Conrad's
Jackson Eocene fossils (1854) were republished.

Prior to 1895, Harris spent time in James D. Dana's office in New
Haven, Connecticut, writing the “Marine Tertiary” for the Fourth
Edition of Dana’s “Manual of Geology”. A number of the illustrations
of Tertiary Mollusca were beautifully executed drawings of his own. He
was the last, with the exception of T. W. Stanton (now 93) of the
collaborators with Dana on that classic.

After his return to Washington, D. C., from work on the Texas
Geological Survey, and while working on his own fossils in the Smith-
sonian, he was approached by Jacob Gould Schurman, President of

13 Wheeler, H. E.: Timothy Abbott Conrad, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. X XIII,
INfos, W/7/;, Sil py, P7/ fala, UG

14 Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. I, No. 5, 1896 (Say); vol. VIII, No. 35, 1921
(Guppy); vol. XXIV, No. 86, 1939 (Conrad).

11 G. D. Harris Memorial: Palmer 11

Cornell University, with a view to Harris joining the faculty of that
institution. In 1894 he went as Assistant Professor of paleontology and
stratigraphic geology. He became Professor in 1909 and after 41 years
of teaching there, retired as Emeritus on October 2, 1934, on his 70th
birthday. Before beginning his teaching Harris went to France and
England to familiarize himself with and make collections from the type
Eocene localities of those regions. As a result of friendship with the
French paleontologists and geologists, he was elected to membership in
the Société Géologique de France. His teaching thereafter was savored
with the influence of that contact and he frequently proposed his inter-
ested students as members to the French geological society.

The need for a means of the publication of paleontological papers
in 1895 was acute. The study of the southern Tertiaries was a fertile
field for the delineation of new forms. Following the original work of
T. A. Conrad (1832-1860) 1° and the Leas, I. and H. C. (1833, 1848),
T. H. Aldrich (1885-1932) and O. Meyer (1884-1887) carried the
torch in behalf of the molluscan fossils of Alabama and Mississippi.
Wm. Gabb (1860), A. Heilprin (1891), and Harris (1895) pioneered
in Texas. W.H. Dall was writing his monumental Tertiary work in the
Transactions of the Wagner Free Institute of Science (1890-1903), a
comprehensive series of monographs presenting a galaxy of forms from
the Pacific Coast through the West Indies. Dall particularly specialized
in the later Tertiaries so that the wealth of new forms in the light of
more refined stratigraphic observations of the Mississippi Embayment
area was untouched. This was true in spite of the elaborate monograph
(316 pp., 46 pls., quarto) of A. de Gregorio (1890) in Palermo of the
fossils from a barrel of the Gosport sand or of the lesser tome of M.
Cossmann (1893, 51 pp., 2 pls.) in Paris, on the fossils from the same
formation.

Harris, in 1895, was fresh from studies in the Eocene of the Paris
and London basins. Because of accumulative experiences, he was the
recognized authority on the Eocene of the eastern and southern states,
and he had a wealth of new field and fossil data to present to the paleon-
tological world. He had spent the time and labor of preparing one large
manuscript. This was lost, as far as total publication was concerned,
because of lack of funds, and he had made a success of one printing
venture. These were the conditions which spurred him to strike out on
a private enterprise of publishing the series which he titled Bulletins of
American Paleontology. They were first printed on his own platen press
in the Geology Department, McGraw Hall, at Cornell University. The

15 Dates following the names refer to publications.

12 Bulletin 146 ih.

first number was appropriately written by himself on ‘Claiborne Fossils.”
The second number by T. H. Aldrich on ‘‘New or Little Known Tertiary
Mollusca from Alabama and Texas’’ was equally suitable. Aldrich
continued to publish at intervals in the Bulletins until 1921. Although
the two authorities on the southern Eocene, Harris and Aldrich, carried
on correspondence to their mutual help and interest, they never met.
In 1919, Harris dedicated his treatise of the ‘‘Pelecypoda of the St.
Maurice and Claiborne Stages” to his long-time friend and scientific
colleague, ‘Hon. Truman H. Aldrich, who has continuously maintained
that true Conradian love for our Eocene Mollusca from the last days of
that forgetful dreamer on into the Twentieth Century this work is most
respectfully dedicated—”. The word “affectionately” might well have
been added.

The first two numbers of the Bulletins were published under the
auspices of Harris and Stoneman. The following numbers were by
Harris Company until, in 1932, volume XX bore the emblem of the
Paleontological Research Institution. Though Harris, as before, con-
tinued the printing of the papers on his own presses, he conveyed in
1932 the ownership of his publications to his newly founded organ-
ization.

In August, 1895 Harris rearranged and catalogued the Isaac Lea
Tertiary {marine } Collection at the Academy of Natural Sciences. Due
to the controversy over the priority of names of Conrad and Lea of
Claiborne species this provided important information as to the original
material available in connection with those names.

Edward M. Kindle, young geologist from Indiana, received his
Master's degree in 1896 after studying, during the second year of
Harris’s teaching at Cornell, the relation of the Ithaca group to the
faunas of the Portage and Chemung Devonian. This work, based on
exhaustive collections carefully tabulated in the sections of the Ithaca
group, was published by “the Professor”’ in the still infant series of the
Bulletins of American Paleontology (No. 6, vol. I, 1896). This paper
marked the beginning of the practice by Professor Harris of printing
these and other original papers of his students. Such ready publication
made it possible for them to secure an early place on the roster of original
investigators and gained for their publisher their lasting loyalty and
cooperation.

With financial help from the Trustees of Cornell University in
1895 and in 1896, Harris and W. S. Hubbard were able to further in-
vestigate Eocene sections, including collections of fossils, from western
Tennessee to western Georgia. This material, together with collections

13 G. D. Harris Memorial: Palmer 13

made before and after, made possible the development of Harris's plan
for thoroughly illustrating the fossils of the southern Tertiary from the
Paleocene (Midway), group by group, from older to younger horizons.
This project was one of the major contributions he made to the science
of paleontology. The first of the monographs, ‘‘Midway Stage,’ illus-
trated by skilled drawings of 15 plates from his own pen, (Bull. Amer.
Paleont., vol. I, No. 4, 165 pp., 17 pls., 1896) was a factor in breaking
the ground for a clearer understanding of the true relation of the Midway
and the Cretaceous. Besides noting the unconformity between the
Cretaceous and the overlying Eocene | Paleocene } east of the Mississippi,
the conclusions reached in the Midway monograph were summed up by
Harris to H. S. Williams (Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. CLII, 4th ser., vol. II,

p. 86):
“All of Gabb & Safford’s ‘Ripley Cretaceous’ fossils from Harde-
man Co., Tenn., are Eocene.

“The uppermost 100 ft. of Smith & Johnson's ‘Cretaceous’ section
at Prairie Bluff is Eocene, as proven by an abundant and typical Eocene
fauna.

“The beds at and to the south of Palmer’s mill, Wilcox Co., Ala.,
referred to the ‘Cretaceous’ by Smith & Johnson (Bull. 43, U.S.G.S.)
are all Eocene. Here, as on the Alabama River, they have their contact
line 100 or more feet too high.

“Enclimatoceras ulrichi, instead of being confined to one calcareous
bed, a few feet in thickness, is now known to occur in every important
bed of the Midway stage in western Alabama, from the contact (Cret.-
Eoc.) below to and including the Matthews landing horizon.

“The Chattahoochee River Midway limestones are the represen-
tatives of the whole Midway stage to the west, and are not the outgrowth
of an insignificant rock in western Alabama.”

The same general aim of completeness of description and illus-
tration of the “Lignitic’’ lower Eocene (Wilcox [Sabine}) stratigraphy
and paleontology was carried out in two Bulletins on that stage (vol. I,
No. 9, 1897 and vol. III, No. 11, 1899). The illustrations of the fossils
were drawn by Harris.

Extra teaching activities, field investigations with the Louisiana
Geological Survey, and services in regard to publication of his paleon-
tological series delayed the research and writing of the molluscan fauna
of the mid-Eocene lower Claiborne and Gosport sand stages of the
planned project until 1919. The “Pelecypoda of the St. Maurice and

14 Bulletin 146 i4

Claiborne Stages,’’ was published (Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. VI) with
only brief statement of the stages of the Gulf Eocene but with 59 plates
of illustrations of the fossil Mollusca. The nomenclature of the species
was not revised nor generic determinations differentiated in the light of
modern or biologic usage, but he did depart from pen and ink sketches
of fossils to photographic illustrations which are better, as he pointed
out, to depict the real character of the specimens.

Increased activities other than his favorite research on the southern
Eocene fossils further retarded his study and illustration of the mid-
Eocene gastropods. Harris in 1925 asked the present writer to take over
the project which he saw he would not have time to do. That investi-
gation was carried on and published as number 32 of Bulletins of Amer-
ican Paleontology.!® The work on the upper Eocene (Jackson) Mollusca
was a joint project by Harris and Palmer. The study was based on
material collected by Harris and A. C. Veatch on early expeditions to the
various localities in Louisiana, Mississippi, and Alabama, collections
made by Harris, R. H. Flower, and K. V. W. Palmer in 1935, and by
Harris and the Palmers (K. V. W. & E. L.) from Arkansas through
Mississippi area to North Carolina in 1938 under the auspices of a
Geological Society of America grant from the Penrose Fund, and by
Harris alone in 1940. The combined work was published as Number
117, Bulletins of American Paleontology. The investigations were con-
tinued by those authors on the mollusks from the Ocala limestone,
Jackson Eocene, of Florida. Part of the material was obtained during
an extended collecting trip in 1946. The last paper which Harris
published (1951) consisted of notes on Ocala bivalves.

In 1898 until 1909 in addition to teaching at Cornell, Professor
Harris served as geologist-in-charge to the Geological Survey of Louis-
iana. By teaching in summer he was able to spend part of the winter
period, mid-December to late March, in Louisiana, the remainder of the
year at Cornell working up the reports for the survey. Arthur C.
Veatch, able and enthusiastic student of Harris, was assistant on the
Louisiana Geological Survey, as well as instructor at Cornell. In 1898,
Veatch spent the greater portion of the year in Louisiana. Their com-
bined work formed the ‘Preliminary Report on The Geology of Louts-
iana’’ (1899). Besides the maps and discussion of general geology, the
publication included special articles among which were a detailed report
on the “Five Islands” by Veatch, the illustrated “Cretaceous and Lower

16 Palmer, K. V. W. The Claibornian Scaphopoda, Gastropoda and dibranchiate
Cephalopoda of the southern United States. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. VII,
No. 32, 730 pp., 90 pls.

15 G. D. Harris Memorial: Palmer 15

Eocene Faunas of Louisiana” by Harris and “The Establishment of
Meridian Lines” by Harris. It was in the report of 1899 that Harris
and Veatch first disproved the so-called Cretaceous ‘backbone of Louis-
tana” (p. 62) and asserted the existence of dome structure in the state.

In 1902 ‘The Report of the Geology of Louisiana’’ was the com-
bined labor of Harris and his assistants A. C. Veatch and J. A. A.
Pacheco during 1900, 1901 and 1902. About three months of each year
were spent in Louisiana. Besides the fundamental papers and maps on
the “Geology of the Mississipp1 Embayment’’ by Harris and ‘‘Salines
of North Louisiana” by Veatch, the report contained the geology of those
classic traverses by Veatch of the Sabine and Ouachita rivers.

Capt. A. F. Lucas’s gusher at Spindle Top, Texas, on January 10,
1901, with its 3,593,113 barrels of oil, startled the petroleum world and
as Harris (1908, p. 63) commented, it was the “Commencement of our
education, regarding a new type of geological phenomena . . origin and
method of development of dome structure”. The impetus which this
new development gave to geological work in the Louisiana-Texas area
stimulated his writing of the Bulletin of the Geological Survey of Louts-
tana on ‘Rock Salt’’ assisted by Carlotta J. Maury and Leopold Reinecke.
This and his work in cooperation with the United States Geological
Survey which was published as Bulletin 429 of that organization, were
pronounced in 1926 (DeGolyer; Spooner) the most comprehensive
reports on salt domes. His theory of salt domes at one time was widely
accepted.

In 1902 A. C. Veatch joined the United States Geological Survey,
to prepare a report on the geology and underground water resources of
Louisiana (Prof. Paper 46). Pacheco remained the able field man.
L. Reinecke and F. L. Whitney, both students of Prof. Harris, became
assistants on the Survey. John L. Rich, E. B. Hopkins, and students
from Louisiana State University were part of the field investigators. In
the late fall and early winter of 1908, Irving Perrine and Walter Hopper
worked with Harris in the field on the oil and gas report (1909), the
data of which were also incorporated in Bulletin 429 (U.S.G.S.) on oil
and gas in Louisiana. The definition by Harris in 1907 (1908) and
1910 of the Sabine Uplift of northwestern Louisiana and northeastern
Texas revealed one of the major structural factors of the southern
coastal plain.

Besides the topographic and geologic mapping and the paleon-
tologic studies combined in the work of the Geological Survey of Louisi-
ana, special attention was paid to various phases of precise measurements
as primal factors in structural deductions. His establishment, with the

16 Bulletin 146 16

cooperation of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, of magnetic
stations, meridian lines, self-recording tide gage and bench marks repre-
sents pioneer work and far-sighted planning as to the basic needs in the
accumulation of geologic facts. His reports of 1905 (Bulletins 2 and 3)
of the Louisiana Geological Survey contained the description of the
method, stations and results of terrestrial magnetism and meridian line
work and the same for his tide gage labor.

While he and his assistants were making a reputation by their
pioneer geologic mapping, stratigraphic and paleontologic endeavors in
Louisiana, Harris at this period was training students in field geology
in the summer. His methods left with the participants a lasting 1m-
pression of the superior benefits of such contacts over mere text-book
teaching and aroused their admiration and loyalty for the teacher who
inspired the work.

To expedite the problem of travel so that he could take his students
far afield to observe geological features first hand, Professor Harris
purchased, at intervals during the pre-automobile period, four gasoline
launches. By their means, he conveyed summer students via the Erie
Canal (1899-1909) to the Helderbergs and Lake Champlain, in 1914-
1915 to Chesapeake Bay area, and up until 1920 historical geology
classes on Cayuga Lake.

Harris and students on the lanthina, Cayuga Lake
Ca. 1900

7 G. D. Harris Memorial: Palmer L7

In 1899, five students, including H. F. Cleland and J. A. A. Pacheco
composed the first geological excursion with Harris to eastern New York
via the Erie Canal, in the launch “Tanthina’’. The following year fifteen
members of the Cornell Summer School of Field Geology under his
direction were transported by means of the “Ianthina’’ and a second,
faster boat, the ““Orthoceras” via the Erie Canal to the region of Trenton
Falls, Little Falls, and the Helderberg Mountains. Among the group
were H. F. Cleland, P. E. Raymond, A. C. Veatch, J. A. A. Pacheco,
and L. B. Sage. Veatch and Cleland were assistants. The following year
Cleland, Veatch, Raymond and Miss Sage instructed in the work. That
year, with headquarters in the Helderbergs, there were 27 students,
five of whom had been present the previous year. Fourteen of the group
were women. The period was divided into two sections so that while
one group worked in the Helderberg Mountains, the others made ex-
cursions to the Lake Champlain region, Becraft Mountain, and Trenton
Falls. They camped in tents or slept on the boats, they cooperated in the
campkeeping and shared the work of geologizing with the fun of the
campfire and comradery. From the mapping and the fossil collecting
four original papers were published in Bulletins of American Paleon-
tology. Two were by Cleland on the “Calciferous’” (Beekmantown)
formation of the Mohawk Valley (Bulls. 13 and 18) and two by Ray-
mond, one on the ‘Crown Point Section” (Bull. 13) and one on faunas
from the Trenton limestone (Bull. 17).

The summer geological camp in the Helderbergs in 1904 included
J. L. Rich, F. L. Whitney, L. Reinicke, and J. A. A. Pacheco who accom-
panied the Professor on his boat from Ithaca. Particular attention at
this time was paid to the study of the Silurian-Devonian contact from
the Helderberg Mountains to Cayuga Lake. Harris and the same four
assistants continued the geologic work in the vicinity of Union Springs,
Cayuga Lake, which death had prevented C. A. Tracy from completing.
As a result of this research ‘The Helderberg Invasion of the Manlius”
was published in Bulletins of American Paleontology (vol. IV, No. 19,
1904) and “Guide to the Geology of Union Springs”. The latter was
the third and last number of an ‘Elementary Natural History Series”
published by Professor Harris.

Although Harris’s major interest was not in the stratigraphy and
paleontology of the Paleozoic rocks, he ever emphasized the ideal geo-
logic setting of Cornell University, as well as that of the fine exposures
and sequence of the Paleozoics in New York State, for teaching earth
history. He was particularly anxious that some one of his students would
carry on the investigation of the Mississippian-Devonian relationships of

18 Bulletin 146 18

northeastern Pennsylvania and southwestern New York. His wish was
fulfilled in the interest and energetic studies which Kenneth E. Caster
carried on producing important contributions to a complicated stratt-
graphic problem and to the paleontologic studies (Bull. Amer. Paleont.,
Nos. 58, 71, and 75 {with Flower }).

By 1914-1915 Professor Harris had built at Ithaca a cabin launch,
the ‘‘Ecphora”’. This was the boat which carried students to the Chesa-
peake region, and until 1920, took the Cornell students in historic
geology to the fossiliferous Devonian outcrops on the shores of Cayuga
Lake.

In 1920 Harris went to Trinidad on oil geology consultation. In
1924 he made a trip to Venezuela in the same capacity and continued as
consultant until the thirties. Not only did he make large personal col-
lections of fossils in Trinidad and Venezuela, but he promoted his
students into geologic work in South America and the Caribbean region.
There resulted a long series of paleontologic and stratigraphic publica-
tions in the Bulletins of American Paleontology and Palaeontographica
Americana by Harris, C. J. Maury, Floyd and Helen Hodson, A. A.
Olsson, N. E. Weisbord, R. A. Liddle, W. S. Cole, J. W. Wells, and
K. V. W. Palmer.

His last foreign trip in the summer of 1928 was to north Germany
as geologic adviser.

To provide a fire-proof building for the large and increasing col-
lection of fossil invertebrate types, publication stock, and library and to
insure the perpetuation of the two paleontological series he was foster-
ing, Harris founded in 1932, the Paleontological Research Institution.
This organization was chartered by the State of New York and governed
by an elected Board of Trustees. To launch such an enterprise he trans-
ferred to the Institution land from his home lot, a building, collections,
library, equipment, stock of publications and printing equipment. After
retirement from teaching duties in 1934, his interest was dominated by
the development of this institution. His time was divided between
activities there and the surveying and real estate matters pertaining to
his old home and his wife’s family farm in Chautauqua County. He
continued to operate his presses and in 1949, in his 85th year, had
printed through No. 134 of the Bulletins of American Paleontology.
His failing eyesight was an increasing handicap but until his last illness
he spent long hours in photographing and compiling data on his favor-
ite family of gastropods, the Turridae. He saw the housing of the
research and publishing organization which he founded grow from that

19 G. D. Harris Memorial: Palmer 19

of a two-story, three-room depository, the “Cabina,’’ to a building en-
larged by two additions of three-story units to house the presses, photo-
graphic equipment, research rooms and storage space.

Photo E. L. Palmer
Paleontological Research Institution — 1953

Harris was a member of Phi Beta Kappa, Sigma Xi, Sigma Gamma
Epsilon, Société Géologique de France, the Société Géologique Suisse,
American Association for the Advancement of Science, a Fellow of the
Geological Society of America and of the Paleontological Society of
America, an Honorary member of the American Association of Petro-
leum Geologists, and Corresponding member of the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia. He was President of the Paleontological
Society of America in 1936 and Vice--President of the Geological Society
of America in 1937. He served as Life Trustee, Treasurer, 1932-1951,
and Director, 1950-51, of the Paleontological Research Institution. One
of the graduate fellowships given by Cornell University is named in his
honor (1953).

Professor Harris is survived by his daughter, Rebecca Stoneman
Harris, who resides at the home. She is a Life Trustee and Secretary-
Treasurer of the Paleontological Research Institution.

Gilbert Dennison Harris was a tireless worker mentally and physi-
cally. He was interested in politics and world affairs, but his alert mind
was chiefly concerned in developing geologic science, particularly paleon-
tology. His predominant scientific activities and interests were balanced

20 Bulletin 146 20

with a wholesome sense of humor. He continually thought to provide
opportunities for his students’ training. Although much thought and
effort were given to the preparing of his lectures, they were not clearly
or appealingly delivered. But those students who were in direct contact,
either in the field or laboratory, with his stimulating influence and train-
ing, responded with a lasting loyalty, confidence and the inspiration to
carry on. Each remembers some anecdote which illustrated his genial,
whimsical and helpful nature. He was determined but kind. He had
no interest for the indifferent student but for those who were capable and
energetic, he provided opportunity and stimulation to encourage their
interest in geological subjects.

To honor Gilbert Dennison Harris for his basic efforts of original
field studies and research, for his training of students who have also
contributed to geologic investigations, for the establishment of the series
of fundamental paleontological literature and for the founding of an
institution for the preservation and dissemination of paleontological
material, this thirty-fifth volume of the Bulletins of American Paleon-
tology is dedicated to his memory by the members of the Paleontological
Research Institution, who to this memorial affectionately subscribe.

Katherine V. W. Palmer

Paleontological Research Institution
Ithaca, New York
September 15, 1953.

1890.
1891.

1892.

1893.

1894.

1895.

1896.

1897.

1901.

G. D. Harris Memorial: Palmer 21

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF GILBERT DENNISON HARRIS

The genus Terebellum in American Tertiaries, Amer. Geol., vol. 5, p. 315.

The Fayetteville-Huntsville section, Arkansas Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for
1888, vol. 4, pp. 149-154.

Notes on the geology of southwestern New York. Amer. Geol., vol. 7,
March, pp. 164-178, 3 pls.

On the confounding of Nassa trivittata Say and Nassa peralta (Con. sp.)
Amer. Geol., vol. 8, Sept., pp. 174-176.

Correlation papers; Neocene. U.S. Geol. Surv., Bull., No. 84, 349 pp.,
43 figs. 3 maps. With William Healey Dall.

Correlation of Tejon deposits with Eocene stages of the gulf slope. Science
WOlNI22= py 977.

The Tertiary geology of Calvert Cliffs, Maryland. Amer. Jour. Sci., vol.
XLV, Jan., pp. 21-31,map.

Remarks on Dall’s collection {collation} of Conrad’s works. Amer. Geol.,
vol. XI, April, pp. 279-280.

Republication of Conrad's Fossil Shells of the Tertiary formations of
North America. Washington, D. C., April, 121 pp., 20 pls.

The Galveston deep well. Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. XLVI, July, pp. 39-42.
With E. T. Dumble.

Preliminary report on the organic remains obtained from the deep well at
Galveston together with conclusions respecting the age of the various
formations penetrated. Geol. Surv., Texas, 4th Ann. Rept., 1892, (1893,
June published), pp. 117-119.

On the geological position of the Eocene deposits of Maryland and Vir-
ginia. Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. XLVII, April, pp. 301-304, figs.

The Tertiary geology of southern Arkansas. Ann. Rept. Geol. Surv. Arkan-
sas for 1892, vol. II, 207 pp., 7 pls.

New and otherwise interesting Tertiary Mollusca from Texas. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 47, pp. 45-88, pls. I-IX.

Manual of geology, by James D. Dana, 4th ed. Part on marine Tertiary.
Clatborne fossils. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. I, No. 1, May, 52 pp., Ipl.

Neocene Mollusca of Texas or fossils from the deep well at Galveston.
Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. I, No. 3, Dec., 32 pp. 4 pls.

The Midway stage. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. I, No. 4, June, 156 pp.,
15 pls.

New and interesting Eocene Mollusca from the Gulf states. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Philadelphia, Proc., vol. 48, Sept., pp. 470-482, pls. X VIII-X XIII.

A reprint of the paleontological writings of Thomas Say, with ai introduc-
tion by G. D. Harris. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. I, No. 5, Dec., 84 pp.,
7 pls. with app.

The Lignitic stage; Part I. Stratigraphy and Paleontology (Pelecypoda).
Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. II, No. 9, June, 102 pp., 14 pls.

The Lignitic stage: Part Il. Scaphopoda, Gastropoda, Pteropoda and
Cephalopoda. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. III, No. 11, May, 128 pp., 12 pls.

Key to the Upper Devonian of southern New York. Elementary Nat.
Hist. Ser., No. 2, I-IV, 26 pp., 13 pls., Harris Co., Ithaca, N. Y.

The Natchitoches area. Louisiana St. Exp. Sta., pt. V, pp. 289-310, il.
A Preliminary Report on the Geology of Louisiana. By G. D. Harris and
A. C. Veatch, Louisiana Geology and Agriculture, pt. V, 354 pp., 62 pls.

Oil in Texas. Science, n. s., vol. 13, pp. 666-667.

i)
ie)

1902.

1904.

1905.

1907.

1908.

1909.

1910.

UO Te2e

Wey.
1914.

1915.

Bulletin 146 22

A report on the geology of Loutsiana. By G. D. Harris, A. C. Veatch
and J. A. A. Pacheco consisting of 8 special papers bound together,
Louisiana Geology and Agriculture, pt. VI, 288 pp., 44 pls., 27 text figs.

Eocene outcrops in Georgia. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. IV, No. 16, 7 pp.

Notes on elementary geologic mensuration. 61 pp. Harris Co., Ithaca, N.Y.
The Helderberg invasion of the Manilus. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol IV,
No. 19, 27 pp., 9 pls.

Underground waters of southern Louisiana. U. S. Geol. Suryv., Water
Supply Pap., No. 101, 98 pp., map.

Guide to the geology of Union Springs. Elementary Nat. Hist. Ser., No. 3,
16 pp., 15 pls. Harris Co., Ithaca, N. Y.

A report on the underground waters of Louisiana. By G. D. Harris, A. C.
Veatch, and others, Geol. Surv. Louisiana, No. 1, 164 pp., 10 pls.

A report on terrestrial magnetism and meridian line work in Louisiana.
By G_ D. Harris and others, Geol. Surv. Louisiana, No. 2, 62 pp., 6 pls.

A report on the establishment of tide gage work in Louisiana. Geol.
Surv. Louisiana, No. 3., 28 pp., 7 pls., 3 text figs.

Report of 1905. By G. D. Harris, A. C. Veatch and others. Geol. Surv.
Louisiana, 1907, Nos. 1-4, 514 pp., 50 pls., 35 text figs.

Notes on the geology of Winnfield Sheet. Geol. Surv. Louisiana, 1907,
No. 5, 26 pp., 9 pls., 5 text figs.

Cartography of southwestern Louisiana with special reference to the
Jennings sheet. Geol. Surv. Louisiana, No. 6, 24 pp., map.

Rock salt. Its origin, geological occurrences and economic importance in
the State of Louisiana together with brief notes and references to all
known salt deposits and industries of the world. By G. D. Harris and
others, Geol. Surv. Louisiana, No. 7, 259 pp., 48 pls., 21 text figs.

The salt domes of Loutsiana and Texas. Abst., Science, n. s., vol. 27,
pp. 347-348.

Note on the “Lafayette” beds of Louisiana. Science, n. s., vol. 27, p. 351.
Salt in Louisiana, with special reference to its geologic occurrence. Geol.
Surv. Louisiana, Bull. No. 7, pp. 5-59.

Domes, or, structural peculiarities of the salt-bearing localities of Louis-
jana and southeast Texas. Geol. Surv. Louisianna, Bull. No. 7, pp. 59-83.

The geological occurrence of rock salt in Loutsiana and east Texas.
Economic Geol., vol. 4, pp. 12-34, map.

Magnetic rocks (peridotite eruptives about Murfreesboro, Ark.) Science,
n. s., vol. 29, p. 384.

Oil and gas in northwestern Louisiana with special reference to the Cadoo
field. Geol. Sury. Louisiana, Bull. No. 8, 52 pp. With I. Perrine and
W. E. Hopper.

Oil and gas in Louisiana with a brief summary of their occurrence in
adjacent states. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 429, 192 pp.

The lower Tertiaries of Louisiana. Science, n. s., vol. 35, pp. 502.

Oil concentration about salt domes. Science, n. s., vol. 35, pp. 546-547.

Dome theories as applied to gulf coast geology. Science, n. s., vol. 36,
pp. 173-174.

Immense salt concretions. Popular Sci. Monthly, vol. 82, pp. 187-191.

Geologic Mensuration. 2d ed., 70 pp., 1 pl., 31 text figs., 12 tab. Harris
Co., Ithaca, N. Y.

Discussion in “The origin of the Louisiana and east Texas salines’’, by
E. G. Norton. Am. I. M. Eng., Bull. 97, pp. 93-102; Bull. No. 101,
Pp» 120-1122 liranss NOs 1s) 5 02-513)

ho
we

1916.

1917.

1918.

1919.

1920.

1921.

UBM

1932.

N73)

1934.

1934.
NBT

1940.

1943.

1947.

EO Bile

G. D. Harris Memorial: Palmer

N
wo

Horizon of the Shark River (N. J.) Eocene deposits. Science, n. s., vol.
43, No. 1111, April, pp. 532-534.

Review of C. W. Cooke's "The Age of the Ocala limestone’. Science
fie S:, Vol. 43; p. 72.

Review of “An introduction to Historical geology with special reference
to North America’, by Wm. J. Miller, Science, n. s., vol. 45, No. 1157,
March, pp. 218-220.

Age flow and ebb of the Eocene seas. Science, n. s., vol. 48, No. 1252,
Dec., pp. 646-647.

New or otherwise interesting Mollusca species from the East Coast of
America. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. VIII, No. 33, March, 32 pp., 3 pls.
With Katherine Van Winkle.

Pelecypoda of the St. Maurice and Claiborne stages. Bull. Amer. Paleont.,
vol. VI, No. 31, June, 268 pp., 59 pls.

The genera Lutetia and Alveinus, especially as developed in America.
Palaeontographica Americana, vol. I, No. 2, 14 pp., 1 pl.

A reprint of the more inaccessible paleontological writings of Robert John
Lechmere Guppy. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. VIII, No. 35, March, 108

pp., 10 pls.

The rudistids of Trinidad. Palaeontographica Americana, vol. 1, No. 3,
pp. 119-162, pls. 18-28. With Floyd Hodson.

The geology of the island of Trinidad, B. W.1., by Gerald A. Waring
with notes on the paleontology by G. D. Harris, Johns Hopkins Univ.,
Studies Geol., No. 7, pp. 87-112, pls. XVII-XX (Harris part).

An Oligocene rudistid from Trinidad. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. XVI,
No. 61, Nov., 9 pp., 2 pls. With Floyd Hodson.

Suggestions in stratigraphic nomenclature. Science, n. s., vol. 76, No.
1978, Nov., p. 489.

Memorial of Adam Capen Gill (1863-1932); Geol. Soc. America, Bull.
vol. 44, pt. 2, pp. 325-328.

A paleontological research institution at Ithaca, N. Y. Science, n. s.,
vol. 79, No. 2052, pp. 380, 381.

A low-price station indicator. Science, n. s., vol. 80, No. 2063, p. 38.

Our first century of Cenozoic invertebrate paleontology. Address as retir-
ing Pres. Pal. Soc. America, Geol. Soc. America, Bull., vol. 48, pp.
443-462.

Turrid illustrations; mainly Claibornian. Palaeontographica Americana,
Vol. II, No. 7, May, 144 pp., 14 pls.

The name Clatborne in geologic literature. Science, n. s., vol. 92, No. 2386
Sept., pp. 257-258.

The Rio Cachira Section in the Sierra de Perija, Venezuela. Pt. II. Brach-
topoda and Mollusca. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. XX VII, No. 108, April,
pp. 55-82, pls. 4-9. [With R. A. Liddle and J. W. Wells]

The Mollusca of the Jackson Eocene of the Mississippi Embayment
(Sabine) River to Alabama River. Pt. 1, 1946, Pt. II, 1947, 563 pp., 65 pls.
Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. XXX, No. 117. With Katherine V. W. Palmer.

Preliminary notes on Ocala bivalves. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. XX XIII,
No. 138, 54 pp., 13 pls.

Volume 1.
IL,

108

ANOS. “7B eNO) a Kano - Di OL DISs. "so :5 Potea min sub-bieiay ticks * cna
Paleozoic Paleontology and Tertiary Foraminifera.

LNORS | Cotas ee ADL iby SO PRN. cerca iy uc ewe kK sa Sable es

Corals, Cretaceous microfauna and biography of
Conrad.

CNOR “OUSSay oS Oe. DP pit DISS Nae nbs son etre he's min oe els

Mainly Paleozoic faunas and Tertiary Mollusca.

(Nos. 68-34B).- 30G: pps 80 “pISas ow! sa iy og bas otees

Paleozoic fossils of Ontario, Oklahoma and Colombia,
Mesozoic echinoids, California Pleistocene and

Bowden forams and Ordovician cephalopods.

(No. 117). 563 pp., 65 pls.

Jackson Eocene mollusks.

(Wos, “218 =128 )y=458 =p QTASPISS ss. Sida a cee cons See

Venezuelan and California mollusks, Chemung and
Pennsylvania crinoids, Cypraeidae, Cretaceous, Mio-
cene and Recent corals, Cuban and Floridian
forams, and Cuban fossil localities.

(Nos 129-135) s< "294 pp 39 PIS se. aor oo ce RS a hte

Silurian cephalopods, crinoid studies, Tertiary forams,
and Mytilarca.

(Nos. 134-139). 448 pp., 51 pls.

Devonian annelids, Tertiary mollusks,
stratigraphy and paleontology.

(Nos. 140-144; 145 in press).

Trinidad Globigerinidae, Ordovician Enopleura, Tas-
manian Ordovician cephalopods and Tennessee Or-
dovician ostracods, and conularid bibliography.

(Nos. 146-149 in press).

Memorial to G. D. Harris, camerinid and Georgia

Paleocene Foraminifera, South American Paleozoics.

ie a)

ec D

Ecuadoran

PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA

(Nos. 1-5). 519 pp., 75 pls.
Monographs of Arcas, Lutetia, rudistids and venerids,
(Nos. 6-12). 531 pp., 37 pls.

Heliophyllum halli, Tertiary turrids, Neocene Spondyli,
Paleozoic cephalopods, Tertiary Fasciolarias and
Paleozoic and Recent Hexactinellida.

(Nos. 13-25).

Paleozoic cephalopod structure and phylogeny, Paleo-
zoic siphonophores, Busycon, Devonian fish studies,
gastropod studies, Carboniferous crinoids, Cretaceous
jellyfish, Platystrophia, and Venericardia.

8.00

10.00
9.00

9.00
10.00
10.00

8.00

10.00

12.00

CONDENSED TABLE OF CONTENTS OF BULLETINS OF AMERICAN
PALEONTOLOGY AND PALEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA

BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY

Volume 1. (Nos. 1-5). 354 pp., 32 pls.
Mainly Tertiary Mollusca.
TE .GNos346-10)5),: 34%, Pp 237 Disah er acaek en ce oepiee So eehere $15.00
Tertiary Mollusca and Foraminifera, Paleozoic faunas.
Til. (Nos. 11-15). 402 pp. 29 pls.
Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Paleozoic sections and

faunas.
EVS\ (Nes.216=21)2 AG pps 26. Nplsn ic is Co eo atone ees 6.00
Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Paleozoic sections and
faunas.
Vi. (NGS 22230) 487“ ppk 668 Spies: Sees pene cae ees 8.00

Tertiary fossils mainly Santo Domingan, Meazor and
Paleozoic fossils.

VESSCING S31) .0268;; Dpist759. DIS: Sie aaa cea nena ial cetera 10.00
Claibornian Eocene pelecypods. :
VERS (No,S32) 35-30 Pi 2 99 DISH eee Fa SEA Pas ae cle Seale ae ee 12.00
Claibornian Eocene scaphopods, gastropods, and
cephalopods.
VEE. (Nos; 233-36) - 357, pp. 1D" DIS ck Dn Rose sie en ce 9.00
Mainly Tertiary Mollusca.
TX. (Nos'37=39):= 462 spp, Sh ApIS. | £50. eas Kreis oer nee ee 8.00
Tertiary Mollusca mainly from Costa Rica. 4
x.) (NOS=C40-42)3"-3825 pp? 54 Diss os eS cing hen oe ee 10.00

Tertiary forams and mollusks mainly from Trinidad
and Paleozoic fossils.
XLS» (NOs243"46):. 292: Dass Ale DISK eiisie's « Sa.c teens ok wie ateinn a ere 7.00
Tertiary, Mesozoic and Paleozoic fossils mainly from ~- “|
Venezuela.
XI .(Nos.47-48). 3494. pp3U8. pls A wh a a eee 7.00
Venezuela and Trinidad forams and Mesozoic inverte-
brate bibliography.
SOUL. (Nos-/.49=50) 5. 264 epp.,-40= DISs ie AW incl alee wee deen 6.00
Venezuelan Tertiary Mollusca and Tertiary Mammalia.
SUVs) Z0Nos.751-54)5s-306) pps 244 pls cco oes < oreo 9.00
Mexican Tertiary forams and Tertiary mollusks of
Peru and Colombia.
XV. s-(Nes, 55-58)7 314 “pp; 80 piss. Sek. Se I 9.00 -
Mainly Ecuadoran, Peruvian and Mexican Tertiary
forams and mollusks and Paleozoic fossils.

KVL > -CNos..259=61). |; 140 (pps? 482 pisi. 3 Sas es eee lee 6.00
Venezuela and Trinidad Tertiary Mollusca.
XVI. (Nos:)’ 62-63) 5. 283" pps S33} DIS. Gosia eka now oe aie owes cle 7.00
Peruvian Tertiary Mollusca.
XVHIL |: (Nos. -64=67)..->286:2pp55. 29 piscina eR Rees 9.00
Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Cretaceous corals.
SS 3 ONO: 68) e272. pes QE Ise ey UAT sige ek ole ate ene oe oO 9.00
Tertiary Paleontology, Peru.
XX. =: CNos.: 69-70C) #5266. pps; 726 pls. ss TNS hers 9.00
Cretaceous and Tertiary Paleontology of Peru and ~
Cuba.
MOREL 7 ~( NOS: 01-72). S21 pps Ah2 DIS sl eee diese ote eee aus oe reds nel 79.00

Paleozoic Paleontology and Stratigraphy.

BULLETINS

AMERICAN
PALEONTOLOGY

VOL. XXXV

1953

Paleontological Research Institution
thaca, New Yor
U.S.A.

PALEONTOLOGICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTION

1953
PRESIDEN TON Gs hae cage a aie whose abl tela ool sista hae Sele reiehe eialaterahte KENNETH E. CASTER
WACK=PRESIIEN T "e250 k coe e re petler heats Set eos bonkers cane wha aran asate W. Storrs COLE
SECRETARY- LREASURER ©.2.5.52.102 5 Sole tails ate Nae Shelecnier ee ats ReBEccCA S. HArris
DIRECTOR 8652 The wicd ocr ele Rad ties MoT e SEN Rees KATHERINE V. W. PALMER
COUNSEL ioe gack ae casio lore eiaca eee Bite No eee rohanetaua ta adie one alles etatesetate ARMAND L. ADAMS
Trustees
KENNETH E. CASTER (1949-54) KATHERINE V. W. PALMER (Life)
W. Storrs CoLe (1952-58) RALPH A. LIDDLE (1950-56)
Rousseau H. FLower (1950-55) AxeL A. Otsson (Life)
Resecca §, Harris (Life) NorMAN E. WEIsBoRD (1951-57)

SoLomon C. HOLLISTER (1953-59)

BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY
and
PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA

KATHERINE V, W. PALMER, Editor
Lempi H. SINCEBAUGH, Secretary

Editorial Board
KENNETH E. CASTER G. WInston SINCLAIR

Complete titles and price list of separate available numbers may be
had on application. All volumes available except Vols. I and III of
Bulletins and Vol. I of Palaeontographica Americana.

Paleontological Research Institution
109 Dearborn Place
Ithaca, New York
U.S.A.

BULLETINS
OF
AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY

EEE

Vol. 35

No. 147

CRITERIA FOR THE RECOGNITION OF CERTAIN ASSUMED
CAMERINID GENERA

W. Storrs Cole

Cornell University

December 24, 1953

Paleontological Research Institution

Ithaca, New York, U. S. A.

Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: GS 53-281

MUS. COMP. ZOOL.
LIBRARY

JAN 25 1954

HARVARD
UMIVERSH

asi

Printed in the United States of America

CRITERIA FOR THE RECOGNITION OF CERTAIN
ASSUMED CAMERINID GENERA!

W. Storrs Cole
CorNELL UNIversiTy, ITHACA, N. Y.

ABSTRACT

The genera Camerina, Miscellanea, Operculina, Operculinoides, and Pella-
lispirella are discussed and typical specimens are illustrated. Pellatispirella is
recognized as a valid genus and is transferred to the nonionids. Operculinoides
bermudezi (D. K. Palmer) is reevaluated and new illustrations are given.

INTRODUCTION

The classification of the camerinids both at the generic and specific
levels is not satisfactory. Recently, Grimsdale and Smout (1947, p. 15)
stated that Operculinoides is a synonym of Camerina. Glaessner (1945,
p. 175) wrote “Some species of O perculinoides occurring in the Miocene
are not easily distinguishable from the latest striate Camerina.”’ Many
other citations could be given to demonstrate the uncertainty between the
two genera mentioned, as well as many of the other genera assigned to
this family.

In the study of a camerinid species found in certain wells in Georgia”
it was necessary to decide to what genus these specimens should be as-
signed. Various authors have placed this species in the genera Miscel-
lanea, Rantkothalia, and Nummulites ( Operculinotdes).

Moreover, confusion exists in current concepts of many of the
species. Several specific names have been assigned to a well-known and
thoroughly described Paleocene species which is widely distributed in the
Caribbean region. This species has appeared in the literature as Oper-
culina bermudezi D. K. Palmer, Pellatispirella antillea Hanzawa, Cam-
erina pellatispiroides Barker, Miscellanea antillea (Hanzawa), and Mis.
cellanea tobleri Vaughan and Cole.

Therefore, several of the most disputed genera are discussed and
new information is presented on the species most commonly called Mzis-
cellanea antillea (Hanzawa).

'This paper is a partial outgrowth of a general program of studies on the larger
Foraminifera for the U. S. Geological Survey.

2This species is described and illustrated in the following Bulletin, Bull. Amer.
Paleont., vol. 35, No. 148, 1953.

4 BULLETIN 147 28

KEY-TO GENERA

The genera discussed can be separated by means of the following
key:

A. Spiral sheet with numerous pillar-like structures or pectinations

Ee WWitthouti amare imalcOn secces capcac ee. <seecscasesesote Pellatispirella
2. With a modified marginal cord which appears
aSia lance. neatly. circular icaital ese... seccscetacasernaeee Miscellanea

B. Spiral sheet entire or nearly so; marginal cord typical and well de-
veloped
1. Completely involute

a. Chambers of the median section always showing a marked
IMC LEASE ANN fs koe Atos ee A ee ope O perculinoides
b. Chambers of the median section increasing gradually in
height, never with a marked increase in height ....Camerina

2. Evolute, normally compressed
a. Chambers of the median section always showing a marked

meKease ain MELON ts feraseteesiet sek eee ee ete Operculina
b. Chambers in the median section increasing gradually in
VE Ts 0) EO in ee NE EN eA A Me PU CR eI A ssilina

DESCRIPTION OF GENERA

Genus PELLATISPIRELLA Hanzawa, 1937
Plate 1, figures 1, 2

Pellatispirella Hanzawa, type species Camerina matleyi Vaughan,
1929.

This genus is characterized by possessing coarse vertical canals in the
spiral sheet, not only in the axial region, but throughout, so that in trans-
verse section the spiral sheet on its outer edge has a series of knoblike
projections. The marginal cord is lacking. Apertures are a series of small,
round openings at the base of the septal face. The embryonic apparatus
consists of a single large, spherical chamber.

The structure of the test is similar to that of El/phidium, and the
two genera are closely related.
Two American species are known:
P. matleyi (Vaughan), 1929.
nassauensis (Applin and Jordan), 1945.

29 CAMERINID CRITERIA: COLE 5

Remarks.—After Hanzawa (1937, p. 114) described the genus
Pellatispirella, Vaughan and Cole (1941, p. 32) reviewed this genus and
stated ‘The essential structure of the type species of Miscellanea and
Pellatispirella is identical.” Later, Vaughan (1945, p. 25) reiterated this
view.

Miss Caudri (1944, p. 21) retained the type species of Pellatis-
pirella, Camerina matleyi Vaughan, in the genus Miscellanea, following
Vaughan and Cole. However, the second species which Hanzawa origi-
nally described in the genus Pellatispirella, P. antillea, and which was
placed by Vaughan and Cole in Miscellanea, was transferred to the genus
Ranikothalia (Caudri, 1944, p. 17), the type species of which was given
as Nummutlites nuttalli Davies.

Cole (1947, p. 13) wrote “Although the writer agreed with
Vaughan earlier in placing all the species assigned by Hanzawa (1937)
to the genus Pellatispirella under Miscellanea, it would seem desirable
from this study to reassign the species matleyi to Pellatispirella, but place
the other species under Miscellanea. Moreover, Pellatispirella probably
does not represent a genus of the family Camerinidae, but one of the fam-
ily Nonionidae.”’

Mrs. de Cizancourt (1948a, p. 664) in a study of Nicaraguan speci-
mens concluded that the type species of Pellatispirella and Miscellanea
have the same structure.

Although she (p. 667) gave a correct synonymy of Pellatispirella
antillea Hanzawa, she referred this species to Nummulites (Nummuli-
tes). At the same time she assigned Pellatispirella to the genus Miscel-
lanea. However, below the synonymy of Miscellanea on page 667 she
described a species as Miscellanea antillea (Hanzawa), the illustrations
(pl. 23, figs. 4, 7, 12) of which demonstrate that it is Pellatispirella mat-
leyi (Vaughan). In all probability Mrs. de Cizancourt meant to write
matleyi for antillea and Vaughan for Hanzawa. If Miscellanea antillea
Hanzawa is changed to Miscellanea matleyi (Vaughan) on page 667,
668, and 674, the text, the figures and explanation of plates are consist-
ent with one another. As they are written, they conflict.

Unfortunately, Sigal in ‘“Traite de Paleontologie” (1952) copied
Mrs. de Cizancourt’s (1948a, pl. 23, figs. 1, 2, 4) figures of specimens
which are undoubtedly Pellatispirella as examples of Miscellanea. More-

6 BULLETIN 147 30

over, he showed as M. antillea (Hanzawa) the specimen of P. matleyi
which Mrs. de Cizancourt incorrectly named M. antillea (Hanzawa).

The two species described by Mrs. de Cizancourt (1948a) as M.
hedbergi and M. nicaraguana are synonyms of P. matleyi (Vaughan) as
there are no features which would serve to separate them from P. matleyi.

Miscellanea nassauensis Applin and Jordan (1945, p. 139) has a
spiral lamina which shows pectinations similar to those found in Pellatis-
pirella matleyi. Reference should be made to the transverse sections of P.
nassauensis figured by Cole (1947, pl. 4). A small segment of the spiral
lamina of one of these specimens (Cole, pl. 4, fig. 5) is illustrated,
greatly enlarged, as figure 2, Plate 1 of this article to show the details of
the wall structure.

Genus MISCELLANEA, Pfender, 1934
Plate 1, figures 3, 4

Miscellanea Pfender, type species Nummulites miscella d’Archiac
and Haime, 1855.

This genus is characterized by a granulated spiral sheet. These
granules appear in transverse sections as pillar-like structures which are
especially well developed over the embryonic apparatus and at the acute
periphery of the test. A typical marginal cord, however, is not present.
The granules appear prominently in the spiral wall in median sections,
showing as small, round areas of clear shell material.

Normally, a large canal shows in transverse sections in the area
where the marginal cord should be developed. Vaughan (1945, p. 24)
mentions the presence of this canal, but stated “I am not convinced of
the taxonomic significance of this feature’.

Davies (1937, p. 41) showed the details of the structure of Mis-
cellanea in a clear diagram. Miscellanea differs from Pellatispirella in its
much larger size, in the possession of a bilocular embryonic apparatus, in
the development of a less disintegrated spiral sheet and in the juncture
of the chamber walls as they join the revolving wall. The chamber walls
in Miscellanea as viewed in accurately centered median sections are sep-
arated from the revolving wall by a marked opening (see Vaughan and
Cole, 1941, pl. 5, fig. 5). In Pellatispirella the chamber walls join the
revolving wall so that a slitlike aperture cannot be present between the

31 CAMERINID CRITERIA: COLE 7

chambers (see Vaughan, 1929, pl. 39, fig. 5). Miscellanea, also, possesses
a large circular canal which appears in the area of the marginal cord
(Pl. 1, fig. 3) and represents a modification of the marginal cord. Pellat-
ispirella is without any suggestion of a marginal cord (PI. 1, fig. 1).

Miscellanea is clearly a camerinid, whereas Pellatispirella shows af-
finities with the nonionids, inasmuch as its wall structure and type of
aperture are similar to those of E/phidium (see Cole, 1947, pl. 4, fig.
Paik.

No American species are known.

Genus CAMERINA®? Bruguiére, 1792

Plate 1, figure 13; plate 2, figures 7-10

1792. Camerina Bruguiére, type species Camerina laevigata Bru-
guiere.

The features which characterize well-developed representatives of
this genus are a strong, distinct marginal cord, numerous volutions and a
slow increase in the height of the whorls, or gerontically a decrease in
height of the final whorl. The aperture is a curved slit at the base of the
last septal face.

Small Camerina intergrade with Operculinoides, but the latter al-
ways shows in median sections an increase in height of the chambers of
the final whorl.

There are few American representatives of this genus, all of which
are confined to the upper Eocene.

Certain typical species follow:

Camerina striatoreticulata (L. Rutten) —=C. petri M. G. Rutten;
C. rutteni (Cizancourt)
malbertii M. G. Rutten=C. dorotheae (Cizancourt )
macgillavryi M. G. Rutten
vanderstoki (Rutten and Vermunt)

Remarks.—Grimsdale and Smout (1947, p. 14) have questioned
the traditional description of the aperture of Camerina as “aperture

8This generic name is retained notwithstanding the recent substitution of Num-
mulites for Camerina (see Opinion 192, International Commission on Zoological
Nomenclature, 1945) as Nummulites is without question a junior synonym of
Camerina. Vaughan (1945, p. 23), was of the same opinion when he wrote
“__Camerina, of which Nummulites is a synonym.” In a letter to me dated 30
September 1947 he restated this opinion in positive terms.

8 BULLETIN 147 32

)

simple, at the base of the apertural face, median.” From a study of
Camerina planata (Lamarck) and other species they conclude that the
aperture is ‘a row of pore-like openings along the junction of the septum
with the previous whorl.” Glaessner (1945, p. 175) described the aper-
ture of Camerina in these terms, “Aperture at the base of the septum, ex-
ternally rarely clearly visible in complete test.”

Carpenter (1862, pl. 18, fig. 2) showed the aperture to be a simple,
median, slitlike opening at the base of the apertural face. However, he
showed large pores in the marginal cord just below the slitlike aperture.

Although the specimens of Camerina available for this study were
not sufficiently well preserved to demonstrate the apertural characteris-
tics in entire specimens, it was possible to observe the features of the
aperture in transverse section. Iwo transverse sections showing the aper-
ture are illustrated as figures 8, 10, Plate 2. In both of these the aper-
ture appears as illustrated by Carpenter. Therefore, it may be that
Grimsdale and Smout observed the pores in the marginal cord which may
be secondary apertures rather than the true, slitlike aperture at the base
of the septal face.

Genus OPERCULINOIDES Hanzawa, 1935

Plate 1, figures 5-12; plate 2, figures 2-6

1935. Operculinoides Hanzawa, type species Nummulites willcoxi
Heilprin, 1882.
1937. Pellatispirella Hanzawa (part).
1941. Miscellanea Vaughan and Cole, not Miscellanea Pfender, 1934.
1944. Ranikothalia Caudri.
1945. Miscellanea Vaughan, not Miscellanea Pfender, 1934.

Hanzawa (1937, p. 114) proposed the genus Pellatispirella and
placed in this genus two species, “Camerina’ matleyi Vaughan (1929,
pp. 376, 377, pl. 39, figs. 2-7) and P. antillea, a new species. He desig-
nated “C.” matleyi the type species.

Vaughan and Cole (1941, p. 32) restudied these and other species,
including specimens from the Kohat District, India, which represented
the genus Miscellanea Pfender. They concluded that Pellatispirella was
a synonym of Miscellanea.

Later, Miss Caudri (1944, pp. 367-371) described the genus Rani-
kothalia in which she placed all the American species previously assigned

33 CAMERINID CRITERIA: COLE 9

by Vaughan and Cole to Miscellanea with the exception of “Camerina”’
matleyi which she retained in the genus Miscellanea.

Vaughan (1945, p. 23) restudied the American species assigned to
Pellatispirella, Miscellanea and Rantkothalia and decided again that they
should be included in Miscellanea. Davies (1949, p. 113), however, ac-
cepted the classification proposed by Miss Caudri.

Mrs. de Cizancourt (1948b, p. 11) concluded that the genus Rani-
kothalia was superfluous on valid grounds. However, she would combine
such genera as Operculina, Operculinoides, and O perculinella with Cam-
erina, giving them subgeneric rank. To this combination the writer does
not agree.

Operculina and Operculinoides are distinct genera. For example,
Operculina with its compressed, evolute test is sufficiently distinct from
Camerina with its lenticular, involute test to warrant generic separation.
However, Oferculinella is not a valid subgenus as its broadly flaring,
complanate border is a gerontic development. Hanzawa (1939, p. 229)
stated concerning Operculinella cumingti ““This species is involute in
young and later becomes evolute as is usual in Operculina, from which it
is hardly distinguishable, except by having strongly curved septa in the
last whorl.”

Curvature of the septa is a specific rather than a generic character.
Median and transverse sections of O. cumingii cannot be distinguished
from similar sections of various species assigned to Operculinoides.

The genus Operculinoides was proposed by Hanzawa (1935, p. 18)
for North, South and Central American specimens which “‘show pecul-
iar characteristics intermediate between the typical Operculina and Cam-
erina or Assilina.”’

Operculinoides differs from Camerina in developing a marked in-
crease in the height of the chambers as observed in the median section.
This may be followed by a gerontic slight decrease in height of the final
chambers. In typical Camerina this increase in height does not occur.
Moreover, in transverse section Camerina is always lenticular or com-
pressed lenticular, whereas in Operculinoides the test may be lenticular
(figs. 2, 6, Pl. 2), or it may be lenticular in the central portion beyond
which occur compressed margins (fig. 5, pl. 2). Typical median sections
of Operculinoides are shown by figures 11, 12, Plate 1.

10 BULLETIN 147 34

Most of the American species of camerinids belong to this genus.

Remarks.—American species which were assigned formerly to Mis-
cellanea and which are considered here to be Operculinoides uniformly
possess a coarse marginal cord. At the beginning of this study it was
thought that this structure might be of generic significance. However,
the degree of development of the marginal cord is extremely variable in
various species assigned without question to Camerina. This is demon-
strated by figures 8-10, Plate 2.

Once this fact was appreciated, the marginal cords of a number of
species which has been assigned previously to Operculinoides were ex-
amined. It was discovered in these specimens that the strength of the
marginal cord varies from species to species. This is demonstrated by
figures 2, 5, 6, Plate 2.

It is apparent, therefore, that the degree of coarseness and size of
the marginal cord is a specific rather than a generic feature in both Ca-
merina and O perculinoides.

The American species assigned first to Miscellanea and later to
Ranikothalia possess a canal system, a marginal cord and wall structure
of the spiral lamina which is in every respect comparable to that of Oper-
culinoides. Any minor differences, such as the coarseness of the marginal
cord, is in degree rather than in kind or in development of a new struc-
ture.

Genus OPERCULINA d’Orbigny, 1826
Plate 2, figure 1
1826. Operculina d’Orbigny, type species Lenticulites complanata
Defrance, 1822.
1918. Operculinella Yabe.

The test is compressed, evolute with the chambers normally increas-
ing markedly in height. This genus is too well known to warrant de-
tailed analysis. Reference should be made to the statements given under
O perculinoides.

Few American species are known of which O. mariannensis
Vaughan is the most typical.

35 CAMERINID CRITERIA: COLE 11

DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES

Family Camerinidae

Genus Operculinoides Hanzawa, 1935

Operculinoides bermudezi (D. K. Palmer) Pl. 1, figs 5-7; Pl. 3, figs. 2-12

1934. Operculina bermudezi D. K. Palmer, Mem. Soc. Cubana Hist. Nat., vol.
8, pp. 238-240, pl. 12, figs. 3, 6-9.

1937. Pellatispirella antillea Hanzawa, Jour. Paleont., vol. 11, p. 116, pl. 28,
figs 8-10; pl. 21, fig. 1.

1939. Camerina pellatispiroides Barker, U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 86, No.
3052, pp. 325, 326, pl. 20, fig. 10; pl. 22, fig. 4.

1941. Miscellanea antillea (Hanzawa), Vaughan and Cole, Geol. Soc. Amer.,
Sp. Paper 30, pp. 33-35, pl. 4, figs. 1-4; pl. 6, figs. 3, 3a.

1941. Mrtscellanea tobleri Vaughan and Cole, ibid, pp. 35, 36, pl. 4, figs. 5, 6,
Perma, lige vl.

1944. Rantkothalia antillea (Hanzawa), Caudri, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 28,
Nowiitpe2, spiel ness 45 seples) ond Sis ple4, figaglis pl. 5. figs..25,, 25:
1945. Miscellanea antillea (Hanzawa), Vaughan, Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem. 9,

pp..27-29, pl. 35 ple4, fig. 1.

1947. Miscellanea antillea (Hanzawa), Cole and Bermudez, Bull. Amer.
Paleont., vol. 31, No. 125, pp. 195-196, pl. 2, figs 10, 11.

1950. Nummulites (Nummulites) caraibensis de Cizancourt in Thalmann,
Contrib. Cushman Foundation Foram. Res., vol. 1, pts. 3, 4, p. 43.

Through the kindness of the late Mrs. D. K. Palmer the author re-
ceived a generous sample from the type locality of O. bermudezi. This
sample came from the ‘‘cut on the Carretera Central under the railroad
bridge at Central San Antonio 2 kilometers west of Madruga, Havana
Province (Palmer Sta. 757)’, Cuba (Palmer, 1934, p. 239). In addi-
tion Mrs. Palmer sent several microspheric specimens from a second
location, identified by her. One of these specimens was made into a trans-
verse section and is illustrated as figure 10, Plate 3.

The description and illustrations of O. bermudezi are based on the
microspheric form. The megalospheric form is briefly mentioned but not
adequately described, and no illustrations of it have been given. There-
fore, topotype specimens were selected from the type sample for section-
ing to compare this species with certain specimens from Georgia (see

Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 35, No. 148.)

12 BULLETIN 147 36

Measurements made from the megalospheric form of these specimens follow:

Median section of topotypes of Operculinoides bermudezi

Height (mm.) 1.8 2.63 226 2.48
Width (mm.) 1 2:3 225 2.05
Diameters of initial chamber (,) 160x190 100x130. 160x215 140x210
Diameters of second chamber (,) 100x180 100x110 =130x180_~—« 120x190
Distance across both chambers (1) 270 220 310 290
Number of whorls (no.) 2yY% 2 2% 2y
Chambers in first volution (no. ) 9 9 9 9
Chambers in final volution (no.) V7 22 26 24

Transverse sections of topotypes of Operculinoides bermudezi

Height (mm.) 1.8 ey) 1.85 2.3 2.4 22 2.38
Thickness (mm. ) 0.83 On] 0.75 0.92 0.75 1.08 0.7
Distance cross

both embryonic

chambers (,) 180 170 280 360 170 320 200
Diameter of axial
plug (») 400 400 470 600 500 650 500

Measurements made from the microspheric form of these specimens follow:
Median section of topotypes of Operculinoides bermudezi

Height (mm.) 3.15
Width (mm. ) 2.8
Number of whorls (no.) 5
Chambers in final

volution (no.) 23
Height of final
chambers (,) 450

Transverse sections of topotypes of Oferculinoides bermudezi

Height (mm. ) 3.62 4.18
Thickness (mm. ) 123 1.6
Diamter of axial plug (;) 700 650

37 CAMERINID CRITERIA: COLE 13

Remarks.—It became apparent as these specimens were studied and
compared with similar species recorded in the literature that most of the
species described by various authors under several specific names should
be combined. In part, the confusion about O. bermudezi has arisen be-
cause the megalospheric form was not described or illustrated. Also, O.
bermudezi was assigned by Mrs. Palmer to the Upper Cretaceous al-
though later she revised her opinion. In a personal letter to Miss Caudri
(1948, p. 475) Mrs. Palmer stated that she believed the type locality of
O. bermudezi to be Eocene contaminated with reworked Cretaceous
Foraminifera. Davies (1949), p. 114) also stated ‘‘the late Mrs. Palmer
told me (letters of roth March and 13th August, 1946) that R. ber-
mudezi is not a Cretaceous form, as thought when she originally de-
scribed it, but is a Paleocene one.”

In addition to the species listed in the synonymy of O. bermudezi,
many of the new species proposed by Mrs. de Cizancourt (1948 b) from
the Paleocene of Barbados appear to be O. bermudezit. However, speci-
mens from Nicaragua assigned by Mrs. de Cizancourt (1948a, pl. 23,
figs 4, 7, 12) to Miscellanea antillea are certainly Pellatispirella matleyi
(Vaughan).

Finally, it may be stated that Operculinoides catenula (Cushman
and Jarvis) (1932, p. 42) is similar to O. bermudezt. The original illus-
tration of O. catenula is a drawing. Therefore, the writer had the type
photographed for comparison with O. bermudezi (Pl. 3, fig. 1). As the
type is the only one available, thin sections could not be made. Unless
more specimens are collected and thin sections made, it is impossible to do

more than indicate the similarity between the two species.

Operculinoides bermudezi can be distinguished from the other com-
mon Paleocene species, O. georgianus Cole and Herrick, nom. nov.
(Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 35, No. 148) (Miscellanea soldadensis
Vaughan and Cole, 1941, p. 36, not Operculinoides soldadensis Vaughan
and Cole, 1941, p. 40) by its more lenticular test both in the megalos-
pheric and microspheric generations and the thicker wall of its spiral

lamina.

14 BULLETIN 147 38

LITERATURE CITED

Applin, E. R. and Jordan L.
1945. Diagnostic Foraminifera from subsurface formations in Florida.
Jour. Paleont., vol. 19, No. 2, pp. 129 -148, pls. 18-21, 2 text figs.

Carpenter, W. B.
1862. Introduction to the study of the Foraminifera. Roy. Soc., p. 1-319, 22
pls., 47 text figs.

Caudri, C. M. B.
1944. The larger Foraminifera from San Juan de los Morros, State of
Guarico, Venezuela. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 28, No. 114, pp. 1-54, 5
pls., 2 text figs.

1948. Note on the stratigraphic distribution of Lepidorbitoides. Jour.
Paleont., vol. 22, No. 4, pp. 473-481, pls. 73, 74.

Cizancourt, M. de
1947 a. Matériaux pour la paléontologie et la stratigraphie des régions
Caraibes, Geol. Soc. France, Bull. 5th ser., vol. 18, pp. 663-674, pls. 23-24.

1948. b. Nuimmutlites de Pile de la Barbade. Geol. Soc. France, Mem. 57,
vol. 27, n. ser. pp 1-40, 2 pl., 1 text fig.

1951. Grands Foraminiferes du Paléocene, de l’Eocene inferieur et de
Eocene moyen du Venezuela, Geol. Soc. France, Mem. 64, vol. 30, n.
ser., pp.1-68, 6 pls., 19 text figs.

Cole, W. S.
1947. Internal structures of some Floridian Foraminifera. Bull. Amer.
Paleont., vol. 31, No. 126, pp. 1-30, 5 pls., 1 text fig.

Cushman, J. A., and Jarvis P. W.
1932. Upper Cretaceous Foraminifera from Trinidad. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
Proc., vol. 80, Art. 14, pp 1-60, 16 pls.

Davies, L. M.
1949. Ranikothalia in East and West Indies. Geol. Mag., vol. 86, No. 2,
pp. 113-116.

and Pinfold, E. S.
1937. The Eocene beds of the Punjab Salt Range. Geol. Survey India,
Mem., vol. 24, Mem. 1, pp. 1-79, 7 pls., 4 text figs.

Glaessner, M. F.
1945. Principles of Micropalaeontology. Melbourne University Press, pp.
1-296, 14 pls., 7 tables.

Grimsdale, T. F. and Smout, A. H.
1947. Note on the aperture in Nummulites Lamarck. Geol. Soc. London,
Proc. (Abst.), No. 1436, pp. 14, 15.

39 CAMERINID CRITERIA: COLE 15

Hanzawa, S.
1935. Some fossil Operculina and Miogypsina from Japan and their
stratigraphical significance. Tohoku Imp. Univ., Sci. Reports, 2d ser.
(geol). vol. 18, No. 1, pp. 1-29, 3 pls.

1937. Notes on some interesting Cretaceous and Tertiary Foraminifera
from the West Indies. Jour. Paleont., vol. 11, No. 2, pp. 110-117, pls.
AN Al

1939. Revision of “Nummulites’ cumingii (Carpenter). Japanese Jour.
Geol. Geog., vol. 16, pp. 225-232, pls. 15, 16.

Palmer, D. K.
1934. Some large fossil Foraminifera from Cuba. Soc. Cubana Nat. Hist.,
Mem., vol. 8, No. 4, pp. 235-264, pls. 12-16, 19 text figs.

Palmer, R. H.
1948. List of Palmer Cuban fossil localities. Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol.
XXXI, No. 128, 178 pp.

Sigal, J.
1952. in Traité de Paleontologie, edited by J. Piveteau, Masson et Cie.,
Paris, pp. 224-247, pls. 37, 38.

Vaughan, T. W.
1929. Additional new species of Tertiary larger Foraminifera from
Jamaica. Jour. Paleont., vol. 3, No. 4, pp. 373-382, pls. 39-41.

1945. American Paleocene and Eocene larger Foraminifera. Geol. Soc.
Amer., Mem. 9, p. 1-67, 46 pls., 11 text figs.

and Cole, W. S.
1941. Preliminary report on the Cretaceous and Tertiary larger Foram-
inifera of Trinidad, British West Indies. Geol. Soc. Amer., Sp. Paper
30, pp. 1-131, 46 pls., 2 text figs.

PEALTES

PLATE 1 (1)

BULLETIN 147 42

Explanation of Plate 1 (1)

Figure Page
1. Pellatispirella matleyi (Vaughan) o.oo nes cles cierel heer 4
Transverse section to show the pectinations of the spiral
lamina.
2. Pellatispirella nassauensis (Applin and Jordan)................. 4,6

Part of the spiral lamina to show the structure; the entire
transverse section, of which this photomicrograph repre-
sents the lower left side, is reproduced as fig. 5, pl. 4. Bull.
Amer. Paleont., vol. 31, No. 126.

3, 4. Miscellanea miscella (d’Archiac and Haime) ................... 6

3. Transverse section. 4. Part of the transverse section, 3, en-
larged to show the details of the structure of the spiral
lamina in comparison with that of Pellatispireila.

5-7. Operculinoides bermudezi (D. K. Palmer) ..................... 8, 11
Transverse sections of 3 megalospheric specimens.
8-10. Operculinoides willcoxi (Heilprin) .................... 00s ee eee 8

8. Transverse section of a microspheric specimen. 9. Part of
the transverse section, fig. 8, by reflected light to show the
structure of the spiral lamina and the marginal cord. 10.
Part of a transverse section of a megalospheric specimen to
show the structure of the spiral lamina and the marginal
cord.

11. Operculinoides vicksburgensis Vaughan and Cole .............. 8,9
Median section of a megalospheric individual to show the
increase in height of the chambers.

12. Operculinoides willcoxi (Heilprin) .......................222000. 8

Median section of a megalospheric individual with numerous
coils and a marked increase in height of the chambers as
they are added.

13. Camerina fichteli (Michelotti) .....................0cceeeeseeees a

Median section of a megalospheric individual to show the
addition of chambers to the coils with little or no increase
in height.

Fig. 1, of a specimen from roof of the entrance to Carambie Cave,
Trelawny, Jamaica, through the courtesy of Mr. H. R. Versey of the
Jamaica Geological Survey; 2, of a specimen from the Hilliard Turpen-
tine Company well, about 4 miles northwest of Hilliard, Nassau County,
Florida, at a depth of 2015-2025 feet, through the courtesy of Mr. Herman
Gunter; 3, 4, of a specimen from the Kohat District, near Shinki, Wazar-
istan, India, collected by L. M. Davies, donated by the late T. Wayland
Vaughan; 5-7, of specimens from the cut in the Carretera Central below
the railroad bridge at Central San Antonio 2 kilometers west of Madruga,
Havana Province, Cuba (Palmer sta. 757); 8-10, of specimens from 4.5
miles west of Williston, Levy County, Florida; 11, of a specimen from
southern Miahuapam, Vera Cruz, Mexico, collection of E. Gevaerts, No.
269, through the courtesy of R. Wright Barker; 12, same locality as 8; 13,
of a specimen from Muara Djaing on the Tabalong River, southeastern
Borneo, through the courtesy of the late T. Wayland Vaughan.

Figures 1, 4, 9, 10, x 40; 2, x 230; 3, 5, 8, 11, x 20; 12, 13, x 12.5

The expense of the plates has been defrayed by the William F. E.
Gurley Foundation for Paleontology of Cornell University.

ZA
<
=
-_

BULL.

Ta Us

Figure

BULLETIN 147 44

Explanation of Plate 2 (2)

Page

1. Operculina mariannensis Vaughan ....................---.-+<> 10
Transverse section of a megalospheric specimen.

2. Operculinoides: willcoxi (Heilprin) (*)........-- 52.05 -ee ee 8, 9, 10
Transverse section of a megalospheric specimen.

3. Operculinoides georgianus Cole and Herrick, nom, nov. ...... 8

Part of a transverse section to show the aperture, structure of
the spiral lamina, and marginal cord.

4. Operculinoides bermudezi (D. K. Palmer) ..................... 8
Part of a transverse section of a megalospheric specimen to
show the structure of the spiral lamina and the coarse de-
velopment of the marginal cord.

5. Operculinoides ocalanus (Cushman) .....................+06- 8, 9, 10
Transverse section of a megalospheric specimen.

6. Operculinoides vicksburgensis Vaughan and Cole ........... 8, 9, 10
Transverse section of a megalospheric specimen.

(.'Camerina: fichteli ((Michelottt)) 2. - 2 5-- - ie - - eleneere 7

Transverse section of a megalospheric specimen.

8. Camerina striatoreticulata (L. Rutten) ...................2.05. 7
Part of a transverse section of megalospheric specimen to
show the marginal cord and apertural development.

9: Camerina laevigata Bruguietre ... 2... .% 6. sec nee ce a eee U
Part of a transverse section of a microspheric individual to
show the marginal cord.

105 Camerina, variolaria ((luamarek)) © 205... ee ee eee 7
Part of a transverse section of a microspheric individual to
show the marginal cord and apertural development.

Fig. 1, of a specimen from the Chipola River, below the wagon
bridge, east of Marianna, Florida; 2, of a specimen from 4.5 miles west of
Williston, Levy County, Florida; 3, of a specimen from the No. 1 Chehaw
Park well, Georgia at a depth of 580-590 feet; 4, of a specimen from the
cut on the Carretera Central under the railroad bridge at Central San An-
tonio, 2 kilometers west of Madruga, Havana Province, Cuba (Palmer
sta. 757) ; 5, same locality as 1; 6, of a specimen from southern Miahua-
pam, Vera Cruz, Mexico, collection of E. Gevaerts, No. 269, donated by R.
Wright Barker; 7, of a specimen from Muara Djaing on the Tabalong
River, southeastern Borneo, donated by the late T. Wayland Vaughan; 8
of a specimen from the core hole SL-84, Gatun Lake area, 3.6 miles north-
northwest of Frijoles on the divide between Quebrada Juan Gallegos and
Quebrada La Chinilla, Panama Canal Zone; 9, Chaumont, Paris Basin
France, donated by the late T. Wayland Vaughan; 10, of a specimen from
Bracklesham, Sussex, England, donated by the late G. D. Harris.

Figures 1, 3, 4, 6, 8-10, x 40; 2, 5, 7, x 20.

‘7
ti

No. 1

PALEONT.

AMER.

BULL.

22 BULLETIN 147 46

Explanation of Plate 3 (3)

Figure Page

1. Operculinoides catenula (Cushman and Jarvis) .............. 13
External view of the holotype introduced for comparison
with Operculinoides bermudezi (D. K. Palmer).

2-12. Operculinoides bermudezi (D. K. Palmer) iGl
2. External view of 4 megalospheric specimens. 3-6. Median
sections of megalospheric specimens. 7-9. Transverse sec-
tions of megalospheric specimen. 10-11. Transverse sec-
tions of microspheric specimens. 12. Median section of a
microspheric specimen. 11. Previously figured as fig. 11, pl.
3, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 31, No. 126.

Figure 1, of a specimen from a pit at Lizard Springs near Guayagu-
ayare, southeastern Trinidad, British West Indies; 2-9, 11, 12, of speci-
mens from the cut on the Carretera Central under the railroad bridge at
Central San Antonio, 2 kilometers west of Madruga, Havana Province,
Cuba (Palmer sta. 757); 10, of a specimen 1 kilometer southwest of Mad-
ruga (Palmer sta. 832).

Figures 1, 2, x 10; 3-12, x 20.

9 hae

We ae
Wee if

XXVI.

XXXII.

XXXIIL

XXXIV.

XXXYV.

Volume 1.

ONGH. >) CRETE) ODO DD 4 JGL DIRS lanes elveires Wetlalersteare ca bie
Paleozoic Paleontology and Tertiary Foraminifera,

Bs Cae (eb LO PS? a 0) 0 Rages 1s TUG) FLD a eG nS

Corals, Cretaceous microfauna and biography of
Conrad.

CNR GUHOd hel GOS) DDsc vet | DISis: Mel.tcate aucecan aoe bed ae ote

Mainly Paleozoic faunas and Tertiary Mollusca.

(NOS. *) 68=048s),4. SUG) DD. SOU DIS. oss ic wheelies aeeeers

Paleozoic fossils of Ontario, Oklahoma and Colombia,
Mesozoic echinoids, California Pleistocene and

Maryland Miocene mollusks.
(Nos. 95-100). 420 pp., 58 pls.
Florida Recent marine shells, Texas Cretaceous fossils,
Cuban and Peruvian Cretaceous, Peruvian Eogene
corals, and geology and paleontology of Ecuador.
MING RUS RUS errs 1 PID = GO DIS Yi yc.0s Reco ethane Melee awe
Tertiary Mollusca, Paleozoic cephalopods, Devonian
fish and Paleozoic geology and fossils of Venezuela.
RIN OS. SOLOO Ris) ot Se OD. bbe) DIS h 2 ee nes abe We ee

Paleozoic cephalopods, Devonian of Idaho, Cretaceous

and Eocene mollusks, Cuban and Venezuelan forams.
CNGS Lio LeG)aninisay (Db Oe DIS. secs. ase wre Celene

Bowden forams and Ordovician cephalopods.

(No. 117). 563 pp., 65 pls.

Jackson Eocene mollusks.

(NGS. LIS -828) (559458) Dies 20s DIS. 2. cece acdc ke Se kee

Venezuelan and California mollusks, Chemung and
Pennsylvania crinoids, Cypraeidae, Cretaceous, Mio-
cene and Recent corals, Cuban and Floridian
forams, and Cuban fossil localities.

COS 129-133) 3/294) DD ao 1 DIS. i tale k cahoeeeeie eal rh oes

Silurian cephalopods, crinoid studies, Tertiary forams,
and Mytilarca.

(Nos. 134-139). 448 pp., 51 pls.

Devonian annelids, Tertiary mollusks,
stratigraphy and paleontology.

(Nos. 140-144; 145 in press).

Trinidad Globigerinidae, Ordovician Enopleura, Tas-
manian Ordovician cephalopods and Tennessee Or-
dovician ostracods, and conularid bibliography,

(Nos. 146-149 in press).

Memorial to G. D. Harris, camerinid and Georgia

Paleocene Foraminifera, South American Paleozoics.

ee |

ee ee ese eee ec esses es eseeeenese

ee ?

Ecuadoran

PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA

(Nos. 1-5). 519 pp., 75 pls.
Monographs of Arcas, Lutetia, rudistids and venerids.
(Nos. 6-12). 531 pp., 37 pls.

Heliophyllum halli, Tertiary turrids, Neocene Spondyli,
Paleozoic cephalopods, Tertiary Fasciolarias and
Paleozoic and Recent Hexactinellida.

(Nos. 13-25).

8.00

10.00

9.00

9.00
10.00
10.00

8.00

10.00

12.00

CONDENSED TABLE OF CONTENTS OF BULLETINS OF AMERICAN
PALEONTOLOGY AND PALEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA

BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY

Volume 1. (Nos. 1-5). 354 pp., 32 pls.
Mainly Tertiary Mollusca.
Ti | CNos. 6-10) 347 pp), } 282 DIS. NE Gatien cote ta lek anette eee $15.00
Tertiary Mollusca and Foraminifera, Paleozoic faunas.
Ill. (Nos. 11-15). 402 pp., 29 pls.
Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Paleozoic sections and
faunas,
TV: 3! (NOS/> 16-22). 22261L2 pp 26 olsen cya (a) ore eavlonsl salah te eteine 6.00
Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Paleozoic sections and ‘
faunas.
Vi (Nos. 22230). 43872, pps? G82 VDISs: Koso. cits = clots ee ete aten 8.00
Tertiary fossils mainly Santo Domingan, Mesozoic and
Paleozoic fossils.
VIE (No. SDE 17268 pp 59) DIS sees oiataiaaiece caivetel ot ereiee tie eee 10.00
Claibornian Eocene pelecypods.
VERS (NOS 32)6" F380 PDs 99) DIS es a loite’s oleate rela catalase ale enc ean 12.00
Claibornian Eocene scaphopods, gastropods, and
cephalopods.
VEEL ::(Nos:;-33-36) 6.357: pps 215 Uplse eee A ecient esos areal 9.00
Mainly Tertiary Mollusca.
EX (Nos: = 37-39) 5462" pp: Sd) DIS eee ie ee op oenege) Ue 8.00
Tertiary Mollusca mainly from Costa Rica.
Ke MONOS:5 40-42) oF 382s Pp G4: DSi asian ea elare'c cae ree 10.00
Tertiary forams and mollusks mainly from Trinidad
and Paleozoic fossils.
XT. (Nos: 43-46) 2" 272 ppl. pistons aiaere oes cdots eras soe 7.00
Tertiary, Mesozoic and Paleozoic fossils mainly from
Venezuela.
XCEL. (Nos:47=48) 494. pp.8: DISh 2s wn etiteiilen setae te 7.00
Venezuela and Trinidad forams and Mesozoic inverte-
brate bibliography.
SOE <5 GNoss49=50) 3 AGS pes 4h DISS osc os pike eas ate Ose we ee 6.00
Venezuelan Tertiary Mollusca and Tertiary Mammalia.
MV... CNos.151-54) 306. pps) 44 Sls lo ete clstsic a cinco neateee ae OG
Mexican Tertiary forams and Tertiary mollusks of
Peru and Colombia.
&V.:, (Nos.- 55-58) 52314) pp. 862 DIS iC tSe since sinteleition sae eee 9.00
Mainly Ecuadoran, Peruvian and Mexican ‘Tertiary
forams and mollusks and Paleozoic fossils.

VE = (Nos..759-6L) 6140) pp 48 pls: eee ee cae een 6.00
Venezuela and Trinidad Tertiary Mollusca.
SVE (Noss 62-63) 3) 283 <p... 33 DS, 2a occ acsvalnats kiclei ste crea 7.00
Peruvian Tertiary Mollusca.
VEL ' (Nos, ,/64-69) 2865 ppiw29 pst oi Sec eisaine satel gael eieleenee 9.00
Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Cretaceous corals.
SES. (NOs (68)5 S272 pp.) O34) DIS. Sse kates re wiclene Sie epaleterater eae 9.00
Tertiary Paleontology, Peru.
ax, (Nos: 69-700): 266" Pps) 2aGie DISS 2x Sauersce oie eine octets Cee 9.00
Cretaceous and Tertiary Paleontology of Peru and
Cuba.
SORE | (Noss. 72) Sal (Pps le GDS oot cae Wie forece ciate si enaie ata - 9.00

Paleozoic Paleontology and Stratigraphy.

BULLETINS

AMERICAN
PALEONTOLOGY

VOL. XXXV

NUMBER 148

1953

Paleontological Research Institution
thaca, New York
9. A,

PALEONTOLOGICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTION

1953

PREBIDENT eco ao dhoee cine fea ae alee tat eee ote s Wecktes ete KENNETH E. CASTER
WAGE PRESIDENT) fio's cid slore sree rere aout rele eae iar aaa erate tae W. Storrs CoLe
SECRETARY= TI REASURER. 05). 20b cra liccrove sta cin are Bibtaie cle enaheke siats eat ats ResBEcca S. HArrIs
DIRECTOR? eae ee eae le ta niate ere ei etees ne KATHERINE V. W. PALMER
COUNSEE 0 ae Stas ook Seca chew cletetetelaldeteaie cle cues ¢aitice ores ARMAND L. ADAMS

Trustees
KENNETH E. CASTER (1949-54) KATHERINE V. W. PALMER (Life)
W. Storrs CoLe (1952-58) Ratpo A. LippLe (1950-56)
Rousseau H. FLOWER (1950-55) AxEL A. OLsson (Life)
Resecca §. Harris (Life) NorMAN E. WEISBORD (1951-57)

Sotomon C. HOoLuisTeR (1953-59)

BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY
and
PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA

KATHERINE V. W. PALMER, Editor
Lempi H. SINCEBAUGH, Secretary

Editorial Board
KENNETH E. CASTER G. WINsTON SINCLAIR

Complete titles and price list of separate available numbers may be
had on application. All volumes available except Vols. I and III of
Bulletins and Vol. I of Palaeontographica Americana.

Paleontological Research Institution
109 Dearborn Place
Ithaca, New York
U.S.A.

BULLETINS
OF
AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY

Vol. 35

No. 148

TWO SPECIES OF LARGER FORAMINIFERA FROM PALEOCENE
BEDS IN GEORGIA

W. Storrs Cole

Cornell University
and

Stephen M. Herrick
U.S. Geological Survey, Atlanta, Ga.

December 24, 1953

Paleontological Research Institution

Ithaca, New York, U. S. A.

Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: GS 53-282

MUS. COMP. ZOOL.
LIBRARY

JAN 25 195

RARYARD
UNIVERSITY

Printed in the United States of America

TWO SPECIES OF LARGER FORAMINIFERA FROM
PALEOCENE BEDS IN GEORGIA?

W. Storrs Cole
CorNELL UNIveErsiTy, ITHACA, N. Y.

AND

Stephen M. Herrick
U. S. GEOLoGICAL SuRvEY, ATLANTA, GA.

ABSTRACT

Two species of larger Foraminifera, Operculinoides georgianus Cole
and Herrick and Pseudophragmina (Athecocyclina) stephensoni
(Vaughan), from wells in Georgia are illustrated and described. The
beds in which these species occur are correlated with the Porters Creek
clay of the Midway group (Paleocene). As the species AZiscellanea sol-
dadensis Vaughan and Cole is transferred from the genus Miscellanea to
Operculinoides a new specific name, O perculinoides georgianus Cole and
Herrick, is proposed for Miscellanea soldadensis Vaughan and Cole

(1941).
INTRODUCTION

In investigations of ground-water in Georgia in cooperation with
the Georgia Department of Mines, Mineralogy and Geology two species
of larger Foraminifera were discovered by Herrick in certain wells
drilled to beds in Dougherty, Early, Lee, Calhoun, and Seminole coun-
ties that appear to correlate with the Porters creek clay of the Midway
group. These specimens are of sufficient interest to be illustrated and de-
scribed because one of the species, Operculinoides georgianus Cole and
Herrick, nom. nov. (—Miscellanea soldadensis Vaughan and Cole), has
a wide geographic distribution in the Caribbean region (Trinidad, see
Vaughan and Cole, 1941, p. 36; Barbados, see Vaughan, 1945, p. 30)
and Venezuela (Caudri, 1944, p. 23); and the other, Pseudophragmina
(Athecocyclina) stephensoni (Vaughan), is known only from Mexico
(Vaughan, 1929, p. 16). The occurrence of these two species together in

1Publication authorized by the Director, U.S. Geological Survey

4 BULLETIN 148 50

Georgia not only substantiates the Midway age of P. (4.) stephensoni
but also allows a correlation to be made between Georgia and other local-
ities in the Caribbean area where these species occur.

LOCATION OF WELLS

The location of the wells and the approximate depths of the larger
foraminiferal beds follow:

Approx. limits
of larger for-
aminiferal zone

County Name of well Location ( feet)
Calhoun City of Leary East side of city, north of 360 (One
municipal water tank. sample only)

No. 1 City of Morgan Near city water tower, 360-430
which is north of court-

house.
Dougherty No. 1 Reynolds Half a mile north of Lock- 520-610
Lumber Co. etts.

No. 10 City of Albany South side of Roosevelt Av- 560-660

enue, in second block west
of Jefferson Street.

No. 11 City of Albany Corner of Cleveland and 568-660

Pine streets.

No. 13 City of Albany Three-fourths block east of 583-675
Jefferson Street, half a
block south of Central of
Georgia Railroad at wa-
terworks plant.

Early No. 1 A. C. Chandler About six miles northwest of 615-970?
Saffold, Georgia.

Lee No. 1 Chehaw Park Half a mile west of main 510-620
park entrance.

Seminole No.1 Emily Harlow A third of a mile northeast 1010-1020?

of the center of Iron City
on Dry Creek.

2The No. 1 Emily Harlow well and the No. 1 A. C. Chandler well are the only
wells that have P. (4.) stephensoni. In the No. 1 Emily Harlow well P. (4.)'
stephensont occurs at a depth of 1010 to 1020 feet. Other specimens of this species
submitted from this well are apparently cavings. However, O. georgianus occurs
in the same sample. Therefore, these two species occur together.

51 Grorcia PALEOCENE FoORAMINIFERA: CoLE & HERRICK 5

LITHOLOGY OF THE LARGER FORAMINIFERAL ZONE

Up-dip.—The upper portion of the zone of larger Foraminifera is
composed of fine-grained, very glauconitic, calcareous, somewhat indur-
ated fossiliferous sand with a few thin stringers of white, glauconitic ar-
enaceous, fossiliferous limestone. Below this is dark-gray, lignitic, fissile,
tough, fossiliferous clay. In some wells the clay appears to interfinger
with thin stringers of sand.

Down-dip.—The first appearance of the larger foraminiferal zone
is marked by an arenaceous, glauconitic, fossiliferous limestone. Below
this limestone occur fine-grained, glauconitic sand interbedded with
tough, gray, lignitic, fissile, fossiliferous clay.

ASSOCIATED SMALLER FORAMINIFERA

Smaller Foraminifera are found with varying frequencies in associ-
ation with the larger Foraminifera. A composite list of the most diagnos-
tic species, identified by Herrick, follows:

Anomalina midwayensis (Plummer)

Boldia madrugaensis Cushman and Bermudez
Bulimina cacumenata Cushman and Parker
Cibicides newmanae (Plummer)

Discorbis midwayensis Cushman

Discorbis midwayensis soldadoensis Cushman and Renz
Eponides elevatus (Plummer)

Globorotalia crassata aequa Cushman and Renz
Gimbelina midwayensis Cushman

Gyroidina subangulata (Plummer)

Nodosaria latejugata Giimbel

Polymorphina cushmani Plummer

Robulus degolyeri (Plummer)

Robulus wilcoxensis Cushman and Ponton
Sigmomorphina soldadoensis Cushman and Renz
Siphonina prima Plummer

Valbvulineria wilcoxensis Cushman and Ponton

BULLETIN 148

DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES
Family Camerinidae

Genus Operculinoides Hanzawa, 19353
Operculinoides georgianus Cole and Herrick, nom. nov. Pl. 1, figs. 1-21; Pl. 2,

figs. 1-3.

1941. Miscellanea soldadensis Vaughan and Cole, Geol. Soc. Amer., Sp. Paper
30, p. 36, pl. 4, figs. 8, 9. Not Operculinoides soldadensis Vaughan and Cole,

1941, idem, p. 40, 41, pl. 9, figs. 5-8; pl. 10, figs. 1, 2.

1944. Ranikothalia soldadensis (Vaughan and Cole), Caudri, Bull. Amer.

Paleont., vol. 28, No. 114, pp. 23, 24, pl. 4, fig. 19; pl. 5, figs. 24, 26.

1945. Miscellanea soldadensis Vaughan and Cole, Vaughan, Geol. Soc. Amer.,
Mem. 9, pp. 30, 31, pl. 5, figs. 2-5.

Megalospheric form.—Test small, compressed lenticular with a
bluntly rounded, slightly thickened periphery. A distinct, elevated boss,
0.3 mm. in diameter, from which radiate straight, slightly raised sutures,
occurs in a subcentral position.

Measurements of median thin sections follow:

Median sections of Operculinoides georgianus

Chehaw Park well

Locality 570-580"
Height (mm.) 2.0
Width (mm.) 1.9
Diameters

of initial

chamber (#) 110x120
Diameters

of second

chamber (2) 70xI10
Distance

across both

chambers (j) 200
Number of

whorls (no.) 2%
Chambers in

first

volution (no.) 7
Chambers in

final

volution (no.) 21

580-590"
1.88
1.65

130x160

80x120

City of Leary well

360°
1.19
TO

130x150

100x140

250

1/2

1.55
1.38

150x160

60x155

No. 10
City of Albany
well

617-630’
2836
1.96

200x290

150x250

370

8An analysis of this genus is given in the previous Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 35,

No. 147.

53 GeorGIA PALEOCENE FORAMINIFERA: CoLeE & HERRICK 7

The chamber walls are either straight or slightly recurved. The
proximal ends of the chamber walls are slightly expanded and in accur-
ately centered thin sections do not touch the revolving wall. Each cham-
ber wall encloses a canal about 10 » in diameter. At the distal end this
canal divides into a series of minor canals that radiate outward through
the marginal cord.

Each chamber cavity viewed in median section is bounded by the
marginal cord of the revolving wall at the proximal side, by the side of
the chamber wall along the radial portions, and by a continuation of
these side walls along the distal edge. As these walls are denser in con-
struction, the revolving wall is composed of two zones, an inner compact
layer and an outer, porous one, except at the places where the radial canal
joins the marginal cord. At these places the marginal cord is in contact
with the central, radial canal of the chamber wall.

Measurements of transverse sections follow:

Transverse sections of Operculinoides georgianus

City of Leary No. 10
Chehaw Park well well City of Albany well
Locality 570-580’ 580-590’ 360° 617-630’

Height (mm.) 1.8 B5O0 ies 1.6 TAn5 ley 1.58 2.38
Thick-

ness (mm.) 0.57 0.52. 0.57 0.46 0.46 0.58 0.75 0.61
Distance

across embry-

onic cham-

bers () 150) 170: «230 TSO 250 150 180 300
Diameter of

axial plug (4)400 360 340-400 400 - 390 300-600 350

The marginal cord viewed in transverse sections is well developed,
distinct, composed of radial canals about 5 uw in diameter between wedge-
shaped areas that have a surface diameter of 20 to 40 y. Many specimens
have a series of rounded pores, about 10 » in diameter, developed on the
base of the marginal cord.

On each side of the test over the embryonic chambers there is a
series of radiating canals that separate the axial plug into wedge-shaped
pieces. These canals are better developed in some specimens than in oth-
ers. The side walls of the test between the marginal cord and the axial
plug appear to be perforated by fine transverse canals.

8 BULLETIN 148 54

The aperture is a distinct, semicircular slit, 15 to 20 » high, over
the marginal cord and at the base of the chamber.

Microspheric form. — Test compressed lenticular, commonly with
the two sides of the test nearly parallel. Periphery wide, bluntly round,
thickened. There is a slightly raised, subcentral boss about 0.4 mm. in di-
ameter from which radiate nearly straight, slightly elevated sutures.

A specimen with a height of 3.0 mm. and a width of 2.65 mm. has
4%4 whorls with 25 chambers in the final volution. The height of the
final chambers is about 400 p.

Measurements of transverse sections follow:

Transverse sections of Operculinoides georgianus

Locality No. 10 City of Albany well at 630’-645’
Height (mm.) 3.0 2.89 3.65 2.8
Thickness (mm.) 0.55 0.54 0.52 0.55
Diameter of axial plug (1) 250 310 300 200

Discussion. — This species differs from O. bermudezi (D. K. Pal-
mer), both in the megalospheric and in the microspheric generations, in
having a more compressed test and less robust walls.

Family Discocyclinidae
Genus Pseudophragmina H. Douvillé, 1923
Subgenus Athecocyclina Vaughan and Cole, 1940
Pseudophragmina (Athecocyclina) stephensoni Vaughan. Pl. 2, figs. 4-11

1929. Discocyclina stephensoni Vaughan, U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol 76, Art.
3, p. 16, pl. 6, figs. 1-4.

1945. Pseudophragmina (Athecocyclina) stephensoni (Vaughan), Vaughan
Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem. 9, p. 101, pl. 45, figs 3, 4.

Test small, flat, thin, fragile without a marked umbo. Small, slight-
ly elevated papillae are distributed evenly over the surface.

Measurements of three equatorial sections follow:

Equatorial sections of P. (Athecocyclina) stephensoni

Locality No. 1 Emily Harlow well at 1020-1030’ 1030-1040’
Diameter (mm.) 1.4 2.2 2.85
Diameter of initial chamber () 75 75 100
Diameter of second chamber (,) 60x170 80x160 = g0x240
Distance across both chambers (,) 145 160 190
Thickness of outer wall (,) 8 10 10
Width of average annulus (,) 15 50 60

Thickness of annular walls (,) 15 10 10

55 GeEorGIA PALEOCENE FoORAMINIFERA: CoLE & HERRICK 9

The initial chamber is nearly spherical, with the larger, reniform
second chamber partially embracing it. In one specimen the first ring of
periembryonic chambers completely envelopes the embryonic chambers.
In another there is a small space about 100 y» wide on the periphery of
the initial chamber where this ring does not close. The periembryonic
ring of the third specimen does not show clearly.

The annular walls are well preserved. ‘They are wavy and in places
join those of the next adjacent ring. There are in places thickenings of
the annual rings, which may represent the stubs of radial chamber walls.

Measurements of three vertical sections of specimens follow:

Vertical sections of P. (Athecocyclina) stephensoni

Locality No. 1 Emily Harlow well at 1050-1060’ 1220-1230"
Diameter (mm. ) 2.85+ 2:01- 4.2
Thickness (mm. ) 0.59 0.48 0.49
Embryonic chambers:

Length (,) 160 190 240

Height (,) 100 110 go
Equatorial layer:

Height at center (1) 15 10 10

Height at periphery (,) 30 20 20

Thickness of floors and roofs () 20 20 20
Lateral chambers:

Number 9 5 6

Length (,) 40-100 50-90 70-90

Height (1) 10 10 5

Thickness of floors and roofs (,) 20 20 20
Diameter of pillars (,) 40 40-50 30

The cavities of the lateral chambers are low, but distinct. They are
not in regular tiers, but overlap. The floors and roofs are thick.

Small pillars are irregularly distributed throughout the length of
the vertical sections.

Discussion—Five species and one variety of 4 thecocyclina have been
described from the Caribbean area. These species, the dates when they
were described, the geologic age assigned to them, and their type localities
follow:

10 BULLETIN 148 56

Middle Eocene
P. (A.) jukes-brownet Vaughan, 1945, Barbados

Lower Eocene
cookei (Vaughan), 1936, Alabama

Paleocene

stephensoni (Vaughan), 1929, San Luis Potosi, Mexico
soldadensis Vaughan and Cole, 1941, Soldado Rock, Trinidad
soldadensis var. calebardensis Vaughan, 1945, Barbados
macglameriae Vaughan, 1945, Alabama

In addition Miss Caudri (1944, p. 14) compared certain Venezuela
specimens from the Paleocene with P. (4.) cookei. ‘These specimens are
P. (A.) stephensoni. Mrs. de Cizancourt (1951, p. 62) recorded with-
out discussion or illustration four species of Athecocylina, P. (A.) cooket,
P. (A.) macglameriae, P. (A.) soldadensis, and P. (A.) stephensont
from the Paleocene and lower Eocene of Venezuela.

Although the features of the embryonic and periembryonic cham-
bers may have some value in distinguishing the species, the major specific
characters appear in the vertical sections. Unfortunately, the illustrations
of the vertical sections of some of these species are unsatisfactory.

As the specimens from Georgia seemed to have the features in verti-
cal section ascribed to P. (4.) stephensoni, the senior author restudied
the type sections. Lloyd G. Henbest, of the U.S. Geologcal Survey,
kindly rephotographed the best vertical section and that photograph is
reproduced as figure 8, Plate 2. From the structures observed in this and
other vertical sections of the types, the specimens from Georgia are as-
signed to this species.

57 Gerorcia PALEOCENE FORAMINIFERA: CoLe & HERRICK 11

LITERATURE CITED

Caudri, C. M. B.
1944. The larger Foraminifera from San Juan de los Morros, State of
Guarico, Venezuela, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 28, No. 114, pp. 1-54, 5
pls., 2 text-figs.

Cizancourt, M. de
1951. Grands Foraminiferes du Paleocene, de l’Eocene inferieur et de
V’Eocene moyen du Venezuela, Géol. Soc. France, Mem. 64, vol. 30, n. ser.,
pp. 1-68, 6 pls. 19 text-figs.

Vaughan, T. W.
1929. Descriptions of new species of Foraminifera of the genus Discocy-
clina from the Eocene of Mexico, U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 76, Art 3,
pp. 1-18, 7 pls.

1936. New species of orbitoidal Foraminifera of the genus Discocyclina
from the lower Eocene of Alabama, Jour. Paleont., vol. 10, No. 4, 253-
259, pls. 41-43.

1945. American Paleocene and Eocene larger Foraminifera, Geol. Soc.
Amer., Mem. 9, pp. 1-167, 46 pls., 11 text-figs.

and Cole, W. S.
1941. Preliminary Report on the Cretaceous and Tertiary larger Foram-
inifera of Trinidad, British West Indies, Geol. Soc. Amer., Sp. Paper 30,
pp. 1-131, 46 pls., 2 text-figs.

fe Ph yA: ye.

- “oni
6) iy ala
—

i Pa = ’ - un \ ‘at ee
+ ‘ + We be i 2 + 4

. af) frat & eer

! if

sp ‘.

= .

7
a |

\ | 5
. Pee

ie : ing

PLATES

PLATES: (2)

14 BULLETIN 148 60

Explanation of Plate 1 (4)

Figure Page

1-21. Operculinoides georgianus Cole and Herrick, nom. nov. ...... 6

1. External views of 4 megalospheric specimens. 2-6. Median
sections of a megalospheric specimen. 7. Median section of
a microspheric specimen. §, 9. Transverse sections of mi-
crospheric specimens. 10-21. Transverse sections of megal-
ospheric specimens.

Figure 17 is an enlargement of 18; figure 21 is an enlargement of 15.

Figs. 1, 2, 5, 10, 11, of specimens from the City of Leary well at a
depth of 360 feet; 3, 4, 14, 17-20, of specimens from the No. 1 Chehaw
Park well; 3, 17-19, at a depth of 580-590 feet; 4, 14, 20 at a depth of 570-
580 feet; 6, 7, 12, 13, 15, 16, 21, of specimens from the No. 10 City of Al-
bany well at a depth of 617-630 feet; 8, 9, of specimens from the No. 11
City of Albany well at a depth of 630-645 feet.

Figs. 1, x 10; 2-16, 18-20, x 20; 17, 21, x 40.

The expense of the plates has been defrayed by the William F. E.
Gurley Foundation for Paleontology of Cornell University.

No. 148, Pu.

AMER. PALEONT.

BULL.

Pu. 4, Vou. 35

BLAME s24(5)

16 BULLETIN 148 62

Explanation of Plate 2 (5)

Figure Page
1- 3. Operculinoides georgianus Cole and Herrick, nom. nov. ....... 6

Transverse sections of microspheric individuals; 2 is an en-
largement of the top part of 1 to show the structure of the
marginal cord and the wall of the spiral lamina.

4-11. Pseudophragmina (Athecocyclina) stephensoni (Vaughan) .... 8

4-8. Vertical sections; 7 is an enlargement of the central por-
tion of 6; 8 is a new illustration of one of the syntypes (see
Vaughan, 1929, pl. 6, fig. 2). 9-11. Equatorial sections; 11
is an enlargement of the central part of 10.

Figs. 1-3, of specimens at a depth of 617-630 feet in the No. 11 City of
Albany well; 4-7, 9-11, of specimens from the No. 1 Emily Harlow well;
4, at a depth of 1050-1060 feet; 5-7, a depth of 1020-1030 feet; 9, at a
depth of 1030-1040 feet; 10, 11, at a depth of 1230-1240 feet; 8, of a speci-
men from loose boulders, No. 194, canyon, about 2 miles west of San Pedro,
and No. 196, Guerrero road, about 3 kilometers east of Tanlajas, State of
San Louis Potosi, Mexico, collected by L. W. Stephenson.

Figs. 1, 3, 4, 6, 10, x 20; 2, 5, 7, 8, 9, 11, x 40.

Pu. 5, Vou. 35 BuLu. AMER. PALEONT. No. 148, P

Volume 1.

II,

(Nos, 73-76). 356 pp., 31 pls.
Paleozoic Paleontology and Tertiary Foraminifera.

(USC ey CRG 7 Bt 0} «RRS 15 0 |Get

Corals, Cretaceous microfauna and biography of
Conrad.

COL GUHOt) chia = PDA tabs DNase claedham bee eater ate sted

Mainly Paleozoic faunas and Tertiary Mollusca.

(INOS, 268-0455). 2) 200% PDs, OOM DIS; c'sa'scisine o'era sicaiels Sis shine

Paleozoic fossils of Ontario, Oklahoma and Colombia,
Mesozoic echinoids, California Pleistocene and

Maryland Miocene mollusks.
(Nos. 95-100). 420 pp., 58 pls.
Florida Recent marine shells, Texas Cretaceous fossils,
Cuban and Peruvian Cretaceous, Peruvian Fogene
corals, and geology and paleontology of Ecuador.
UNOS. FOL=108),- 7510). DDaw BO. -DISe (io. ie ok koe eben dowels
Tertiary Mollusca, Paleozoic cephalopods, Devonian
fish and Paleozoic geology and fossils of Venezuela.
UNOS. wUo=.6e) cao Dp. LOS cplsicme.yy, ee ke a ais
Paleozoic cephalopods, Devonian of Idaho, Cretaceous
and Eocene mollusks, Cuban and Venezuelan forams.
(Nos. 115-116). 738 pp., 52 pls.
Bowden forams and Ordovician cephalopods.
(No. 117). 563 pp., 65 pls.
Jackson Eocene mollusks.
LOR SEES AR2N) ee SBOP D0 y PSs ogo es adh vain sees Ulide cae
Venezuelan and California mollusks, Cheeni and
Pennsylvania crinoids, Cypraeidae, Cretaceous, Mio-
cene and Recent corals, Cuban and Floridian
forams, and Cuban fossil localities.
(Nos. 129-133). 294 pp., 39 pls.

Silurian cephalopods, crinoid studies, Tertiary forams,
and Mytilarca.

(Noss. 134-139) 2448 pp: 51s PIsy eee. ce. eee samee

Devonian annelids, Tertiary mollusks, Ecuadoran
stratigraphy and paleontology.

(Nos. 140-144; 145 in press).

Trinidad Globigerinidae, Ordovician Enopleura, Tas-
manian Ordovician cephalopods and Tennessee Or-
dovician ostracods, and conularid bibliography.

(Nos. 146-149 in press).

Memorial to G. D. Harris, camerinid and Georgia

Paleocene Foraminifera, South American Paleozoics.

ee ees

ee ey

ere er reese eseeeseseseeeesene

ee er

PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA

(Nos. 1-5). 519 pp., 75 pls.
Monographs of Arcas, Lutetia, rudistids and venerids.
(Nos. 6-12). 531 pp., 37 pls.

Heliophyllum halli, Tertiary turrids, Neocene Spondyli,
Paleozoic cephalopods, Tertiary Fasciolarias and
Paleozoic and Recent Hexactinellida.

(Nos. 13-25).

8.00

10.00

9.00

9.00
10.00
10.00

8.00

10.00

12.00

CONDENSED TABLE OF CONTENTS OF BULLETINS OF AMERICAN
PALEONTOLOGY AND PALEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA

BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY

Volume 1. (Nos. 1-5). 354 pp., 32 pls.
Mainly Tertiary Mollusca.
EE: (Nos. 6=10) 2/3847 pp) 23 plss) ease seine ccleaner $15.00
Tertiary Mollusca and Foraminifera, Paleozoic faunas.
Ill. (Nos. 11-15). 402 pp. 29 pls.
Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Paleozoic sections and
faunas.
TV: (Nes; 16-21). 161). pp 26 4pIse Ha. oes sack cei eee 6.00
Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Paleozoic sections and
faunas.
WV. (Noss5' 22-30). 437° ppi; 68 CDs sae cnraeicce cnn so crenata 8.00
Tertiary fossils mainly Santo Domingan, Mesozoic and
Paleozoic fossils.
VE. > (No. 31) ::268)pp.5: 59) Isis tain ere are aon teie starr 3 cite erie 10.00
Claibornian Eocene pelecypods.
WHE -.(N032)32) 2-130) pps 99 DISis cic icrata-ctn crete avcne eras tetedale eile Wie 12.00
Claibornian Eocene scaphopods, gastropods, and
cephalopods.
VEEL: :(Nos."'33-36) 50357 -pp, 1b. pls. ae ae eae eee area 9.00
Mainly Tertiary Mollusca.
TX: (Nose! 37-39). 462) pps 35) -DISs 7 occ tess vere Ware oars ieee . 8.00
xX.
>. 4 Fy
XI.
xO
XIV.

Tertiary Mollusca mainly from Costa Rica.
(Nos;.40=42))..\ 382" ppis54- piss se. secs er'e ecce sie eee late eae 10.00
Tertiary forams and mollusks mainly from Trinidad
and Paleozoic fossils.
(Nos, 43-46). 272) pp.; 41) piss. sokk ols ickic css eietem emiemeae 7.00
Tertiary, Mesozoic and Paleozoic fossils mainly from
Venezuela.
(Nos, 47-48) \..,494: pp, 8) DISA oe.ii/. cies etre oe behets lettre ane 7.00
Venezuela and Trinidad forams and Mesozoic inverte-
brate bibliography.
(Nos:*49250):..- 264) pph) 47 *ipls csc acctrcnsianscleceteeeteaiee 6.00
Venezuelan Tertiary Mollusca and Tertiary Mammalia.
(Nos.’51=54) 306: pp: 44 “pis.) is ira dee see ee 9.00
Mexican Tertiary forams and Tertiary mollusks of
Peru and Colombia.
KV. ' CNos; (55-58). 314. opp.) 86. pls... Se cnsateroe slerslaetelereveetteiets 9.00
Mainly Ecuadoran, Peruvian and Mexican Tertiary
forams and mollusks and Paleozoic fossils.

SVE) (Noss<59-61)..)2140° pp. 48 pls oe ok. cretls corals 6.00
Venezuela and Trinidad Tertiary Mollusca.
XVI. (Nos;, 62-63)..." 283" ‘pps::33)) DIS. eh ies cists ss cee ee 7.00
Peruvian Tertiary Mollusca.
XVIIE, (Nos. 64-67). 286 pp., 29 pls. ...... ccc ee cee ee eee 9.00
Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Cretaceous corals.
SUX, UNOS 68) e272) DDD DISS ie sicie ake woiele Site Ge fo iota I 9.00
Tertiary Paleontology, Peru.
XX.) (Nos..1,69=70GC);.) 266) pp. 26° piso oe ee See saree 9.00
Cretaceous and Tertiary Paleontology of Peru and
Cuba.
MAS. > (NOS. 71-72). S21 cpp xy L2)- DISi sor cons os ciao okanie ote ie eae 9.00

Paleozoic Paleontology and Stratigraphy.

BULLETINS

AMERICAN
PALEONTOLOGY

VOL? XXXV

NUMBER 149

1954

Paleontological Research Institution
Ithaca, New York
U.S. A.

MSS. COMP. Z00L.
LIBRARY

Pk 20 1954

BARVARD
BER SITY

PALEONTOLOGICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTION

1953-54
PRESIDENTE 214) 6! 0 b0 wv etotovels li pie Wale Ree Ne Bees eee ee le KENNETH E. CASTER
WIGE-PRESIDENT = .7' 203 \ oe Slob AUS es we RO coe dade cha W. Storrs COLE
SECRETARY- 1 REASURER “UA 2 tile. tee ce ne wba shia p heh Meine ae ReBeccA S. HARRIS
DIRECTOR oe gciouss Ska es, 2 adbens sraanietistaevalage iy * sete KATHERINE V. W. PALMER
KEGUNSELN (ald 1 eee os ooo toe Le ghee BORN ate, oletc ek aaeea Seo mO ARMAND L. “ADAMS
Trustees
KENNETH E. CASTER (1949-54) KATHERINE V. W. Paumer (Life)
W. Storrs CoLe (1952-58) RALPH A. LIDDLE (1950-56)
RousseEAu H. FLower (1950-55) AXEL A. OLsson (Life)
ReBeccA S. Harris (Life) NorMAN E. WEISBoRD (1951-57)

SOLOMON C. HOLLISTER (1953-59)

BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY
and
PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA

KATHERINE V. W. Patmer, Editor
Lemp! H. SINCEBAUGH, Secretary

Editorial Board
KENNETH E. CASTER G. WINSTON SINCLAIR

Complete titles and price list of separate available numbers may be !
had on application. All volumes available except Vols. I and. WII of
Bulletins and Vol. I of Palaeontographica Americana.

Paleontological Research Institution
109 Dearborn /Place
Ithaca, New York
USA.

BULLETINS
OF
AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY

Vol. 35

No. 149

CONTRIBUTIONS TO KNOWLEDGE OF THE BRAZILIAN
PALEOZOIC: NO. 1
A. INTRODUCTORY SURVEY OF THE BRAZILIAN CARBONIFEROUS
By

Kenneth E. Caster

B. NOTES ON SOME BRACHIOPODS FROM THE ITAITUBA FORMA-
TION (PENNSYLVANIAN) OF THE TAPAJOS RIVER, BRAZIL

By
Hugh Dresser

March 31, 1954

Paleontological Research Institution

Ithaca, New York, U.S.A.

Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: GS 54-31

Printed in the United States of America

Maes. COMP. ZOOL.
LIBRARY

APR 20 1954.

RARVARD
UNIVERSITY

Page
A. Introductory Survey of the Brazilian Carboniferous, by Kenneth E.
OE SSR Tae Rae Re A he es ee tee Oe Ds 2 ee RE ae eee 5
B. Notes on Some Brachiopods from the Itaituba Formation (Pennsyl-
vanian) of the Tapajos River, Brazil, by Hugh Dresser ..................- 15
JEN OLOGY eh Oe SS eR arch cee ark a ee re eee ae ee ee eee Lae 15
introductionsandwacknorvled pments) =e. eneere ee 15
PCE PAM ALLE Ode MILA CE DEAN teens hes coat cmer cece ecsnn cobee peat cea eedacn toc nbagecesauchs St vaeaee 16
| EOS (SCNT 30) (2 ee cep eae eek SOME RD. Boy Mat IRAE OT ei Pare ae Pee ES 19
Systematic description of fossils —.............2...:.-:21c:ccse000- DES naae ees? 20
Ripedomelia pennana’ (Derby) 228.272 se ie ee 21
Onthotichasmorganianan (Derby ee ee ee 23
EREDIOTAVUCHUS. Nalianus WIELD Y oh seks ee ee 27
PEI P VITOR ERIS T (ID CEDY)) 3 i. stecsetoocct re ea ig 30
Genusilapajoia Dresser, 1. ene on 32
Tapaoiiandapajorensts (Derby) % 2 ee 33
Gletornyriding Laster? WW resset, Ts), SPv. tsk 39
Gietotiyripinag acroyt Dresser. Nssp:...<.02-5 ne 42
Grunthyris grantlaris> Dresser, m. sp....0.00 46
Phricodothyris perplema (McChesney) 22.2.2 eee 49
Bpirijer 70cky-moutlanus Marco) 122. ret. Soe ac cae 53
Spirifer (Neospirifer) cameratus (Morton) .............-.-ccececes0--es000e- 57
Spirifer (Neospirifer) cameratus (Morton) variant 61
Punctospirifer transversus (McChesney) ............----sc-s-ssecesesssseseeaee 62
Be OMa ee AD iy eet Re tee ee Os oe aah ces cg me iar 65
Text figures
BENE ASEIGS CLGUADDD LAY gia cctet costo cate eae cen ates Tet Uf
2. Geologic and geographic distribution of critical brachio-
pods in the Amazoniam Carbpniferous -. eee 20°
3. Cardinalia of the brachiopod Tapajotia tapajo-
(TA ha Pe DEE hg) ge nae Meee A oy ce fet 35
4. Pattern of median plications in Neospirifer cameratus
CNT ORLOTD) lar peek ae eee eter re ere od ee ee 59
Plates 1-8

CONTENTS

4
in) eae beara

er ee ee ee
} =e ~
.) =>

»
“lito s cs. 0 har i

CONTRIBUTIONS TO KNOWLEDGE OF THE BRAZILIAN
PALEOZOIC—NO. 1

Kenneth E. Caster and Hugh Dresser

A. INTRODUCTORY SURVEY OF THE BRAZILIAN
CARBONIFEROUS

KENNETH E. CASTER

University of Cincinnati

Mr. Dresser’s study is the first of a projected series of paleon-
tologic works ‘on the Brazilian Paleozoics. The materials employed in
this and the succeeding works derived from my personal collections
made during a three year stay in Brazil (1945-1948) plus materials
furnished through the courtesy of the various geological agencies of
the Brazilian Government (Divisao de Geologia e Mineralogia, Con-
selho Nacional de Petréleo, and the Geology and Paleontology De-
partment of the University of Sao Paulo). All of these agencies co-
operated generously in making field studies and fossil collections pos-
sible in most of the Paleozoic areas of Brazil.

One or more further investigations of the Amazonian Carboni-
ferous fauna is planned for the series; likewise a monographic re-
évaluation of the Amazonian Devonian faunas. Collections are at
hand for description of a new Devonian fauna from the southern
border of the Maranhao-Piaut Basin, and likewise for a broad re-
vision of the Devonian fauna of the Parana Basin.

This paper is based on the first silicified material to be artifically
etched from the Carboniferous limestones of Brazil. Since the initial
discovery of the Amazonian Carboniferous (Coutinho, 1863, Agassiz,
1869, Hartt, 1870) the extraordinarily fine, naturally etched nature
of the material has been known. Specimens of exceptional delicacy
and perfection have been recovered from residual soils and even from
river sands ever since the discovery. However, it was felt that acid
bath techniques might furnish further morphologic details, especially

6 BULLETIN 149 68

of the more fragile forms and also of earlier stages of growth. All de-
pended on the nature of the silicification, and especially on the
depth of penetration of the seemingly surficial phenomenon. A con-
siderable store of promising limestone and shales was collected in
the summer of 1948 during a survey trip into the Amazonian Paleo-
zoic area under the sponsorship of the Brazilian Petroleum Council.
Through the perseverence and ingenuity of Mr. Dresser the muddy
bituminous limestone was made to yield a substantial body of ex-
cellent silicified shell material. However, due to the great amount of
time and labor spent in perfecting techniques and in tending the
acid baths and garnering the fragile shells, Mr. Dresser could, in the
time available, undertake the paleontologic study of only a small
part of the fauna. The new facts on brachiopod morphology and new
genera and species which his study has brought to light, coupled with
his extra-Brazilian comparisons, make a worthwhile addition to
knowledge of a subject inadequately known. Although a single com-
prehensive restudy of the fauna is needed, rather than further piece-
meal analyses, there seems to be no immediate prospect for such a
work.

The rich and beautiful fauna of these beds has been receiving
only sporadic and piecemeal attention since it was first described by
Derby (1874). Unfortunately that splendid publication is so rare
and the illustrations so faded? that it is difficult to gain an adequate
literature impression of the fauna now. Happily, not only the original
specimens, mounted on boards as photographed in 1873 are still
intact at Cornell University, but also the original glass negatives

1Jt is interesting, in view of the unfortunate outcome, to read Hartt’s belief
(in Derby, 1874, p. 63, footnote) that the new process of photographic plate
reproduction, perfected in the photographic laboratory at Cornell, and printed
on “plain paper,” would prove permanent. Despite the fiasco of the method of
reproduction, we could profit greatly from the process of photography em-
ployed in that laboratory if it were only known. Instead of the laborious and
time-consuming technique of individual specimen photography to-day almost
universally employed (with tinting or whitening of the specimens and subse-
quent retouching of the prints), Derby’s specimens were mounted in cement on
boards in exactly the pose and position seen on the finished plates; apparently
without further ado, the whole was photographed in bright (sun?) light on a
wet plate. After opaque was washed around the individual fossil negatives,
the plate numbers were scratched through and the plates were then printed “on
plain paper” directly from this negative.

69 BRAZILIAN CARBONIFEROUS: CASTER

from which the published plates were printed. Vhrough the kindness
of Dr. W. Storrs Cole, of Cornell University, Mr. Dresser and I were
furnished with excellent photographic prints from these negatives.”

Several works on the Amazonian Carboniferous fauna have ap-
peared since Derby’s original study. The largest single contribution
was that of Katzer (1903; 1933) in his Geology of the State of
Para. He greatly extended the fossil list both by the identification of
foreign species and a considerable body of new forms. The paleon-
tological part of this work does not, however, match the general
excellence of the geological. In an attempt to compromise between
the Carboniferous age assignment of Derby for the Itaituba terrane
and the pronouncement of Waagen (1888) as to its Permian age,
Katzer applied the “Permocarboniferous” label by which these beds
are even to-day not uncommonly known, despite considerable evi-
dence in many publications which supports Derby’s original deter-
mination.

The history of the studies of the Amazonian terrane and the
confusion in extra-Brazilian correlation to be found in these works is
so well summarized in the little-known, but excellent, work of Fossa-
Mancini (1944) that the following historical survey is a summary
translation of his words:

“Near Itaituba, the Tapajos River crosses extensive outcrops of
limestone containing silicified brachiopod shells. They weather out
abundantly along certain stretches of the river banks; being of such
characteristic aspect and often of large size, they quite naturally
attracted the attention of the first explorer to pass that way. Thus
Silva Coutinho (1863) returned with a collection of fossils from
Itaituba. Marcou (1868) published a brief note on this collection,
identifying them merely as of Paleozoic age. Agassiz (1869) also

- While this manuscript was in the hands of the editor, the magnificent
tribute of the Brazilian Government to the memory of Orville A. Derby on the
occasion of his centenary came to hand. In a special publication all of Derby's
studies on the Paleontology of Brazil were reprinted, including a fine rendition
of Derby’s 1874 work on the Itaituba brachiopods, illustrated from the original
fossil specimens at Cornell University. (“Orville A. Derby’s Studies on the
Paleontology of Brazil’. Selection and coordination of some of this geologist’s
out of print and rare works by Alpheu Diniz Gonsalves. Published under the
direction of the Executive Commission for the 1st Centenary Commemorating
the Birth of Orville A. Derby, and sponsored by the American Embassy of
Brazil, Rio de Janeiro, 1952 (1953), Brazil).

8 BULLETIN 149 70

dutifully recorded the occurrence, but added nothing more. Like-
wise Hartt (1870) in the account of his first expeditions in Brazil.

“In 1870 and 1871 Hartt and some of his students, including
Derby, extended their studies along the Amazon Valley to the Tapa-
jos fossiliferous limestones. They found similar limes and fossils else-
where in the general area. A collection of the fossils made by Brown
in 1872 made possible the indisputable Carboniferous age determi-
nation...

“The preliminary reports of the Hartt ‘Morgan Expedition’
appeared in 1874 as the first number of the Bulletin of the Cornell
University. In this, Hartt analyzed the Carboniferous limestones and
proposed the name Itaituba series for them. In the same Bulletin
Derby gave an excellent description of the Itaituba brachiopods and
pointed up their affinities.

“By 1872 Derby was already aware of the presence of Carboni-
ferous beds on the Trombetas River, across the Amazon from the
Tapajos. As a member of the Geological Commission of the Brazilian
Empire he visited these outcrops and collected fossils from them in
1876. Derby shortly studied this material and all other Carboni-
ferous fossil ‘materials from the Amazon Valley. By then the fauna
numbered more than a hundred forms; more than half the species
he found to be identical to ‘Coal Measure’ (Upper Carboniferous )
species of the United States; six species occurred in both the United
States and Bolivia. It was inevitable that the fossils of the Tapajos
and Trombetas Rivers and elsewhere in the Amazon Valley should
be judged of Upper Carboniferous age (Derby, 1877).

“In his study of the fossils of the ‘Productus limestone’ in the
Salt Range of the Punjab, Waagen made critical comparisons with
Derby’s Amazonian fauna. In 1882 he recognized Dielasma ttattu-
bense Derby in the black limestones at the limit between the middle
and upper part of the Productus limestone. Waagen was preoccupied
with the idea that the Productus terrane must be Permian in age;
hence also for him the fossiliferous limestones of the Tapajos, Trom-
betas, etc., were Permian. Since the striking affinities of the latter
to the upper part of the Coal Measures of the United States argued
against such an assignment, Waagen (1882, 1889) found himself
obliged also to maintain that the upper section of the Coal Measures

71 BRAZILIAN CARBONIFEROUS: CASTER 9

was assignable to the Permian. Here then is the remote origin of that
exaggerated downward extension of the Permian at the expense of
the Carboniferous in North America and Asia which has lead to such
lamentable confusion in stratigraphic correlations even on other con-
tinents.

“Derby restudied the Amazonian fossils in 1894 and reaffirmed
their equivalence to faunas of the Upper Coal Measures of Missouri,
Arkansas, Iowa and Illinois, and their Upper Carboniferous (rather
than Permian) age.

“Katzer carried on the Amazonian stratigraphic and _ paleon-
tologic work so well begun by Derby. His first work on the subject
appeared in 1897. This was followed by his work on the Geology of
the State of Para (1903). This work contains an extensive chapter
on the Amazonian Carboniferous and its relation to the Anthra-
colitic of other continents; an appendix carries descriptions of new
and interesting species of Carboniferous fossils from the Amazon
area ... He breaks his fossil-lists down into the assemblages from
six separate sites: 1, Tapajos River, between Barreirinha and Bra-
zilia Legal; 2, confluence of the Pitinga and Jamunda Rivers; 3,
Trombetas River, between Lake Jacaré and the Great Lake of Ara-
pecu; 4, Curua River near Praia Grande; 5, Lake Cojubim in the
Maecurt valley; 6, Serra Itauajuri near Monte Alegre. The faunas
of the Pitinga River and the Itauajuri Serra comprise many brachio-
pods and few gastropods; in the faunas of the Trombetas and Curua
Rivers and Lake Cojubim brachiopods predominate and pelecypods
are also numerous, but gastropods are lacking; in the Tapajos fauna,
which is the richest, all three classes are well represented. These
differences indicate marked facies changes which add to the dif-
ficulty of stratigraphic correlation.

“Katzer’s lists appear in a chapter entitled ‘Carbon’; however at
the end of his foregoing chapter, ‘Perm,’ he reports a ‘fauna of
Permian bearing (Einschlag)’ in certain sandy lime beds which
overlie the limestones of the Maecurt and Curua Valleys. However he
chose to consider their age problematical out of deference to Derby’s
having identified many characteristically Carboniferous fossils from
them. At the time when Katzer wrote, the erroneous ideas of Waagen
and Noetling concerning the Permian age of the Productus lime-

“I
i)

10 BULLETIN 149

stone had already been widely disseminated. Hence the existence of
the species Productus semireticulatus Martin, P. cora d’Orbigny, P.
lineatus Waagen, Cleiothyris roissyt ( Leveillé),Dielasma itaitubense
(Derby), in the Amazonian deposits and the Productus limestone
seemed to be a forceful argument against Derby’s correlation, and
made Katzer reluctant to give up the possibility that at least the
upper part of the Amazonian sequence might be of Permian age.. .
In the conclusion of his discussion Katzer succinctly stated [the
somewhat contradictory opinion] that at the end of the Carboni-
ferous the sea retreated from the Lower Amazon region, never again
to cover this vast area (p. 253).

“.. Since the publication of Katzer’s book, knowledge of the
stratigraphy and paleontology of the Carboniferous of northern Bra-
zil has grown considerably through the work of the Servico Geoldgico
e Mineralogico of Brazil. The geological reconnaissances of Albu-
querque (1922), Carvalho (1926), Avelino de Oliveira (1926) and
Moura (1934) have yielded new data on the geological conditions of
different parts of the Amazon Valley. To Moura (1938) we are fur-
ther indebted for a synthesis which was accompanied by a good geo-
logic map of the area concerned (between parallels 0 and 8° and
meridians 51°30’ and 60°30’). Cowper-Reed (1933) has studied
the Carboniferous fossils from the Urupadi River; Duarte (1936,
1938) those of the Parauari and Jatapu Rivers. The results of these
investigations have fully confirmed the conclusions formulated by
Derby in 1877, and moreover have demonstrated the enormous hori-
zontal extent of the Carboniferous marine sediments.

“In some of these recent publications the marine fossiliferous
strata of the Amazonian region are simply referred to the ‘Upper
Carboniferous, while in others they are specifically referred to the
Uralian; in none is the possibility suggested of their being in part
Permian. These publications have stressed even more forcefully the
affinities to the Upper Carboniferous faunas of Bolivia and the
United States. Thus, in the list of Amazon Valley brachiopods given
by Duarte (1936) the species in common with North America, Bo-
livia, Russia and Belgium are 17, 14, 7 and 3, respectively; of the
species in common with Russia, two come from the Artinskian; those
in common with Belgium come from the black marble of Dinant,
which corresponds to the base of the Viséan. Hence the arguments

BRAZILIAN CARBONIFEROUS: CASTER 11

a |
wee

in favor of an Artinskian age are no stronger than those for the
Viséan. Moreover, Productus cora and Schizophoria resupinata of
Duarte’s list are represented in both the Dinantian and the Artin-
skian.

“There are reasons to suppose that in the latest part of the Car-
boniferous the seas extended much further westward than the sites
in the states of Para and Amazonas. An important indication of this
is the high proportion of forms common to the Carboniferous faunas
of Bolivia and the Amazon Valley; even more significant is a de-
posit of brachiopod imprints in chert from the Moa River in the
Territory of Acre, Brazil... . The Moa River is nearer to the fossili-
ferous Upper Carboniferous outcrops of Huanta, Tarmo and Ambo
in Peru than to those of the Tapajos and Trombetas Rivers, etc.

“Tt is possible that during the latest Carboniferous the sea ex-
tended uninterruptedly from the present Amazon Valley to the re-
gion to-day occupied by the Parnahiba Valléy in the State of Piau',
although Paiva and Miranda (1937) believe that the sedimentation
there took place in a basin surrounded on all sides by land, save for
three narrow interruptions, toward the East, the South, and the
Southwest; this last they supposed to be the one which permitted
connection with the ‘Andean sea’ of that time. Be this as it may,
the presence of marine sediments which may belong to the Upper
Carboniferous has been unexpectedly revealed by a well-core taken
by the Servico Geologico e Mineraldégico of Brazil near Terezina, on
the Parnahiba River in the State of Piaui. Duarte (1936) referred
the fossils extracted from the core to Protaster, Lingula, Lingulidis-
cina, Orbiculoidea, Edmondia, Aviculopecten, and Nucula, but was
unable to identify any cf them positively with any known species. He
said that these fossils indicate a Uralian age. While this conclusion
may be correct, and certainly is suggestive, it does not seem to be
founded on sufficiently secure data; the presence of forms comparable
with Spirifer opimus, Lingulidiscina missouriensis and Lingula car-
bonaria and of indeterminable forms of the other mentioned genera,
may constitute an indication of age, but could hardly be adduced as
exact proof of a Uralian age. In the excellent Geologia do Brasil of A.
de Oliveira and O. Leonardos (1943) the fossiliferous strata of Piauit
are considered the equivalents of those of Itaituba.

“Both in the Piaui and the Itaituba series brachiopods and

12 BULLETIN 149 74

pelecypods predominate. Correlations with the formations of the
Northern Hemisphere would be less difficult if foraminifera of the
family Fusulinidae should be encountered and identified in accord
with modern criteria.

“Derby (1894) and Katzer (1903) both mention a rare ‘Fusu-
lina’ which they had encountered in the Upper Carboniferous lime-
stones of the Tapajos River. More recent authors have, however,
contributed nothing further on the subject. It is possible that Derby
and Katzer did not refer to Fusulina, s.s. Such a determination re-
quires knowledge and techniques unknown when they worked. But
we may be sure that the forms observed by Katzer were Fusulinidae
of large size. If they had been globular they would have been re-
ferred to the genus Schwagerina as was the practice prior to the
revelations of Douvillé (1906) and Deprat (1903) as to the un-
suspected complexity of the internal structure of the foraminifera of
this family . . . In view of the fact that the rare Fusulinidae noted
by Katzer were associated with corals (such as Lophophyllum pro-
liferum and Rhombopora lepidodendroides), pelecypods (such as
Pinna peracuta), and gasteropods (e.g., Bellerophon carbonarws),
found by Meek (1872) in the light-colored limestones of Nebraska
City, and with brachiopods (like Productus cora, Spirtfer condor,
Squamularia perplexa, Ambocoelia planoconvexa and Hustedia mor-
moni), common in the limestones of Yarbichambi, it seems probable
to me that the Fusulinidae-bearing limes of the Tapajos correspond
to the Gshelian, and that they contain some form of the genus T'riti-
cites, the external aspect of which is exactly that of a typical Fusu-
lina. It would be convenient to have a microscopic examination of
oriented sections of the Tapajos foraminifera .

“Meanwhile, we can only express the opinion, which has pre-
vailed among Brazilian geologists and paleontologists for several
years, that the fossiliferous Anthracolitic sediments in north Brazil
belong in their entirety to the Upper Carboniferous, and appear to
correspond to the Uralian.”

Happily, what seems to be the most significant contribution to
the problem of the age of the Amazonas Carboniferous deposits was
recently published by Petri (1952) in which he reported the results
of precisely the kind of restudy of the rare Tapajos fusulines that
Fossa-Mancini urged. The results are not quite what most previous

BRAZILIAN CARBONIFEROUS: CASTER 13

students or commentators would have expected: Petri shows the
forms to belong not to 7'riticites as Fossa-Mancini guessed, but to
two primitive fusuline genera, Millerella and Fusulinella. As Petri
points out, the former is a primitive genus of the Fusulinidae, known
from the Upper Mississippian. to the Upper Pennsylvanian; the Mis-
sissippian and Pennsylvanian species of the genus are readily dis-
tinguished, and the Amazonian forms are allied to the later species
complex. The second genus appears in the Middle Pennsylvanian
and became extinct in the middle Upper Pennsylvanian. Petri calls
attention to the fact that specialists do not accept identifications of
Fusulinella from the Permian.

It is Petri’s apparently sound conclusion that at least the lower
third of the Itaituba sequence, 7.e., the part containing his fusulines,
must be assigned to the Middle Pennsylvanian (Muscovian of Eu-
rope; Desmoinesian of the United States). In view of the present
evidence of essential unity of the Amazons “Anthracolitic” fauna,
despite the absence so far of fusulines from the upper beds, the whole
terrane may well be similarly correlated. Although Petri’s age as-
signment is much older than most previous ones, there have been
recurrent suggestions of this outcome. In searching out world af-
finities of the Glass Mountain faunas of Texas, King (1930) ques-
tioned the more or less accepted correlation of the Amazonian
sequence with the “Carboniferous” of the Bolivian altiplano. Where-
as King spotted in the Bolivian terrane conspicious “Permian”
affinities, the Amazonian fauna seemed to him to show closer affinity
to the Lower Pennsylvanian of southwestern United States (e.g., the
Naco limestone of the Galiuro Mts. in Arizona). Stoyanow (1936)
has reinforced this view of the Amazonian relationships. ‘Thompson
(1943) pointed up King’s contention as to the bearing of the Bolivian
faunas by recording Permian fusulines there. These were further
elaborated by Dunbar and Newell (1945, 1946) who assigned the
Bolivian Permian to the base of the system (Wolfcampian of the
United States; Sakmarian of Russia)*. They also showed that the

*So long as the Permian-Pennsylvanian boundary continues to be drawn
by a majority of North American stratigraphers at the base of the Wolfcam-
pian, due in the main to the historical causes outlined in the material quoted
from Fossa-Mancina, above, such footnotes as this are a courtesy to foreign
readers. Happily, it now appears that the north Brazilian section has been
definitely removed from this zone of contention.

14 BULLETIN 149 76

lower third of the altiplano terrane in the Titicaca area is Pennsyl-
vanian. Fusulinella peruana (Meyer) in this lower third of the
column suggests coevality, if not continuity, with Petri’s fusuline
fauna.

Wilhelm Kegel (1951) has recently shown that the trilobites
of the “Permo-Carboniferous” terrane of the Piaui-Maranhao Basin
strongly bespeak close time equivalence with the Tapajos sequence
and possess a morphology that pertains to the world Pennsylvanian
fauna; he judges the containing beds to be not younger than West-
phalian “C”, the while leaning toward correlation with the older
unit “B” (= Muscovian). This is essentially the age assigned by
Petri to the Tapajos beds on the basis of his fusulines. Thus two
decisive blows have been struck at the unfortunate recrudesence of
a tendency (e.g., Plummer, Price and Gomes, 1946; Campbell,
Almeida and Oliveira Silva, 1949) to refer the Piaui sequence, and
by implication the commonly correlated Amazonian terrane, to the
“Permo-Carboniferous”’.

Whether this term is applicable to any Brazilian terrane is still
an open question; however, evidence mounts (e.g., Caster, 1952)
for considering still more of the coal, glacial and limited marine
beds of south Brazil as Pennsylvanian. Kegel and Texeira da Costa
(1951) furnish data on the fasciculate-ribbed aviculopectinid pelecy-
pods common to the Carboniferous fauna of the Maranhao Basin
and the Itararé series from the inter-glacial beds of Taid, Santa
Catarina in the Parana Basin. These fossils suggest not only coevality
of these deposits of the two basins, but also correlation with Pennsyl-
vanian faunas of North America. The flora of the post-glacial part of
the “Permo-carboniferous” terrane in the Parana Basin bespeaks
ever more strongly Permian age, however, as Mendes (1952) has
pointed out in his restudy of the unique, apparently autochthonous
and non-correlatable pelecypod fauna of these beds.

(See combined Bibliography at end of Dresser’s paper.)

B. NOTES ON SOME BRACHIOPODS FROM THE ITAITUBA
FORMATION (PENNSYLVANIAN) OF THE TAPAJOS
RIVER, BRAZIL?

Hucu DREssER
CARTER OIL COMPANY

ABSTRACT

Twelve species and one variant of brachiopods belonging to ten genera and
one subgenus, are identified and described from the Carboniferous Itaituba
formation of the Tapajos River, a tributary of the Amazon River in Brazil.
They represent about one-third of the brachiopods of the fauna and only a small
portion of the entire fauna. One genus, three species, and one variant are new.
Seven of the species occur in other parts of the world; they appear to indicate
a Pennsylvanian age for the Itaituba formation.

INTRODUCTION AND ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The purpose of this paper is to examine some of the brachiopods
of the Carboniferous Itaituba formation from the Rio Tapajos, a
tributary of the Amazon, and to identify and redescribe them in the
light of information which has been published since the first descrip-
tion of the brachiopods of this fauna by Derby in 1874. It is hoped
that the age determination of such of the brachiopods as are known
outside the Amazon area will add a link to the chain of evidence
concerning the still-debated age of the Itaituba formation.

Twelve species and one variant of brachiopods belonging to ten
genera and one subgenus have been studied. Of them, the variant,
three species and one genus are new; six species have been placed
in different genera from those assigned to them by Derby, and one
has had its specific assignment changed. Only two species were left
nomenclatorially as Derby described them.

The writer is indebted to Dr. Kenneth E. Caster for his gen-
erous aid and assistance on perplexing problems which have arisen
during the preparation of this paper; for his aid in the translation of
pertinent French and Brazilian literature as the needs arose, and for
giving the author this opportunity to “cut his paleontologic teeth.”
Dr. Caster has already expressed our joint appreciation to the many

1 Based on a dissertation submitted to the Graduate School of Arts and
Sciences of the University of Cincinnati in partial fulfillment of the requirements
for the degree of Master of Science, 1951.

16 BULLETIN 149 78

Brazilian sources of indebtedness and to Dr. W. Storrs Cole of Cor-
nell University for making copies of the Derby illustrations of the
Tapajés fauna. The text figures were prepared by Mrs. Elizabeth A.
Dalvé and part of the costs of the revision of the manuscript and
printing of the plates was met by research funds from the Graduate
Schcol of Arts and Sciences of the University of Cincinnati.

PREPARATION OF MATERIAL

In the summer of 1948 Dr. K. E. Caster collected naturally
etched, silicified fossils, and muddy limestone blocks containing silici-
fied fossils from the Tapajos limestone. This is the type area of the
Itaituba formation (Igarapé Bom Jardim, a small tributary of the
Tapajos River, two km. above Itaituba, in the state of Para, Brazil).

More than nine months were spent etching the fossils from the
limestone blocks and in perfecting equipment wherewith it could
be done efficiently. About three-fourths of the material has been
etched. This would have been a relatively simple and quick process
but for the extremely bituminous and muddy nature of the lime-
stone. To etch a limestone block completely is an almost impossible
task, since all of the mud would have to be removed during etching.
No completely satisfactory method has yet been devised for doing
this.

The limestone blocks themselves are light grey on fresh fracture,
weathering to dark grey or brown. They contain about fifty per cent
calcium carbonate, about twenty-five per cent black-brown petroli-
ferous mud, and about twenty-five per cent silicious material. The
silicious material occurs mostly as chert nodules and lenses, but some
of it occurs as microscopic quartz crystals disseminated through the
rock. The calcium carbonate of the fossil shells appears to have been
silicified by a crystal-for-crystal replacement. After etching, many
of the fossils with thick shells reveal a network of quartz crystals
on the interior. This is due to the incomplete silicification of the
internal portions of the shell, the network effect being caused by the
removal of calcium carbonate from between the quartz crystals dur-
ing etching. The black-brown petrolifercus mud is generally sticky,
sometimes flaky. It is rather evenly distributed throughout the rock.

As indicated by the fragmental nature of much of the fossil ma-
terial, the environment of deposition was evidently in a sea shallow

BRACHILOPODS: DRESSER

vA
<

BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVA

>
a
r
=
O
7h
36
O
pe
uJ
uJ
=
O
=
=
=
Ww

k for

iS)

iss

—

5 o

fe)

'
=

is]

Cai

12)

lly silicified blocks of |

lass and plast
ia

treatment of small, different

Fig. 1. Sketch of a plexig

18 BULLETIN 149 89

enough for the waves to wash the shells around and break them up.
This type of environment is also indicated by the fact that while the
shells generally lie flat, paralleling the bedding, they may occasion-
ally stand at an angle to it, suggesting current action.

The equipment for etching, which was developed by trial and
error, is both economical and reasonably efficient. It consists of nine
five-gallon stone “pickle jars,” eight plastic trays for holding blocks
and fossils, a plastic sorting pan, stone sink, fifteen feet of plastic
tubing, and many carboys of muriatic acid.

The five-gallon stone jars were lined with a quarter-inch coating
of paraffin to prevent seepage through the pottery. The plastic trays
designed to hold the fossils are constructed from plexiglass? and
ordinary commercial plastic window screening. The plexiglass sheets
were sawed into the proper lengths and widths and then fused to-
gether by the solvent ethylene chloride. The plastic screening was
cemented to the plexiglass frame with ethylene chloride. The finished
rack is shown in Fig. 1.

The plexiglass pieces were soaked in the solvent for from three-
quarters of a minute to a minute and a half, or the ethylene chloride
was liberally applied with a brush. It has been found that a better
bond is produced if some pulverized plexiglass is added to the ethy-
lene chloride until it becomes a rather thick and viscous cement. It
should be remembered in working with ethylene chloride that it is
poisonous and quite volatile. Therefore, all work should be carried
on in a well ventilated room, or under a chemical hood.

The “Lucite” pieces were welded together by applying the ethy-
lene chloride liberally to both surfaces and then holding them to-
gether for two or three minutes, or until a temporary bond was
produced. These joined parts were cemented to other parts until the
whole tray was completed except for the cementing of the screen
to the bottom. The whole tray was allowed to stand overnight for the
joints to weld completely. The plastic screening was then cemented
to the bottom of the tray, and allowed to dry for at least four hours
before any strain was placed upon it.

The jars were filled from one-half to two-thirds with water, and

“Dupont “Lucite,” an acrylic resin.

81 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 19

the trays bearing the limestone blocks were placed in them. Acid was
then siphoned to the vats until the limestone was vigorously effer-
vescing.

When the effervescence ceased, more acid was added until the
limestone again effervesced. By the time this second effervescence
ended, the mud usually had to be removed from the surfaces of the
block before effervescence could again be induced. To remove the
muddy residue from the blocks the plastic tray was lifted out and
placed in a plastic pan with sides about two inches high. The loose
mud was then hosed off and the limestone block lifted out with care
lest partially liberated shells be damaged, and the loose fossils were
removed from the screen. The fine residue, consisting largely of
scraps, was washed into a beaker. Often the sticky mud on the lime-
stone block had to be very carefully picked off with a probe or dis-
secting needle, before the block could be returned to the acid bath
and effervescence induced.

This procedure may be repeated as often as desired. However,
with the Tapajés material after the second time, more residue re-
moval work was required than the fossil returns seemed to justify.
When there were still visible fossils in the rock, the vibro-tool or a
hammer and chisel were used to chip them out for further cleaning.

After several blocks had been treated there was usually so much
mud in suspension in the acid that its slow settling onto specimens
effectively stopped the etching. The mud was then allowed to settle
for a day or so and the clear acid was siphoned off to be used again.
The residue in the vat was washed into the plastic pan, and the mud
decanted. The microfossils in the remaining material were then picked
out and fragmental material was allowed to dry on paper toweling
over night. This material was then sieved in water, and the various
grade sizes examined for microfossils.

Pay ii OF Ou, OG ¥-

The total Itaituba fauna reclaimed from the acid bath, plus the
extensive collection of naturally etched material from the weathered

outcrops, is large. Less than one-tenth of the whole is here con-
sidered.

BULLETIN 149

‘snoiajzIuogied ULUOZeWY ay} Ul spodoryoeiq [eOIID JO UOTNGIYsIp oIydeis0a3 pue s1B0[oay ‘7 “Bly

snjosawDdd
(49p14IdSOSN) day ldids

1uDJUOW-AyWDO4
(stuXyyAyooig )saplsids

DSJAASUDI} JaJl4Idsoyound
pxajduad siuAypJOpodiuud
snubdlj}OYy Ssnyoukysojdais
sisuayofodp} odIyofodoy

DUuDIUDHIOW DIYdIJOULIO

VNIHO | -as'S'n VOINSWY HLYON eee ae

83 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 21

SYSTEMATIC DESCRIPTIONS
Order PROTREMATA Beecher, 1891
Suborder ORTHOIDEA Schuchert and Cooper, 1932
Family RHIPIDOMELLIDAE Schuchert, 1913
Genus RHIPIDOMELLA Oehlert, 1890

Type species —Terebratula michelini Léveille, Soc. Géol. France,
Mém., vol. 2, 1835, p. 34, pl. 2, figs. 14-17.

As abstracted from Hall and Clarke (1892, p. 209, 210), the
features of this genus are as follows: shells subcircular in outline,
biconvex and sublenticular; ornament consists of fine, rounded, sub-
equal costellae which are hollow, often opening upon the surface. In
the ventral valve there are large flabelliform, medially divided, di-
ductor muscle scars. The adductors occupy a small central scar com-
pletely enveloped by the great diductors. The muscular area is bor-
dered by two strong teeth from the base of which a strongly defined
curving ridge extends forward. The pedicle scar fills the entire ros-
tral cavity. In the dorsal valve there are deep, narrow dental sockets
and extremely prominent crural plates sometimes supporting short
crura. The cardinal process is erect, strongly arched on its anterior
face, and with a trilobed posterior face. The muscular area is quad-
ruplicate, comparatively small and usually indistinct. A broad, low
median ridge extends anteriorly about half the length of the valve
from the base of the cardinal process.

In addition, Schuchert and Cooper (1932, p. 135) demonstrated
that Rhipidomella has a definite interarea between the two halves,
as contrasted with Peritocardinia Schuchert and Cooper, 1932, which
is similar, but has the interarea completely reduced. In Perditocar-
dinia the ventral beak often overlaps the dorsal beak to such an
extent as to produce a rostrate appearance, as in Terebratulina.

The Tapajoés specimens have a very definite interarea between
the two valves, and agree closely with Hall and Clarke’s analysis of
Rhipidomella. They differ in having a strongly elevated notothyrial
platform from which the cardinal process arises; the dorsal muscula-
ture 1s also deeply impressed and well defined.

Rhipidomella penniana (Derby) Pl. 1, figs. 1-4, 6-7

1874. Orthis penniana Derby, Cornell Univ., Sci. Bull., vol. 1, No. 2. p. 23,
pl. 5, figs. 13, 15, 17, 19-22; pl. 8, fig. 2.

99 BULLETIN 149 84

1903. Rhipidomella penniana (Derby), Katzer, Grundzuge de Geologie des
Unteren Amazonas Gebietes (des Staates Para in Brasilien), p. 172, pl. 6,
fig. 9a-c; (Geologia do Estado do Para, 1933, p. 153, pl. 6, fig. 9).

1914 (?). Rhipidomella cora (d’Orbigny), Koztowski, Annales de Paléon-
tologie, vol. 9, p. 48, fig. 15, pl. figs. 35-60.

1929 (?). Rhipidomella cora (d’Orbigny), Steinmann, Geologie von Peru, p.

49, fig. 45.
1933. (2) Orthis (Rhipidomella) penniana Derby, Reed, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,

voll JUL (CIGD )S oe, BAZ :
1938. Rhipidomella penniana (Derby), Duarte, Serv. Geol. Min. (Brazil),

Boly 845 padGoeples2waitesa 203s:

The new Tapajos material examined agrees perfectly with
Derby’s description of this species. The important features of the
species are: thick, heavy valves; subtrigonal outline, biconvex with
the dorsal valve being the more convex; vertical delthyrium is nearly
filled by the projecting cardinal process of the dorsal valve; notothy-
rium about equal in size to the delthyrium, and lies at right angles
to it (horizontally). It 1s completely filled by the cardinal process.
The surface of the valves 1s marked by fine rounded costae and
numerous lines of growth. Many of the large specimens develop a
slight median sinus on each valve, one opposing the other, giving the
shell a more or less heart-shaped appearance. The dorsal sinus is the
more prominent. In the ventral valve large, widely divergent teeth
enclose the pedicle muscle scar between them and the beak. The di-
ductor muscle scars are elongated and flabelliform, completely en-
closing a narrow, medially divided ridge upon which the adductors
are situated. In the dorsal valve the cardinal process is situated upon

Dimensions.— Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus. Cat. No.

Length (mm.) Width (mm.) Depth (mm. )
25258 MOS ots 0 ote A) Saat LOU Sc yet bort- eee EE
25258 Di lteten ce gts aa Wh carci te bp oek el tie oe
25258 DNR in) poo ns tp Us ae etl oe
25258 Wee sete a Be cag ee CLS Dat eee eae eee
25258 MD ig oe wits aah NO es os ee
25258 18a ashe el: Sect fe a
25258 | Ae Rte lc Sneha! tre ee Th
v.v. 25258 i een, eee A eee ye
v.v. 25258 ZO hs chk) 24, io shot ALC Re. ee eee
d.v. 25258 BO: S20 Sy Dea ie ee ee ae
d.v. 25258 7s eh, aR Gee eat eee ene: ea

$5 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 23

a high notothyrial platform. Its posterior face has a trilobed appear-
ance. The crura arise from the anterolateral margins of the noto-
thyrial platform just anterior to and mediad of the sockets which
are situated between the notothyrial platform and the posterior mar-
gin of the shell. The four muscle scars are well impressed, the poste-
rior set being impressed into the anterior portion of the notothyrial
platform. A broad median ridge, which divides the muscle scars, ex-
tends almost to the middle of the valve.

Comparison—This species differs from North American species
of Rhipidomella in the following ways: R. penniana possesses a very
high notothyrial platform from which the cardinal process arises. The
muscle scars of the dorsal valve are deeply impressed, the posterior
set being partially impressed into the anterior portion of the noto-
thyrial platform.

Koztowski (1914, p. 48) has identified a Rhipidomella from the
Carboniferous of Bolivia as D’Orbigny’s R. cora. However, his text
figures and his description of this form lead one to believe that it
may be Derby’s species, R. penniana. Since his text figures show only
exteriors, they do not help much, and until the Bolivian fauna is
restudied, the identification must remain doubtful. Steinmann is
apparently following Kozlowski in identifying the Peruvian Rhipi-
domellas as R. cora.

Reed (1933) reports that Haug had an apparently conspecific
shell from the Pennsylvanian of the Sahara which Haug identified,
however, as R. michelin Léveille.

Number of Specimens Studied—About 850 specimens consisting
mainly of dissociated dorsal and ventral valves were studied.

Family SCHIZOPHORIIDAE Schuchert, 1929
Subfamily SCHIZOPHORIINAE Schuchert, 1929
Genus ORTHOTICHIA Hall and Clarke, 1892
Type species—Orthis (?) morganiana Derby, Cornell Univ.,
Sci. Bull., vol. 1, No. 2, 1874, pp. 29-32, pl. 3, figs. 1-7, 9, 11, 34; pl. 4,
figs. 6, 14, 15. Itaituba formation, Carboniferous of Brazil.
As abstracted from Hall and Clarke (1892, p. 213), the char-
acters of this genus are as follows: in the ventral valve there is a
thin, elevated median septum dividing the muscular area. It has

24+ BULLETIN 149 86

prominent, vertical dental lamellae. The muscular area is but faintly
impressed and faintly defined at its anterior border. In the dorsal
valve there is a multipartite cardinal process. The muscle scars are
in three pairs, arranged as in Schizophoria.

Comparison.—Externally this genus often resembles Schizo-
phoria, but it can be distinguished from Schizophoria if good interiors
are available. Schizophoria does not have the well-developed ventral
median septum of Orthotichia.

The Tapajds material is of the type species of the genus. It
agrees In every respect with the generic diagnosis given by Hall and
Clarke.

Orthotichia morganiana (Derby) Pl. 1, figs: S=1let3

1874. Orthis (?) morganiana Derby, Cornell Univy., Sci. Bull., vol. 1, No. 2,
pp. 29-32, pl. 3, figs. 1-7, 9, 11, 34; pl. 4, figs. 6, 14, 15.

1892. Orthotichia morganiana (Derby), Hall and Clarke, Paleontology of
New York, vol. 8, pt. 1, p. 213, pl. 7, figs. 11-15. :

1894. Orthis morganiana Derby, Derby, Jour. Geol. vol. 2, p. 492.

1903. Orthotichia morganiana (Derby), Katzer, Grundzuge de Geologie des
Unteren Amazonas Gebietes (des Staates Para in Brazilien), p. 164, pl. 5,
fig. 6a-f; (= Geologia do Estado do Para, 1933, p. 153, pl. 5, fig. 6.)

1914. Orthotichia morgani (Derby), Koztowski, Annales de Paléontologie,
wll Sh jon ZF joll, Sh ivers, alee

1927 (?). Orthotichia morganiana (Derby), Chao, Geol. Soc. China, Bull.
VOle Sips 99) plemde iets ple 2) Hes 2S:

1927 (2?) Orthotichia morganiana Derby mut. chihsiaensis Chao, Geol.
Soc. China, Bull., vol. 6, pl. 101, pl. 2, fig. 4.

1930 (non). Orthotichia kozlowskit King, Uniy. Texas, Bull., No. 3042, pp. 36,
45, pl. 1, figs. 14, 15.

1938. Orthotichia morganiana (Derby), Duarte, Sery. Geol. Min. (Brazil),
Bolesoy peal templeed iesaeth. 2:

This species is characterized by the following: its large size; the
broad sinus in the ventral valve of old specimens; the non-alternate,
regular character of the striae making up the ornament; the hinge
line length equals about half the width of the shell; beaks of both
valves are moderately to slightly incurved, not erect.

Exterior —Well-preserved, undistorted specimens are nearly cir-
cular in outline, and are biconvex with the dorsal valve slightly more
inflated than the ventral. On old specimens there is a broad, shallow
sinus developed in the ventral valve, near its anterior margin, which
indents the dorsal valve. Thus, the shell is uniplicate. Derby (1874,
p. 29) stated that there is a strong ventral sinus which indents
deeply into the dorsal valve. None of the specimens studied show so
prominent a sinus.

87 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER

rh
wn

The beak of the ventral valve is somewhat moderately incurved
over a delthyrium which is about as high as it is wide. That of the
dorsal valve is slightly incurved over a notothyrium which is about
half as high as it is wide. The length of the hinge iine is about half
the width of the shell.

The ornament consists of fine, radiating striae which multiply
by bifurcation and which number about six per millimeter at the
anterior margin. Sometimes these striae terminate abruptly as a
small, round hole, the striation probably continuing out as a small,
hollow spine. An occasional growth line is also often present.

Interior—Arising just in front of the beak in the ventral valve is
a thin, elevated median septum which extends forward from one-third
to one-half the length of the valve. Near its anterior extremity it
rises to a sharp, elevated point. The small, divergent teeth are sup-
ported by thin dental plates which extend forward, nearly parallel to
the median septum, for about one-fourth the length of the valve.
Laterally they delimit the faintly impressed, oblong muscle scars
on either side of the median septum.

In the dorsal valve there are three sets of muscle scars which
are completely surrounded by the anterior extensions of the crural
plates. The muscle area is further divided by a definite, low, median
ridge having its origin under the beak and terminating where it
joins the anterior extensions of the crural plates. It is considerably
more elevated anteriorly, near its termination, than it is posteriorly.
Two of the three pairs of muscle scars are oval in outline, and are
located in the normal position in the posteromedian portion of the
valve with the low, median ridge dividing them. The anterior pair is
the better impressed of the two, the posterior pair having boundaries
which are quite indistinct. The third pair of muscle scars is likewise
oblong, and it lies laterad of the posterior pair just described. Each
scar of this pair lies just under the crural plates at the place where
they change from plates into the ridges bordering the muscular area.
In well-preserved specimens there is a suggestion of a callus dividing
each scar of this pair into equal, lateral halves.

The crural plates are wide and divergent, and they project
ventrally, staying rather close to the beak, into toothlike processes,
the crural processes. The cardinal process is multilobed and small,

26 BULLETIN 149 88

situated in the apex of the beak. Sometimes it appears to be unilobed
due to the etching away of the other lobes.

Dimensions.— Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus. Cat. No.
Length (mm.) Width (mm.) Depth (mm.)
25259 ADs © Sh Eh apy BSS. ts ea ee eee
v.v. 25259 bie AS) COS 9 a oes: ee
d.v. 25259 Sle | sae See Tal eRe Sa

Accurate measurements were difficult to obtain because all the

large specimens were distorted. The shape of the small specimens is
not diagnostic.

Comparison—Chao (1927, pp. 99-101) has described this species
as occurring in the Permian of China. His descriptions and plates do
not permit evaluation of his identification. He evidently did not have
any good interiors of the valves, and, therefore, his generic deter-
minations may be questioned. Perhaps this is an example of homeo-
morphy between species of two genera.

R. E. King (1930, p. 36, 45), in his study of the Permian of the
Glass Mountains of Texas, believed that he had brachiopods con-
specific with those from Bolivia which Koztowski (1914, p. 62) had
labeled Orthotichia morgant (sic) Derby (= Orthotichta morgani-
ana). However, King believed the Bolivian species was incorrectly
identified by Koztowski with the Amazon species. Hence, when he
proposed the new specific name Orthotichia koztowski for his Texas
Permian material, he placed Koztowski’s O. “morgant” in synonymy
with it. King’s O. koztowski from the Texas Permian is especially
distinct from true O. morganiana, since it possesses plates running
transversely between the dental lamellae and the median septum at
their anterior extremities, and O. morganiana Derby possesses no
such structure. However, I believe King was in error in supposing
that the material identified by Kozlowski as O. “morganv’” is the same
as his O. koztowsku. In the first place, Koztowski (1914, p. 62) stated
that his material fits the type descriptions of O. morgantana in every
way. In the second place I believe that King placed Koztowski’s ma-
terial in his species because it has a shallower sinus in the ventral
valve than Derby (1874, pp. 29-32) stated that his type material pos-
sessed. However, the topotypes of O. morganiana, which are here

89 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 27

described, reveal no such deep sinus as Derby indicates. Perhaps
Derby was misled by the distortion, so common in this species,
which makes the sinus appear deeper than it really is. For these
reasons it seems likely that the fossils identified by Kozlowski as O.
“morgant’ Derby are specifically identical with Derby’s species, O.
morganiana, and not with King’s O. koztowsku.

Stoyanow (1926) reported O. morganiana from the upper por-
tion of the Pennsylvanian section in the Galiuro Mts. of Arizona.
There is some doubt whether the horizon is Middle or Upper Penn-
sylvanian. The Lower Pennsylvanian is, however, well developed
below the O. morgamana horizon. Stoyanow also reported that
Tschernyschew identified this species in the Upper Pennsylvanian
Schwagerina limestone of the Urals.

Number of Specimens Studied.—About 120 specimens, mostly of
dissociated dorsal and ventral valves, were studied.

Superfamily STROPHOMENACEA Schuchert, 1896
Family STROPHOMENIDAE King, 1846
Subfamily ORTHOTETINAE Waagen, 1884
Genus STREPTORHYNCHUS King, 1850

Type species—Terebratula: pelargonatus Schlotheim, Akad.
Munich, vol. 6, 1816, pp. 28, 29, pl. 8, figs. 21-24. The Shell limestone
and breccia of Great Britain.

The genus Streptorhynchus, as defined by King, includes those
members of the Orthotetinae which lack a ventral medial septum and
which have the dental plates but little developed. These dental
plates are most strongly developed where the teeth join the palin-
trope, and they become less and less prominent as they are traced
downward toward the beak.

In the Tapajéos material the dental plates take more the form
of a callus than of a plate or ridge. This is typical of the small extent
to which they are developed in this genus.

Streptorhynchus hallianus Derby Beietione Sule See tipci2 Sk5nG

1874+. Streptorhynchus hallianus Derby, Cornel! Uniy., Sci. Bull., vol. 1, No.
Zap apis neSs let, So ele Os Ss ples. dies 3.

1894. Streptorhynchus hallianus Derby, Derby, Jour. Geol., vol. 2, p. 492.

1903. Streptorhynchus hallianus Derby, Katzer, Grundzuge de Geologie des

Unteren Amazonas Gebietes (des Staates Para in Brasilien), p. 172, pl. 6,
fig. 6a-1; (= Geologia do Estado do Para, 1933, p. 153, pl. 6, fig. 6.)

28 BULLETIN 149 90

1938. Streptorhynchus hallianus Derby, Duarte, Sery. Geol. Min. (Brazil),
Bolt 84 p- 19s ple5) hes: 3) 4 pleGahoa le
The material upon which the diagnosis of this species is based
consists of the posterior portions of four dorsal valves and one com-
plete and one nearly complete ventral valve. The diagnosis is as fol-
lows: hinge line is about two-thirds as long as the shell is wide; ante-
rior edge of the shell has radial plications bearing costae which num-
ber from 10 to 12 per 5 mm. at that point. The plications do not ex-
tend far posteriorly. The muscle scar of the ventral interior is bor-
dered by an irregular, sometimes faint callous just anterior to which
the internal surface of the valve is irregularly pitted. The muscle
scars are not well separated, but there appears to be a faint trace of
a narrow, medial scar for the attachment of the adductors. The teeth
are strong, straight, and divergent. They are supported by a dental
callus which becomes obsolescent before it reaches the beak. The
cardinal process is a long, bifid structure with a deep groove running
down the exterior face from the sinus between the lobes to the beak.
Each lobe is again grooved at the tip, sometimes by more than one
groove. The muscle scars of the dorsal valve are partially surrounded
by the anterior extensions of the crural plates as a callus which term-
inates somewhat posterior to the anterior edge of the muscle scars.
They are divided by a low median ridge leaving each scar as an ovate
impression without division into anterior and posterior sets.

Dimensions.— Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus. Cat. No.

Length (mm.) Width (mm.) Depth (mm.)
v.v. 25260 LOS iia ie SADT es eae a

Comparison—The dorsal valves of this form look much like
those of Derbyia correanus (Derby). However, they can be distin-
guished since each lobe of the cardinal process of Streptorhynchus
halhanus is grooved only at the tip, the grooves not extending as far
toward the beak as in D. correanus. Sometimes there is more than
one groove at the end of each lobe in S. hallianus. There is a low,
prominent medial ridge dividing the dorsal muscle scars of S. halli-
anus. This ridge is weak or absent in D. correanus. The muscle scars
of S. hallianus are much better impressed than those of D. correanus.

As far as can be determined, D. correanus never has its anterior

91 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 29

margin thrown into plications. This may be a useful character in
distinguishing between the exteriors of the two forms. The differ-
ences between the ventral valves of the two species are obvious. The
ventral valves of D. correanus have a ventral medial septum; those
of S. hallianus do not.

Stoyanow (1926) reports this species from the upper portion
of the Pennsylvanian column of the Galiuro Mts. of Arizona; this
may be either Middle or Upper Pennsylvanian. He also reports that
Tschernyschew had identified the species from the “Cora” limestone
(Upper Pennsylvanian) of the Urals.

Number of Specimens Studied.
They consisted of 4 incomplete dorsal valves (the posterior por-

Six specimens were studied.

tions ); one complete ventral valve; and one incomplete ventral valve
(the posterior portion).

Genus DERBYIA Waagen, 1884

Genolectotype—Derbyia regularis Waagen, Hall and Clarke,
Paleontology of New York, vol. 8, Pt. 1, 1892, p. 262. Upper Pro-
ductus limestone (Permian) of India.

Waagen (1884, pp. 591-594) defined the genus Derbyia as in-
cluding those forms with the following characteristics: the external
appearance is the same as that of the genus Streptorhynchus. In the
dorsal valve there is an extremely large and massive, bifid cardinal
process. The crural plates partially surround the muscular area. The
impressions are always large and deep but not separated from each
other by a median septum. In the ventral valve the strong median
septum extends from the apex of the beak about halfway to the an-
terior margin. The hinge teeth are supported inside the area by
prominent ridges which extend to the apex where they unite with
the median septum. This group is known as the Septati. The hinge
teeth may be supported inside the area by dental plates which unite
with the posterior edge of the median septum throughout their
length, “forming a little trigonal chamber under the vaulted pseudo-
deltidium.” This group is known as the Cameratt.

Thus, Waagen divided Derbyia into two groups, the Cameratt
and the Septati. The Camerati are those with the “little trigonal
chamber” formed by the union of the dental lamellae with the me-
dian septum throughout their length, thus producing a spondylium.

30 BULLETIN 149 D2

The Septati are those in which the dental lamellae have been reduced
to mere columns confluent with the teeth and joining the median
septum only at the apex of the ventral valve.

Since the type species of Derbyia, Derbyta regularis Waagen, is
a member of the Septati, Girty (1908, p. 190) has split the group
Camerati from the genus Derbyia and made it synonomous with the
genus Orthotetes. The early descriptions of Orthotetes by Fischer de
Waldheim (1820, 1837, 1850) are indistinct, and it seems safe to
assume that he had no clear idea of its structure. Girty believed that
what Fischer de Waldheim was calling a dorsal valve with septa was
actually a ventral valve. Waagen (1884, pp. 592, 607) in proposing
the genus Derbyia, and in his analysis of Orthotetes, agreed with
Fischer de Waldheim’s interpretation of the forms, 1.2., septa are
present in the dorsal valve and none are present in the ventral valve.
Girty’s case appears best founded for the following reason: in Fischer
de Waldheim’s 1850 paper he figured a species closely related to the
type species which clearly shows the presence of septa in the ventral
valve. Therefore, Girty’s definition of Orthotetes as being synono-
mous with the Camerati of Waagen’s Derbyia seems best. This re-
stricts the genus Derbyia to the Septati of Waagen. Thus, the genus
Orthotetes possesses a small spondylium, whereas the genus Derbyia
possesses obsolete dental lamellae joined with the median septum
only at the apex of the beak.

The Tapajos specimens agree essentially with Waagen’s original
description of Derbyia as modified by Girty. However, the Tapajos
material does differ in that the dorsal musculature of D. correanus is
often divided by a faint median ridge, and it is not deeply impressed.

Derbyia correanus (Derby) Pls 2, fig. 125 Bly 2a she Se G

1874. Streptorhynchus correanus Derby, Cornell Univ., Sci., Bull., vol. 1, No.
2, pp. 32-35, pl. 6, fig. 11; pl. 7, figs. 1-4, 8, 10-14, 17.

1894. Streftorhynchus correanus Derby, Derby, Jour. Geol., vol. 2, p. 492.

1938. Orthotetes correanus (Derby), Duarte, Sery. Geol. e Min. (Brazil), Bol.

Sapo plas tle

No specimens complete enough to permit an adequate descrip-
tion of the exterior form of this species are available. However, this
is not an insurmountable obstacle in identification, for as Dunbar
and Condra (1932, p. 77) have pointed out, there is an unusual
amount of individual variation in the shape of the Upper Carboni-

93 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 31

ferous Derbyias. Concerning the shape of the Tapajos material, only
the following can be said; the ventral beak varies from being high
and distorted to only about half as high as the hinge line is wide and
undistorted; the hinge line is about one-half to two-thirds the width
of the shell; the dorsal valves are generally quite regularly convex.

The ornament consists of radiating costae interrupted at regular
intervals by obscure to prominent growth lines. When these growth
lines are abundant and prominent, they give the shell a crenulated
appearance. The costae multiply largely by intercalation, and they
are a little narrower than the flat-bottomed spaces between them.

The interior of the ventral valve has two strong, diverging
teeth, each of which is continued along the inside edge of the del-
thyrium as a strong callus to unite with the median septum just
above the apex of the beak. This septum continues anteriorly for
about one-third the length of the valve.

The internal face of the deltidium bears a weak median callus
which fits into the groove between the lobes of the bifid cardinal pro-
cess of the dorsal valve when the two valves are articulated. On well-
preserved specimens two small depressions can be seen on either side
of this callus at the apex of the deltidium where the teeth join the
median septum. These depressions are undoubtedly for the reception
of the ends of the lobes of the cardinal process.

The muscle scars of the ventral valve are too obscure to de-
scribe.

In the dorsal valve the oval muscle scars lie directly under the
cardinal process and between the anterior extensions of the crural
plates. In some specimens they are divided by a faint median ridge.
There is no division into anterior and posterior pairs.

The cardinal process is a long, bifid structure which bends pos-
teriorly to various degrees depending upon the angle of the area of
the corresponding ventral valve. The exterior of each lobe of the
bifid cardinal process has a groove running from its tip almost to the
beak of the valve. There is also another groove extending from the
cleft between the two lobes to the beak of the valve. These grooves
probably served for the attachment of the diductor muscles. On the
interior of the cardinal process, just below the median cleft between
the two lobes, is a slight callus which sometimes extends completely
to the apex of the beak. Laterally the cardinal process gives rise to a

32 BULLETIN 149 94

pair of anteriorly diverging crural plates which partially surround
the posterior portions of the muscle scars. Well-defined, deep sockets
are located between the posterior portions of the crural plates and
the hinge line.

In his description of the species Derby (1874, p. 33) stated that
the “strongly developed dental plates” are united with the median
septum “within the apex of the beak,” forming a “small conical cav-
ity... within the beak.” None of the Orthotetinae here studied have
any suggestion of a spondylium. In view of this, Derby has been
interpreted as referring to the tiny depression formed where the
ventral ends of the dental calluses join the posterior end of the me-
dian septum. This depression is extremely small, and it could not be
construed as a spondylium. Furthermore, Derby’s illustrations of his
species do not show a spondylium.

Diagnosis —This species is characterized by the following: the
presence of a single groove extending down each lobe of the bifid car-
dinal process almost to the beak; the poor definition and light im-
pression of the muscle scars; the presence, in some specimens, of a
faint median ridge dividing the muscle scar into equal, lateral
halves; the joining of the ventral median septum to the obsolescent
dental lamellae just above the apex of the beak, and not within the
apex of the beak.

Approximate (restored) Dimensions.—

Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus. Cat. No.

Length (mm. ) Width (mm. ) Depth (mm.)
25261 Sy ti aie et ae ODI wey tion coe ere
dv. 25261 BOE ve sone, eran Gk a ese
v.v. 25261 DOs OOS Ee, Sorin 2 ar tae er
v.v. 25261 DO. Pe we 5.2 6 AO i, 2 ie 5 oe

Comparison.—See discussion under the heading of Comparison

in the discussion of Streptorhynchus halhanus.

Number of Specimens Studied—TYwenty-one specimens of
mostly dissociated, incomplete dorsal and ventral valves were stud-
ied.

95 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 33

Genus TAPAJOTIA Dresser, n. gen.

Type species— Streptorhynchus tapajotensis Derby, Cornell
Univ., Sci. Bull., vol. 1, No. 2, 1874, p. 37, pl. 5, figs.°3, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10;
pl. 8, fig. 9.

The shells of this new genus are moderately to weakly resupi-
nate. The hinge line is long. The cardinal area is low and the beak is
not cemented. The ornament consists of radially arranged costae as
in Derbyia and Streptorhynchus.

The dental lamellae are reduced to mere calluses bordering the
interior edges of the delthyrium. The median septum is likewise re-
duced to a small plate less than 1 mm. high and 5 mm. long in large
specimens.

In the dorsal valve the free edges of the crural plates are re-
curved posteriorly to such an extent that their proximal portions are
actually coalesced with the ventrolateral edges of the chilidium
forming two tubes, one on each side, whose long axes project laterally
and somewhat anteriorly. The distal portions of the crural plates
continue nearly parallel with the hinge line, but they are not recurved
as much as the proximal portions. They bound spoon-shaped sockets
which are the lateral continuations of the tubes formed by the prox-
imal portions of the crural plates. They do not extend anteriorly
around the muscle scars. The cardinal process is a short, bifid struc-
ture with the two widely separated lobes which appear to rise inde-
pendently from the medial portions of their respective crural plates.

Discussion.—The dorsal cardinalia bear a strong resemblance to
those of Derbyoides (Dunbar and Condra, 1932, p. 114, pl. 14, figs.
1-4). However, the crural plates of Tapajotia are more recurved pos-
teriorly than those of Derbyoides. Also they more closely parallel
the hinge line than those of Derbyoides, and the lobes of the cardinal
process are much more widely separated than in Derbyoides. The
ventral valves of the two genera are very different. Dunbar and Con-
dra state that Derbyoides resembles Derbyia except in the structure
of the dorsal cardinalia. This means that Derbyotdes must possess a
strong median septum. In Tapajotia the median septum is greatly
reduced.

It is evident that Tapajotia is closely related to Derbyoides. It
may have evolved from Derbyoides by a reduction of the median
septum and the dental lamellae and an accentuation and refinement

34 BULLETIN 149 96

of the features of the dorsal cardinalia, as outlined above. Whether
or not it evolved directly from Derbyoides is obscure. It may have,
but in any case, it is a step beyond Derbyoides in evolution along
the Derbyia-Orthotetes branch of the Orthotetinae subfamily tree,
as outlined by Dunbar and Condra (1932, p. 73).

The Tapajos species of this genus has been assigned to two
separate genera by previous workers. It was identified as Strepto-
rhynchus by Derby (1874, p. 40) when he originally described the
fauna, although he suggested that the nature of the dorsal cardinalia
might eventually lead to the removal of the Amazon species from
Streptorhynchus. This, I believe, showed remarkable foresight on
Derby’s part for his time. The other worker, Katzer (1903, p. 153),
assigned his material to the genus Orthotetes apparently quite un-
critically.

Tapajotia tapajotensis (Derby) Pl. 3; figs. 126: -Pl. 43 fercar Seo mii
1874. Streptorhynchus tapajotensis Derby, Cornell Univ., Sci. Bull., vol., No.

Zep aDiN oy esas Oe 7a 9 lO plans. he 9:

1894. Streptorhynchus tapajotensis Derby, Derby, Jour. Geol., vol. 2, p. 492.
1903. Orthotetes tapajétensis (Derby), Katzer, Grundzuge de Geologie des

Unteren Amazonas Gebietes (des Staates Para in Brasilien) (= Geologia

do Estado do Para, 1933, p. 153, pl. 6, fig. 5.)

1938. (non) Derbya tapajétensis (Derby), Duarte, Serv. Geol. Min. (Brazil),

Bol. 84, p. 17, pl. 4, figs. 2-4.

This species is characterized as follows: the poor impression of
the muscle scars in both valves; its semicircular shape with the
widest portion of the shell being anterior to the transverse mid-line
of the shell; the long, relatively narrow palintropes of both valves;
the strongly convex deltidium and chilidium; the details of the dor-
sal cardinalia; the lack of a median septum dividing the musculature

in the dorsal valve.

Exterior —The shell is semicircular in outline, and varies from
moderately to mildly resupinate. The long hinge line is a little less
than the greatest width of the shell which is just anterior to its
transverse mid-line.

The ventral valve is slightly to moderately concave. The palin-
trope is long and relatively narrow, being about seven or eight times
as long as it is high. The delthyrium is about as high as wide, and is
covered by a thick deltidium which is convex toward the exterior
(posteriorly). The usually moderately distorted beak is, as a rule,

———

97 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 35

about twice as high as are the lateral portions of the palintrope 1m-
mediately adjacent to the deltidium.

The dorsal valve is regularly and moderately convex. Its palin-
trope is extremely narrow and elongated. The notothyrium, which is
at least six times as wide as it is high, is filled by a solid thickened
chilidium which is strongly convex toward the exterior (posterior),
its mesial portion extending considerably posterior to the apex of the
inconspicious beak.

The ornament consists of strong, radiating costae which increase
in number by intercalation. This intercalation produces an alternate
ornament which usually has two or three weaker costae between the
stronger ones. Sometimes a few moderate to weak growth lines are
developed near the anterior margin of the shell.

Interior—The strong, short, widely diverging teeth of the ven-
tral valve are supported by the greatly reduced dental plates which
are represented by mere thickenings or calluses bordering the edges
of the deltidium. These dental calluses do not reach the apex of the
beak, becoming obsolete at one-half to two-thirds the distance. They
are relatively larger in immature specimens, here sometimes extending
almost to the beak. A greatly reduced median septum arises from the
floor of the valve anterior to the beak. It is usually from 3 to 4 mm.
long and 1 mm. or less in height on mature specimens.

The anterior portions of the muscle scars are lightly impressed,
and their form is extremely difficult to discern. The posterior por-
tions of the adductors are well impressed on some specimens. They
lie on either side of the median septum and arise about the same lati-
tude as does the median septum. They are well impressed anteriorly
for about two-thirds the length of the median septum. Anterior to
this they are very poorly impressed, and their outline has been seen
on only one specimen. Here, the lateral margin of each scar, on either
side of the median septum, curves anteromesially to join the lateral
margin of the other scar about 2 mm. in front of the end of the me-
dian septum. Thus, the overall shape of the adductors is that of a
lozenge with a pointed anterior end, a rounded posterior end, and
divided by a septum in its posteromesial portion. The shape and dis-
tribution of the diductors cannot be determined.

In the dorsal valve the cardinalia are quite complex (fig. 3). The
crural plates are nearly parallel with the hinge line. Their internal

36 BULLETIN 149 98

or anterior surfaces join mesially under the bifid cardinal process to
form an arc of about 60 degrees, which is concave toward the ante-
rior. [he proximal one-third of the crural plate has its free margin
recurved posteriorly to such an extreme degree that it coalesces with
the ventro-lateral margin of the chilidium, thus forming a tube, the
long axis of which extends laterally and a little anteriorly. The dis-
tal portion of the crural plate does not have its free margin as re-
curved as the proximal portion, and it forms the internal face of a
spoon-shaped socket. The extreme distal end of the crural plate is
slightly elevated into a sharp ridge, which probably served for at-
tachment of the brachia.

Fig. 3. Dorsal cardinalia of Tapajotia tapajotensis (Derby). A. Interior view
B. Posterior view. ch, chilidium, cf, cardinal process, dc, distal portion of the
crural plates, mn, median node, ms, median septum,. pc, proximal portion of
the crural plate, ¢, tube formed by the coalescing proximal portion of the crural
plate and the lateral edge of the chilidium. Drawing by Elizabeth A. Dalvé.

The cardinal process is a bifid structure lying between the crural
plates with its base apparently continuous with them. The lobes of
the bifid cardinal process are widely separated, short, strong struc-
tures. Between them on the surface of the arc formed by the anterior
surfaces of the crural plates is a small, antero-ventrally projecting
node. The postero-ventral side of this node is continuous with a plate
standing halfway between the two lobes of the cardinal process and
joining posteriorly with the internal surface of the chilidium. Thus,
there is a median septum between the two lobes of the cardinal pro-

99 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 37

cess. Unfortunately on most specimens this plate has been partially
destroyed and all that remains is a low ridge where the septum once
stood. [he heavy chilidium overarches the posterior faces of the
lobes of the cardinal process, its ventro-lateral margins on either
side coalescing with the proximal portions of the crural plates to
form the tubes referred to earlier. The posterior faces of the lobes of
the cardinal process under the overarching chilidium are each
grooved by a gutter which is wider near the end of the cardinal pro-
cess than it is proximally. It probably served for the attachment of
the diductor muscles.

The adductor muscle scars are poorly impressed, their shape and
distribution being indeterminable.

Dimensions.—Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus. Cat. No.

Length (mm.) Width (mm. ) Depth (mm.)
25262 SMe ate! Siar Gs) (Gresé..) eis
25262 UGH A Shei ten CE ae ee oie DS
v.v. 25262 Dist ge are Oh ee eS Oy 2
d.v. 25262 NO) ess ghee 8 9S Ie eg

Comparison.— Duarte (1938, p.17, pl. 4, figs. 2-4) described and
figured a form which he called Derbyia tapajctensis. His form appears
to be a Derbyia, but it is not this species. The cardinalia of his form
are entirely different, and a strong median septum is present in his
form which is not found in D. tapajotensis. Duarte’s species is resup -
nate, and it is apparently upon this feature that he based his assign-
ment of it to D. tapajotensis. However, the exterior form of any of the
Orthotetinae is a most unreliable character to use for either generic
or specific assignment, and since the interiors of the two forms differ
so radically, it seems unwise to assign Duarte’s material to this
species.

Davidson (1857, p. 124, pl. 26, figs. 5,6) described and figured
specimens from the Carboniferous of the British Isles which are of
the same genus as this species. He grouped these specimens, with
many others which are obviously not species of this genus, under the
name Streptorhynchus crenistria Phillips. These specimens are
specifically distinct from Tapajotia tapajotensis because they possess
a much deeper impression of the muscle scars in both valves. David-

38 BULLETIN 149 100

son stated (zbid., p. 126) that he had examined specimens of Hall’s
Orthis keokuk and O. robusta and found that they could not be
specifically distinguished from British forms of S. crentstria. An ex-
amination of Hall’s plates [1858, pl. 19, fig. 5 (Orthis keokuk), pl.
28, fig. 5 (Orthis robusta)] sheds no light upon the validity of this
concept. If what he said is valid, and if they are the same as those
forms of S. crenistria belonging to the genus Tapajotia, then O. keo-
kuk, O. robusta, and S. crenistria will all be a single species under
the genus 7apajotia but distinct from 7. tapazotensts.

Stoyanow (1926) reported Derbyia tapajotensts from the upper
portion of the Pennsylvanian section in the Galiuro Mts. of Arizona
(Middle or Upper Pennsylvanian?). He also cited Tschernyschew’s
identification of Derby’s species from the Schwagerina limestone
(Upper Pennsylvanian) of the Urals.

Number of Specimens Studied.—About 200 specimens consisting
mainly of partially broken, dissociated dorsal and ventral valves were
studied.

Order TELOTREMATA Beecher, 1891
Superfamily SPIRIFERACEA Waagen, 1883
Family ATHYRIDAE Phillips, 1841
Subfamily ATHYRINAE Waagen, 1883
Genus CLEIOTHYRIDINA Buckman, 1906

Type species—Athyris royssu Davidson, British Fossil Brachio-
poda, vol. 2, part 5, 1857, p. 84, pl .18 figs. 1-11. The Carboniferous
limestone (Mississippian) of Great Britain.

1841. (Non) Cleiothyris Phillips, Paleozoic Fossils of Cornwall and Devon,
pe S56
1850. Cleiothyris Phillips, King, Paleontographical Soc. (The Permian Fossils

of England) p. 137, pl. 10, figs. 1-10.

1906. Cleiothyridina Buckman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 18, pp.

323-24.

In proposing this genus Buckman merely named it and des-
ignated the type species. He gave no description and neither figured
nor listed any supplementary species. He evidently intended King’s
misinterpretation of Cletothyris Phillips to stand as a generic de-
scription for Cletothyridina. Weller (1914, p. 472) stated that this

genus differed from Athyris in the form of its surface markings;
Cleiothyridina having the concentric lamellae divided into flat spines

101 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 39

by deep incisions; Athyris not having these spines. More recent
authors, such as Dunbar and Condra (1932, p. 359), and Cooper
(in Shimer and Shrock, 1944, p. 333), apparently can find little more
than this originally defined difference between the two genera. The
interior structures of the two are very similar, and it seems that a
restudy should be undertaken to determine whether or not they
actually merit distinct generic evaluation.

As abstracted from Dunbar and Condra (1932, p. 359), the
internal characters of this genus are as follows: the hinge teeth have
short but stout dental lamellae; the dorsal beak has a short hinge
plate perforated by a round foramen just inside the beak; this plate
is bordered by deep dental sockets, and its front gives rise to the
crural plates which arch forward and ventrally; the primary lamel-
lae of the spiralia are recurved abruptly at their origin from the tips
of the crural plates. They run dorso-anteriorly and then curve ven-
trally to give rise to a pair of spiral cones whose apices are directed
laterally; the jugum is a complex structure consisting of two limbs
rising ventrally to join a saddle-shaped structure, from which a pro-
cess extends backward almost to the tips of the crural plates and
then subdivides into two lamellae which recurve dorsally, closely

parallel to the bases of the primary lamellae.

The Tapajés material appears to agree fully with the North
American representations of the genus as diagnosed above, except
that the jugum is not exhibited, and, therefore, one cannot be sure
that it has the same structure as that described above.

The Amazonian specimens have been attributed by previous
authors to two separate genera and three North American and Eu-
ropean species. [These assignments now seem highly questionable.
The Tapajos fauna yields what appears to be two new species, one of
which has apparently never before been recorded in South American
literature. In all probability the species ranges for Cletothyridina
are geographically far more circumscribed than older writers sup-
posed.

Cleiothyridina casteri Dresser, n. sp. Pl. 4, figs. 1-7, 10

1874. Athyris sublamellosa Hall, Derby, Cornell Univ., Sci. Bull. vol. 1, No.
2, pp. 10-12, pl. 2, figs. 9-12, pl. 3, figs. 15, 21,29; pl. 6, fig. 16; pl. 9, figs.
5, 6.

1894. Athyris sublamellosa Hall, Derby, Jour. Geol., vol. 2, p. 419.

40 BULLETIN 149 102

1903. Cleiothyris royssii Léveille, Katzer, Grundzuge de Geologie des Unteren

Amazonas Gebietes (des Staates Para in Brasilien), p. 164, pl. 5, fig. Sa-c;

(= Geologia do Estado do Para, 1933, p. 154, pl. 5, fig. 5.)

1933. Cleiothyridina orbicularis (McChesney), Reed, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,

vol. ti, (ser-))) 10; p; 534.

1938. Cleiothyridina orbicularis (McChesney), Duarte, Sery. Geol. Min.

(Brazil), Bol. 84, p. 32, pl. 5, figs. 13-16; pl. 6, figs. 9-11.

This species 1s characterized as follows: the valves are generally
about equally convex; some specimens have a broad, anteriorly de-
veloped, ventral, mesial sinus and a corresponding dorsal fold; the
anterior margin of some specimens is thrown into concentric folds or
plications paralleling the lamellae; the dental lamellae reach the
floor of the ventral valve; the hinge plate of the dorsal valve is per-
forated by a large foramen; the fringe of each lamella has about 25
spines per mm., which are often cemented together laterally giving
the aspect of larger flattened spines. These spines do not make an
angle of over 20 degrees with the surface of the shell.

Exterior—The shell is circular to transversely oval in outline.
The valves are biconvex, the relative degree of inflation of the two
valves varying from specimen to specimen. In some specimens the
anterior commissure line is broadly uniplicate, 1.¢., a broad, anteriorly
restricted median sinus is developed in the ventral valve along with
a corresponding fold in the dorsal valve. Also, many specimens de-
velop concentric folds, largely restricted to the anterior region, and
paralleling the lamellae. These folds are usually obscure on the ex-
terior, being represented by the development of a more prominent
lamella which has a higher anterior border than the others. This pro-
duces the overall external aspect of a grouping of the weaker lamellae
between these less common stronger ones, giving an alternate effect
to the rugosity. The folds are conspicuous and prominent on the in-
side of the valve.

The ventral beak is slightly incurved over the wide delthyrial
area which surrounds the dorsal beak when the two are articulated,
the underside of the ventral beak resting on the umbone of the dorsal
valve. The large foramen of the ventral valve occupies the apex of
the beak, the umbone of the dorsal valve bounding its underside
which is continuous with the open delthyrium of the ventral valve.

The beak of the dorsal valve is less incurved than that of the
ventral valve. In life it filled the open delthyrium of the ventral
valve. No deltidial or notothyrial plates are evident.

103 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER +)

The ornament consists of imbricating lamellae which are more
crowded on the sides than middle. Near the middle of the valve the
lamellae vary in frequency from 2 to 3 per mm. Each lamella is
fringed by many minute spines, some of which are cemented together
laterally to give the aspect of large, flattened spines. The minute
spines number about 25 per mm., and though generally flattened
against the shell surface, they may occasionally make an angle of
about 20 degrees with it.

Interior —The interior of the ventral valve possesses two short,
stout teeth which are strongly recurved posteromesially. The teeth
are supported by dental plates which descend almost vertically to the
floor of the valve and reach somewhat posteriorly into the umbonal
region. An indistinct thickening runs transversely across the floor of
the umbonal cavity joining their posteroventral ends.

Vague muscle scars are found to lie anterior to this thickening.
Their shape is difficult to discern. In one old and large specimen they
appear to be six in number, and are of a curious shape and disposi-
tion. These comprise, postero-centrally, two small, oval impressions
having their posterior portions divided by a wide ridge, thus giving
them a somewhat heartlike shape; they are flanked by a pair of cir-
cular impressions from which they are separated by a definite ridge;
anterior to these four scars, and vaguely separated from them, are
two much larger, oval impressions the longer axes of which converge
anteriorly toward the longitudinal mid-line of the valve. These last
two scars are coalescent and undelimited from each other for about
half their total length; however, they are distinctly delimited ante-
riorly and laterally by a thin, well-defined callus ridge and by dif-
ferences in the shell texture. They do not extend anteriorly past the
transverse mid-line of the valve.

In the dorsal valve there is no cardinal process, as such. How-
ever, there is a thickening in the middle of the hinge plate which may
have served this function. The foramen of the hinge plate is situated
at the beak, and it is about as long antero-posteriorly as the hinge
plate is wide in the same direction. A projection of the thickened
mesial portion of the hinge plate extends finger-like into the foramen,
giving the foramen a heart shape with the apex of the heart pointing
toward the beak. Laterally the hinge plate merges with the crural
plates which bound the inner margins of the deep dental sockets.

42 BULLETIN 149 104

Where the hinge plate and the crural plates unite, they give rise to
crural processes which extend ventrally to give rise to the primary
lamellae of the spiralia. Postero-laterally from each of the crural pro-
cesses a trough is developed on the much widened upper (ventral )
edge of the crural plate. This trough runs parallel with the crural
process, and it is bounded on its postero-lateral side by the postero-
lateral portion of the crural plate which is projected above the rest
of the widened upper surface of the crural plate into a ridge recurv-
ing slightly over the dental socket to the rear.

Originating under the hinge plate on the floor of the valve, just
anterior to the beak, is a low, sharp, median ridge. This ridge extends
anteriorly about one-third the length of the valve, dividing the mus-
cular impressions into two equal, lightly impressed ovate scars,
which extend anteriorly about the same amount.

Dimensions.—Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus. Cat. No.

Length (mm.) Width (mm.) Depth( mm.)

25263 DO rel RDN ES ea me
25264 DOP er elon et Moder he oe eam
25264 |W SAAS Dire Mey Seta A 0 ve a elai a S'S
25264 Grakee i Ures vara, VU Quer ae Ue
25264 DON ela se sk) ee ee oe
25264 Ge See ee kOe Sees eee
25264 Bn ENGST RV Dn ese ey eet
25264 | Merengue a) 6 Reames a oat
25264 Lay Baie hey RLS Eel ee ke eae

Comparison.—For comparison with the other species with which
this species has in the past been identified, see the comparison chart
below.

Types.—Holotype, University of Cincinnati Geological Mu-
seum, Cat. No. 25263; hypodigm: 195 paratypes, University of Cin-
cinnati Geological Museum, Cat. No. 25264.

Cleiothyridina derbyi Dresser, n. sp. Ply 5 atess6

This species is characterized as follows: the outline is longi-
tudinally ovate; the ventral beak is erect, not resting on the umbone
of the dorsal valve; small size; relatively narrow, ventral delthyrium;

BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 43

105

"14d]SDI “7) UL SB
pedojasap [jam os Jou
aspii ueipau ydaoxe
149]SD) *) YI SIO

-a}ul [esi1op

"QATBA [PIQUAA
fo 100Y Yoeal
Qe[jaue, jeyuap
“UU 9—YIPIM

‘mW = 6—YIFua|
(AA) ‘oads Jsadie]

SP1OJ
d1.1ju399U09

ON ‘quasaid

PploF 10 snuts
[BIsoul 1OL1AJUR ou

"A‘p ueyy xaauod
a10ul A[[etauad
"A°A yam XPAUOIIG

“QUILPIE Je YIpPrIA
Isajeaid YUM “RAO
A[[eurpnyisuo]

1hqsap
purpi4hyjo1d],)

“YBIq PABMO] JIBIY
jo xade YUM uaMes10;
2ya 0} Wadse padeys
-J1Bay eb SUIAIS

iW ojyuT Sunsafosd
ajyejd adury jo
uoyiod pauayoryy
JBISAU YIM adiR|
yeoq ye ayeid

asuly Ul udu

-B104 “papraArp jou
“A‘p jo aqeid asury

“ATA
JO 1009 YoRad
av[jeawie, jewuep

“mu = ZTZ—YIPIM
pue yisue, “xeul

“IB [[OUIR|
WaMois ayy sul
-jayjered spyoy otajueo
-u0d OUT UMOIYI
sewmemos ulds1P ul
uy ‘pedojasap
SAUINAMIOS PlOJ

pue snuis peoig

“AqrxaAuod yenba
inoqe jo “AA pur
‘A'p YIM xaAUOOIq

“auTPNO
[BAO AlasStaAsSUB.
0} 1e[NO110

140 ]SD)
vuipishyq01s)’)

“WW g9—YIPIM
pue yidue, “xeuw

‘uoneAala

Jassa] JO Jajeais
jo snuis pur

ploy [Biseut perosq

“AWxaAUOD [ENba
jNOqGe JO “ATA pueR
"Ap YIM xXaAUOoI

aurpnNo
[BAO A[asraa
-SUEI} 0} Ie[NII1D

nssdod
DUIPIAhY1019]/)

“UdUIL OF

{uije AQ yeaq ay} ye
paiesopiad st pue xade
0} JsOul;e paplaip
“Ap jo ajerd asdury
"ATA JO 100 YORaL

jou Op aRjawe|
JejUap Joys

“WU 9T—IPIM
pue yysueay ‘xvw

‘suauitoads pyjo uo
snuIs pure ploy [esau
JOLaIUe JUIEF AIDA

“ATA UBY] XAAUOD 9.10
APysys “Asp sou
-9WOS YIM xXaAUODT

aulpNo yeondiyya
-qns AjasiaAsur.y
0} Je[NoA1Oqns

STAD INILGAO
DuUIpIsdyJO12]/)

“UU §T—YIPIM
puv yisua] ade19Ar

‘suaumtdads pjo uo
Juasaid Ajjesaues ing
Quiey snuts pue

POF [BIsau jue

ee NaN

ubYy} XAAU0D a10UI
“ATP JEM ‘xa Auoorq

“AUT[INO BJBAO
0} IeBpNorqioqgus

DSO]JIUL Dyiqns
DuUIptédyjo1];)

44 BULLETIN 149 106

the spines sometimes stand at an angle in excess of 30 degrees to the
surface of the shell.

Exterior—The shell is small and longitudinally oval in out-
line. It is biconvex, either valve sometimes being the more convex.

The ventral beak is erect, projecting considerably posterior to
the hinge line and the dorsal beak. The dorsal beak projects into the
open, relatively narrow delthyrium of the ventral valve, but the beak
of the ventral valve does not rest on the umbone of the dorsal valve.
Also, the umbone of the dorsal valve does not serve to delimit the
underside of the pedicle opening which is continuous with the open
delthyrium of the ventral valve.

The ornament consists of concentric lamellae, the anterior edges
of which are broken up into many minute spines. These spines num-
ber about 30 per mm., and they are often cemented together later-
ally to produce the aspect of larger, flattened spines. For this reason
they are very difficult to count. They are usually flattened against
the surface of the shell, but they may upon occasion make an angle
in excess of 30 degrees with it.

Interior—The strong, short teeth are recurved posteromesially
toward the longitudinal mid-line of the valve. They are supported by
nearly vertical dental lamellae which reach somewhat posteriorly
into the umbonal region. There is no apparent thickening running
transversely between their posterior ends, across the floor of the
umbonal cavity, as in Cletothyridina castert.

The muscle scars are generally poorly defined. However, one old
and large specimen shows them generally to resemble those of C.
castert in number and distribution. They consist of three pairs of im-
pressions lying anterior to the dental lamellae. The posteromesial
pair is not separated by a median ridge as in C. casteri. It appears as
a single scar. It is interpreted to be two undifferentiated scars from
analogy with the two posteromesial oval scars of C. castert. Lateral
to this undifferentiated scar lie a pair of kidney-shaped impressions
corresponding to the lateral, circular impressions of C. castert. They
are separated from the undifferentiated posteromesial scar by a def-
inite callus ridge. Anterior to these four posterior scars lies a large,
subrounded scar which is separated mesially only at its anterior bor-
der. Again, by analogy with C. casteri, this scar is made up of two,
ovate, coalescent and undelimited scars. This scar is, however, very

107 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 45

definitely separated from the two posterolateral kidney-shaped scars
by a thickened ridge of callus material.
The dorsal interior is the same as that of C. casteri, except that

the median ridge is not so well developed as in C. castert.

Dimensions —Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus. Cat. No.

Length (mm. ) Width (mm. ) Depth (mm).
25265 3 De Fe oe ed PHOLOGY ie
v.v. 25266 Se ee ee are fen le 1.5
v.v. 25266 SILANE 98 oc muon a5

Comparison.—This species differs from C. casteri in the follow-
ing characters: it has a longitudinally ovate outline, whereas that of
C. casteri is circular or transversely ovate; it has a relatively more
narrow ventral delthyrium than C. casteri; its ventral beak is erect
and does not rest on the umbone of the dorsal valve; the spines are
more numerous per mm., and they stand at a higher angle to the sur-
face of the shell than in C. casteri; there is no apparent callous ridge
running across the floor of the umbonal cavity between the posterior
ends of the dental lamellae; the muscle scars have a slightly different
shape.

Types.—Holotype, University of Cincinnati Geological Mu-
seum, Cat. No. 25265. Thirteen paratypes, University of Cincinnati

Geological Museum, Cat. No. 25266.

Family SPIRIFERIDAE King, 1846
Subfamily AMBOCOELIINAE George, 1931
Genus CRURITHYRIS George, 1931

Type species —Spirifer urei Fleming, 1828, A History of British
Animals, p. 376 (for the specimen figured by Ure, 1793, p. 313 pl. 14,
fig. 12). The Avonian (Mississippian) of Strathhaven, Lanarkshire,
Great Britain.

Original Description (George, 1931, p. 42).— Hinge line rela-
tively primitive, considerably less than the width of the shell. Ventral
umbo markedly incurved. Surface ornament (? smooth to) spinose.
Cardinal process sessile, elevated, triangular, tuberculate. Dorsal
musculature normally situated, muscle scars elongate.

46 BULLETIN 149 108

Discussion—It would seem that the nature of the cardinal
process and the dorsal musculature is enough to establish the validity
of this genus, and that the external form, as defined by George, is
not diagnostic. The condition of the hinge line being shorter than
the width of the shell is not restricted to this genus of the Ambocoe-
liinae. For instance, Dunbar and Condra (1932, p. 346, pl. 62, figs.
12-14) have shown upon the basis of internal structure and com-
parison with the types, that Ambocoelia planoconvexa (Shumard )
from the Pennsylvanian of Nebraska is an undoubted Ambocoelia,
and yet, its hinge line is shorter than the width of its shell.

The Tapajos material agrees perfectly with the description of
this genus, except in a few cases with respect to the width of the
hinge line relative to the width of the shell. There are a few ventral
valves of which the hinge line is the widest portion of the shell. How-
ever, no dorsal valves were found which have the internal characters
of Ambocoelia. Perhaps these few ventral valves are a distinct species
of Crurithyris, but until articulated specimens are found, the dorsal
valves of which can be studied, the assignment of these valves will
have to remain a problem.

Crurithyris granularis Dresser, n. sp. Pl. 5 figse2-21

1855. (Non) Spirifer planoconvexa Shumard, Geol. Rep. Missouri, p. 202;—
Geinitz, 1866, Carbon und Dyas in Nebraska, p. 42, pl. 3, fig. 10-18.

1874. Spirifer (Martinia) planoconvexa Shumard, Derby, Cornell Univ.,
Ser, Bull= volo 1, No: 2; pp: 19-20; pl. figs, 12, 16, 18% ple 9 figs 7:

1894. Spirifer (Martinia) planoconvexa Shumard, Derby, Jour. Geol., vol. 2.
p. 491.

1903. Ambocoelia planoconvexa (Shumard), Katzer, Grundzuge de Geologie
des Unteren Amazonas Gebietes (des Staates Para in Brasilien), p. 164;
(= Geologia do Estado do Para, 1933, p. 154.)

1914. Ambocoelia planoconvexa (Shumard), Koztowski, Annales de Paléon-
tologie; vol. 9, pp. 76-77, pl. 1, fig. 5; pl. 10, figs. 1-14.

1914. Ambococlia planoconvexa (Shumard), Meyer, Neues Jahrb. f. Min.,
Geol., Paleo., Beil.-Bd. 37, p. 639.

This species is characterized by the following: subcircular to
transversely subovate outline; small size; lack of a sinus in either

valve; the possession of numerous, thickly set, small spines covering
both valves.

Exterior—Vhe shape of the shell varies from subcircular to
suboval. It is biconvex with the ventral valve having much the
greater convexity. The beaks of both valves are moderately incurved
over their respective areas which are relatively narrow, and which

109 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 47

have paradeltidial and paranotothyrial ridges, respectively, border-
ing their edges. Paradeltidial ridges and paranotothyrial ridges are
terms suggested by Dr. Caster for ridges found to border the del-
tidium and the notothyrium respectively. In the ventral valve their
origin is obscure. In the dorsal valve they are formed by the junc-
tion of the crural plates with the upturned edges of the palintrope
bordering the notothyrium.

The shell texture is granular. On unusually well-preserved speci-
mens this granular texture is seen to be related to the many, tiny
spines scattered over the shell surface, the granules of the granular
texture representing the spine bases. The spines are small and thickly
set in obscurely concentric rows. A few growth lines are usually
present. One of these usually circumscribes the shell about its middle.
The others are located near the margins. They are generally best de-
veloped on the dorsal valves.

Interior —TVhere are no dental plates or septa within the ven-
tral valve. The recurved teeth are supported by a thickening along
the internal edge of the delthyrium.

The mesially situated adductor muscle scars are long, narrow,
troughlike depressions extending almost the full length of the valve.
They are divided by a faint median ridge. The diductor muscle scars
are generally faintly impressed lateral to these adductor scars. On
exceptionally well-preserved specimens these are seen to be cre-
scentic depressions originating near the adductor scars under the
beak, and reaching their maximum lateral convexity near the middle
of the valve. From here they again approach the longitudinal mid-
line of the valve, but they die out before they reach it. They extend
anteriorly for about two-thirds the length of the valve. The ventral
pedicle muscle scars have their origin in two small holes, one on each
side, just lateral to the diductor muscle scars under the thickenings
which support the teeth.

In the dorsal valve the dental sockets are deep, conspicuous de-
press'ons lying under the dorsal palintrope and bounded on their
posterior sides by the palintrope surface. On their anteromedial
sides they are bounded by the crural plates which give rise to the
crural processes. The crural processes are elongate, rodlike structures
diverging slightly as they project anteriorly just above the floor of
the valve. No jugum is present. The cardinal process lies between the

48 BULLETIN 149 119

crural plates at the mid-line. It is a small, ventrally projecting, sub-
conical tubercle.

The muscle scars are vaguely impressed, but they can be deter-
mined on exceptionally well-preserved specimens. The posterior ad-
ductor scars arise about the same latitude as do the crural processes,
and they extend anteriorly about one-third the length of the valve.
They are divided by a median ridge throughout their length. Lateral
to these and beginning just posteriorly of their anterior ends is an-
other, even less well-defined, groovelike pair of muscle scars, the
anterior adductor scars. They extend anteriorly to the transverse
mid-line of the shell. No dorsal pedicle muscle scars are visible.

Dimensions —Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus. Cat. No.

Length (mm.) Width (mm. ) Depth (mm.)

25267 3 3 2 holotype
25268 7 if 5
25268 5 6 4.5
25268 5 6 4
25268 4 4 3
d.v. 25268 6 LS 2
d.v. 25268 5 5.5 |
v.v. 25268 5 535 3
v.v. 25268 7 9 4

Compartson—Externally this species greatly resembles Ambo-
coelia planoconvexa. However, it can be differentiated from it if well-
preserved interiors are available. These show a small, triangular, ven-
trally projecting cardinal process contrasted with the posteriorly pro-
jecting, bifid cardinal process of Ambocoelia. Also, the muscle scars
of this species are situated in a normal position, while those of Am-
bocoelia are situated in a medial or anterior position. This then is an
example of a remarkable external homeomorphy between Crurithyris
granularis and Ambocoelia planoconvexa (Shumard).

C. granularis is distinguished from other species of the same
genus by the lack of a medial sinus in either valve; its generally sub-
circular outline; and the numerous, thickly set, small spines covering
both valves.

111 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER AY

This species also somewhat resembles Phricodothyris perplexa
(McChesney ) in its general shape, but it differs from P. perplexa in
not having double-barreled spines, or as strongly developed con-
centric ornament. In addition, P. perplexa is larger and has a thicker
shell. Furthermore, the angle between the crural plates of the dorsal
valve is greater than in C. granularis and the crural processes of P.
perplexa are more flattened in a vertical (dorso-ventral) plane than
those of C. granularis.

Types.—Holotype, University of Cincinnati Geological Mu-
seum, Cat. No. 25267. The paratype suite consists of about 660
specimens, mostly dissociated dorsal and ventral valves. They are
deposited in the University of Cincinnati Geological Museum, Cat.

No. 25268.
Subfamily RETICULARIINAE Waagen, 1883
Genus PHRICODOTHYRIS George, 1932
(=? Squamularia Gemmellaro, 1889)

Type species—Phricodothyns lucerna George, Quart. Jour.
Geol. Soc. London, vol. 88, 1932, pp. 516-575, pl. 33, fig. 2; pl. 34, fig.
3; pl. 35, figs. 1-5. The Avonian series, (Mississippian) of Great
Britain.

Original Description (George, 1932, pp. 524-525 ).—

Brachythyrid, relatively brephomorphic, primitive in shell-form. Spiralia
directed more or less laterally; jugum or jugal processes apparently absent. Sur-
face-ornament of biramous barbed spines. Shell structure fibrous impunctate.
Internal plates usually absent, but progressive, frequently attaining the pri-
mary and sometimes the basilary stage, but never the intermediate stage.

The double-barreled spines are the distinguishing characteristic
of this genus. Although George does not sav: in so many words that
this genus is replacing Gemmellaro’s genus Squamularia, this is in
effect what it does, for all reticulariid forms possessing double -bar-
reled spines were previously assigned to it. Gemmellaro’s descrip-
tion of Squamularia is inadequate by modern standards, and, among
other critical omissions, fails to mention double-barrelled spines.
The validity of Phricodothyris hinges upon a restudy of Gemmel-
laro’s types to determine if they possess double-barreled spines, but
since by definition Phricodothyris does possess double-barreled
spines, the Tapajos material has been tentatively assigned to it.

50 BULLETIN 149 112

Phricodothyris perplexa (McChesney) Pl6 fies 4eeG

1860. (?) Spirifer perplexa McChesney, Descr. New Paleozoic Fossils, p. 43.

1874. Spirifera (Martinia) perplexa (McChesney), Derby, Cornell Univ.,
Sci. Bull., vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 16-18, pl. 3, figs. 27, 39, 40, 45, 50; pl. 8, fig. 13.

1894. Sfirifera (Martinia) perplexa (McChesney), Derby, Jour. Geol., vol.
2,)p: AOU

1903. Reticularia perplexa (McChesney), Katzer, Grundzuge de Geologie
des Unteren Amazonas Gebietes (des Staates Para in Brazilien); p. 172,
pl. 6, fig. 1la-b; (= Geologia do Estado do Para, 1933, p. 154, pl. 6, fig. 11).

1903. Squamularia perplexa (McChesney), Girty, U. S. Geol. Sur., Prof.
Paper 16, p. 392, pl. 6, figs. 8-10

1914. Reticularia lineata Martin var. perplexa (McChesney), Koztowski,
Annales de Paléontologie vol. 9, pp. 73-76, pl. 1, figs. 3, 4; pl. 10, figs. 19-24;
(non) pl. 10, figs. 25-27.

1914. Reticularia perplexa (McChesney), Meyer, Neues Jahrb. f. Min., Geol.
Paleo., Beil—Bd. 37, p. 640, pl. 14, figs. 4a, b.

1929. Reticularia lineata Martin var. perplexa (McChesney), Steinmann,
Geologie von Peru, p. 48, fig. 44.

1930. Squamularia perplexa (McChesney), King, Univ. Texas, Bull. 3042,
joe) INK

1932. Squamularia 2? perplexa (McChesney), Dunbar and Condra, Nebraska
Geol. Sur., Bull. 5, ser. 2, pp. 313-316, pl. 62, figs. 5-8.

193°. Squamularia perplexa (McChesney), Duarte, Serv. Geol. Min.,
(Brazil), Bol. 84, pp. 31-32, pl. 5, figs. 10-12.

This species is characterized as follows: subcircular shape;
strongly developed growth lines; large double-barreled spines; pos-
teriorly projecting ventral beak; thickness of the shell; dorso-ventral

flattening of the crural processess.

Exterior—The shell is usually about 1 mm. wider than long,
lending a subcircular aspect to it. It is biconvex with the ventral
valve being the more convex. The ventral umbone is high and is
produced posteriorly further than any other portion of the shell. The
dorsal umbone is subdued, ending in a beak which projects a little
past the hinge line.

The delthyrium of the ventral valve is about as high as it is
wide. It is about one-fourth to one-third as wide as the shell. The
notothyrium of the dorsal valve is much less high than the delthy-
rium of the ventral valves, but it still is about as high as it is wide.
It is about one-fifth to one-sixth the width of the shell. Paradel-
tidial and paranotothyrial ridges are present as in Crurithyris granu-
laris. The ventral area is apsacline (the area is inclined ventro-pos-
teriorly ), and the dorsal area is orthocline (horizontal), the angle be-
tween them being acute.

The ornament of both valves consists of imbricating, concentric
lamellae. Each lamella possesses a single concentric row of evenly

113 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 51

spaced double-barreled spines. When broken off, they leave a tear-
drop shaped scar with its apex pointing anteriorly. Between each of
these scars, and just anterior to them, is a group of three much
smaller scars from which a set of smaller spines arises. In mega-
scopic view the combined visual effect of all of these scars is one of
an almost weakly reticulate ornament. This is a characteristic ap-
pearance which can never be confused with any other once it has
been observed. On well-preserved specimens the large spines are seen
to stand at an angle of about 45 degrees to the surface of the shell.
The smaller spines stand at an angle of about 20 degrees to the sur-
face.

The shells are thick and heavy. Those of the Vapajés material
show a fibrous structure wherever the external layer of the shell has
been removed. This structure is probably due to the incomplete sili-
cification of the prismatic calcite below the outer layer of the shell.
This is then brought out by the process of etching wherein the acid
attacks the calcite and leaves the silica behind as a network, look-
ing not unlike the porous surface of a sponge.

Interior —Due to the fibrous, spongelike nature of the interiors
of almost all of the shells, the muscle scars are not well shown. In
those specimens in which they can be vaguely discerned, they are
seen to be of about the same shape and distribution as those of
Crurithyris already described.

No dental lamellae, apertural plates, or median septa occur in
the ventral valve of this species. The teeth are supported by a thick-
encd ridge bordering the interior of the delthyrium.

In the dorsal valve no cardinal process has been observed. It is
not known if one was ever present. In every case the cardinal area
under the beak appears to have been eroded or etched out. Perhaps
this rough, rugose appearance is natural, the whole area under the
beak serving for the attachment of the diductor muscles. The deep
dental sockets are bounded anteromedially by the crural plates, and
their posterior portions are covered by the palintrope, just as in C.
granularis. In the available material all of the crural processes giving
rise to the primary lamellae of the spiralia have been broken off close
to the cardinal area. All that can be observed about them is that they
are dorso-ventrally flattened, at least at their proximal ends.

52 BULLETIN 149 114

Dimensions.—Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus. Cat. No.

Length (mm.) Width (mm. ) Depth (mm.)

25269 io Megat eee har teteee! | oem paige Een ae nm

25269 OF) Seen ties AON ot iene
v.v. 25269 Ge Fay, Sree eek bot tok. een
v.v. 25269 iy SoC oe ee Me: SS
d.v. 25269 Ds ar hc sorte ke ep 0020 2s st) ee
d.v. 25269 1 SAREE Be ceet tnt! MEER Bae OP

Comparison.—See the discussion under the heading of Compart-
son in the description of Crurithyris granularis, n. sp.

Number of Specimens Studied—About 130 specimens consisting
mostly of dissociated dorsal and ventral valves were studied.

Subfamily SPIRIFERINAE Schuchert, 1913
Genus SPIRIFER Sowerby, 1816
Type species—Anomites striatus Martin, Petref. Derb., 1809,
pl. 23. Lower Carboniferous (Mississippian), Great Britain.
As abstracted from Dunbar and Condra (1932, p. 317) this genus

is characterized by the following: spiriferoid outline; simple plica-

tions on the fold and sinus as well as on the lateral slopes; dorsal
palintrope narrower than ventral palintrope; ventral beak larger
than the dorsal beak, and it more or less strongly overarches the
palintrope; entire surface covered by fine and closely spaced con-
centric lirae which are crossed by fine radial lirae, making a fine-
textured grill; the dental plates are strong vertical septa which
diverge more or less; a calluslike thickening under the palintrope
commonly more or less envelopes the dental lamellae; dental sockets
in the dorsal valve are long and subconical; the crural plates are
heavy and bound the inner sides of the sockets, curving inward and
upward around the socket. They are united posteriorly under the
beak to form a narrow, sloping hinge plate; further forward they are
vertical and hang pendant and flangelike, not reaching the floor of
the valve; the cardinal process is a low, broad boss marked by deep
vertical striations.

Discussion—Vhe characteristic of having simple plications on
the fold and sinus and on the lateral slopes apparently cannot be

115 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 53

taken overseriously. Many species are included under the genus
Spirifer in which one or more of the plications bifurcates, especially
on the fold and sinus. It appears that it should be interpreted to
mean that most of the plications are simple and do not bifurcate,
and those which have arisen by bifurcation usually do not again bi-
furcate. For instance, in Spirifer rocky-montamt Marcou, the first
pair of plications on either side of the fold invariably join near the
beak, 1.e., are the result of bifurcation. Also, all of the plications on
the fold and in the sinus arise by bifurcation. To carry it one step
further, Neospirifer, a subgenus of Spirifer, is characterized by the
fasciculation of the plications, which is produced by their repeated
bifurcation. It agrees exactly with Spirifer in all other respects.
Should it be given separate generic standing merely because the pli-
cations bifurcate? The overwhelming mass of evidence from other
brachiopod groups, and indeed, from other members of the Spiri-
feridae, indicates that the internal characters form the best basis for
generic classification. It is for this reason that Neospirifer is being
considered as a subgenus under the genus Spirifer in this paper.

Spirifer rocky-mentani Marcou Pl ahiess (=1 Ons Pie Gs tes

1858. (?) Spirifer rocky-montani Marcou, Geology of North America, p. 50,
pl 7, figs. 4c, d, e; [mon figs. 4, 4a, b].

1858. (Non) Spirifer opimus Hall, Geol. of Iowa, vol. 1, pl. 2, p. 711, pl. 28,
figs. la, b.

1874. Spirifer opima Hall, Derby, Cornell Uniy., Sci. Bull., vol. 1, No. 2, p.
opie tio 4aple 2, fies 7s pla 4. fe 12:

1894. Spirifer rockymontanus Marcou, Derby, Jour. Geol., vol. 2, p. 491.

1903. Spirifer rockymontanus Marcou, Katzer, Grundzuge de Geologie des
Unteren Amazonas Gebietes (des Staates Para in Brasilien), p. 158, pl.
4; fig. 3; (= Geologia do Estado do Para, 1933, p. 154, pl. 4, fig. 3; pl. 5,
fig. 2).

1932. Spirifer rockymontanus Marcou, Dunbar and Condra, Nebraska Geol.
Sur., Bull. 5, ser. 2, p. 318, pl. 61, figs. 7-9.

1938. Brachythyris opimus (Hall), Duarte, Serv. Geol. Min. (Brazil), Bol.
84 ,p. 29, pl. 1, fig. 16.

1938. Brachythyris rockymontanus (Marcou), Duarte, Serv. Geol. Min.
(Brazil), Bol. 84, p. 30, pl. 6, figs. 5-8.

This species is characterized by the following: presence of six
plications in the fold and five in the sinus of the m»ture specimens;
its transversely suboval outline; nine to twelve largely simple plica-
tions on each lateral slope; the joining of the first pair of plications
on either lateral slope near the beak of the dorsal valve.

Exterior —The shell is transversely subovaze with the widest

54 BULLETIN 149 116

portion of the shell being a little posterior to the transverse mid-line.
The hinge line is only a little shorter than the greatest width, thus
making the cardinal extremities slightly obtusely angular. It is bi-
convex with both valves about equally inflated.

The ventral sinus originates at the moderately incurved beak as
a simple furrow. Within one millimeter of the beak a median plica-
tion develops in the sinus. Within three millimeters of the beak two
more plications, one on either side of the median plication, have bi-
furcated from the master plication bounding the sinus. There are
now three plications in the sinus. The second pair (plications four
and five) arise between ten and fifteen millimeters from the beak by
bifurcation from the master plications bordering the sinus. This
makes a total of five plications in the sinus consisting of two pair
and a median one. This is the total number developed within the
sinus. Lateral to these there are from ten to twelve plications on each
lateral slope, when the master plication bounding one side of the
sinus is included in the count. The first plication lateral to the master
plication invariably arises from it by bifurcation near the beak.

The dorsal fold arises at the slightly incurved beak as a single
plication which bifurcates within one millimeter of the beak into two
equal plications. Within three millimeters of the beak, a second pair
arises by bifurcation, one from the lateral side of each of the two
median plications. Thus, within three millimeters of the beak four
plications have arisen. The third pair arises considerably further
anteriorly by bifurcation from the lateral sides of the second pair.
They usually arise between ten and fifteen millimeters from the beak.
There are, then, in the adult, a total of six plications of the fold.
Lateral to the fold on each lateral slope there are usually from nine
to twelve plications of which the first pair on either lateral slope is
invariably joined near the beak, 1.e., bifurcates near the beak into
two equal plications.

All of the plications of both valves are subangular to rounded,
moderately high, and separated by subangular to rounded furrows of
width and depth equal to the plications. There is no fasciculation of
the plications.

On well-preserved specimens the palintrope is seen to be ver-
tically striated. That of the dorsal valve is considerably narrower
than that of the ventral valve, being about half as wide. The ventral

117 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 55

palintrope is quite markedly concave. There is a curious groove bor-
dering the delthyrium of the ventral valve and extending a short
distance onto the external (posterior) face of the tooth. There is no
comparable structure on the dorsal valve.

On well-preserved material the surface is seen to be covered
by fine, radial striae distributed over furrow and plication alike.

Interior —The strong, short teeth are supported by dental plates
which reach the floor of the valve only in the umbonal region. From
the area immediately below the tooth, where they arise, their free
margin extends anteromesially as a sort of platelike projection. They
do not meet one another at the mid-line of the valve, but each one
does form a surface bounding the interior of the delthyrium and
sloping ventro-mesially. Where their fixed edges attach to the mar-
gins of the delthyrium, the groove along the external edge of the del-
thyrium is developed.

The overall aspect of the ventral muscle scars is that of a
lozenge-shaped area wherein adductors probably occupied an
elongate mesial depression which extends anteriorly for about half
the length of the shell. The diductors lie on either side of the ad-
ductor impression and are separated from it by the definite ridges
which enclose the elongated adductor scar. The diductor scars are
about two-thirds as long as the adductor scar. They are considerably
wider posteriorly than anteriorly where they are reduced to mere
grooves paralleling the adductor groove. The whole of the muscular
area is raised above the general internal surface of the valve, and it
is bordered by a callus extending anteriorly from the dental plates
where they touch the floor of the valve in the umbonal region.

In the dorsal valve the groovelike sockets are covered by a
definite, independent plate extending from the beak almost to the
anterior margin of the socket, where the tooth of the ventral valve
is inserted. This plate lies between the palintrope on the one side and
the crural plate on the other. It is depressed between them, but it
does not touch the floor of the socket. The crural plate, bounding the
medial side of the socket, has its upper margin projected antero-
ventrally into a blunt toothlike process which lies just anteromesially
to the anterior end of the socket. The plate then extends dorsally
and a little medially to define the inner walls of the notothyrium.
Its free dorsal end gives rise to a laterally flattened crural process
which extends anteriorly to give rise to the primary lamellae of the

56 BULLETIN 149 118

spiralia. It is not known if the crural processess are laterally flattened
throughout their length, because in all of the material studied they
have been broken off near their proximal ends. Posteromesially the
crural plates join to form a shallow, sloping hinge plate from which
the cardinal process arises. It is a large, bosslike structure which has
its posterior end cut by many grooves for muscle attachment. It re-
sembles that of Punctospirifer transversa (McChesney) except that
it is not so large, and it is more flattened against the underside of
the beak.

The muscle scars are faint and not well defined. They appear to
be essentially the same as those of P. transversa except that they ap-
parently do not extend up onto the mesial face of the first pair of
internal plications. There is an even more tenuous median septum
dividing them than in P. transversa.

Dimensions.— Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus. Cat. No.

Length (mm. ) Width (mm. ) Depth (mm.)

25270 NS peg OS ZB ee ns ee
d.v. 25270 USE: Da Gn oe te WTS se ae
vav: 25270 LIMCresta) ye Sa. 22 ee eae

Comparison.—This species very much resembles Spirifer opimus
Hall. According to Dunbar and Condra it differs from S. opimus in
the following ways: S. opimus has four plications on the fold and
three in the sinus. S. rocky-montani has six plications on the fold
and five in the sinus; S. opimus has a much higher palintrope on both
valves, but especially on the ventral valve, than does S. rocky-mon-
tam. The plications of S. opimus are larger, more angular, and fewer
(8-10 on each lateral slope) than in S. rocky-montant.

Stoyanow (1926) reported this species from the Galiuro Mts.
of Arizona, where its Lower Pennsylvanian position conforms to the
general range of the species in the mid-western United States (e.g.,
Dunbar and Condra, 1939, p. 319).

Number of Specimens Studied.—Twenty-seven specimens which
can definitely be assigned to this species were studied. In addition
there are about 85 immature forms which cannot be distinguished
trom the immature forms of S. (Neospirifer) cameratus (Morton).
The immature and the mature forms consist mostly of dissociated
dorsal and ventral valves.

119 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 57

Subgenus NEOSPIRIFER Fredericks, 1919

Type species —Spirifer fascinger Keyserling, Reise nach Pet-
schara-land, 1846, p. 231, pl. 8, fig. 3. Upper Carboniferous of Russia.

This subgenus has the configuration and internal structures of
the genus Spirifer. It differs from Spirifer only in having the plica-
tions fasciculated.

There is some question as to whether the species included
under the name of Neospirifer possesses sufficient structural differ-
ence from the genus Spirifer to be regarded as representing a sepa-
rate genus. It is true that there are several species of Neospirifer, all
possessing the characteristic fasciculation of the plications. However,
the importance of this character has been questioned by others such
as King (1930, p. 115), who assigned it subgeneric rank. Until
evidence demonstrating that this character is of generic significance
is brought to light, Neospirifer will be tentatively regarded as a sub-
genus under the genus Spirifer.

Spirifer (Neospirifer) cameratus (\orton) ib fies ee aio ei

1836. (?) Spirifer cameratus Morton, Am. Jour. Sci., vol. 29, p. 150, pl. 2,
fig. 3.

1874. Spirifera camerata Morton, Derby, Cornell Univ., Sci. Bull., vol. 1, No.
Pampa 2-5. ping L,) figs. 71s 13,16; 9) 14; pl. 2, fig. 155: pl. 4: figs S'siipl. 5
fig. 11.

1894. Spirifer cameratus Morton, Derby, Jour. Geol., vol. 2, p. 491.

1903. Spirifer cameratus Morton, Katzer, Grundzuge de Geologie des
Unteren Amazonas Gebietes (des Staates Para in Brasilien), p. 158, pl. 4,
fig. 1; (= Geologia do Estado do Para, 1933, p. 154, pl. 4, fig. 1.)

1914. Spirifer cameratus Morton, Koztowski, Annales de Paléontologie, vol. 9,
p. 70, pl. 5, figs; 6-11.

1932. Neospirifer cameratus (Morton), Dunbar and Condra, Nebraska Geol.
Surv., Bull. 5, ser. 2, pp. 334-336, pl. 39, figs. 4, 6-9b.

’

This species is characterized as follows: generally weak develop-
ment of the fasciculation of the plications; 10 plications on the dor-
sal fold and 12 in the ventral sinus; about 20 plications on each lat-
eral slope; generally suborbicular shape with the width usually a
little greater than the length; relatively high delthyrium of the ven-
tral valve when compared with S. rocky-montani, the ventral beak
being moderately incurved over it.

Exterior—The shell is suborbicular with the width generally
being a little greater than the length. It is biconvex with both valves
about equally inflated. The cardinal extremities make an angle with

58 BULLETIN 149 120

the lateral margins of the shell of about 90 degrees. However, the
widest portion of the shell may be either just posterior to the trans-
verse mid-line of the shell or at the hinge line.

The sinus of the ventral valve arises at the apex of the mod-
erately incurved beak. Here it is bounded by two strong plications.
About three or four millimeters from the apex of the beak a plica-
tion appears in the center of the sinus. Simultaneously, at this same
latitude, each of the large plicetions bounding the sinus gives off a
plication from its medial side. This makes a total of five plications in
the sinus. As the plications are traced anteriorly, it is seen that each
of the first pair of plications to arise from the large bounding plica-
tions (those which immediately flank the median plication) bifur-
cates into two equal plications. This occurs about 17 to 20 mm. from
the beak near the transverse mid-line of the valve. At approximately
this same latitude each of the large plications bounding the sinus
gives off a plication from its inner side. This makes a total of nine
plications in the sinus thus far. Still further anteriorly, about 30
mm. from the beak, the second pair of plications to arise from the
large bounding plications bifurcates into two equal plications. There
are now eleven plications in the sinus. Close to the anterior margin
of the shell the median plication of the sinus bifurcates into two
equal plications, thus producting the twelfth and last plication in
the sinus. In overall aspect the sinus is angular and well defined
posteriorly, becoming flattened and ill-defined anteriorly.

The fold of the dorsal valve arises at the apex of the slightly in-
curved beak. Here it consists of a single, strong plication which bi-
furcates into two equal plications within three or four millimeters of
the apex of the beak. At the same latitude, where it splits into these
two equal plications, it simultaneously gives off a lateral plication
on each side. Each of these lateral plications is the same strength
as the two median ones. Thus, this original, single plication has
bifurcated into four equally sized plications within three to four
millimeters of the apex of the beak. Within about six to seven milli-
meters of the beak, each of the two lateralmost plications gives off a
plication from its lateral side which is at first smaller than the parent
plication, but which becomes equal to it in size anteriorly. This makes
a total of six plications on the fold thus far. Further anteriorly, about
twelve to fifteen millimeters from the apex of the beak, each of the
two original median plications of the fold gives off a plication lat-

121 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 59

erally between itself and the original lateral plication. There are now
eight plications on the fold. At approximately the same latitude as
this bifurcation occurs each of the two lateralmost plications of the
fold, z.e., those formed by the bifurcation of the original lateral pli-
cations, gives off a lateral plication. This completes the compliment
of plications possessed by the dorsal fold, making a total of ten. In
overall aspect the fold is angular and well defined posteriorly becom-
ing flattened and ill-defined anteriorly. The plan of plication is
shown diagrammatically in text fig. 4, below.

Master plication beget
<4—Plication
Furrow
Plication Furrow
B

Fig. 4. Pattern of plications on the fold and sinus of Neospirifer cameratus
(Morton). A. Pattern on the ventral sinus. B. Pattern on the dorsal fold.

The plications of the lateral slopes of both valves are of a non-
simple, bifurcating type. There are generally about twenty on each
slope. For any given individual the plications on the fold, and sinus,
and on the lateral slopes have the same shape. They vary on dif-
ferent individuals from being very low, broad and rounded to mod-
erately high, well defined and subangular. On individuals having the
former type the furrows between the plications are reduced to mere
lines. This is true on the median portion of the shell only, for as the
postero-lateral margins of the shell are approached the furrows in-
crease in width until they are about twice as wide as the plications
are there. They widen at the expense of the postero-lateral plica-
tions which are reduced to mere low, rounded lines on this portion
of the shell. Those individuals with moderately high, subangular pli-
cations have furrows of about the same depth and width as the
plications throughout the shell. It is in this latter group that the
fasciculation of the plications is best shown. In the former type it is
at best poorly expressed. The generally poor expression of the fasci-
culation of the plications is a characteristic of this species.

60 BULLETIN 149 122

The palintrope of the ventral valve is high and concave along its
longitudinal mid-line. The delthyrium is about as high as it is wide,
and it is bounded laterally by grooves extending onto the teeth as in
S. rocky-montant Marcou.

The palintrope of the dorsal valve is much narrower than that
of the ventral valve, and they are perpendicular to each other, the
palintrope of the ventral valve being vertical, while that of the dorsal
valve is horizontal. The notothyrium of the dorsal valve is from four
to six times as wide as it is high.

On well-preserved specimens the surface of the shell can be
seen to be covered by fine radial striae distributed over furrow and
plication alike.

Interior —The teeth and the dental plates have the same shape,
configuration and relation to the ventral valve as those of S. rocky-
montant.

The muscle scars have the same general shape as those of S.
rocky-montant, but they differ in detail. The diductors of this species
extend as far anteriorly as the adductors, while in S. rocky-montani
they extend only about two-thirds as far anteriorly as do the ad-
ductors. In addition, the diductors are relatively wider; they extend
further into the beak, and they are better impressed and defined
than those of S. rocky-montam. They extend anteriorly for from one-
third to one-half the length of the valve. In general the whole mus-
cular area of this species is broader than that of S. rocky-montant.
The muscle scars have more of a heartshape with the apex of the
heart pointing anteriorly, rather than the lozenge shape of S. rocky-
montant.

The dorsal valve of this species has exactly the same structures
in the same shapes and relations as does S. rocky-montant. The only
noticeable difference between the two species is that the crural plates
of this species are narrower than those of S. rocky-montani, 1.e.,
they do not hang down into the valve as far as those of S. rocky-
montant.

Dimensions. —Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus. Cat. No.
Length (mm.) Width (mm. ) Depth (mm.)

25271 BOrke Sole Abe On bP re ee
25271 BB Mid ienwi! So TOURG SD i att Oe ee re a] Ve SOR ar ent ceca

123 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 61

25271 a ae aR td eco TSE
25271 4 A oe Le Se ee ate POE er
25271 ory eee ee ale geet ty OSE fattened

* Greatest width just posterior to the transverse midline of the shell.
** Greatest width is at the hinge line.

Comparison.—This species differs from other Spiriferidae of the
Itaituba fauna in having fasciculated plications, in having more pli-
cations on the fold and sinus and on the lateral slopes, and in attain-
ing a larger size. Some specimens much resemble S. rocky-montani.
However, such specimens can be distinguished from S. rocky-mon-
tant by the fact that at least some of the plications on the lateral
slopes bifurcate. On S. rocky-montani only the first pair on either
slope immediately adjacent to the dorsal fold bifurcate, and they do
so near the beak. The rest of the lateral slope plications are simple.

Neospirifer cameratus is a characteristic Lower Pennsylvanian
index in midwestern United States, and has been found by Stoyanow
(1926) in this part of his Galiuro Mt. section in Arizona, in associa-
tion with several elements of the Amazonian Carboniferous fauna.

Number of Specimens Studied—About 150 specimens consist-
ing mainly of dissociated dorsal and ventral valves were studied.

Spirifer (Neospirifer) cameratus (Morton), variant
LEAS ta) 30ltees LILES VEAL tee saieegsh ala!
1874. Spirifera camerata Morton, Derby, Cornell Univ., Sci. Bull., vol. 1, No.
Ze palt ple 2eties 2s
This variant has all of the characteristics of the species pre-
viously described except that the hinge line is extremely drawn out,
producing a strongly alate shape. The greatest length is along the
hinge line with the result that the angle between the cardinal area
and the lateral margin of the shell is about 45 to 50 degrees.
In the Tapaj6s material there are all gradations between this
form and the suborbicular form characteristic of the species.

Dimensions.—Univ. of Cincinati Geol. Mus. Cat. No.

Length (mm. ) Width (mm. ) Depth (mm.)
25272 BO eae Oe pee * 0) s) holonype
25273 Sueayete tatters 2 > 19 latéened
v.v. 25273 Spe oe a? ees. hos erie 2 SS dleneth wrest

62 BULLETIN 149. 124

Family SPIRIFERINIDAE Davidson, 1884
Subfamily SPIRIFERININAE Schuchert, 1929

Genus PUNCTOSPIRIFER North, 1920

Type species——Punctospirifer scabricosta North, Quart. Jour.
Geol. Soc. London, vol. 76, 1920, p. 213 [= Spirtferina laminosa
(McCoy), Garwood, 1912]. Ashfell sandstone (Carboniferous )
Great Britain.

As abstracted from North’s original description (1920, pp. 212-
213), the genus possesses the following characters: shell spiriferoid,
about twice as wide as long with the greatest width at or near the
hinge line; cardinal extremities slightly rounded or subangular; area
moderately high and concave; biconvex with a well-developed, dis-
tinct mesial fold and sinus; lateral slopes evenly convex and orna-
mented by round plications separated by equally wide rounded fur-
rows; surface of both valves crossed by regularly disposed imbricat-
ing lamellae, shell structure fibrous and strongly punctate; dental
plates slightly divergent; ventral median septum well developed,
about two-thirds as high as the ventral palintrope and about half
as long as the shell; no marked apical callosity; a low median crest
bisects the muscle area of the dorsal valve; spiral coils large with
the apices directed laterally to a point a little anterior to the cardi-
nal extremities; jugum is a slender V-shaped process with its apex
directed postero-ventrally.

Discussion.—According to Dunbar and Condra (1932, p. 351)
Punctospirifer differs from Spiriferina as follows: fold and sinus are
wider than the lateral plications and are flattened in Punctospirifer;
the angular fold and sinus are not sharply differentiated from the
costae in Spiriferina. The cardinal area is clearly separated from the
lateral slopes by an abrupt angle in the shell in Punctospirifer. It is
not separated from the lateral slopes by a sharp angle in the shell in
Spiriferina. The surface is closely lamellose at all stages of growth in
Punctospirifer. The surface is closely lamellose only at the anterior
margin in Spiriferina. Punctospirifer possesses a V-shaped jugum.
Spiriferina possesses a simple, transverse jugum.

The Tapajés material agrees in every respect with the genus
Punctospirifer.

125 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 63

Punctospirifer transversa (McChesney) Pla esas —6

1859. (?) Spirifer transversa McChesney, New Paleozoic Fossils, p. 42.

1874. Spiriferina transversa (McChesney), Derby, Cornell Univ., Sci. Bull.,
vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 21-23, pl. 2, figs. 4-6, 13; pl. 3. figs. 12-24, 17; pl. 5, fig. 4.

1903. Spiriferina transversa (McChesney), Katzer, Grundzuge de Geologie

des Unteren Amazonas Gebietes (des Staates Para in Brazilien), p. 158,

pl. 4, fig. 2a-c; (= Geologia do Estado do Para, 1933, p. 154, pl. 4, fig.

Ze ple ost 3))

1914. Spiriferina transversa (McChesney), Weller, Geol. Surv. of Illinois,

Mon. 1. pp. 297-299, pl. 35, fibs. 41-49.

This species is characterized by the following: a single slight
groove and slight plication in the dorsal mesial fold and ventral
mesial sinus respectively; eight to twelve plications on each lateral
slope; width of the shell is about twice its length; biconvex nature
of the shell with the ventral valve slightly more inflated than the
dorsal; heavy, solid, posteriorly grooved cardinal process and ex-
tension of the dorsal muscle scars onto the mesial face of the first
pair of internal plications; and the presence of the thin, dorsal, mesial
septum dividing the muscle scars.

Exterior —The shell is typically spiriferoid, about twice as wide
as long with the greatest width at or near the hinge line. The cardi-
nal margins are acutely angular in mature specimens and often
rounded in immature specimens with the greatest width of the shell
in these being just anterior to the hinge line. The shell is biconvex,
the ventral valve often being slightly more inflated than the dorsal.

The umbone of the ventral valve is only slightly inflated, and
the beak is only slightly incurved over a delthyrium which is about
as wide as it 1s high. The umbone of the dorsal valve is even flatter
than that of the ventral valve, and the beak is only slightly incurved
over a notothyrium which is about one-fourth as high as it is wide.
The palintropes of the two valves lie at nearly a right angle to each
other, that of the ventral valve being vertical and that of the dorsal
valve being horizontal.

The dorsal fold and the ventral mesial sinus are well developed.
They are about as wide as two or three plications and their included
furrows. On the dorsal fold a slight median groove often develops
just anterior to the beak. There is a corresponding slight median fold
in the sinus of the ventral valve. On mature specimens there are
from eight to twelve simple plications on each lateral slope. Usually
the first three or four of these take their origin from the beak. The

64 BULLETIN 149 126

rest of them originate from the cardinal margin which is a sharp
angle separating the lateral slopes from the palintrope area.

The ornament other than the plications consists of regularly
spaced inbricating growth lamellae which number from four to five
per millimeter near the transverse midline of the valve. The shell
structure is fibrous and coarsely punctate, the punctae tending to
be arranged more or less concentrically parallel to the growth lamel-
lae.

Interior—The strong, diverging teeth of the ventral valve are
supported by dental plates whose medial sides are slightly convex.
Their anterior edges are concave, and they diverge slightly anteriorly.
They extend anteriorly for about one-fourth to one-fifth the length
of the valve, and between them lies the thin median septum, the
concave anterior margin of which rises to an apex just anterior to
the space between the teeth. It extends anteriorly for about half the
length of the valve. The muscle scars could not be delimited on the
available material.

In the dorsal valve the heavy crural plates are united mesially
to form a hinge plate from which the large rounded cardinal process
arises. The cardinal process fills the whole mesial portion of this
plate. Its posterior end is divided by deep grooves into sometimes
as many as nine, subequal, laterally flattened projections. The grooy-
ing of the posterior end of the cardinal process probably facilitated
muscle attachment. The groove-shaped dental sockets lie lateral to
the heavy crural plates which are projected into a blunt tooth just
anteromesially of the anterior termination of the socket floor. No
portion of the groove-shaped sockets is covered by a plate or by the
palintrope.

The hinge plate formed by the fusion of the mesial edges of the
crural plates is supported underneath by the posteriorly joined ends
of the first pair of internal plications. This first pair of internal pli-
cations is stronger and is better developed than any other internal
plications of the shell; these plicae are the internal reflections of the
first pair of furrows which bound the medial fold. A thin, tenuous
median septum originates where the posterior ends of this first pair
of internal plications come together. It extends anterior for about
two-thirds the length of the valve, dividing the muscle scars into
equal lateral halves.

These halves extend onto the median faces of this strongly de-

~
th
a |

BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 65

veloped first pair of internal plications, causing their ventral edges
to be flattened laterally and extended ventrally into a slight ridge
which is higher than the rest of the plication. This ridge extends
anteriorly along the plication for about half the length of the shell.
The muscle scars between the plications on either side of the tenuous
median septum are poorly impressed.

Dimensions.—Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus. Cat. No.

Length (mm. ) Width (mm.) Depth (mm:)

25274 15 2 Cie wi A eae Ls
25274 | es tes SLI 22 11
25274 DOUESE ramet etn Dl te Caetkcs cd lo
d.v. 25274 15 26 6
v.v. 25274 Ree) 10 3

Comparison.—This form differs from Punctospirifer kentucky-
ensis (Shumard), which it superfically somewhat resembles, in the
following characters: P. kentuckyensis has five to six plications on
each lateral slope. This species has eight to twelve plications on each
lateral slope. In P. kentuckyensis the cardinal process is a minute,
rounded nub. In this species it is a large, bosslike, posteriorly grooved
structure. P. kentuckyensis has the hinge plate supported by the
median septum. This species has it supported by the posteriorly
joined ends of the first pair of internal plications (the internal re-
flections of the first pair of furrows on either side of the dorsal fold).

Punctospirifer transversa ranges low in the Carboniferous sec-
tion of the midcontinental United States. Dunbar and Condra
(1932), e.g., gives the range as Chesterian and Morrowian (Upper
Mississippian and Lower Pennsylvanian).

Number of Specimens Studied.—About 75 specimens consisting
in large part, of dissociated dorsal and ventral valves were studied.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Albuquerque, 0. R.
1922. Reconhecimentos geologicos no vale do Amazonas. Sery. Geol. Min.
do Brasil, Bol. 3, 84 pp., ill.
Beecher, (. E.
1891-2. Development of Brachiopoda. Amer. Jour. Sci., 41 (3), pp. 324-
257; 44 (3), pp. 135-155.
Buckman, S. S.
1906. Brachiopod nomenclature. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 18, (7 ser.) pp.
323-327.

66 BULLETIN 149 128

Campbell, D. F., de Almeida, L. A., and de Oliveira Silva, S.

1949. Relatorio preliminar sobre a geologia da Bacia do Maranhdo. Con-

selho Nac. de Petroleo (Brazil), Bol., No. 1, 160 pp., ill.
Carvalho, P. F.

1926. Vale do Rio Tapajos, in Reconhecimentos geologicos e sondagems

na Bacia do Amazonas. Serv. Geol. Min. do Brasil, Bol. 16, pp. 33-88.
Caster, K. E.

1952. Stratigraphic and paleontologic data relevant to the problem of
Afro-American ligation during the Paleozoic and Mesozoic. Amer. Mus.
Nat. Hist., Bull. 99, pp. 105-152.

Chaopye il.

1927. Brachiopod fauna of the Chihsia limestone. Geol. Soc. China, Bull.

6, pp. 83-121, 2 pls.
Cooper, G. A,

1944. Brachiopoda in Shimer, H. W. and Shrock, R. R. Imdex Fossils of

North America, pp. 277-365. New York.
Davidson, R.

1857-1862. British fossil Brachiopoda, 2, pt. 5: A monograph of British
Carboniferous Brachiopoda, 280 pp., 55 pls. Palaeontographical Society,
London.

Derby, 0. A.

1874. On the Carboniferous brachiopods of Itaituba, Rio Tapajos, Prov-
ince of Pard, Brazil. Cornell Univ. Sci. Bull., No. 2, pp., 8 pls.
Reprinted, 1952 (53): Orville A. Derby’s Studies on the Paleontology
of Brazil, Rio de Janeiro, pp. 23-95, 9 pls.

1877. Contribuicoes para a geologia da regiao do Baixo Amazonas. Mus.
Nac. Rio de Janeiro, Arq., 2, pp. 77-104.

1894. The Amazonian Upper Carboniferous fauna. Jour. Geol., 2, pp.
408-501.

Duarte, A. G.

1936. Fdsseis da sondagem de Therezina, Estado de Piauhi. Div. Geol.
Min. (Brazil), Notas Prelim. e Estudos, No. 2, 3 pp.

1938. Braquidpodos do Rio Parauart. Div. Geol. Min. (Brazil), Bol. 84,
34 pp., 5 pls.

Dunbar, (. 0., and Condra, G. E.

1932. Brachiopods of the Pennsylvanian system in Nebraska. Nebraska

State Geol. Surv., Bull. 5 (2), 377 pp., 44 pls.
Dunbar, €, 0., and Newell, N. E.

1945. Early Permian rocks of southern Peru and Bolivia. Amer. Jour.
Sci., 243, p. 218.

1946. Marine early Permian of the central Andes and its fusuline-faunas.
Amer. Jour. Sci., 244, pp. 377-402; 457-491, 12 pls.

Fossa-Mancini, E.

1944. Las transgresiones marinas del Antracolitico en la America del

Sur. Mus. de La Plata, Rev., 2 (n.s.), Geol., pp. 49-183.
Fredericks, G.

1919. Etude paléontologique: Les Spiriferides du Carboniféere Superieur

de l’Oural. Comm. Geol., [Russia] Bull. 38, No. 2.
Fischer de yon Waldheim, G.

1829. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou, Bull. 1, p. 375.

1830-37. Oryctologie. Gouy. Moscou, p. 133, pl. 20, fig. 4a-c.

1850. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou, Bull. 23, p. 491, pl. 10, fig. 1-4.

Gemmellaro, G. G.
1889. Fauna calcari con Fusulina. Fasc. 4, pt. 1. Palermo.
George, T. N.

1931. Ambocoelia Hall and certain similar British Spiriferidae. Quart.
Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 87, pp. 30-61; pls. 1-5.

1932. The British Carboniferous reticulate Spiriferidae. Idem, 88, pp.
616-677, pls. 31-35.

129 BRAZILIAN PENNSYLVANIAN BRACHIOPODS: DRESSER 67

Girty, G. H.

1908. The Guadalupian fauna. U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper, No. 58.
Hall, James

1858. Report of the Geological Survey of Iowa, 1, pt. 2.
Hall, James, and Clarke, J. M.

1892. se introduction to the study of the genera of ae ozoic brachiopods.
Vol. 1. Nat. Hist. New York, Paleontology, 8, pt.

1894. ae. pterz:

Hartt, C. F.

1870. Geology and physical geology of Brazil. Pp. 620, ill. Boston.

1874. Preliminary report of the Morgan Expedition, 1870-71: Report of
a reconnaissance of the lower Tapajos. Cornell Univ., Sci. Bull., No. 1
37 pp.

Katzer, F.

1897. Ueber das Carbon von Itaituba am Tapajos-flusse in Brasilien.
Neues Jahrb. Min. Geol. Pal. Beil.-Bd. 2, 218-220.

1903. Grundzuge de Geologie des Unteren Amazonas Gebietes (des
Staates Para in Brasilien). Pp. 296, ill. Leipzig.

1933. Idem, Portuguese translation (Hugo Mense): Geologia do Estado
do Parad (Brasil), with notes and revision by Avelino I. de Oliveira
and Pedro de Moura. Museu Goeldi (Paraense), 9, 269 pp., 261 fig.,
1 map. Belém de Para, Brazil.

Kegel, Wilhelm

1951. Sdbre alguns trilobitas Carboniferas do Piaui e do Amazonas. Div.

Geol. Min. (Brazil), Bol., No. 135, 38 pp., 1 pl.
Kegel, Wilhelm, and Texeira da Costa, Manoel.

1951. Espécies neopaleozdicos do Brazil da familia Aviculopectinidae,
ornamentados com costelos fasciculados. Diy. Geol. Min. (Brazil), Bol.,
No. 137, 48 pp., 6 pls.

King, R. F.

1931. The geology of the Glass Mountains, Texas; Pt. 2, Faunal sum-
mary and correlation of the Permian formations, with descriptions of
Brachiopoda. Univ. Texas, Bull., No. 3042, 245 pp., 44 pls.

King, William

1846. Remarks on certain pRCGELS belonging to the class Palliobranchiata,
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,

1850. A monograph of Bes Permian fossils of England, 248 pp., 38 pls.
Palaeontographical Society, London.

Koztowski, Roman

1914. Les brachiopodes du Carbonifére Supérieur de Bolivia. Annales de

Paléontologie, 9, pp. 3-100, pls. 1-11.
Meek, F. B.

1872. Report on the paleontology of eastern Nebraska with remarks on
the Carboniferous rocks of that district in Hayden, F. V., Final Rept.
of the U.S. Geol. Survey of Nebraska, etc., pp. 84-239. Washington,
DAC:

Mendes, J. (.

1952. A formacao Corumbatai na regiao do rio Corumbati (Estrati-
grafia e descricao dos lamelibranquios). Univ. Sao Paulo, Fac. Filos.,
Cién. Letras, Bol., Geol., No. 8, 114 pp., 4 pls. Sao Paulo, Brazil.

Meyer, H, F. L.

1914. Karbonfauna aus Bolivia und Peru. Neues Jahrb. Min., Geol. Pal.,

Beil.-Bd. 37, pp. 590-620, pls. 13-14.
Moura, Pedro de

1934. Reconhecimentos geolégicos no vale-do Tapajos. Sery. Geol. Min.
(Brazil), Bol., No. 67, 53 pp., ill., map.

1938. Geologia do Baixo Amazonas. Idem, Bol., No. 91, 94 pp., ill, map.

68 BULLETIN 149 130

North, F. J.
1920. Syringothyris and Spiriferina. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 76,
pt. 2, pp. 208-214.
Oehlert, D. R.
1890. Jour. de Conch., 30 (3), p. 372.
Oliveira, Aveline. I. de
1926. Rio Parauary, in Reconhecimentos geologicés e sondagems na Bacia
do Amazonas. Serv. Geol. Min. (Brazil), Bol., No. 15, pp. 12-17.
1926A. Rio urupadi. Idem, pp. 22-26.
Oliveira Avelino I. de, and Leonardos, 0. H.
1943. Geologia do Brasil. 2d. Ed., Serv. de Informacao Agricola, Série
Didatica, No. 2, 813 pp., ill., map. Rio de Janeiro.
Paiva, G. de, and Miranda, Jose
1937. Geologia e recursos minerais do Meio Norte. Sery. Fom. Prod.
Min. (Brazil), Bol., No. 15, 55 pp., ill, map.
Petri, Setembrino
1952. Fusulinidae do Carbonifero do rio Tapajoés, Estado do Para. Soc.
Brasil Geol., Bol., 1, pp. 30-45, pl. 1, 2. Sao Paulo, Brazil.
Plummer, F. B., Price, L. I., and Gomes, A. F.
1948. Relatério (1946), Conselho Nacional de Petréleo (Brazil), pp.
87-1 34, ill.
Reed, F. R. Cowper
1933. Some Upper Carboniferous brachiopods from Brazil. Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., 11, 10 ser., pp. 519-537.
Schuchert, C.
1896. Brachiopoda, in Zittel-Eastman, Texthook of Paleontology,
Ist. ed., pp. 355-420, New York, N.Y.
1913. Idem, 2d. ed., vol. 1, pp. 369-420.
Schuchert, C., and Cooper, G. A.
1932. Brachiopod genera of the suborders Orthoidea and Pentameroidea.
Peabody Mus. Nat. Hist., Mem., 4, pt. 1, 270., 29 pls.
Schuchert, (., and LeVene, C. M.
1929. Brachiopoda (generum et genotyporum, index et bibliographia). Fos-
silium Catalogus, 1: Animalia, Pars 42, 142 pp. Berlin.
Stoyanow, A. A.
1926. Notes on recent stratigraphic work in Arizona. Amer. Jour. Sci.,
12, 5 ser., pp. 311-324.
1936. Correlation of Arizona Paleozoic formations. Geol. Soc. America,
Bull. 47, pp. 459-540.
Thompson, M. L.
1943. Permian fusulinids from Peru. Jour. Paleont., 17, pp. 203-205.
Waagen, W.
1882-1885. Salt Range fossils. Geol. Sury. India, Mem.: Palaeontologia
Indica (13). Calcutta.
1882. Salt Range fossils: 1. Productus limestone fossils. Pt. 4. Brachiopoda,
fasc. 1. Calcutta.
1887. Idem, Preface.
1888. Mitteilung eines Briefes von Herrn A. A. Derby ueber Spuren einer
Carboneiszeit in Sud Amerika, etc. Neues Jahrb. Geol. Min., Pal.,
Beil. Bd. 2, pp. 172-176.
1889. Salt Range fossils: IV. Geological results. Pt. 1. Geol. Sury. India,
Mem., Palaeontologia Indica (13). Calcutta. Item, pt. 2, 1891.
Walcott, C. D., and Schuchert, C.
1908. Classification and terminology of the Cambrian Brachiopoda.
Smithsonian Misc. Coll., 53, pp. 136-185.
Weller, Stuart
1914. The Mississippian brachiopods of the Mississippi Valley basin.
Illinois State Geol. Sury., Mon., No. 1.

PEATEES

PLATE 1 (6)

70 BULLETIN 149

Explanation of Plate 1 (6)

132

Figure Page

1-4:6.7.. Rhipidomella penniana Derby. -..222-:..:2..23:..223.22. 2

1. Ventral interior showing the large flabelliform muscle
sears. X 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25258.

2. Dorsal interior showing the high notothyrial platform
with its trilobed posterior face and the deep muscle
sears. < 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25258.

3. Ventral interior showing the muscle scars and the punc-
tae. X 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25258.

4. Laterial view showing a definite interarea between the
valves. < 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25258.

6. Dorsal exterior. * 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No.
25258.

7. Posterior view of a dorsal valve showing the trilobed
character of the posterior face of the cardinal process
and the prominent crural plates. « 2. Univ. of Cincin-
nati Geol. Mus., No. 25258.

5. Strepterhynchus hallianus Derby ...............22.......2----2sc2se0eeeeeeeeee=e

Ventral exterior showing the plicated anterior margin of
shell. * 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25260.

8-11-13) (Orthotichia morganiana, (Derby):

8. Posterior view of a slightly distorted specimen. X 2.
Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25259.

9. Ventral interior showing the short median septum and
the dental plates. x 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus.,
No. 25259.

10. Posterior view of a dorsal valve showing the small car-
dinal process and the prominent crural processes. X 2.
Univ. of Cincinnati Geol, Mus., No. 25259.

11. Dorsal interior showing the diverging crural plates, the
small cardinal process, and the median ridge. X 2.
Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25259.

13. Ventral interior showing the median septum, dental
lamellae and teeth, * 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus.,
No. 25259.

12. Derbyia correanus (Derby)

Posterior view showing the cardinal process with the
grooves for muscle attachment and the crural plates.
x 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25261.

No. 149, Pu. 1

AMER. PALEONT.

ULL.

>
>

]

Le BULLETIN 149 134
Explanation of Plate 2 (7)

Figure Page

1-60 = Derbvia-cormeanug (Derby)! ee 30

1. Dorsal exterior. x 1%. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus.,
No. 25251.

2. Ventral interior showing the median septum, teeth,
palintrope, and deltidium. x 1%. Univ. of Cincinnati
Geol. Mus., No. 25261.

3. Dorsal interior showing the weak ridge dividing the
sears and the cardinal process. X2. Univ.of Cincin-
nati Geol. Mus., No. 25261.

4. Dorsal interior showing the dental socket and the silici-
fied material filling the valve. x 1%. Univ. of Cincin-
nati Geol, Mus., No. 25261.

5. Dorsal exterior showing the alternate ornament. xX 1%.
Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25261.

6. Ventral interior showing the median septum, interior of
deltidium, and the dental calluses. K1%. Univ. of
Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25261.

No. 149, Pr. 2

Bunty. AMER. PALEONT.

Pu. 7, VOL. :

74 BULLETIN 149 136

Explanation of Plate 3 (8)

igure
1-6. Lapajotia. tapajotensis: (Denby)) 22. 34

1. Dorsal exterior showing the over-arching chilidium and
the ornament. X 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No.
25262.

2. Posterior view showing the deltidium and the chilidium.
x 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25262.

3. Dorsal interior showing the bifid cardinal process, the
median node, and the dental sockets. 2. Univ. of
Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25262.

4. Ventral interior showing the very reduced median septum
and a portion of the muscle scars. X 2. Uniy. of Cin-
cinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25262.

5. Ventral exterior showing the slightly twisted beak and
the ornament. xX 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No.
25262.

6. Dorsal interior. * 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No.
25262.

PLATE 4 (9)

76 BULLETIN 149

Explanation of Plate 4+ (9)

138

Figure Page

1-7-10. Cleiothyridina, caster Dresser; nn. Sp.

1. Ventral exterior showing the growth lamellae and the
spines. <X 4. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25264.
Paratype.

2. Lateral view showing the imbricating growth lamellae,
the recurved ventral beak, and the spines. «4. Univ.
of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25263. Holotype.

3. Ventral view showing how the spines are often cement-
ed to each other laterally. x 4. Univ. of Cincinnati
Geol. Mus., No. 25263. Holotype.

4. Ventral interior showing the anteriorly restricted con-
centric plications and the posteriorly recurved teeth.
x 4. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25264. Paratype.

5. Ventral interior showing the posteriorly recurved teeth.
x 4. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25264. Paratype.

6. Dorsal interior showing the relatively large foramen in
the hinge plate, the antero-laterally projecting grooves
on the top edges of the crural plates, the dental sock-
ets, and the median ridge. x4. Univ. of Cincinnati
Geol. Mus., No. 25264. Paratype.

a |

Dorsal interior. * 4. Uniy. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No.
25264. Paratype.

10. Dorsal interior. * 4. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No.
25264. Paratype.

Soi Rapaiotia tapajotensis (Derby) 22.2

8. Dorsal interior showing the bilobed cardinal process, the
median node, and the tubes formed by the recurved
proximal portions of the crural plates. * 4. Univ. of
Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25262.

9. Dorsal interior showing the tubes formed by the re-
curved proximal portions of the crural plates. xX 4.
Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25262.

11. Posterior view of the dorsal valve showing the partially
broken, over-arching chilidium, the median septum be-
tween the lobes of the cardinal process, and the
grooves for muscle attachment on the posterior faces
of the lobes of the cardinal process. x 4. Univ. of
Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25262.

No. 149, Pu. 4

ULL. AMER. PALEONT.

>
>

]

» oO

Pu. 9, Vol

ix
ce

PLATE 5 (10)

78 BULLETIN 149
Explanation of Plate 5 (10)

Figure Page

i-6-° -Cleiothyridina derbyi- Dresser, n-.sp. 2..--..<.-. -s<.2.. 2 ee

1. Ventral exterior showing the elongate shape and the
growth lamellae. x 4. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus.,
No. 25266. Paratype.

2. Ventral interior showing the erect beak, the posteriorly
recurved teeth, and suggestions of the muscle scars.
x 4. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25266. Paratype.

3. Dorsal exterior showing the elongate shape, the imbricat-
ing growth lamellae, and the spines. «4. Univ. of
Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25266. Paratype.

4. Dorsal interior showing the relatively large foramen
in the hinge plate and the antero-laterally directed
grooves on the top edges of the crural plates. « 4. Univ.
of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25266. Paratype.

5. Dorsal view of an articulated specimen showing the erect
ventral beak and the spines. * 4. Uniy. of Cincinnati
Geol. Mus., No. 25265. Holotype.

6. Dorsal view of an articulated specimen showing the
elongate shape and the growth lamellae. «4. Univ.
of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25266. Paratype.

7-10. Spirifer rocky-montani Marcow <...................2....)

7. Dorsal interior showing the tenuous median septum,
the posteriorly grooved cardinal process, vague muscle
scar impressions, and the crural plates. «2. Univ.
of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25270

8. Ventral interior showing the muscle scars, the dental
lamellae, and the teeth. x2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol.
Mus., No. 25270.

9. Dorsal exterior showing the six plications on the fold,
and the bifurcation, near the beak, of the first pair of
plications on either side of the fold. «2. Univ. of Cin-
cinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25270.

10. Ventral exterior showing four of the five plications in
the sinus. < 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25270.

11. Spirifer (Neospirifer) cameratus (Morton), variant —..........-..
Dorsal exterior showing the acute angle between the car-
dinal area and the lateral margins; and the vague
fasciculation of the plications. * 2. Univ. of Cincinnati
Geol. Mus., No. 25273. Paratype.
i-21 VOrInithyris cranularis Dresser neiSp) 2 =e ee

12. Dorsal exterior showing the general shape, and the few
growth lamellae generally present. X4. Univ. of Cin-
cinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25268. Paratype.

13. Ventral exterior showing the general shape. x 4. Univ. of
Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No, 25268. Paratype.

14. Ventral interior showing the paradeltidial ridges on
either side of the delthyrium. x 4. Univ. of Cincinnati
Geol. Mus., No. 25268. Paratype.

15. Lateral view showing the relative convexity of the valves.
«4. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25268. Paratype.

16. Posterior view. X 4. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No.
25268. Paratype.

17. Dorsal view of an articulated specimen. xX 4. Univ. of
Cincinnati Geol, Mus., No. 25268. Paratype.

18. Dorsal interior showing the paranotothyrial ridges on
either side of the notothyrium. xX 4. Univ. of Cincinnati
Geol. Mus., No. 25268. Paratype.

19. Dorsal interior showing the small, ventrally projecting
cardinal process, the crural process and crural plates.

x 4. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25268. Paratype.

20. Ventral interior vaguely showing the muscle scars. X 4.
Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25268. Paratype.

21. Dorsal interior showing the cardinal process, the crural
plates, and the crural processes. <4. Univ. of Cin-
cinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25268. Paratype.

Pu. 10, Vou. 35 Buu. AMER. PALEONT. No. 149, Pu. 5

PLATE 6 (11)

80 BULLETIN 149 142

Explanation of Plate 6 (11)

Figure Page

1,4,6. Phricodothyris perplexa (McChesney) .....-....---------c:ccceceee---ee------ 50

1. Dorsal exterior showing the growth lamellae and the
double-barreled spines. * 4. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol.
Mus., No. 25264.

2. Dorsal interior showing the paranotothyrial ridges on
either side of the notothyrium, the crural plates, and
a vague suggestion of the muscle scars. 4. Univ. of
Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25264.

(Je)

Ventral exterior showing the tear-drop shaped scars left
behind where the double-barreled spines have broken
off. « 4. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25264.

4. Ventral interior showing the paradelthyrial ridges on
either side of the delthyrium. x 4. Univ. of Cincinnati
Geol. Mus., No. 25264.

6. Dorsal interior showing the rugose cardinal process
area, the crural plates, and the dental sockets. x4.
Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25264.

5. . Spirifer rocky-mentani* Marcou. .........0.. 53

5. Dorsal interior showing the plates covering the groove-
like dental sockets. x 4. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus.,
No. 25270.

. 11, Vou. 35 BULL. AMER. PALEONT. No. 149, Pu. 6

PLATE 7 (12)

82 BULLETIN 149 144
Explanation of Plate 7 (12)
Figure Page
1-6. Punctospirifer transversa (McChesney) -....20..........220202220c--eee--e--- 63
1. Dorsal interior showing the large cardinal process, the
tenuous median septum, the muscle scar’s encroach-
ment onto the first pair of internal plications, the
crural processes, and the punctae. <4. Univ. of Cin-
cinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25274.
2. Ventral interior showing the median septum. X 2. Univ.
of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25274.
3. Ventral interior showing the median septum and the
punctae. *2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25274.
4. Posterior view showing the wide palintrope of the ven-
tral valve. < 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No.
25274.
5. Dorsal exterior showing the many growth lamellae, the
punctae, the slight median groove on the fold. X2.
Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25274.
6. Dorsal interior showing the large, boss-like cardinal pro-
cess, the tenuous median septum, and the punctae.
« 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25274.
7-11. Spirifer (Neospirifer) cameratus (Morton) -......................-.------- 57

7. Ventral interior showing the teeth and the muscle scars.
x 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25271.

loa)

Ventral exterior showing the vague fasciculation of the
plications, x 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No.
250211.

9. Ventral interior showing the muscle scars. X 2. Univ. of
Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25271.

10. Dorsal interior showing the crural processes. x 2. Univ.
of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25271.

11. Dorsal exterior showing the vague fasciculation of the
plications. x 2. Univ, of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No.
25271.

PALEONT.

AMEI

ULL.

VOL.

»
“)

Pu. 1

PLATE 8 (13)

84 BULLETIN 149 146

Explanation of Plate 8 (13)

Figure Page

1,4. Spirifer (Neospirifer) cameratus (Morton), variant —............... 61

1. Dorsal view of an articulated specimen showing the acute
angle between the palintrope and the lateral margin.
< 1.5. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25272. Holo-
type.

4. Ventral exterior of a very long specimen showing the
acute angle between the palintrope and the lateral
margin. < 1.5. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25273.
Paratype.

2,3,5,6. Streptorhynchus hallianus Derby .....................-..----------c2sssseseeeeee= 27

2. Ventral interior showing the anterior plications of the
shell; the strongly developed muscular area, the teeth,
and no median septum. X 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol.
Mus., No. 25260.

3. Dorsal interior showing the massive bifid cardinal pro-
cess, and the strongly developed median ridge between
the muscle scars. X 2. Univ. of Cincinnati Geol. Mus.,
No. 25260.

5. Dorsal interior showing the same as Fig, 3. xX 2. Univ.
of Cincinnati Geol. Mus., No. 25260.

6. Postero-dorsal view showing the lobes of the cardinal
process, one with two grooves. < 2. Uniy. of Cincinnati
Geol. Mus., No. 25260.

PL. 13, Vou. 35 Buu. AMER. PALEONT. No. 149, Pu. 8

d
tons

6.
ss ae
x

a. ~
="
}

coos

ET Ty ea ee
or a aN

XXIL
XXIII.

XXIV.
XXV.

xX XVI.

XXVIL.
XXVUL

XXIX.
XXX.
XXXL

MXM
XXXIUL

XXXIV.

XXXV.

Volume 1,

Ii.

IF.

(NDS, 7O=UG)er GOGH sy GL IS CAG vibe oldie c tio, Nees, cisvere dds arein

Paleozoic Paleontology and Tertiary Foraminifera.

(NES: 18a 9) S 20M DDS (10D DIS s fala Ment ay ded eme tence «

Corals, Cretaceous. microfauna and _ biography of
Conrad.

(Nosi5 80-82).6 (384 “DDN 27 CDIS. . ockitaes SAowk os eltivle tle o'eeiee

Mainly Paleozoic faunas and Tertiary Mollusca.

(Nos. ‘88-94B);, 306) pp,’ 30) -pIsi’ 2 .Ge\5 ial, 3 lee we bietole

Paleozoic~ fossils of Ontario, Oklahoma and Colombia,
Mesozoic. echinoids, . California Pleistocene and
Maryland Miocene mollusks.

CNas. 95-100)... 420! ppl, D8) 1S.F ee ait el cele, crud alaedoves dis

Florida Recent marine shells, Texas Cretaceous fossils,
Cuban and Peruvian Cretaceous, Peruvian) Fogene
corals, and geology and paleontology of Ecuador.

(Nos. 100-108) 5376s pp.,- 1362 DIS 7; 2). Sis 4; Stile divs wd ald ane

Tertiary’ Mollusca, Paleozoic cephalopods, Devonian
fish and Paleozoic geology and fossils of .Venezuela.

(NOS): 100114) 57 412. pps, 1.54). Pls. eis a css o onstecdzes delice ghee

Paleozoic cephalopods, Devonian of Idaho, Cretaceous
and Eocene mollusks, Cuban and Venezuelan forams.

(Noss 0155916)- 75 (88.50 P-s-De DIS inden sew cle le cble ele shen as

Bowden forams and Ordovician cephalopods.
GNOs2 49 7))9. 563) BDA KGOMIDIS, Serr sic tcy ste eis cal whale diarerelerole a oft! «
Jackson Eocene mollusks.

(Nos; . 118-128) 458+ pp., 4270) Ise he Ai. Ue AN. Geek
enezuelan. and California mollusks, Chemung and
Pennsylvania crinoids, Cypraeidae, Cretaceous, Mio-
cene and Recent corals, Cuban and Fioridian
forams, an Cuban fossil localities.

(Nas. 129-133 298 PD SO°PPIS. (esa. Skate clog eo a ys hee Slee

Silurian’ aeohaiodcan crinoid studies, Tertiary forams,
and Mytilarca.

(Nos) 48345998): 448 opp.) OF!) pis. Pi Ss sia bi bes eres pp

Devonian |‘annelids, Tertiary mollusks, Ecuadoran
stratigraphy and paleontology.

(Nos. 140-144; 145 in press). J

Trinidad Globigerinidae, Ordovician Enopleura, Tas-
manian Ordovician cephalopods and Tennessee Or-
dovician ostracods, and conularid biblhography,

8.00

10.00

9.00

9.00
10.00
10.00

8.00

10.06

(Nos. 146-1493 150-151 in press).

Australian Ordovician cephalopods, Californian Pleis-
tocene Eulmidae, Volutidae, and Globotruncana in
Colombia.

PALAEFONTOGRAPHICA “AMERICANA
(Nos. 1- 5). 519 Jpop) fd" ‘pis,
Monographs of Arcas, Lutetia, rudistids and venerids.
LN @s= (G*82)s (O51 7 DY BRS WIS ooh os aki «jee Salat me a iessels

Heliophyllum halli, Tertiary turrids, Neocene Spondyli,

Paleozoie cephalopods, Tertiary Fasciolarias and
z Paleozole and Recent Hexactinellida.
(Nos. 13-25).

CONDENSED TABLE OF CONTENTS OF BULLETINS OF AMERICAN

PALEONTOLOGY AND PALEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA

Volume 1.

iil.

VIL.

XI.

XIII.
XIV.

x Vv.

XVL
XVII.
XVIII.
XIX.

BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY

(Nos. 1-5). 354 pp., 32 pls.
Mainly Tertiary Mollusca.
(Nos. 6-10). 347 pp., 23 pls.
Tertiary Mollusca and Foraminifera, Paleozoic faunas.
(Nos. 11-15). 402 pp., 29 pls.
Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Paleozoic sections and
faunas.
(Nos. 16-21). 161 pp., 26 pls.
Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Paleozoic sections and
faunas.
(Nos... 22-30). 487 pp., 68 pls.
Tertiary fossils mainly Santo Domingan, Mesozoic and
Paleozoic fossils.
(No. .31). 268 pp:, 59~pls.
Claibornian Eocene pelecypods.
(No. 32).- 730. pp., 99 pls.
Claibornian Eocene ~-scaphopods,
cephalopods.
(Nos. 33-36). 357 pp., 15 pls.
Mainly Tertiary. Mollusca.
(Nos. 37-39). 462 pp., 35 pls.
Tertiary Mollusca mainly from Costa Rica.
(Nos. 40-42). 382 pp., 54 pls.
Tertiary forams.and mollusks mainly from Trinidad
and Paleozoic fossils.
(Nos:: 43-46) \272>pp.l Ale piss re AEs Se ncaa UE eb eieelens een
Tertiary, Mesozoic and Paleozoic fossils mainly from
Venezuela.
(Nos. 47-48). 494 pp., 8 pls.
Venezuela and Trinidad forams and Mesozoie inverte-
brate bibliography.
(Nos. 49-50). -264 pp., 47 pls. ,
Venezuelan Tertiary Mollusca and Tertiary Mammalia.
(Nos. 51-54). 306 pp., 44 pls.
Mexican Tertiary forams and Tertiary mollusks of
Peru and Colombia.
(Nos. 55-58). 314 pp., 80 pls.
Mainly Ecuadoran, Peruvian and Mexican Tertiary
forams and mollusks and Paleozoic fossils.
(Nos. 59-61). 140 pp., 48> pls. ;
Venezuela and Trinidad Tertiary Mollusca.
(Nos. 62-63). 283 pp., 33. pls.
Peruvian Tertiary Mollusca.
(Nos, 64-67). 286 pp., 29 pls.
Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Cretaceous corals,
(No, 68). 272 pp., 24 pls.
Tertiary Paleontology, Peru.
(Nos. 69-70C). 266 pp., 26 pls.
Cretaceous and Tertiary Paleontology of Peru and
Cuba.
(Nos, 71-72): 321, pp., 12. pls.
Paleozoic Paleontology and Stratigraphy.

ae)

ee |

ee)

gastropods,

7.00

ee |

ee ee |
ee |
|
ee

ee |

BULLETINS

AMERICAN
PALEONTOLOGY

——_— *
VOL. XXXV
*
[ MUS. COMP. 200L
LIDRARY
NUMBER 150
JUL 3.0 1954
HARVARD
UNIVERSITY
1954 ae

Paleontological Research Institution
Ithaca, New York
U.S.A’

PALEONTOLOGICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTION

1953-54
PRESIDENT 2fsd oJhje of odd Oa Move todtayb orale W's Bip clei alsles orale ete id KENNETH E. CASTER
VICE-PRESIDENT -o 202s ie a ca Nada ee ee aba Ae ee ob lark tee wlerore W. Storrs CoLe
SECRETARY<“T REASURER. )\.5 Licioee Ue cusps ieleih state es ties» «, a\eierd io sigte © ReBecca S. HArrIs
PIRECTOR Ss. <5 ok 6 ee SA els cee Sees OKs Sie KATHERINE V. W. PALMER
COUNSEL) Te oo a ORCS Se sae a eis crease ore oes ARMAND. L. ADAMS
Trustees
KENNETH E. CASTER (1949-54) KATHERINE V. W. PALMER (Life)
W. Storrs Cote (1952-58) RALPH A. LIDDLE (1950-56)
RoussEAu H. FLoweErR (1950-55) AXEL A. OLsson (Life)
Repecca S. Harris (Life) NorMAN E. WEISBORD (1951-57)

SoLoMon C. HOLLisTER (1953-59)

BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY
and
PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA

KATHERINE V. W. PALMer, Editor
Lempr H. SINCEBAUGH, Secretary

Editorial Board
KENNETH E. CASTER G. WINSTON SINCLAIR

Complete titles and price list of separate available numbers may be
had on application. ‘All volumes available except Vols. I and III of
Bulletins and Vol. I of Palaeontographica Americana.

Paleontological Research Institution
109 Dearborn Place
Ithaca, New York
U.S.A.

BULLETINS
OF
AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY

Vol. 35

No. 150

EARLY ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPOD FAUNA FROM

NORTHWESTERN AUSTRALIA

Curt Teichert and Brian F, Glenister

University of Melbourne

July 21, 1954

Paleontological Research Institution
Ithaca, New York, U.S.A.

Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: GS 54-65

Printed in the United States of America

MUS. COMP. Z00L.
LIBRARY

JUL 30 195

HARVARD
UNIVERSITY

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

CAPSRTAT ES hs ee SRR BES ee en e e e O eoe ec 7
(TVR aay aR Cele Ce) 1 Oe es Bae ee gee oles gaia ar pte Oeste ae Ao 7
Occurrence and history of discovery ....... See ier eer oe sete ae eee cera 8
SEER SZ Tae) Mine ae steers ace se eicc echoes cc shee eR en, A a een ee cre 10
Previous Correlations: and, SOmMe) COLLECtIOIS) ceqcsce se ccsocu-ce seers aeeseee oncceeneeeeeeoeeeneeon ens 11
Sencraleaspectssot the cephalopod) Lavra se -2oceeenescee ee oe teee seco ese aceneee esses 13
Buatinit SUCCESSION ANG CORLEL AC OMS! seec cs cce. 0s teh aac occs nt cece ecncens eaeene tees caeesscceeecese 16
Relationships to other Australian cephalopod faunas ..........2.....2..-:-----e-escee0ee--=+ 23
Relationships and origin of Kimberley cephalopods ..........-2.22-.22.-----:-:e+20e-e0-0--=+ 24
Halve olutiony OL thes bnd oCeraticl ay tee ace eee eee cee 29
ienmmolopyaotuse ptalianeckarets ' 5s tet Seve = Aosta eae UE Se eee 31
sechniguevObsstuayilre Opaque” SCCtl OMS, eocscase= fos sacc eee oe oeecee ek coo ocr cseseeeeceeeteeesteeiee 35
Se She lated f1C we G ESC In pt 115 ue see ee ee rae cess Sere lcs eee eee et en a 37
arn lvarEsll eSIMeT.OCEG ALG ales b alyjaS LN eres recesses ne eee eee cease ea 37
Genus Loxochoanella Teichert and Glenister, n. gen. .....-.-......:.--:-000-0--- 37
Loxochoanella warburtoni Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. —-..........--....- 37)
Baran ECOLOGY ClOCeLatid ders ICot Ayia Sih peers et eee we aan ea eee eee 40
Genus Ectocycloceras Ulrich, Foerste, Miller, and Unklesbay .-............... 41
Ectocycloceras inflatum Teichert and Glenister, n. Sp. -........-...---:00+--0-=+ 4i
Genus Kyminoceras Teichert and Glenister, n. gen. —.........-..-.-.:ce:ceeeeeeeeee= 42
Kyminoceras forresti Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. .............-----:-c-c--+-+-0-0 43
Genus Diastoloceras Teichert and Glenister, n. gen. ..........-2:.-:-:--eeee-0--* 44
Diastoloceras perplexum TYeichert and Glenister, n. sp. ...---------------+----- 45
Haimilyebaltoceratidiae asobary, ashi sees ese n stot eee ee ee aee ee eee eee 46
Genus Hemichoanella Teichert and Glenister, n. gen. ..........-------s-ssee-0-200--" 46
Hemichoanella canningi Teichert and Glenister, n. Sp. ....--..2----0----00-0+ 47
Family Eothinoceratidae Ulrich, Foerste, Miller, and Unklesbay .~............... 48
Genus Eothinoceras Ulrich, Foerste, Miller, and Unklesbay ................-..--- 49
Eothinoceras maitlandi Yeichert and Glenister, n. fam. —...................- 49
Family Thylacoceratidae Teichert and Glenister, n. fam. ..............----:----- 51
Genuse iy acoceras Meichentmamd 1 Gilenisterssec-cess eee corres eee 52
Thylacoceras kimberleyense Teichert and Glenister _..................---.------ 52
Thylacoceras teretilobatum TYeichert and Glenister, n. sp. ........---------- 53
Genus Lebetoceras Teichert and Glenister, n. gem. ....-.....-------cssec-neeoee--eo-ee= 54
Lebetoceras oepiki Teichert and Glenister, n. Sp. .........-2..2--c2cceeeceeseeeee 54
Genus Notocycloceras Teichert and Glenister, n. gen. .........2-..:-:--:0-+-++ 56

Notocycloceras yurabiense Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. -........2.2.2.---0-.--- 56

Genus Ventroloboceras Teichert and Glenister, n. gen. —............--------.---- 57

Ventroloboceras furcillatum Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. ............---- 58
Family; Proterocameroceratidae) Kobayashi) -22c2c-.2-cesese- cee ne 58
Genus» Proterocameroceras: Ruedemannn 2 2ee eee 59
Proterocameroceras contrarium Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. ........ 59
Genus Azthoceras Ieichert and Glenister, n. gen. --.------ eee 62
Anthoceras decorum Teichert and Glenister, n. Sp. _............22--2.e------- 63
Family.Piloceratidae Muller <2...) sc2).ssseek nts aeecee ee 64
Genus Allopiloceras Wilnrichy and.) Poerstem es ee 64
Allopiloceras calamus Teichert and Glenister, n. Sp. .......----.-::---ses-e--s--- 64
FamulyaEndoceratidae, Fiyatt) <2 sec. cc cs reccce seiko eens 65
Genus’ iG@yrtendoceras Patrunky <2.222.25:5.-525 eee 65
Cyrtendoceras carnegiei Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. -......------20------- 67
Genus Lobendoceras Teichert and Glenister, n. gem. ............---.----cee-ccece-n- 69
Lobendoceras emanuclense Yeichert and Glenister, n. sp. —............--- 69
Genus Campendoceras YVeichert and Glenister, n. gen. ~.............-.---------- 70
Campendoceras gracile Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. -......-..--------2-00---+ 71
Genus'ets Sp pum dye 5 ees 8 we se ce 71
Family Bassleroceratidae Ulrich, Foerste, Miller and Unklesbay —........ 74+
Genus) Basslerocerasm Ulrich ands Roerste sss. see eee 74
Bassleroceras annulatum Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. —......-.-.--..- 74
FamulysVWestonoceratidae: Weichent.. ee 75
Genus A pocrinoceras Yeichert and Glenister, n. gen. ........-..--.-.------0-2-=-- 75
A pocrinoceras talboti Veichert and Glenister, n. Sp. -....-...------eese0e---- 76
Bamuly, Parphyceratidae tly atts... sere ee 77
Genus7Aphetocenas’ Wyatt” tec oe a nate 77
A phetoceras delectans Teichert and Glenister, n. Sp. -..--0......2:eeeeee--e-- Wik
Aphetoceras desertorum Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. -....-..-.---------- 80
Genus Aethoceras Teichert and Glenister, mn. gem. ~.-.-.--.---<----ceeccceneeeerereene $1
Aethoceras caurus Meichert and’ Glenister, n. sp. eee 82
Genus i stontoceras Noetling?..<-2-0...2< oe ee $3
Estontoceran spe 2s8 eS nes ek ee ee eee 83
Genus Py cr0 cenass EL y att oo cse ss ace atte costco teehee coe cece oes eae 84
Pycnoceras liratum Teichert and Glenister, n. Sp. ...........-...-c-c-0c-ce-- 84
Karmulys drocholitidae @hapmiainissecceee- esse ee 86
Genus Arkoceras Ulrich, Foerste, Miller and Furnish ................0......0..---- 86
Arkocenas “Spo. weasel Fea ee ee 2a oe en 86
Genus Hardmanoceras Weichert and) Glenister 2c eee ee 87
Hardmanoceras lobatum Teichert and Glenister ................-2...-.:-2000--------+ 87

Text figures

1. Geological sketch map of the Price’s Creek area with index map of
Western Australia in lower left hand corner. The undesignated creek
which traverses the outcrop area of the Emanuel limestone is Emanuel
Creek. (Map by courtesy of the Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geo-
lopvaman dan Geopnysies Ganbernai) jan ccs ckaccessesecees errsesaserenc ene are tee

2. Distribution diagram of the more important longiconic cephalopod
PenenarompthenenicesnCreekranreay te: eke ct Be ee ee

Pee LININOLOPyanOh use pt all MMEGKS) exe stece. te xcs cases cakes .cese ec eut venecs --2ucJacb bane suecuassozesoeces

4. Illustration of ectosiphuncular suture, consisting of a diagram of the
ventral surface of two camerae (shell removed) and four longitu-
dunalusections, Of thepsectosiphune| ence 2 ee te eo

Se eictosiphuncle. of Woxochkoanella warburtomt) 2.6 eeee esse

Gem BGtoSsIpHUncle Ole ACY 721710 CET AST ONT CSU eee ee

Pomctosiphunclevot 1astoloceriass Per pleriuny a. cee eee ee

Reectosiphuncle of Hemtcnoanella Canningy 22

DaPE CLOSIPHUNGlE TOE. CLO GET ASO DURE mn mre a merrier es en ee

10. Ectosiphuncle of Proterocameroceras CONtrAPIUM _....0..22--200ce20022-ee2eeeeen-e-

MPEP SULUTE OL PE OLEOCATLETOGET.AS CONETGATIILT o2.c:c eee eee

12. Anterior and posterior cross-sections of the holotype of Cyrtendoceras
GOGILEG UCTEE tere Te ee eM Wie Lohse bar ote bee Slee Re ree hae oe eae

Se OG OSS-SECLIONY OL VA PHCLOCENAS. ACLECLAISS tec. oes sete ne ee ee

ete GO LOSS=SeCtlONNOh eA PELO CCHS ee NCTLONICTIV ate ena eee eee

iS CLOSS-SECHOMEOL EA CLHO CENA SMe CAUIALS sae eee ee

MePmIBLOSS-SCELION OL WH SPOMLOCEI ES Spo ose yhecc eee cca 5 ke ace once

Wee @LOSS-SECtION es Ofei2y G70 GEnAS A IINGLIIT meee ee ee

eeeOEOSS-SECHION OLWAT ROGET ASASDS 1-2 ae eee ee ee

Tables

Stratigraphic units, faunal stages and time correlation of the Ordo-
vician in Price’s Creek area, W.A. (from Guppy and Opik, 1950) ....

Lie Distribution of the Price’s Creek nautilord taunia =.

84
86

1 PAL Rae Leas NC) ek ae Peet ceePeates ac bes ewnwees cates cecet Sune upiasnb ere sige eevee 93-112

EARLY ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPOD FAUNA FROM
NORTHWESTERN AUSTRALIA

Curt TEICHERT AND BRIAN F, GLENISTER*
ABSTRACT

_ A study of the rich Middle and Upper Canadian cephalopod fauna of the
Price’s Creek area forms the basis of the paper. Preservation in limestone has
permitted detailed microscopic study. The time span of the fauna coincides with
a critical period of rapid diversification of the nautiloid stock. The 26 new
species are distributed amongst 24 genera (14 new) and 12 families (1 new).
It is considered that the multiplicity of generic and familial categories in rela-
tion to the number of species is a true reflection of the explosive evolution of
the early Ordovician nautiloids.

Ten of the genera are found only in North America and Australia, 2 gen-
era are common to Europe and Australia, and 11 genera are indigenous. It is
believed from these facts that there was an intermingling of littoral faunas be-
tween North America and Western Australia by some route which by-passed
eastern Asia. Guyots may have served as an ecological bridge across the

Pacific.

The terminology of the ectosiphuncle is revised. The terms orthochoanitic,
suborthochoanitic, and holochoanitic are redefined, and the terms achoanitic,
loxochoanitic, hemichoanitic, subholochoanitic, macrochoanitic, and ectosiphun-

cular suture proposed.

INTRODUCTION

In 1950, Guppy and Opik published a brief note on the dis-
covery of Ordovician rocks in the Kimberley Division of Western
Australia. This announcement was momentous for two reasons. First,
the new occurrence was geographically remote from any previously
known outcrops of Ordovician rocks, the nearest being those of cen-
tral Australia, 400 miles to the southeast. Secondly, the newly dis-
covered section proved to be thick and fossiliferous and could be
expected to provide important faunal links between the Ordovician
of Australia and that of other parts of the world. The fossil collec-
tions made by geologists of the Bureau of Mineral Resources, Ge-
ology and Geophysics, contained many cephalopods which were sub-
mitted to us for study and description. The present paper presents
the first description of a major faunal unit from this new Ordovician
area and since Guppy and Opik’s publication is not easily accessible
outside Australia, we have thought it advisable to quote extensively
from its description of the locality and the section.

* U.S. Geological Survey, Denver, Colorado, and Iowa State University,
Iowa City, Iowa. Formerly University of Melbourne.

8 BULLETIN 150 154

OCCURRENCE AND HISTORY OF DISCOVERY

The Ordovician outcrops, which were discovered in 1949, cover
approximately 12 square miles in what is known as the Price’s Creek
area of Christmas Creek Station (see Text Fig. 1). This locality is
situated at 125°51’ E. long. and 18°42’ S. lat., about 180 miles east-
south-east of Derby and 40 miles on a bearing of 145° from Fitzroy
Crossing. It lies in the northeastern part of the Desert Basin, the
largest sedimentary basin along the western margin of the Australian
continent. Until 1949 it was generally believed that the oldest sedi-
ments in the Desert Basin were of Middle Devonian age (Teichert
1947a). Attention had been intermittently focused on this area by
geological parties since 1919, when traces of mineral oil were re-
ported in a shallow water well. As a result of this discovery five
bores ranging in depth from 90 to 1008 ft. were drilled during 1922

fo}

WH cs, ae

Quaternary Be Soils & Alluvium

Permian Grant Formation (Pq)

GF Mt. Pierre Groun (Dup)

Devonian

INN Pillara, Limestone (Dmp)

(KA Gap Creek Dolomite (0g)

Ordovician
Emanuel Limestone (Oe)

JOCAIITY

Fig. 1. Geological sketch map of the Price’s Creek area with index map of
Western Australia in lower right hand corner. The undesignated creek which
traverses the outcrop area of the Emanuel limestone is Emanuel Creek. (Map by
courtesy of the Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geology, and Geophysics, Can-
berra).

155 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: ‘TEICHERT & GLENISTER 9

and 1923; mineral oil was reported from four of the bores. The area
had been included in a geological map by E. T. Hardman as early as
1887, when the rocks were shown as Carboniferous. In 1924, A. Wade
reported on the same area, with a special view to the alleged oil
occurrence, and he retained the notion of the Carboniferous age of
the rocks concerned. Finally, a contour map of the Price’s Creek
area was provided with a more detailed geological report by Blatch-
ford (1927) who, however, likewise failed to notice the presence of
Ordovician fossils. From Blatchford’s collections Prendergast (1935)
described a plectambonitid brachiopod, Spanodonta hoskingiae, but
gave its age as Devonian.

Recognition of the widespread occurrence of Devonian rocks in
the Kimberley Division was due to the researches of L. V. Hosking
(1932) who worked on collections made by Blatchford and others
and demonstrated that most of the limestones shown as Carboni-
ferous on all previous geological maps were actually Devonian. This
was the age given to the rocks of the Price’s Creek area in a re-
vised map and detailed geological report printed as a company
report by Wade in 1936. Later visitors included field parties of
Caltex Australia Oil Development Pty. Ltd. in 1940, and of Vacuum
Oil Pty. Ltd. in 1947. These parties likewise failed to find Ordovician
fossils. For some years one of us (C. T.) suspected the presence of
pre-Devonian rocks in the area from a number of Eccyliopterus-
like gastropods in the Blatchford collections but failed to realize the
importance of the occurrence of Spanodonta; he never had an op-
portunity of visiting the area himself. Significant collections were
first made by D. J. Guppy and A. W. Lindner, in August 1949, while
engaged in a general survey of the Devonian rocks of the Kimberley
Division. The party was later joined by A. A. Opik, who collected
the bulk of the material which is now available.

At the end of 1949 all cephalopod specimens from these col-
lections were sent to the senior author who, assisted by J. M. Dick-
ins, made a preliminary survey of the material during 1950. Since
1951 the work has been carried on jointly by the authors of the
present paper, and some preliminary results were incorporated in an
earlier publication (Teichert and Glenister, 1952). In this paper the
authors described two new genera, T'hylacoceras and Hardmanoceras,
and gave preliminary identifications of a number of other genera.

10 BULLETIN 150 156

They determined the age of the bulk of the cephalopod material as
Middle and Upper Canadian. A more detailed study of the fauna,
based on a much larger number of thin sections, has led to a revision
of some of the preliminary identifications. When the study of the
initial collections had been all but completed, about 100 additional
specimens were sent to us by O. P. Singleton, of the University of
Western Australia, who visited the Price’s Creek area in 1952. Al-
though this material contained no new species, it contributed con-
siderably to our knowledge of a number of forms.

We are greatly indebted to all the individuals concerned, in-
cluding the Director of the Australian Bureau of Mineral Resources,
Geology and Geophysics, for making this unique material available
to us and for placing all relevant field data at our disposal. We also
wish to record our thanks to Dr. R. H. Flower who has freely dis-
cussed with us many problems in relation to this paper and who has
read and criticized the entire manuscript. We are indebted to the
University of Melbourne for a financial contribution towards the cost
of plates.

STRATIGRAPHY

The Ordovician sediments of the Price’s Creek area are 2450
feet thick. They constitute the Price’s Creek group (Guppy and
Opik, 1950) and are divided into two formations.

1. Emanuel limestone. This formation consists of 1670 ft. of
light-grey limestone and calcareous shale. The lowest fossiliferous
beds contain Obolus and hence are correlated by Guppy and Opik
with the Tremadocian and Ozarkian. Higher in the sequence X eno-
stegium appears, and still higher, limestones with a rich fauna of
asaphid and pliomerid trilobites, gastropods, and nautiloids, with in-
terbedded graptolite (dichograptid) horizons. The highest beds
contain a genus of telephid trilobites which continues into the over-
lying formation.

2. Gap Creek dolomite. This formation consists of 780 feet of
light-brown dolomite with narrow sandy bands. It contains an il-
laenid trilobite (Bumastus?) and the plectambonitid brachiopod
Spanodonta hoskingiae Prendergast.

Based on a preliminary analysis of the fossil collections, Guppy

157 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 11

and Opik distinguished five “faunal stages” in the Price’s Creek
Group as follows:

See Table I, page 12.

PREVIOUS CORRELATIONS AND SOME CORRECTIONS

Guppy and Opik correlated Stages II and III of the Emanuel
limestone with the Canadian, Stage IV with the Chazyan, and the
Gap Creek dolomite with the lower Trenton. The preliminary
study of the cephalopods led us to suggest some changes (Teichert
and Glenister, 1952). We correlated Stages II, III, and IV with the
Middle and Upper Canadian, and the Gap Creek dolomite with the
Chazyan. Our more detailed present studies have confirmed beyond
doubt the correlations of the Emanuel limestone above the Obolus
beds with the Middle and Upper Canadian, whereas the correlation
of Gap Creek dolomite has not been substantiated.

By 1952 we had noted the prevalence in our material of ortho-
conic nautiloids “with straight marginal siphuncles which range from
short orthochoanitic to full holochoanitic in structure and from eury-
siphonate to stenosiphonate in size.” It was stated that “most spe-
cies can be assigned to such genera as Endoceras, Baltoceras, Pro-
tobaltoceras, and Bactroceras.’ However, detailed microscopic study
of the siphuncular structure of these forms has since revealed that
the species to which reference was made are best accommodated in
new genera, which are described in the present paper.

Two additional genera which were wrongly identified and which
also have to be removed from the faunal list of the Emanuel lime-
stone are Cyptendoceras (erroneously spelled Cryptendoceras in our
1952 paper) and Rudolfoceras. The species which were believed to
represent these two genera have likewise turned out to belong to pre-
viously unknown generic groups.

Some of these taxonomic changes have helped to put the cor-
relation of Stages III and IV of the Emanuel limestone with the
Middle and Upper Canadian on a more secure basis, particularly the
removal of such genera as Endoceras, Bactroceras, and Baltoceras

158

BULLETIN 150

0S61 ‘¥IdQ pue Addny

UVIYIBZO
zeddy
wunibajsoua xy
*pLvdgoy}
-ajq Buipnpout spodos
uvipeuey | -ses jo wei9ued [RIZA—S spludese
‘sao equoydorlo[ [9g SPlO[ jo spiydei3
‘syuopouood ‘epoorlysQ J -QneN snudeZ -oyuvid
MON

“oBplzIMOg WeFTD
UBIZBYO | ‘eepiysoudsy ‘ovpyiswWoTtd

‘avuljaydusy ‘oepyydusy
splydofaL

ey)
‘spooviqzso ‘spodo14sed Jo
elauas [VIdA08 ‘8n/a7087
“(4 8njououaIq) Spligul
“Old (8njspung) snuanz)]

uoJUIIT, IIMOT

‘vs
JO UBIDIAOPIO
UIA UOIAL
-109-aully,
9A1}8ZUIT,

oBvquiassy [vuNney s[ISsOg 9U07

souenbeg [vuneg

“FOM ‘DadP Yaad) 820g Ut UMIMOPIC AYR fo UO’MJaLL0jJ—aWiT pun

I ATAVL

uves JOU aseg

8njoqo I
II
auo}sSoU'T
jonuewg
WUE dnoiy
49019
© d01lg
NVIDIAOGUO
aTOGIW
AI aNV¥ UaMOT

ayWojog

p]uop
-ounds
A yoolg dey

AZTULIOJUOOU (1)

NVINOAGG
QU0}SOUIN'T aTadIw
RIeI ld udddf)

SoBRyS

jeune sylugQ, o1ydeisyeis

sahnig qounng ‘snug aydpshijv.ig

159 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 13

which outside Australia seem to be restricted to beds of post-Cana-
dian age.!

The identification of an endoceroid from the Gap Creek dolo-
mite as Meniscoceras has been abandoned and this nautiloid now
affords no basis for an age determination of that formation.

GENERAL ASPECTS OF THE CEPHALOPOD FAUNA

In this chapter some of the more interesting and significant fea-
tures of the cephalopod fauna of the Price’s Creek group are sum-
marized. Subsequent chapters are devoted to the discussion of more
specialized aspects. With the exception of one indeterminate spe-
cies of Endoceratidae, all the cephalopods described in this paper
came from the Emanuel limestone. This fauna is of singular interest,
because no similar assemblage has been found anywhere else in Aus-
tralia or on the neighboring continent of Asia. In fact, it is most
nearly related to North American faunas, and these affinities will be
discussed in more detail below. At first glance the collections did not
appear promising, because many specimens were collected from
river gravel and others are firmly embedded in hard limestone, from
which they are difficult or impossible to free. However, preservation
in limestone permitted detailed study of microscopic structures in
thin sections, and it is possible that no single cephalopod fauna of
the same age has previously been studied so thoroughly with regard
to the structure of the septal necks and connecting rings. A wealth
of new information can thus be presented.

It was found that the span of this fauna coincides with a critical
period in the evolution of the cephalopods, during which holocho-
anitic septal necks developed from ellipochoanitic ones and eurysi-
phonate forms from stenosiphonate genera. Our material contains, at
first glance, a bewildering array of combinations of narrow and wide
siphuncles, and septal necks which range from achoanitic to
holochoanitic in structure. Variety is increased by the appearance
of annulated forms in which these characteristics may also be com-

Removal of Bactroceras from the faunal list of the Emanuel limestone does
not affect the occurrence of this genus in central Australia, where it is repre-
sented by Bactroceras gossei (Etheridge) (see Teichert and Glenister, 1952).
More recently, Glenister (1953) has recognized the genus in the Ordovician of
New South Wales.

14 BULLETIN 150 160

bined. Out of these observations arose the need for the more precise
terminology of septal necks which is described in a later chapter.

Regardless of length of septal necks, endocones began to appear
in forms in which the siphuncle had reached a certain critical size. If
the presence of endocones is regarded as a criterion of the Endocera-
tida, the Emanuel limestone contains the earliest known member of
that order, a new genus here described as Anthoceras.

Altogether the cephalopod fauna of the Emanuel limestone, as
here described, consists of 26 species, 2 of which have not been for-
mally named. All of the species are restricted to the Emanuel
limestone, and none of them has as yet been recognized from other
areas. hese 26 species belong to 24 genera, 14 of which are new (in-
cluding 2 genera described by us in 1952). The 24 genera in turn
are apportioned among 12 families, one of which is new.

The high proportion of generic and familial categories in rela-
tion to species may shock some readers. Authors who assign 26
species to 24 genera and 12 families must be prepared to face criti-
cism for excessive “splitting.” We have given much consideration
to this aspect, and in every single case the decision to establish a new
genus has been arrived at after mature deliberations and usually with
a considerable degree of reluctance. We have had no preconceived
ideas, observed facts have been our sole guide to interpretation, and
we are convinced that the multiplicity of our generic and familial
categories 1s an accurate expression of the evolutionary processes
which dominated the expansion of the cephalopods in the early Or-
dovician period. This aspect will be again taken up for treatment in
a later chapter.

In the following we propose to point out briefly the principal
features of the Emanuel limestone fauna which make it so uniquely
interesting to students of cephalopod evolution.

Four large orders of cephalopods are represented, the Ellesmero-
ceratida, the Endoceratida, the Discosorida, and the Tarphyceratida.
In addition we have a representative of the genus Bassleroceras
which Flower and Kummel (1950) made the type genus of an in-
dependent order, the Bassleroceratida. In our opinion the genera
included in this order may well be regarded as primitive members
of the Tarphyceratida.

161 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 15

In the Emanuel limestone the Ellesmeroceratida are represented
by the following families: Ellesmeroceratidae, Eothinoceratidae, Pro-
tocycloceratidae, Baltoceratidae, and possibly a new family Thyla-
coceratidae. The Ellesmeroceratidae and Baltoceratidae are each
represented by a new genus, Loxochoanella and Hemichoanella re-
spectively. The Eothinoceratidae are represented by a typical species
of Eothinoceras which has already been discussed by us in 1952. The
Protocycloceratidae are in an unsatisfactory taxonomic state and the
assignment of three genera from the Emanuel limestone to this group
implies no more than general similarity to genera which have else-
where been assigned to this family. The new family Thylacoceratidae
has relationships both to the Ellesmeroceratidae and to the Endocer-
atidae and will be discussed in more detail below.

The Endoceratida are represented mostly by genera exhibiting
primitive structures of this order. The Proterocameroceratidae (as
defined by Flower, 1946) are represented by a form which we have
referred to Proterocameroceras and which, even if it should be trans-
ferred to another genus, will remain in that family. In this family we
also place Anthoceras, an annulate form with hemichoanitic septal
necks (see chapter on terminology of septal necks). The Pilocera-
tidae are represented by the genus Adlopiloceras, and the Endocera-
tidae by the straight genus, Lobendoceras, and two curved ones, Cyr-
tendoceras and Campendoceras.

Of particular interest is, furthermore, the occurrence of one new
genus which appears to represent an early form of the Discosorida.
Until recently this order was known only from beds of Black River
and younger age, and extended into the Silurian. However, in 1940
Flower recognized Ruedemannoceras of the Chazyan as a primitive
member of this group, and in 1952 we described a much larger and
more advanced discosorid, Madiganella, from approximately Chaz-
yan equivalents in central Australia. Pre-Chazyan discosorids may
be expected to exhibit discosorid features in a more primitive state.
Siphuncles should be smaller, and the connecting ring, though show-
ing typical discosorid thickening, should be thinner than in later dis-
cosorids. The new genus Apocrinoceras possesses such features. It
may represent a new family, but is, for the time being, regarded as
an early westonoceratid.

16 BULLETIN 150 162

Both families of the Tarphyceratida, the Tarphyceratidae as
well as the Trocholitidae, are represented. In these families we have
the genera Aphetoceras, Pycnoceras and Arkoceras, previously
known from North America, as well as one European genus, Estoni-
oceras, and two indigenous forms, Hardmanoceras, a trocholitid, and
the tarphyceratid Aethoceras, the earliest known torticone (“tro-
choceroid”’).

While all the species described in this report are indigenous to
the Price’s Creek area of Western Australia, an analysis of the 24
genera reveals that 8 have not been recorded previously from outside
North America. Of the 14 new genera described in this report, Dr.
Flower reports that he has recognized two among material, as yet
undescribed, from North America. This brings the total of genera
common to the Ordovician of North America and Western Australia
to 10. Twelve genera are thus far restricted to Western Australia,
and only two have previously been known from Europe alone. These
relationships will be considered in more detail below.

FAUNAL SUCCESSION AND CORRELATIONS

The present study was begun without detailed knowledge of
field relationships and of vertical distribution of the species. Since a
great many field numbers had been given to the specimens, it was
assumed that specimens had been collected from narrow strati-
graphical intervals. When we began to realize that the material might
contain evolutionary series, particularly with regard to the develop-
ment of septal necks and connecting rings, the exact succession of
the species became of considerable importance. It was then that we
learned with regret that owing to lack of time, sickness, and other
unforeseen circumstances, only a rough stratigraphical grouping of
the collections had been attempted in the field, and that loose speci-
mens from the bed of Emanuel Creek had not been kept apart from
material collected in situ. Since the Ordovician rocks in Emanuel
Creek dip upstream there is thus a possibility of contamination of
the collections downward in the section, but not vice versa. Atten-
tion will be paid in the following discussion to this condition.

163 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 17

A glance at Table 2 shows that collections from up to several
hundred feet of strata have been mixed. Fortunately, the two most
important and interesting assemblages have been defined within
more narrow limits. These are the assemblages numbered NL 17
from beds 355 to 460 feet above the base of the Emanuel limestone
and the one numbered NL 20E from the lower portion of that part
of the section which lies between 1065 and 1170 feet.

In the following we shall discuss the distribution of the cephalo-
pods in more detail. For the convenience of the reader, family rela-
tionships are given and repeated frequently in this discussion.

The lower 355 feet of the Emanuel limestone do not appear to
contain cephalopods. Most or probably all of this part of the section
represents Guppy and Opik’s “Stage I,” which these authors cor-
related with the “Ozarkian.”

From beds between 355 and 460 feet, which represent Guppy
and Opik’s “Stage II,” the following species have been identified:

Family Protocycloceratidae
Kyminoceras forresti, n.gen., n.sp.
Family Eothinoceratidae
Eothinoceras maitlandi n.sp.
Family Thylacoceratidae, n.fam.
Lebetoceras oepiki, n.gen., n.sp.
Family Proterocameroceratidae
Anthoceras decorum, n.gen., n.sp.
Family Trocholitidae
Arkoceras sp.
This is an assemblage of extraordinary interest. There are five spe-
cies representing five genera (three of them new) and five families
(one of them new). Of these species, Kyminoceras forresti, Eothino-
ceras maitlandi, and Arkoceras sp. have not been found at higher
stratigraphical levels and are, therefore, least likely to be contamina-
tions from above. Fothinoceras maitlandi is considered to be the
most important find, because it represents a genus which is so far
known only from the Middle Canadian Rochdale limestone of New
York State, where it is represented by Fothinoceras americanum

Ulrich, Foerste, Miller and Unklesbay (1944).

Table 2. Distribution of the Price’s Creek nautiloid fauna. Stages II-IV are in the Emanuel —
limestone, and Stage V represents the basal beds of the Gap Creek dolomite. A cross —

BULLETIN 150

marks the stratigraphic position of the holotype of each species.

Age

Stages of Guppy & Opik (1950)

University of W. A. lotalities

Bureau Min. Resources localities

Feet above base of section

Loxochoanella warburtoni

Ectocyloceras inflatum

Kyminoceras forresti

OCC) CONC NCE CCUG)

Diastoloceras perplexum
Hemichoanella canningi

Eothinoceras maitlandi

eee ee wwe

CHOCO) OCC hac)

Thylacoceras kimberleyense
Thylacoceras teretilobatum
Lebetoceras oepiki .......

Notocycloceras yurabiense

Ventroloboceras furcillatum

Proterocameroceras contrarium ..,

Anthoceras decorum

Campendoceras gracile

Allopiloceras calamus

Cyrtendoceras carnegiei

Lobendoceras emanuelense .

Endoceratidae gen. et sp. ind,

Bassleroceras annulatum

Apocrinoceras talboti .

Aphetoceras delectans

Aphetoceras desertorum ..

Aethoceras caurus

Ceca i

Estonioceras sp.

Pycnoceras liratum

Arkoceras sp.

ee ee eee

Hardmanoceras lobatum

CeO RCC eK

SeCP ORO Cece Or Cie

M.
Can.

II
El

NL17

355-
460

E10

NL20D | NL20E | NH145 | NL20F | NH141 | NH142 4)

460-
1065

Upper
Canadian

GOI
Ell

1065

-1170

164

2 Chazyan

1245- 1670-1840

1510

165 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 19

bd
ww
w=
= Lrdoceratidae
= = 1840! gen. rae?
° >
a es W //
a0 > WY)
<a 2
Bes ie Key)
1670!
N
? x
- No Cephalopods
Q
1510! a
LS
aS
ta] SS
NS
= S
we S
2 Qa
1245! f =
i~< XQ —> ua
No Cephalopods
170! I
Loxochoanella Hemichoanella Proterocamerocenas Lobengoceras 4 Cyrtendoceras Campendoperas
1
: Aq a1N Sy, 4
ae \ /
= 1065! SY) \ | y | ~
oO T ———
e x suture
Ss x |
” cS Q. |
~
a . - Thylacoceras Ventroloboceras
zi x x
= ss N |
=I NN S \
GS S \ ——
o Ss x ee rey suture
opt suture
3 .————- NX s
» ee x \
ve) \
x \
~ AN S ‘
a 5 8 \ Notocycloceras
=) x = =
\ ly \
z — KR LH aL ARC HOMOREB RA /MLED TARE:
< N = }
= 460! “ Ss =|
fLothinoceras AY DINO RL AS Anthoceras
w |

LA =

See
LZ

Sta
w
won
wn

| aS

Stage

Fig. 2. Distribution diagram of the more
genera from the Price’s Creek area.

Wo Ceph2rlopods

important longiconic cephalopod

20 BULLETIN 150 =i = 166

According to unpublished observations by Dr. R. H. Flower,
Kyminoceras occurs in the Upper Canadian part of the El Paso lime-
stone of southern New Mexico. Dr. Flower also informed us that he
recognized Anthoceras from as yet undescribed material from the
Upper Canadian Luke Hill formation at Philipsburg, Quebec, and
one of us has been able to verify this identification by studying one
of the specimens identified by Dr. Flower.

Arkoceras has, in North America, been reported from both Up-
per and Middle Canadian rocks. Arkoceras exiguum Ulrich, Foerste,
Miller and Furnish (1942) occurs in the Smithville formation of
Arkansas, which these authors regard as Upper Canadian. An un-
named form, Arkoceras sp., has been described from the Naylor
Ledge limestone of southern Quebec, which Flower (oral communi-
cation) believes may be as old as Middle Canadian.

Thus, the assemblage from between 355 and 460 feet contains
genera which in North America are either Middle Canadian (Eothin-
oceras) or Upper Canadian (Kyminoceras, Anthoceras) or occur in
both (Arkoceras). Lebetoceras has not yet been recognized outside
Australia. Of these genera Anthoceras and Lebetoceras could be
contaminations from higher beds.

In the absence of more detailed information on the stratigraphic
occurrence of the species in this particular interval, it may be as-
sumed that we are here concerned with transition beds between the
Middle and Upper Canadian. The scale is perhaps weighed slightly
more heavily on the side of Middle Canadian because of the high
value for correlation which is ascribed to the genus Eothinoceras.

Above 460 ft. begins Guppy and Opik’s “Stage III” which is
710 ft. thick. The lower 605 feet, from 460 to 1065 ft., are not yet
particularly rich in cephalopods, although more species occur than in
“Stage II.” The following species have been identified from the
stratigraphic interval between 460 and 1065 ft.

Family Thylacoceratidae
Lebetoceras oepiki, n.gen., n.sp.
Notocycloceras yurabiense, n.gen., n.sp.
Thylacoceras kimberleyense Teichert and Glenister
Ventroloboceras furcillatum, n.gen., n.sp.
Family Proterocameroceratidae
Anthoceras decorum, n.gen., n.sp.
Family Tarphyceratidae
A phetoceras delectans, n.sp.
Estonioceras sp.

167 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 21

Anthoceras decorum comes up from “Stage II,” where its oc-
currence may or may not be the result of downstream transportation.
Aphetoceras delectans continues into the next higher group of
beds, where it is associated with two additional species of the same
genus. The occurrence at the 460 to 1065 ft. interval may, therefore,
be due to downstream transportation, but this is not certain. Outside
Australia, Tarphyceratidae are most common in the Upper Cana-
dian, and it seems possible that the lower part of “Stage III” be-
longs to the early Upper Canadian, although a late Middle Canadian
age would not appear impossible. The most important group in this
assemblage seems to be the Thylacoceratidae. This family com-
prises a group of genera with narrow marginal siphuncles and long
septal necks and has affinities with both the Ellesmeroceratida and
the Endoceratida. It is probably most closely related to the former,

representing a specialized branch which approaches the Endoceratida
in certain characteristics.

The most important assemblage of cephalopods is found in the
beds just above 1065 ft. and probably not higher than 1100 to 1120
ft. This comprises the following species:

Family Protocycloceratidae
Diastoloceras perplexum, n.gen., n.sp.
Ectocycloceras inflatum, n.sp.
Family Ellesmeroceratidae
Loxochoanella warburtoni, n.gen., n.sp.
Family Baltoceratidae
Hemichoanella canningi, n.gen., n.sp.
Family Thylacoceratidae, n.fam.
Notocycloceras yurabiense, n.gen., n.sp.
Thylacoceras kimberleyense Teichert and Glenister
T. teretilobatum, n.sp.
Family Proterocameroceratidae
Protocameroceras contrarium, n.sp.
Family Piloceratidae
Allopiloceras calamus, n.sp.
Family Endoceratidae
Lobendoceras emanuelense, n.gen., n.sp.
Campendoceras gracile, n.gen., n.sp.
Family Bassleroceratidae
Bassleroceras annulatum, n.sp.
Family Westonoceratidae
A pocrinoceras talboti, n.gen., n.sp.
Family Tarphyceratidae

22 BULLETIN 150 168

A phetoceras delectans, n.sp.
A. desertorum, n.sp.
Aethoceras caurus, n.gen., n.sp.
Pycnoceras liratum, n.sp.
Family Trocholitidae
Hardmanoceras lobatum Yeichert and Glenister

This is a varied and interesting fauna in which the Upper Canadian
element is unmistakable, due to the presence of such genera as Pro-
terocameroceras, Allopiloceras, Bassleroceras, Aphetoceras and Pyc-
noceras, none of which has ever before been reported outside the Up-
per Canadian of North America.”

Since only two of the species listed above have been found in
collections made from the upper part of the interval between 1065
and 1170 ft., it is concluded that practically the entire assemblage
occurs im situ at a level not far above 1065 ft. Particularly note-
worthy in this Upper Canadian fauna is the appearance of the first
truly holochoanitic endoceratid, Lobendoceras emanuelense. Of par-
ticular interest are also the occurrences of typical ellesmeroceratids
and baltoceratids, and the survival in strength of the Thylacocera-
tidae. Not less interesting is the appearance of what seems to be the
earliest known discosorid, Apocrinoceras. Among the Tarphycera-
tidae, Aethoceras, the earliest known torticone is especially note-
worthy.

In short, this fauna combines, in the most interesting way, sur-
vivors of more primitive ellesmeroceroid stocks with more modern
endoceratids, tarphyceratids, trocholitids (Hardmanoceras), and
forerunners of the still later discosorids.

Towards the top of the 1065-1170 ft. interval, cephalopods be-
come quite rare. Hemichoanella canningi and Notocycloceras yura-
biense seem to continue from the lower beds, and the only new ar-
rival is Cyrtendoceras carnegiet, a holochoanitic curved endoceratid
of European affinities. Species which may be expected to occur, be-
cause they have been found again above 1170 ft., are Lebetoceras
oeptki and Hardmanoceras lobatum. The former species, however, is
also absent from the rich horizons just above 1065 feet, and it is not
impossible that its occurrence in the lower part of the section (be-

“Poulsen (1952) has recently reported Proterocameroceras from the Upper
Canadian of East Greenland and from the Durness limestone of Scotland. Both
these occurrences are from within the North Atlantic Ordovician faunal
province.

169 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 23

tween 355 and 1065 ft.) is in river pebbles only. Both species occur
in the interval between 1245-1510 ft., just below the top of the
Emanuel limestone. This is part, or all, of Stage [V in the succession
of Guppy and Opik, and indications are that this stage is still part
of the Upper Canadian. Cyrtendoceras indicates a younger age, but
the only available specimen of Cyrtendoceras carnegiet could have
been transplanted downstream from higher beds.

None of the species of the Emanuel limestone continue into the
overlying Gap Creek dolomite (Stage V of Guppy and Opik) which
has only yielded some unidentifiable fragments of an endoceratid
and cannot, therefore, be dated on cephalopod evidence.

Our conclusions are thus only slightly at variance with the
preliminary findings of Guppy and Opik, who regarded Stage IV as
Chazyan and the Gap Creek dolomite as Lower Trenton. If the latter
correlation is confirmed, the possibility of a break in the sequence
between the Emanuel limestone and the Gap Creek dolomite, repre-
senting at least part of the Chazyan-Black River interval, should be
investigated in the field.

RELATIONSHIPS TO OTHER AUSTRALIAN
CEPHALOPOD FAUNAS

Among described cephalopod faunas from Australia, only the
one from Adamsfield in Tasmania is definitely known to be of the
same age as the Emanuel limestone fauna.

It is peculiar that the two faunas have nothing in common
(Teichert, 1947; Teichert and Glenister, 1952). At Adamsfield the
east Asiatic element is characteristically represented by Manchuro-
ceras and is associated with both American (Piloceras) and Euro-
pean (Suecoceras) elersents. Piloceras must have come to Tasmania
by the north Pacific route, by-passing east Asia. The fact that no
element of the east Asiatic fauna reached Western Australia is dif-
ficult to explain. The answer may be found in southeast Asia, where
Ordovician faunas are poorly known. It is possible that contempo-
raneous faunas also occur in Queensland, but these have not yet been
described.

All other Tasmanian cephalopod faunas seem to belong to
younger divisions of the Ordovician and the Silurian (Teichert and

Glenister, 1953).

24 BULLETIN 150 170

There is insufficient stratigraphical information available re-
garding the cephalopod faunas of central Australia to allow a corre-
lation of faunas from different localities, and their generic composi-
tion has only been briefly surveyed (Teichert and Glenister, 1952).
On the whole the fauna is most similar to that of the Baltic Ortho-
ceras limestone, as evidenced by the association of large species of
Endoceras with Catorapliceras, Baltoceras, Bactroceras, and the
slightly older Bathmoceras. A younger element is suggested by the
presence of Cyclendoceras and Armenoceras. The presence of an
unidentifiable genus of the Tarphyceratidae may indicate an older
fauna, possibly contemporaneous with the fauna from the upper
part of the Emanuel limestone. However, no close faunal links are
known between the cephalopods of central Australia and those of
the Price’s Creek area.

From general considerations of the Ordovician palaeogeography
of Australia it seems most likely that an Ordovician sea connected
the general vicinity of the present Desert Basin, of which the Price’s
Creek occurrence forms part, with the area of deposition of the Lara-
pintine formation in central Australia. Such a “Central Australian
Geosyncline” was first postulated by Hills (1945) and has now
been strongly confirmed. The clarification of the faunal relationships
within this area of sedimentation must await more accurate strati-
graphic collecting in all its parts.

RELATIONSHIPS AND ORIGIN OF KIMBERLEY
CEPHALOPODS

It is intended in this chapter to consider in more detail the rela-
tionships of the Kimberley cephalopods and to present some con-
clusions as to their origin. As has been pointed out above, the fauna
of the Emanuel limestone has no equivalent elsewhere in Australia.
All its species are new, and none of them has, so far, been recog-
nized in other areas. For the present, therefore, this fauna must be
regarded as indigenous as far as species are concerned.

Considering the generic composition, some of the most inter-
esting facts have already been briefly mentioned, and this chapter
will be devoted mainly to a more detailed analysis of the genera
and their affinities.

—
a |
—

AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: ‘TEICHERT & GLENISTER 25

It will have been noted that, in the previous chapter, much em-
phasis was placed, for purposes of correlation, on the occurrence of
certain genera. As a rule this is not good practice, because it is a
well-known fact that genera may persist for different time intervals
in different areas, and any genus may survive in isolated localities
long beyond the acme of its existence elsewhere. However, we will
attempt to show that special consideration in this respect must be
given to the early Ordovician cephalopods.

The early Ordovician was a time of explosive or eruptive evolu-
tion of the cephalopod stock when, presumably due to an accelerated
mutation rate, a number of basically new structural types developed
in rapid succession and within a short space of time. Variation in the
following morphological features is marked:

(1) Septal necks: Closely related forms exhibit wide variability
in regard to the length of the septal necks. The range is from achoan-
itic through orthochoanitic, loxochoanitic, hemichoanitic, subholo-
choanitic and holochoanitic, to macrochoanitic (see chapter on
terminology of septal necks).

(2) Size of siphuncle: A general tendency towards increase
in the diameter of the siphuncle in proportion to the diameter of the
shell culminates with the appearance of endoceratid forms.

(3) Connecting rings: The tendency is towards the thickening
of the connecting rings and differentiation of it into layers.

(4) Shell form: Annulate shells occur together with smooth
ones, and curved shells occur together with straight ones.

All these features are found in a considerable number of com-
binations, and all of our straight or nearly straight genera differ
from each other in differences of combination of the above-men-
tioned characteristics.

Thus variations in the length of septal necks, complicated by
variable shell features and sutures, are found among stenosiphonate
forms (Thylacoceratidae) as well as more eurysiphonate groups
( Proterocameroceratidae, Endoceratidae). Complexity of the con-
necting rings is not dependent on the length of septal necks, since
complex rings may be present in subholochoanitic forms.

Combination and recombination of such transient characters,
each of which is itself only a step in a series of changing morphologi-
cal trends, must result in the appearance of short-lived biological

26 BULLETIN 150 172

forms which nevertheless are sharply distinguished and easily recog-
nizable by means of well-defined morphological features. It is not
likely that such types existed, as a rule, for long periods. It seems
more likely that they would be extremely short-lived. Also, it is un-
likely that such accidental combinations of rapidly developing mor-
phological stages would be duplicated in different lineages in geo-
graphically separated populations. If such types are found in areas
which are now widely apart, it is to be assumed that they repre-
sent derivatives from the same parent stock, even if differences on
the specific level do exist.

The Emanuel Creek fauna contains a number of cephalopod
genera which possess such a combination of specialized characters
and which have never previously been reported outside North
America. In the following we shall discuss these genera in detail,
because a thorough understanding of their structures will result in
far-reaching palaeogeographical conclusions. The genera which we
propose to discuss and which are common to Australia and North
America and to no other region are: Eothinoceras, Kyminoceras,
Anthoceras, Arkoceras, Ectocycloceras, Proterocameroceras, Allopil-
oceras, Bassleroceras, Aphetoceras, and Pycnoceras.

Eothinoceras maitlandi, which occurs in the lowest cephalopod-
bearing beds, agrees so closely with Eothinoceras americanum that
it has only been described as a new species because the American
form is not well enough known for the likeness of all shell features
to be confirmed. The unique feature of this genus is its internally
thickened connecting ring, forming a ridge with a V-shaped cross-
section. Among Canadian faunas the genus is unique and its connect-
ing ring is not of a type one would expect to develop in homo-
chronous homeomorphs. It is true that Cyrtocerina of the later
Ordovician has connecting rings which closely resemble those of
Eothinoceras. Whether Cyrtocerina is a descendant of Eothinoceras
has yet to be determined, but it would strain the imagination less to
make this assumption than to assume that such a structure could
evolve again at another time. We believe, therefore, that the Ameri-
can and the Australian species of Eothinoceras came from the same
genetic stock,

Anthoceras has recently been recognized by R. H. Flower in the

173 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 27

Upper Canadian Luke Hill formation at Philipsburg, Quebec. De-
tailed comparisons cannot be made until this occurrence has been de-
scribed. This genus presents the following unusual combination of
features: annulate shell, hemichoanitic septal necks, and well-de-
veloped endocones. Flower has furthermore recognized K yminoceras
low in the Upper Canadian portion of the El Paso limestone of
southern New Mexico. Kyminoceras is a protocycloceratid with an-
nulate shell, narrow marginal siphuncle, short septal necks, and sim-
ple connecting rings.

Proterocamzroceras combines short septal necks which bifurcate
towards their cdges, appearing pronged in cross-section, with com-
plex connecting rings, and endocones. The Australian species dif-
fers in details of the suture but internally is identical with the
American type species. Proterocameroceras occurs in the Upper Ca-
nadian of New York and has recently been reported by Poulsen
(1952) from rocks of the same age in northeast Greenland and from
the Durness limestone of Scotland. It is thus a genus which, outside
Australia, is restricted to the Appalachian-North Atlantic province
and is not found in the European-Baltic province.

The case of Allopiloceras is an interesting one. This is a straight,
or nearly straight, piloceroid with close affinities to the Manchuro-
ceratidae. The latter are a prolific group in the Canadian of Man-
churia and Korea but do not number Allopiloceras among them in
that area. Allopiloceras is widely distributed in the Upper Canadian
of North America, where it may represent a connecting link with the
cyrtoconic Piloceratidae. It never seems to have reached eastern
Asia and its occurrence in Western Australia is most unexpected.

Bassleroceras 1s widely distributed in eastern and midwestern
North America (Ulrich, Foerste, Miller and Unklesbay, 1944). It is
characterized by a most unusual combination of features, namely
exogastric condition and small marginal siphuncle, compressed cross-
section, and broad lateral lobes in the sutures. Weak annulations
characterize the Australian species as a regional variant of the Amer-
ican stock, all the members of which have smooth shells.

Arkoceras is the only genus of Trocholitidae with subcircular
cross-section, lacking a dorsally impressed zone. The latter is also
absent in Wichitoceras, but this genus has a strongly compressed
whorl-section. The only two American occurrences of Arkoceras are

28 BULLETIN 150 174

from Upper Canadian rocks in Arkansas and Quebec. Perhaps the
features of this genus are not so uniquely diagnostic, but its occur-
rences are significant.

Among the Tarphyceratidae, Aphetoceras and Pycnoceras
represent somewhat intergrading forms. The former genus is set apart
by its open coiling. In North America it occurs widely in the Upper
Canadian, from Newfoundland to Arkansas. The Australian species
agree in all respects, except that they are more strongly annulate.
Pycnoceras is a more generalized form to which perhaps less weight
should be attached. It has a weakly developed impressed dorsal zone.

In conclusion, we can state that nearly one-half of the cephalo-
pod species of the Emanuel limestone fauna belongs to more or less
specialized genera which elsewhere are known only from the North
American Ordovician province. Not a single purely eastern Asiatic
genus occurs in the Emanuel limestone.

The question of the relationships of the Western Australian and
North American Ordovician faunas is, therefore, an exceedingly in-
teresting one. It is clear that there must have been an exchange and
intermingling of faunas between the two areas along a route which
by-passed eastern Asia, and it is suggested that the only available
route was across the Pacific Ocean. Since littoral faunas cannot cross
a vast ocean barrier, it is necessary to assume a different palaeogeo-
graphy of the Pacific in the Ordovician. Gregory (1930) assumed
extensive vertical movements in the Pacific during the geological
past, and the existence of large Pacific land masses during various
times in the Paleozoic. Ruedemann (1929) earlier postulated the
existence of a Pacific Ocean in Ordovician time, basing his conclu-
sions on the presence in Australia and North America of certain
specialized graptolite genera, such as Oncograptus and Cardiograp-
tus. It is possible that both these authors were right.

The obvious fact of an interchange of littoral faunas between
Australia and North America, as discussed above, leads us to postu-
late the existence of at least a sufficient number of stepping stones
by which these faunas could have crossed over. Numbers of con-
veniently spaced islands would serve this purpose.

In this connection, it is possible to refer to Hess’ original sug-
gestion of a Precambrian age of the Pacific guyots (Hess, 1946).

175 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 29

These submarine sea mounts, which are being discovered in increas-
ing numbers, were at first thought to represent Precambrian vol-
canoes which were eroded and later submerged in the early Paleozoic.
As far as is known at present, the number and distribution of the
guyots may be sufficient to account for a migration of littoral
faunas across the North Pacific at any time at which they might
have appeared as islands above sea level (see Teichert, 1953).

More recently a younger age of the guyots has been favoured
by Hamilton (1951, 1952) because Cretaceous and Tertiary fossils
have been dredged from the platforms of some of them. However, it
may be said that the occurrence of Cretaceous and Tertiary shallow
water fossils on the sea mounts suggests nothing more than that they
were then covered by less water than now. It does not give a clue of
the age of the mounts themselves. The necessity to postulate an eco-
logical bridge across the Pacific in Ordovician times may lead to re-
newed consideration of Hess’ original estimate of an older age of the
guyots.

EARLY EVOLUTION OF THE ENDOCERATIDA

The order Endoceratida comprises cephalopods with shells
which are generally straight and have large marginal siphuncles
containing endocones. Advanced genera are holochoanitic, but early
members have orthochoanitic or hemichoanitic septal necks. The
first Endoceratida appear in the Middle Canadian, both in North
America and in Western Australia. Their necks vary from achoanitic
to subholochoanitic and they have straight shells which may be
either smooth or annulate. To this group belong species of Antho-
ceras, Clitendoceras, and Paraendoceras which are at present in-
cluded in the Proterocameroceratidae.

Endoceroids become more numerous in the Upper Canadian.
Proterocameroceras is a specialized member of the order. It is large,
has split septal necks and complex connecting rings, and is on the
whole not a typical representative of the family to which it gives its
name. The family Endoceratidae is characterized by holochoanitic
septal necks. Dr. Flower informs us that no representatives of this
family are as yet known from the Upper Canadian of North America.
In Western Australia, however, at least one holochoanitic form (Cyr-
tendoceras) appears in an assemblage of Upper Canadian age, and

30 BULLETIN 150 176

there are two subholochoanitic genera associated with it, namely
Lobendoceras and Campendoceras. All of these genera we include in
the Endoceratidae, although Lobendoceras and Campendoceras are
undoubtedly transitional between that family and the Proterocamer-
oceratidae.

It is reasonable to suppose that the Endoceratida developed
from cephalopods with smaller marginal siphuncles in which no en-
docones were developed. Endocones served the purpose of filling
that space in the siphuncular lumen which was no longer occupied
by the siphuncular organ. At the same time the added weight of the
endocone deposits must have countered the buoyancy of the shell
and thus helped to maintain the balance of the cephalopod animal.
The formation of endocones is, thus, to a certain extent, a function
of the size of the siphuncle. In the evolutionary history of the En-
doceratida, endocones may be presumed to have appeared at a stage
when the siphuncle had reached a certain critical size. The pre-
endoceratids must have possessed straight shells, with marginal
siphuncles which were smaller than those of typical endoceratids
and which may also have had a tendency towards hemichoanitic and
holochoanitic structure.

Genera in which such features are combined are found among
two families, viz. the Baltoceratidae and the Thylacoceratidae. In
both families the shells are straight or gently curved. The Balto-
ceratidae generally have rather large marginal siphuncles with ortho-
choanitic to hemichoanitic septal necks; the Thylacoceratidae have
smaller marginal siphuncles with septal necks which tend to become
holochoanitic. The taxonomic position of Baltoceras and its allies has
been discussed. Holm (1897) and Schindewolf (1942) have main-
tained the endoceratid affinities of the genus, whereas Flower (1947)
has insisted on its ellesmeroceratid relationships. Since the Balto-
ceratidae have wide siphuncles and yet no endocones, we agree with
Flower and with Flower and Kummel (1950) that they should not
be included in the Endoceratida. The Thylacoceratidae on the other
hand have siphuncles of endoceratid appearance which are too small
for endocones to have developed in them. When we first studied the
type genus Thylacoceras (Teichert and Glenister, 1952) we included
it in the Endoceratidae, but we now consider that this genus and the
entire family Thylacoceratidae should not be included in the order

ry7, AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 31

related. We consider that the Thylacoceratidae of the Emanuel lime-
stone represent a conservative stock from which the true endocera-
tids branched off early in, or perhaps immediately prior to, the Mid-
dle Canadian. The Thylacoceratidae may be regarded as an early
Canadian offshoot of the Ellesmeroceratida, specializing in the di-
rection of marginal siphuncles and elongation of the septal necks. We
regard them as more truly intermediate between the Ellesmerocera-
tida and Endoceratida than the Baltoceratidae, because the latter,
while specializing in marginal siphuncles, and partly also in increased
size of siphuncles, did not develop the long septal necks which are a
typically endoceratid feature.

The Thylacoceratidae and early Proterocameroceratidae seem
to appear together in the lower part of the Emanuel limestone. It is
to be hoped that more accurate palaeontological zoning on the basis
of more exact stratigraphic collecting will be possible in the future,
and that more light will thereby be thrown on the relationships be-
tween these two families. It is not impossible that the answer to the
question as to the origin of the Endoceratida lies buried in the Eman-
uel limestone of Western Australia. Also, future zoning should help
to establish important trends within the Endoceratida. Hemichoani-
tic Anthoceras is most probably the oldest genus. Subholochoanitic
and holochoanitic Endoceratidae occur 600 to 700 feet higher in the
section, but we have little knowledge of the intermediate faunas
among which the Thylacoceratidae seem to dominate. While all
these endoceroids have simple conical endocones with circular cross-
section, more specialized forms with depressed endocones occur an-
other 600 feet higher in the section. But again we have no knowl-
edge of forms from the beds in between.

TERMINOLOGY OF SEPTAL NECKS

Several types of commonly occurring septal necks have long
been known by the following terms:

holochoanitic—extending from one septum to the preceding
septum or beyond;

orthochoamitic—short and straight, extending backward not
more than a small fraction of the distance to the preceding septum:

cyrtochoanitic—short and curved, with distinct brim.

32 BULLETIN 150 178

The two last-named types are occasionally grouped together and
termed ellipochoanitic. It was Hyatt who, in 1883, first recognized
these distinctions, and on them established two orders of nautiloids
which he called Holochoanoidea and Ellipochoanoidea. However, it
seems that Ruedemann, in 1906, was the first to use the above-men-
tioned terms in the adjectival form as part of the morphological
terminology. More recently, Ulrich and Foerste (1933) added the

ACh OLNICIC PPELIESE
loxochoanstic Y gets
orthochoalttit i

suborthochoantse =

cyrtochoalitie

hemthoanttit f
SUbholochoan stil f

holochoanstse

MACPOChOBINUIC |

Fig. 3. Terminology of septal necks.

179 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 33

term aneuchoanitic for a condition in which the septal necks are
either absent or vestigial. The term seems useful, though we pro-
pose to shorten it to achoanitic which has the same meaning. Fur-
thermore, in 1941, Flower used the term suborthochoamtic for
“cephalopods in which the septal necks are straight or curved, pro-
ducing slightly convex siphuncular segments.” Dr. Flower has since
defined the term more precisely, in correspondence with the authors,
as referring to septal necks which are usually slightly inclined out-
ward at their tips but have no measurable brim.

During more recent investigations by Flower, and in the course
of the present studies, additional types of septal necks have become
known which are not covered by any of the existing terms. The
following new terms are, therefore, proposed:

loxochoanitic—for septal necks which are short and straight
and inclined inwards (in the direction of the central axis of the siph-
uncle );

hemichoanitic—for septal necks which are straight and extend
from about one-half to three-fourths the distance to the preceding
septum;

subholochoanitic—for septal necks whose length is approxi-
mately equal to the distance between two septa, but whose distal
ends are deflected inward so that an appreciable gap exists between
them and the proximal ends of the preceding septal necks. This gap
is filled by a thick, often structurally complex, connecting ring.

It was also found convenient to restrict the term holochoanittic
to septal necks which extend backward to the preceding septum and
whose distal ends are in contact with, or in close proximity to, the
proximal ends of the preceding septal necks. Connecting rings in
such forms are vestigial or absent. The term macrochoanitic is here
proposed for septal necks which extend backwards beyond the pre-
ceding septum. That is, in forms with necks of this type, successive
necks are invaginated.

The following is a synopsis of septal neck terminology as here
proposed (Fig. 3).

Achoanitic—septal necks absent or vestigial.

Orthochoanitic—short and straight, directed backyard.

Suborthochoanitic—short and straight, with slightly outwardly

34 BULLETIN 150 180

inclined tips but with no measurable brim.

Cyrtochoanitic—short and curved with well-defined brim.

Loxochoanitic—short and straight, pointing obliquely toward
the interior of the siphuncle.

Hemichoanitic—straight, extending one-half to three-fourths
the distance to the preceding septum.

Subholochoamitic—Approximately equal in length to the distance
between two septa but deflected inward at their tips, thus leaving
an appreciable gap between two successive septal necks.

Holochoanitic—essentially straight, extending backward to the
preceding septum.

Macrochoanitic—essentially straight, reaching backward beyond

Fig. 4. Illustration of ectosiphuncular suture, consisting of a diagram of the
ventral surface of two camerae (shell removed) and four longitudinal sections
of the ectosiphuncle. The septa are represented by thick black lines. The un-
shaded area between the septa represents that area where the septal necks
are flattened against the inner shell wall. An ectosiphuncular suture is present
on either side of the mid-ventral line in each camera. They are the lines along
which the gap between the septal necks and the inner shell wall becomes
sufficiently wide for the introduction of matrix (dotted) between these two
components of the conch.

181 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 35

the preceding septum, and invaginated into the preceding septal
neck.

The siphuncle may be placed so close to the shell wall that the
septal necks around part of the siphuncle are almost in contact with
the inner surface of the shell. In several of the Price’s Creek species,
the space between the septal necks and the shell wall is such that
the matrix which fills the remainder of the conch is not present in
this area on the ventral side of the siphuncle. Preceding dorsally
around the siphuncle from the mid-ventral line, the space between
the septal necks and the shell gradually increases, until matrix 1s
introduced between these two shell components. The term ecto-
siphuncular suture is hereby proposed for the line along which the
septal necks become sufficiently separated from the shell wall for
the introduction of matrix between these two components of the
conch (Text Fig. 4). An ectosiphuncular suture is thus present in
each camera on either side of the plane of symmetry of the conch.

TECHNIQUE OF STUDYING OPAQUE SECTIONS

Identifications of most early Palaeozoic cephalopods can gen-
erally only be made when cross-sections, preferably in the dorso-
ventral mid-plane, are available. It has long been customary to cut
the specimens in such a way that the saw passes just to the side of
the median line, so that one-half of the specimen presents a surface
which is exactly in the median plane. This surface is then available
for observation in reflected light by use of the binocular microscope.
In order to increase the light penetration into the specimen and the
clarity of surface observation, the surface was often polished. Other
workers were satisfied with just wetting the surface or covering it
with an oily or fatty substance. This generally proved to be unsatis-
factory, since the fluids quickly evaporate and oily substances col-
lect dirt. A large number of specimens were involved in the present
investigations and the older techniques proved to be both time con-
suming and to some extent unsatisfactory. The following technique
was evolved for our studies and can be recommended for similar
work:

The specimen is first cut in a plane close to the surface in
which the final section is required. A thin diamond saw is satistac-

36 BULLETIN 150 182

tory for this purpose. The specimen is then ground down to the re-
quired plane, first on a coarse carborundum lap and finishing it by
hand on a glass plate with very fine carborundum powder. When the
surface is thoroughly dried, it is painted with a clear varnish which
in Australia is known commercially as “Dulux.” Any other clear
varnish with an acetone base should be satisfactory. Brush marks
often crinkle the surface at this stage, and bubbles are frequently
trapped. Both bubbles and brush marks may be removed by spray-
ing the surface of the varnish immediately with ether or some other
highly volatile fluid capable of dissolving the varnish used. The ether
has the effect of rendering the surface of the varnish less viscous.
The surface, therefore, runs out more smoothly and on drying a
surface of mirror-like gloss results. The varnish should be relatively
quick drying and should not take more than two or three hours to
harden. During this time the specimens should be kept under cover
so as to prevent dust particles from settling on the glossy surface.

The specimens are now ready for examination under the binocu-
lar microscope. Here we find that the importance of a strong source of
light cannot be overestimated. Ordinary desk lamps and microscope
illuminators were found to be altogether too weak. We used a
specially constructed illuminator consisting of a 50 Watt projector
lamp mounted in front of a spherical mirror with a focal length of
12 inches. This lamp could be so adjusted by means of a ball and
socket joint that the focal point of the mirror rested on the speci-
men under observation. We used a binocular microscope of the type
which is mounted on a horizontal arm which swings around a vertical
stem and the lamp was attached to the vertical stem. The intensity
of the light beam is such that it penetrates some distance into the
specimen. Surface features can be clearly observed under highest
magnifications, and with certain types of preservation the structures
of siphuncles and septal necks can be traced for a small distance
below the surface of the section. The illuminator was constructed in
the workshop of the Geology Department of the University of Mel-
bourne by Mr. J. S. Mann to whom we are greatly indebted for a
tool which has proved indispensable in our investigations.

We have no doubt that other varnishes and sprays and d:ffer-
ent arrangements for illumination will lead to similarly satisfactory
results, as long as the combination of highest possible gloss with

183 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 37

greatest possible intensity of illumination is achieved.

For photography we still had to rely on thin sections. Attempts
to photograph surfaces prepared in the manner described above
have not been successful, but we believe that proper combination of
lens, filter, developing technique, and paper will eventually be found
to give satisfactory results. However, our improved method of
opaque observation enabled us to observe almost all structural
features of the cephalopod siphuncle and shell and thus decide ex-
actly which specimen or part of a specimen should be thin-sectioned
for photography, thus eliminating any waste. This was of particular
importance in the case of species of which few specimens were avail-

able.

SYSTEMATIC DESCRIPTIONS

Order ELLESWEROCERATIDA
Family ELLESMWEROCERATIDAE Kobayashi, 1934
Genus LOXOCHOANELLA Teichert and Glenister, n.gen.

Type species—Loxochoanella warburtoni Teichert and Glen-
ister, n. sp.

Description—Slowly expanding longiconic orthocones_ with
smooth shell, circular cross-section, and moderately large marginal
siphuncle; suture transverse and straight, except for a shallow ven-
tral lobe; septal necks loxochoanitic; connecting rings thick and
structurally complex, divided into a thin dense inner layer and a
thick outer layer. The outer layer has undergone structural differen-
tiation into a dense outer component and a coarse-grained inner
component.

Affinities —The thick complex connecting rings of Loxochoanella
place this genus among the Ellesmeroceratidae. Close affinities be-
tween Loxochoanella and any other described genus do not exist.

Loxochoanella warburtoni Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. Pl. 2, figs. 1-4;
text fig. 5

Description of holotype (No. 34122, Department of Geology,
University of Western Australia; Pl. 2, figs. 1,3).—The holotype is
an orthoconic phragmocone with circular cross-section. It has a
length of 38.5 mm. and expands in diameter from 3.3 mm. at the

38 BULLETIN 150 184

Fig. 5. Ectosiphuncle of Loxochoanella warburtoni.

posterior end of the specimen to 8.2 mm. at the anterior end. The
siphuncle lies close to, but not in contact with, the ventral shell wall.
Five and a half camerae together occupy a length equal to the shell
diameter. Two camerae together occupy a length equal to the diam-
eter of the siphuncle.

The suture is transverse and straight, except for a shallow
rounded lobe across the venter. The internal mould of the shell is
smooth.

A thin section of the anterior half of the specimen has been cut
in the dorso-ventral mid-plane. The septal necks are straight and
bent at an angle of 45° to the septa. This is the loxochoanitic type
of septal neck, defined earlier in the paper. The siphuncular segments
are concave. Two distinct components make up the connecting rings.
The inner layer is thin and reacnes backward from the tip of the
septal neck to the tip of the neck which precedes it. The outer layer
is much thicker. It originates on the outside of the septal neck, and
reaches backward, covering almost the entire inner surface of the
preceding septal neck. Where the shell has a diameter of 7.1 mm., the
siphuncle has a diameter of 2.2 mm. and is situated .2 mm. from
the ventral shell wall.

Description of paratype (No. 338, Bureau of Mineral Resources,
Geology and Geophysics, Canberra; Pl. 2, fig. 2).—This paratype is

185 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 39

a slowly expanding longiconic orthocone with circular cross-section.
It has a length of 35.5 mm., 4 mm. of which consists of body chamber.
The diameter increases from 3.7 mm. at the posterior end of the
specimen to 7.9 mm. at the anterior end. The siphuncle is marginal.
It has a diameter of .9 mm. at the posterior end of the specimen.
Six and a half camerae together occupy a length equal to the dia-
meter of the shell. Two camerae together occupy a length equal to
the diameter of the siphuncle.

The sutures are straight and directly transverse. Ectosiphuncu-
lar sutures are well developed where the shell is slightly worn. The
shell is smooth.

A thin section of the posterior third of the paratype shows the
septal necks to be loxochoanitic. The connecting rings are thick
and consist of two distinct layers. The inner layer is uniformly thin
and reaches posteriorly from the tip of one septal neck to the tip
of the preceding neck. It is uniform in composition and appears to
be constructed of finely crystalline dense material. The thick outer
layer originates on the outer side of the septal neck, near its proxi-
mal end. It extends posteriorly and becomes adnate to the whole
of the preceding septal neck and a small area of the septum ad-
jacent to it. This outer layer exhibits structural differentiation,
but the preservation is not sufficiently good for exact interpretation
of the structures. However, it is clear that there is a concentration
of dense fine-grained material on either side of the septal neck.

Description of paratype (No. 339, Bureau of Mineral Resources,
Geology and Geophysics, Canberra; Pl. 2, fig. 4)—The paratype is
part of a phragmocone with a length of 19 mm. Five camerae to-
gether have a length equal to the shell diameter.

The septal necks are loxochoanitic, and, as in the holotype, the
connecting rings are thick and complex in structure. Two layers may
be discerned, a thin inner layer, and a thick outer layer. The inner
layer is composed of dense material. It is convex inwards and only
touches the septal necks at their distal extremities. The outer layer
originates on the outside of the septal neck, where it is adnate to
the distal two-thirds of the neck. It extends posteriorly and is adnate
to the whole of the inner surface of the preceding septal neck, to-
gether with a small area of the septum adjacent to it. Structural dif-
ferentiation of the outer layer is evident. A band of denser material

40 BULLETIN 150 186

originates on the outside of the septal neck and extends posteriorly
to cover the inside of the preceding neck. A layer of coarsely crystal-
line material is left between this layer and the thin inner layer. Dense
material is also concentrated at the posterior end of the connecting
rings; that is, on the inside of each septal neck.

This species is named in honour of P. E. Warburton, who in
1873 was engaged in one of the first explorations of the Desert Basin.

Occurrence——The holotype came from locality E 11 and both
paratypes from locality NL 20 E, Emanuel limestone, Emanuel
Creek, Kimberley Division, Western Australia.

Family PROTOCYCLOCERATIDAE Kobayashi, 1935

Kobayashi proposed this family for the two genera, Protocyclo-
ceras Hyatt and Orygoceras Ruedemann, but his conception of the
family was based on Hyatt’s erroneous description of the type genus.
Orygoceras was later found to be preoccupied, and the name was re-
placed by Rudolfoceras Ulrich, Foerste, Miller, and Unklesbay
(1944). In the same publication these authors erected the family
Rudolfoceratidae for Rudolfoceras, Ectocycloceras, and Seelyoceras,
whereas they included Protocycloceras in the family Spyroceratidae
of Shimizu and Obata. However, as early as 1939 Flower had shown
Spyroceras to be a member of the Pseudorthoceratidae. The genus is
not closely related to Protocycloceras which, according to Flower’s
unpublished observations, has a fairly large siphuncle in subcentral
to submarginal position, orthochoanitic septal necks, and complex
connecting rings. Rudolfoceras is closely related, differing mainly in
the possession of a more rapidly expanding, slightly exogastric conch.
If the two genera are to remain in one family, as originally pro-
posed by Kobayashi, the name Protocycloceratidae takes precedence.

Revision of the scope of this family would require detailed dis-
cussion of a great number of early Ordovician genera, some of which
are only poorly known. For the present we include here annulated
conchs, either straight or only shghtly curved, with marginal to sub-
central siphuncles of moderate size, and vestigial to short ortho-
choanitic septal necks. This definition also covers the Endocyclo-
ceratidae of Ulrich, Foerste, Miller and Unklesbay (1944), which
differ from the Rudolfoceratidae only in being endogastric. In our
opinion, slight differences in curvature among early Ordovician

187 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 41

genera do not afford a safe basis for taxonomic differentiation of
families. Our observations have taught us to place main emphasis
on the size of the siphuncle and the nature of the structures asso-
ciated with it (septal necks, connecting rings, siphuncular deposits).
Shell features such as curvature and annulation should be relegated
to an unimportant place.

In view of these conclusions, the grouping of the following three
species with the Protocycloceratidae is far from satisfactory. Only
Kyminoceras forrestt 1s orthochoanitic, while both Ectocycloceras
inflatum and Diastoloceras perplexum are achoanitic. All three
species have small marginal siphuncles; the first two have annulate
conchs, while Diastoloceras bears a remarkable series of transverse
flanges. It is possible that these three species represent three different
families, but too little about their affinities is known at present to
make the erection of such new families advisable.

Genus ECTOCYCLOCERAS Ulrich and Foerste, 1936

Ectocyeloceras inflatum Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. Pl. 1, figs. 5-6

Description of holotype (No. 370, Bureau of Mineral Resources,
Geology and Geophysics, Canberra ).—The holotype is an exogastric
cyrtocone with a length of 42.4 mm., 28 mm. of which is body cham-
ber. The siphuncle has a maximum diameter of .65 mm. and is situ-
ated .4 mm. from the ventral shell wall. At the posterior end of the
specimen the dorso-ventral and lateral diameters are 7.7 mm. and 7
mm. respectively, while the dorso-ventral diameter at the anterior
end of the specimen is 11.2 mm. Ten camerae together have a length
equal to the dorso-ventral shell diameter.

The internal mould bears low rounded annulations and nu-
merous fine lirae. Both the annulations and the lirae are directly
transverse. The sutures are slightly sinuous and directly transverse.

The septal necks are achoanitic, and the siphuncular segments
inflated. In a segment with a length of 1.25 mm., the segments are
inflated to a maximum diameter of .65 mm., and constricted at the
septal foramen to a diameter of .30 mm.

The species name refers to the inflated siphuncular segments.

Comparisons—Ectocycloceras inflatum agrees with Ectocyclo-

ceras cataline (Billings), the type species of that genus, except that

42 BULLETIN 150 188

it is much smaller and has inflated instead of constricted siphuncu-
lar segments.

Occurrence—Locality NL 20 E, Emanuel limestone, Emanuel
Creek, Kimberley Division, Western Australia.

Genus KYMINOCERAS Teichert and Glenister, n.gen.

Type species—Kyminoceras forresti Teichert and Glenister,
n.sp.

Description—Prominently annulated slowly expanding ortho-
cones with circular or subcircular cross-section; sutures sinuous and
transverse; annulations transverse or sloping posteriorly from the
dorsum to the venter, camerae low; siphuncle small and either mar-
ginal or situated close to the shell wall; septal necks orthochoanitic;
siphuncular segments gently concave, cylindrical, or gently inflated;
connecting rings thin.

The generic name is given in honour of Dr. B. Kummel.

Affimties—K yminoceras is closely related to Protocycloceras
Hyatt, a genus which was thought to be holochoanitic (Foerste,
1921) but has recently been shown to be orthochoanitic with short
septal necks (Flower 1947). Ulrich, Foerste, Miller and Unklesbay
(1944) redefined Protocycloceras to include forms with either large
or small, and marginal or submarginal siphuncles. They pointed out
that it was somewhat doubtful if all the species included by them in
the genus were congeneric and indicated that in the future it might
be advisable to separate (1) those with large siphuncles from those
with small siphuncles and (2) those with marginal siphuncles from
those with submarginal siphuncles. Unfortunately, the structure of
the ectosiphuncle of most of their species is unknown. Pending
studies of their septal necks, six species included by Ulrich, Foerste,
Miller and Unklesbay in the genus Protocycloceras are here grouped
with the Western Australian species in the new genus Kyminoceras.
They are Kyminoceras doniphonense (Ulrich et al.) K. furtivwm
(Billings), K. manitowense (Ulrich et al.), K. odenvillense (Ulrich
et al.), K. repens (Billings) and K. smithvillense (Ulrich et al.). All
have small marginal siphuncles and are of Canadian age. With the
removal of those forms with small marginal siphuncles, the genus
Protocycloceras is restricted to contain species with either large

189 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 43

siphuncles or small siphuncles removed from the venter. Walcotto-

ceras differs from Kyminoceras in having a strongly compressed
elliptical cross-section.

All species included in Kyminoceras are of Canadian age, and
where the ranges of the species are better known, they may be
shown to be restricted to the Middle Canadian. Kyminoceras for-
resti occurs at the same stratigraphical horizon as the Middle Ca-
nadian species Fothinoceras maitlandi.

Kyminoceras forresti Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. lal ab ales lA be
text fig. 6

Description of holotype (No. 34120, Department of Geology,
University of Western Australia; Pl. 1, figs. 2-4) —The holotype is
a slowly expanding orthoconic phragmocone, 21 mm. long. It is cir-
cular in cross-section and increases in diameter from 6.1 mm. at the
posterior end of the specimen to 8.6 mm. at the anterior end. The
siphuncle is small and marginal, increasing in diameter from 1.4 mm.
at the posterior end to 1.6 mm. at the anterior end. Five camerae
occupy a distance equal to the shell diameter.

The internal mould bears rounded annulations, six occurring on
the holotype. These annulations slope posteriorly from the dorsum to
the venter. The sutures are directed transversely, intersecting the
annulations at an angle of about 5 degrees. They are sinuous, with
lateral saddles and shallow rounded dorsal and ventral lobes.

The shell is slightly worn across the venter, thus giving a lateral
section of the siphuncle. The septal necks are orthochoanitic. They
are variable in length but have an average length equal to one-third
the septal interval. The connecting rings are thin.

Description of paratype (No. 34121, Department of Geology,
University of Western Australia; Pl. 1, fig. 1)—The paratype is a
poorly preserved specimen which has been sectioned in the dorso-
ventral mid-plane. The septal necks are variable in length. They are
orthochoanitic and have an average length equal to one-third the
septal interval. Most of the segments of the siphuncle are slightly
inflated, but a few are cylindrical.

This species is named in honour of Sir John Forrest, noted
Western Australian explorer and statesman of the 19th century.

44 BULLETIN 150 190

Fig. 6. Ectosiphuncle of Kyminoceras forresti.

Comparisons —K yminoceras forrestt may be readily differen-
tiated from other species of this genus by the relatively low angle the
annulations make with the axis of the conch. More detailed compari-
sons cannot be made, since the exact structure of the siphuncle is un-
known in all species of the genus except the type species.

Occurrence.—The type material and all known specimens of the
species came from locality E 1, Emanuel limestone, Emanuel Creek,
Kimberley Division, Western Australia.

Genus DIASTOLOCERAS Teichert and Glenister, n.gen.

Type species —Diastoloceras perplexum Teichert and Glenister,
n.sp.

Description—Slowly expanding gently cyrtoconic exogastric
conchs with small, almost marginal, siphuncles; shell surface covered
with well-developed transverse flanges; camerae short; siphuncular
segments gently expanded, connecting rings thick, septal necks
achoanitic.

191 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 45

The generic name refers to the remarkable flanges which traverse
the shell.

Affinities—The affinities of Diastoloceras are extremely dif-
ficult to determine. Comparable flanged forms are unknown in the
Ordovician and are extremely rare in the Silurian. Only in the De-
vonian do they become common. The thickened connecting rings
are similar to those of the Discosoroidea, but genera similar to Dia-
stoloceras in other shell features are unknown among this order.
Diastoloceras is included among the annulate Protocycloceratidae
until closer affinities become apparent.

Diastoloceras perplexum Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. Gal, its).
12-16; text fig. 7

Description of holotype (No. 345, Bureau of Mineral Resources,
Geology and Geophysics, Canberra ).—The holotype and only known
representative of this species, consists of a slowly expanding gently
exogastric shell, 34.6 mm. long. The anterior 26 mm. are body cham-
ber. The shell is circular in cross-section, having a diameter of 12.6
mm. at the posterior end of the specimen and 14.6 mm. at the an-
terior end. A broad constriction at the base of the living chamber
restricts the diameter to 12.3 mm. At the posterior end of the speci-
men the siphuncle has a diameter of 1.5 mm. and is situated .5 mm.
from the convex side. Eleven camerae together occupy a distance
equal to the shell diameter.

The shell bears a remarkable series of transverse flanges, seven
occurring in a distance equal to the shell diameter. They are thin
and may project as far as 1.5 mm. from the general shell surface.
The grooves between successive flanges are up to eight times the
thickness of the flanges. The anterior surface of most flanges lies
normal to the longitudinal shell axis, while the posterior surface
slopes gradually posteriorly from the distal extremity to the base of
the flanges. Each flange thus appears to slope forwards. The suture
is sinuous and transverse. A shallow lobe occurs across the anti-
siphuncular surface and is flanked by a pair of low saddles, followed
by a pair of shallow lobes across the flanks, and a low saddle across
the siphuncular surface.

The septal necks are achoanitic. Siphuncular segments are

46 BULLETIN 150 192

Fig. 7. Ectosiphuncle of Diastoloceras perplexum.

weakly inflated. The connecting rings are poorly preserved, but it
seems probable that they were considerably thickened.

Occurrence.—Locality NL 20 E, Emanuel limestone, Emanuel
Creek, Kimberley Division, Western Australia.

Family BALTOCERATIDAE Kobayashi, 1937
Genus HEMICHOANELLA Teichert and Glenister, n.gen.

Type species —Hemichoanella canningi Teichert and Glenister,
n.sp.

Description.—Orthoconic longicones with smooth shell, circular
cross-section, and large marginal siphuncle; suture has deep narrow
ventral lobe; camerae high; septal necks hemichoanitic, connecting
rings thick and uniform in composition.

The generic name refers to the hemichoanitic structure of the
septal necks.

Affinities —H emichoanella has affinities with both the Baltocer-
atidae and the Proterocameroceratidae. Under the system of classi-
fication accepted at present (Flower and Kummel, 1950), the genus

193 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: ‘'TEICHERT & GLENISTER 47

cannot be considered as a member of the Endoceratida, since endo-
cones have not been recorded. Neither can Hemichoanella be con-
sidered as a typical ellesmeroceratid, since the septal necks have ad-
vanced to the hemichoanitic stage. It thus seems advisable to con-
sider Hemichoanella as a particularly advanced baltoceratid. Balto-
ceras differs from Hemichoanella in possessing orthochoanitic septal
necks and particularly high camerae. The holotype of Hemichoanella
canningi was referred to Baltoceras in a summary report on the

Price’s Creek nautiloids (Teichert and Glenister, 1952).

Hemichoanella canningi Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. PIS eters
Pl. 3, figs. 1-4; text fig. 8

Description of holotype (No. 344, Bureau of Mineral Resources,
Geology and Geophysics, Canberra.)—The holotype is a straight
phragmocone, 37.8 mm. long. It is circular in cross-section and in-
creases in diameter from 14.4 mm. at the posterior end of the spe-
cimen to 21.7 mm. at the anterior end. The siphuncle is large, mar-
ginal, and slightly depressed due to a ventral flattening. It increases
in diameter from 4.9 mm. at the posterior end to 5.9 mm. at the an-
terior end. Six camerae together have a length equal to the dorso-
ventral diameter of the shell.

The suture consists of a deep ventral lobe followed by a pair
of low saddles across the flanks and a broad but deep lobe across the
dorsum. The ventral lobe is U-shaped. It has a breadth equal to the
diameter of the siphuncle and a depth equal to the height of one and
a half camerae. The shell is smooth except for the presence of nu-
merous transversely directed fine growth lines.

The septal necks are hemichoanitic, having a length almost
equal to half the length of a camera. The connecting rings are thick,
and extend from the tip of the septal neck to the tip of the preced-
ing neck.

The species is named in honour of A. W. Canning, who in 1906-
1908 explored the eastern part of the Desert Basin and who dis-
covered and opened up the Canning Stock Route.

Occurrence—Emanuel Creek, Kimberley Division, Western
Australia.

48 BULLETIN 150 194

Fig. 8. Ectosiphuncle of Hemichoanella canningi.

Family Eothinoceratidae Ulrich, Foerste, Miller and Unklesbay, 1944

The family Eothinoceratidae was erected by Ulrich, Foerste,
Miller and Unklesbay (1944) for the reception of a single new genus,
Eothinoceras. The walls of the siphuncular segments of Fothinoceras
were shown to be greatly thickened and V-shaped in longitudinal
section, the apex of the V pointing inwards. Fothinoceras ameri-
canum, the only species of the genus, was described from a few
poorly preserved fragments which had been ground and polished in
planes of random orientation. The only forms referable to the family
appeared to have straight breviconic conchs, with short camerae, and
a large ventral siphuncle. They all came from the Middle Canadian
Rochdale limestone of New York.

The family Cyrtocerinidae was established by Flower in 1946
with Cyrtocerina Billings as the only genus. Flower was of the opin-
ion that Hothinoceras agreed with Cyrtocerina and with no other
genus in the structure of the siphuncle, having achoanitic septal
necks and highly inflated connecting rings. In a later paper Flower
and Kummel (1950) included Eothinoceras with Cyrtocerina in the
family Cyrtocerinidae. They considered Eothinoceras to be endo-
gastric, with compressed shell and vestigial septal necks.

The structure of the connecting rings of the Australian species
of Eothinoceras is almost identical with the connecting ring struc-

195 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 49

tures of Eothinoceras americanum, so that little doubt remains that
they belong to the same genus. On the new information gained from
the Australian species, the family Eothinoceratidae may be defined
as follows:

Longiconic cyrtocones with a wide siphuncle close to the convex
side of the conch. Septal necks short and orthochoanitic. Connecting
rings greatly thickened and V-shaped in longitudinal section, the
apex of the V pointing inwards. All known members of the family are
probably confined to the Middle Canadian.

Cyrtocerina includes endogastric breviconic cyrtocones with
marginal achoanitic siphuncles and connecting rings which are
strongly inflated within the siphuncle. The genus is confined to the
Middle and Upper Ordovician. Although the connecting rings of
Eothinoceras and Cyrtocerina are similar, the two genera may not be
closely comparable. It may thus be advisable to retain both the fam-
ily Eothinoceratidae with its single genus Fothinoceras, and the fam-
ily Cyrtocerinidae with the breviconic, endogastric Cyrtocerina as
its only genus.

Genus EOTHINOCERAS Ulrich, Foerste, Miller and Unklesbay, 1944

Type species—Eothinoceras americanum Ulrich, Foerste, Mil-
ler and Unklesbay, 1944.

The genus Eothinoceras may be redefined on information gained
from the Australian species. It includes exogastric cyrtoconic longi-
cones with a moderately large marginal siphuncle. The septal necks
are short and orthochoanitic and the siphuncular segments concave
externally. The connecting rings are greatly inflated and V-shaped,
with the apex of the V occurring at about the mid-height of the seg-
ments, and pointing inwards. Eothinoceras is probably confined to
rocks of Middle Canadian age.

Eothinoceras maitlandi Teichert and Glenister, n.sp Pl. 3, figs. 5-13

Description of holotype (No. 34123, Department of Geology,
University of Western Australia; PI. 3, figs. 9, 11).—The holotype 1s
a fragment of a longiconic phragmocone with a length of 30 mm.
Much of the outer part of the conch is deeply weathered, but it is
probable that the cross-section was circular. At the anterior end of
the specimen, both the lateral and dorso-ventral diameters measure

50 BULLETIN 150 196

18 mm. The siphuncle has a diameter of 5.5 mm. and is situated close
to the ventral shell wall. Fifteen camerae together have a length
equal to the diameter of the shell and five camerae have a length
equal to the diameter of the siphuncle.

The suture is not well seen, but it is probable that it was either
straight or weakly sinuous. It slopes gently posteriorly from the dor-
sal towards the ventral side of the conch.

Weathering has exposed the siphuncle, giving a natural lateral
section. The septal necks are orthochoanitic, with a length equal to
about one-third of the septal interval. The connecting rings are ex-
tremely thick, and V-shaped in longitudinal cross-section. The point
of the V corresponds to the thickest part of the connecting ring and
is directed towards the inside of the siphuncle. The exact direction
in which the apex of the V points is largely controlled by the angle
of the sections. In oblique sections the connecting rings tend to point
antero-laterally, but in longitudinal sections they are more nearly
symmetrical. Each connecting ring originates at the tip of the septal
neck. It thickens rapidly, so that the inside of the anterior limb of
the V is almost directly transverse. This thickening continues to the
apex of the V which lies at about the mid-height of the siphuncular
segments. The posterior limb of the V slopes gradually to the area
where it is adnate to the whole inner surface of the preceding septal
neck. The outer surface of the connecting ring is traversed by a deep
V-shaped groove just below the mid-height of the siphuncular seg-
ment. In a typical segment with a length of 1.2 mm., the length of
the septal necks is .35 mm. and the greatest thickness of the con-
necting ring equals .8 mm. A tubular canal is present in the siphuncle.
It is situated halfway between the ventral surface and the centre of
the siphuncle and has a diameter of 2.5 mm.

Description of paratype (No. 335, Bureau of Mineral Resources,
Geology and Geophysics, Canberra; PI. 3, fig. 13).—This paratype is
part of a slowly expanding conch with a length of 90 mm., 22 mm.
of which is made up of body chamber. It is gently cyrtoconic, with
the siphuncle lying close to the convex side. At the posterior end of
the specimen the conch has a diameter of 7.4 mm., while at the ante-
rior end the diameter has increased to 17.5 mm. Near the posterior
end of the specimen the siphuncle has a maximum diameter of 2.3

197 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 51

mm. and is situated .4 mm. from the ventral shell wall. Most of the
siphuncle is missing, but the few fragments which remain show struc-
tures which are identical with those in the holotype.

Description of paratype (No. 336, Bureau of Mineral Resources,
Geology and Geophysics, Canberra; Pl. 3, fig. 10)—This paratype
is a fragment of a phragmocone. An oblique thin section has been
made through the centre of the siphuncle. The septal necks are
variable in length but have an average length equal to about one-
third of the septal interval. As in the holotype the connecting rings
are greatly thickened, and V-shaped in longitudinal cross-section.
The siphuncular segments are slightly concave but not to the same
extent as those of the holotype.

The species is named in honour of the late A. Gibb Maitland,
one of the pioneers of Western Australian geology.

Comparisons.—Detailed comparisons of Fothinoceras maitlandt
and Eothinoceras americanum are difficult, since the American spe-
cies is at present less well known.

Occurrences.—Holotype, No. 34123 and hypotypes, Nos. 34124-
34126 (PI. 3, figs. 6-8) came from locality E 1, and paratypes, Nos.
335-336 together with hypotypes, Nos. 337-338A (PI. 3, figs. 5, 12)
from locality NL17, Emanuel limestone, Emanuel Creek, Kimber-
ley Division, Western Australia.

Family THYLACOCERATIDAE Teichert and Glenister, n.fam.

This family is here proposed for straight or slightly curved
shells with small marginal siphuncle and subholochoanitic to macro-
choanitic septal necks. As at present understood, it includes four
Western Australian genera:

Thylacoceras Teichert and Glenister (1952), a genus with
smooth shell, a deep and narrow ventral lobe of the suture, and sub-
holochoanitic septal necks;

Ventroloboceras Teichert and Glenister, n.gen., with smooth
shell, a broad and shallower ventral lobe of the suture, and _ holo-
choanitic septal necks;

Lebetoceras Teichert and Glenister, n.gen., with smooth shells,

sutures running straight across the venter, and subholochoanitic
septal necks;

52 BULLETIN 150 198

Notocycloceras Teichert and Glenister, n.gen., with annulate
shell and subholochoanitic septal necks.

In 1952 we included Thylacoceras, which was then the only
known genus of this group, in the Endoceratidae, but the discovery
of closely associated genera which all lack endocones seems to make
it advisable to combine them in the new family here proposed.

It is possible that the family has representatives outside Aus-
tralia and that some genera presently included in the Baltoceratidae
and the Endoceratidae belong here, but lack of detailed information
on the structures of the siphuncle and septal necks prevents useful
discussion of most of them. Bactroceras Holm seems to be a closely
related genus and provides a link with the Baltoceratidae. The rela-
tionships between the Baltoceratidae and the Thylacoceratidae have
already been discussed.

Genus THYLACOCERAS Teichert and Glenister, 1952

Type species—Thylacoceras kimberleyense Teichert and Glen-
ister, 1952.

Description—Gently tapering, slightly endogastric shells, with
depressed shell cross-section; suture sinuous with a deep U-shaped
lobe across the venter; siphuncle of moderate size and marginal po-
sition; septal necks subholochoanitic, connecting rings thick.

Affinities —The combination of small siphuncle, subholochoani-
tic septal necks, smooth shell, and narrow U-shaped ventral lobe dis-
tinguish Thylacoceras from all other adequately known genera. Pra-
doceras kobayasht Sampelayo (1938) from the “ordoviciense medio”
of Spain resembles 7'hy/acoceras in- possessing a small marginal
siphuncle and deep U-shaped sutures across the venter. The camerae
are, however, much deeper, and Sampelayo reported his genus as
having a markedly constricted aperture. The siphuncular structures
of Pradoceras are unknown.

Thylacoceras kimberleyense Teichert and Glenister, 1952 Pl. 6, figs. 2-5

1952. Thylacoceras kimberleyense Veichert and Glenister, Jour. Paleont.,
vol. 26, p. 738.

New collections of fossil material have increased our knowledge
of this species, and redescription is warranted.

The conch expands slowly and is slightly curved endogastrically.
It is depressed due to a flattening across the venter. The siphuncle is
marginal in position and has a diameter equalling about one-fifth

199 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GI.ENISTER 53

the dorso-ventral shell diameter. An average of eight camerae to-
gether have a length equal to the dorso-ventral shell diameter.

The sutures are conspicuously sinuous and transverse. A deep
U-shaped lobe occurs across the venter. It has a depth equal to the
length of one and a half camerae. The width of the lobe equals about
two-thirds of its depth. The shell surface bears fine growth lines.

The septal necks have a length equal to more than two-thirds of
the septal interval. Although typically somewhat shorter than most
subholochoanitic necks, they may be described as subholochoanitic
rather than hemichoanitic, since the general form of the ectosiphuncle
is typical of subholochoanitic species. The septal necks are deflected
inwards at their distal extremities. The connecting rings are thick
and appear to be differentiated into a thin dense outer layer and a
thicker and coarser-grained inner layer. The outer layer of the con-
necting ring originates on the outside of the septal neck slightly ante-
rior to the tip and reaches backwards where it is attached to the pre-
ceding septal neck at its proximal extremity.

Occurrence—Hypotype, No. 348 is from locality NL 20 D, and
hypotype, No. 349 from locality NL 20 E, Emanuel limestone,
Emanuel Creek, Kimberley Division, Western Australia. Holotype
No. 481 of Thylacoceras kimberleyense (Teichert and Glenister,
1952) came from locality NL 20 E (Bureau of Mineral Resources,
Geology and Geophysics, Canberra).

Thylacoceras teretilobatum Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. Pl. 7, figs. 5-7

Description of holotype (No. 34127, Department of Geology,
University of Western Australia).—The holotype is part of a slowly
expanding phragmocone with slight endogastric curvature. It has a
length of 72 mm. and is gently depressed in cross-section. The dorso-
ventral and lateral diameters at the posterior end of the specimen,
are 17.5 mm. and 18.2 mm. respectively, and the corresponding
measurements at the anterior end of the specimen are 21.6 mm. and
21.9 mm. The siphuncle is marginal in position, its diameter being
3.4 mm. at the posterior end of the specimen and 3.7 mm. at the ante-
rior end. Nine camerae together occupy a distance equal to the
dorso-ventral shell diameter.

The sutures are sinuous and transverse. A broad shallow lobe
occurs across the venter, and in the middle of this broad lobe lies

54 BULLETIN 150 200

a deep but narrow U-shaped lobe. The ventral lobe has a depth equal
to two-thirds the length of a camerae; the width 1s slightly less than
the depth. Numerous fine longitudinal striations occur on the internal
mould, adjacent to the siphuncle. The shell is smooth.

Che septal necks are subholochoanitic, having a length equal to
the septal interval. They are deflected inwards at the distal ex-
tremities, so that a gap is left between the tip of the septal neck and
the proximal extremity of the succeeding neck. This gap is filled by
a thick connecting ring. The posterior half of each connecting ring
is occupied by denser material than the anterior half. There is no
indication of differentiation of the connecting ring into an inner and
outer layer.

The species name refers to the delicate ventral lobe.

Comparisons.—This species is readily separated from Thylaco-
ceras kimberleyense by its much narrower and shallower ventral
lobe. The siphuncle of Thylacoceras teretilobatum is smaller than
that of Thylacoceras kimberleyense, and the longitudinal striations
which appear to be characteristic of the former, are unknown in the
latter.

Occurrence.—Holotype No. 34127 is from locality E 11, Emanuel
limestone, Emanuel Creek, Kimberley Division, Western Australia.

Genus LEBETOCERAS Teichert and Glenister, n.gen.

Type species—Lebetoceras oepiki Teichert and Glenister, n.sp.

Description.—Slowly expanding smooth orthocones with small
marginal siphuncles. Septal necks subholochoanitic, connecting
rings thick. Camerae low, sutures straight, and approximately trans-
verse.

The generic name is derived from the Greek word for “Basin,”
a reference to the Desert Basin of Western Australia.

Affinities —This genus is distinguished by the combination of
small marginal siphuncle, subholochoanitic septal necks, and straight
suture. Protobaltoceras Troedsson is superficially similar but has
much shorter orthochoanitic septal necks. The type material of Lebe-

toceras oeptki was referred to Protobaltoceras in a summary report
on the Price’s Creek nautiloids (Teichert and Glenister, 1952).

Lebetoceras oepiki Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. Pl. 5, figs. 1-5; text fig. 9
Description of holotype (No. 340, Bureau of Mineral Resources,

201 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 5

Geology and Geophysics, Canberra; PI. 5, figs. 1-2).—The holotype
is a slowly expanding orthoconic longicone with a length of 60 mm.
The conch is weathered across the dorsum, but it is almost certain
that the cross-section was circular. The shell diameter is estimated to
have been 16 mm. at the posterior end of the specimen and 21 mm.
at the anterior end. The siphuncle is marginal and has a uniform di-
ameter of 3.6 mm. Nine camerae together have a length equal to the
shell diameter.

The shell is smooth. Abrasion of the outer surface of the conch
has rendered the accurate tracing of the suture line impossible, but
the suture appears to be straight and to slope posteriorly from the
venter to the dorsum. A ventral lobe is not developed.

The whole specimen has been cut in the dorso-ventral mid-
plane, and a thin section made of the posterior 16 mm. The septal
necks are subholochoanitic, reaching slightly more than three-quar-
ters of the distance to the preceding septal foramen. No textural dif-
ferentiation has occurred in the thick connecting rings.

Fig. 9. Ectosiphuncle of Lebetoceras oeptki.

56 BULLETIN 150 202

Description of paratype (No. 341, Bureau of Mineral Resources,
Geology and Geophysics, Canberra; pl. 5, figs. 3-5) —The paratype
is a phragmocone of circular cross-section with a length of 34 mm.
The shell diameter is 17 mm. at the posterior end of the specimen
and 19 mm. at the anterior end, while the siphuncle is marginal and
has a uniform diameter of 3.4 mm. Little information is available
concerning the suture except that it is straight and approximately
transverse across the venter and flanks.

The ectosiphuncle is excellently preserved and consists of sub-
holochoanitic septal necks joined by thick, homogeneous connecting
rings. The septal necks reach slightly more than three-quarters of
the distance to the preceding septal foramen and turn sharply in-
wards at their distal extremities.

This species is named in honour of Dr. A. A. Opik.

Occurrence —Locality NL 20 F (holotype) and locality NL 17
(paratype), Emanuel limestone, Emanuel Creek, Kimberley Di-
vision, Western Australia.

Genus NOTOCYCLOCERAS Teichert and Glenister, n.gen.

Type species—Notocycloceras yurabiense Teichert and Glen-
ister, n.sp.

Description —Orthoconic longicones with small marginal si-
phuncle and well-developed annulations; shell cross-section slightly
depressed, sutures straight; septal necks subholochoanitic; connect-
ing rings thick and apparently homogeneous.

Affinities —Notocycloceras is superficially similar to Cyclendo-
ceras, from which it differs in having a smaller siphuncle and sub-
holochoanitic instead of holochoanitic septal necks, and in the ab-
sence of endocones. Catoraphiceras differs in having a deep ventral

lobe.

Notocycloceras yurabiense Teichert and Glenister, n.sp Pl. 5, figs. 6-7;
PIM ¢anese

Description of holotype (No. 350, Bureau of Mineral Resources,
Geology and Geophysics, Canberra).—The holotype is part of a
slowly expanding orthoconic phragmocone with a length of 43 mm.
A thin section of the anterior 16 mm. of the conch has been cut
in the dorso-ventral mid-plane. The shell is elliptical in cross-section

203 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 57

being slightly depressed. At the posterior end of the specimen the
dorso-ventral and lateral diameters are 11 mm. and 12 mm. re-
spectively, while the corresponding measurement at a point 27 mm.
from the posterior end are 12.8 mm. and 13.8 mm. The siphuncle is
small and marginal in position. It has a diameter of 3.4 mm. where
the dorso-ventral shell diameter equals 12.8 mm. Eight camerae to-
gether have a length equal to the dorso-ventral shell diameter, and
two camerae together have a length equal to the diameter of the si-
phuncle.

The sutures are practically straight and transverse. However,
they slope posteriorly at a low angle from the dorsal to the ventral
side of the shell. Ectosiphuncular sutures are well developed. The shell
surface bears numerous well-developed annulations. They run par-
allel to the sutures and thus slope posteriorly from the dorsum to
the venter. Four annulations occur in a distance equal to the dorso-
ventral shell diameter. Numerous fine striations parallel the annula-
tions.

The septal necks are subholochoanitic. They exhibit consider-
able variation in length, some being shorter than the septal interval
and others longer. Each neck is deflected inwards at its distal end,
so that a wide gap is left between it and the proximal end of the pre-
ceding septal neck. This gap is filled by a thick homogeneous con-
necting ring which extends from the tip of one septal neck to the
tip of the neck which precedes it.

The species name is derived from Yurabi, the political division
in which Price’s Creek is situated.

Occurrence.—Holotype, No. 350 came from locality NL 20 E,
Emanuel limestone, Emanuel Creek, Kimberley Division, Western
Australia.

Genus VENTROLOBOCERAS Teichert and Glenister, n gen.

Type species—Ventroloboceras furcillatum Teichert and Glen-
ister, n.sp.

Description.Slowly expanding orthocones with low camerae,
and small siphuncle situated close to the ventral margin. Septal
necks macrochoanitic, connecting rings thick. Broad but sharply
rounded ventral lobe.

58 BULLETIN 150 204

The generic name refers to the ventral lobe.

Affinities —V entroloboceras is not readily comparable to any
other genus and occupies a special place even among the Thylaco-
ceratidae, mainly because of its long septal necks. In this family it
represents a homeomorph to the endoceratid condition with regard
to septal neck development.

Ventroloboceras furcillatum Teich2rt and Glenister, n.sp. PI. 7, figs. 1-4

Description of holotype (No. 356, Bureau of Mineral Resources,
Geology and Geophysics, Canberra).—The holotype is a slowly ex-
panding orthoconic phragmocone 27.5 mm. long. At the posterior
end of the specimen the dorso-ventral and lateral diameters are 12.0
mm. and 12.2 mm. respectively, while the corresponding diameters
at the anterior end of the phragmocone are 13.7 mm. and 14.0 mm.
The siphuncle has a uniform diameter of 2.1 mm., and is situated .2
mm. from the ventral shell wall. Six and a half camerae together oc-
cupy a distance equal to the dorso-ventral shell diameter.

The internal mould is free of ornamentation. The suture line is
composed of a broad but narrowly rounded ventral lobe, flanked
by a pair of saddles across the ventro-lateral areas and a gently
rounded lobe across the flanks and venter.

The septal necks are macrochoanitic, having a length which is
slightly greater than the septal interval. Several of the better pre-
served septal necks are forked at their distal extremities. The outer
branch of these forks almost touch the proximal extremity of the
preceding septal neck (for typical macrochoanitic septal necks see
text fig. 3). The connecting rings are moderately thick. There is a
concentration of finely crystalline dense material at the anterior end
of each connecting ring.

The species name refers to the forking of the septal necks at
their distal extremities.

Occurrence.—Locality NL 20 D, Emanuel limestone, Emanuel
Creek, Kimberley Division, Western Australia.
Order ENDOCERATIDA
Family PROTEROCAMEROCERATIDAE Kobayashi, 1937
This group was established as a subfamily by Kobayashi in

205 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 59

1937, but its diagnosis was based on erroneous descriptions of the
type genus, mainly by Ruedemann. Flower (1946) restudied Protero-
cameroceras, showing that it was orthochoanitic and characterized
by split septal necks and complex connecting rings. He established
the family, Proterocameroceratidae. However, although it was
Flower who first demonstrated the true structure of the type genus,
the family name must be credited to Kobayashi.

The grouping of genera in this family is not satisfactory. Flower
and Kummel (1950) include forms with septal necks ranging in
length from vestigial to nearly the length of the camera. Some of
the genera included by them are known only from isolated siphuncles
(Utoceras, Oderoceras) and the length of their septal necks is not
known. We are placing here the new genus Anthoceras. It is an annu-
late form, being the earliest annulate endoceratid so far known. The
structures of the septal necks and connecting rings in Anthoceras are
so different from those of Proterocameroceras that there is justifiable
doubt of particularly close relationships between the two genera.

Genus PROTEROCAMEROCERAS Ruedemann, 1905

Proterocameroceras contrarium Teichert and Glenister, n.sp 1A oe
figs. 1-4; text figs. 10-11

Fig. 10. Ectosiphuncle of Proterocameroceras contrarium,

60 BULLETIN 150 206

Description of holotype (No. 366, Bureau of Mineral Resources,
Geology and Geophysics, Canberra; PI. 4, figs. 1, 3-4).—The holo-
type is an internal mould, having a length of 115 mm., of which 58
mm. consists of phragmocone. It has been subjected to dorso-ventral
crushing. The lateral diameters at the anterior and posterior ends
of the specimen are 91 mm. and 77 mm. respectively. The dorso-ven-
tral diameter at the posterior end of the specimen measures 39 mm.,
and the corresponding diameter at the anterior end 53 mm., but be-
cause of the crushing, these figures are somewhat lower than the
original diameters.

The sutures are transverse and sinuous. A pronounced, but
relatively narrow saddle occurs across the venter. It is followed by
a broad shallow lobe, which gives place to a narrow ill-defined saddle
on the ventro-lateral flank. The dorsal surface of the holotype has

been crushed, and the sutures are not preserved along this part of the
shell.

Fig. 11. Suture of Proterocameroceras contrarium.

At the posterior end of the specimen, the siphuncle has a diam-
eter of 21.8 mm. and appears to have been almost in contact with
the ventral wall of the conch. The septal necks and connecting rings
are well preserved on the dorsal side but are missing on the ventral
side. The septal necks on the dorsal side are excessively thick and
short. In a typical siphuncular segment, with a height of 4.1 mm.,
the septal necks have a thickness of .5 mm. and a length of .45 mm.
At their posterior extremities, the septal necks may generally be
seen to bifurcate. The connecting rings are extremely thick and com-

207 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 61

posed of two distinct layers. The inner layer is thin, having a uniform
thickness of .15 mm. It reaches from the tip of one septal neck to
the tip of the preceding septal neck. The outer layer is less regular
and is progressively thickened towards the posterior end of the speci-
men. In more mature parts of the specimen this outer layer forms
a projection into the camerae, producing a narrow flange situated
just above the mid-height of the siphuncular segments. It exists only
as a swelling of the outer layer in immature segments. The external
layer continues as a thin deposit for a short distance along both the
anterior and posterior surfaces of the septa. A layer of translucent
calcite developed along the inside of the siphuncular wall doubtless
represents recrystallized endocones. As would be expected, this re-
crystallized layer increases in thickness posteriorly.

Description of paratype (No. 367, Bureau of Mineral Resources,
Geology and Geophysics, Canberra; Pl. 4, fig. 2)—This specimen
is a fragment from the ventral side of a phragmocone. The sutures
are well preserved. It shows a sharply curved ventral saddle, fol-
lowed by a wide lobe and another sharply curved saddle across the
ventro-lateral area.

Description of paratype (No. 368, Bureau of Mineral Resources,
Geology and Geophysics, Canberra ).—This paratype is a portion of a
much larger specimen than the holotype. It has a length of 145 mm.,
a maximum lateral diameter of 135 mm., and a siphuncle whose
estimated diameter is 34 mm. The conch has been crushed, and an
estimate of the dorso-ventral diameter is not possible. Numerous
fine, transverse growth lines are seen on a well-preserved portion of
the shell wall. On the dorsal surface, the suture consists of a broad,
low, saddle.

Description of paratype (No. 369, Bureau of Mineral Resources,
Geology and Geophysics, Canberra).—The specimen has a length
of 90 mm., 50 mm. consisting of phragmocone. It has been subjected
to pressure in the dorso-ventral plane but is not greatly distorted.
The dorso-ventral and lateral diameters measure 61 mm. and 77
mm. respectively at the posterior end of the specimen, while the
corresponding diameters at the anterior end are 80 mm. and 103
mm.

Comparisons—The similarity of the siphuncular structures of

62 BULLETIN 150 208

the Australian species of Proterocameroceras and Proterocamero-
ceras brainerdi, the type species of the genus, (see Flower, 1947)
can leave little doubt as to the close affinities between the two spe-
cies. In the Australian species, three outward projections of the
outer layer of the connecting ring occur in each siphuncular segment,
one along the posterior surface of the septum, one just above the
mid-height of the siphuncular segment, and one along the anterior
surface of the septum. The first two projections are unknown in
Proterocameroceras brainerdi, and the latter is only weakly devel-
oped. However, these projections are only developed in the mature
part of our specimens, and the siphuncular deposits at the anterior
end of the siphuncle are quite similar to those of the American spe-
cies of Proterocameroceras. An unusally large, ventrally situated,
and almost marginal siphuncle is common to both species. As far as
can be determined from the crushed conchs of the Australian spe-
cies, the conch proportions are similar to those of Proterocamero-
ceras brainerd. Important differences do occur in the details of the
suture. The American species is described as having a directly trans-
verse, somewhat sinuous suture, tending to form slight lateral saddles
and similar dorsal and ventral lobes. The Australian species pos-
sesses a dorsal and a ventral saddle. Next to the ventral saddle is a
broad rounded lobe, followed by a similar saddle across the ventro-
lateral area, and a broad lobe across the lateral and dorso-lateral
area.

Although significant differences in details of both suture and
siphuncle occur between the Australian species and the type species
of Proterocameroceras, these do not seem to afford a basis for generic
separation. The species name refers to the occurrence of Protero-
cameroceras on the opposite side of the earth to the type locality of
the type species.

Occurrence.—All the types came from locality NL 20 E, Eman-
uel limestone, Emanuel Creek, Kimberley Division, Western Aus-
tralia.

Genus ANTHOCERAS Teichert and Glenister, n.gen.

Type species —Anthoceras decorum Teichert and Glenister, n.sp.
Description—Prominently annulated orthoconic longicones
with circular cross-section; suture probably straight and transverse;

209 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: 'TEICHERT & GLENISTER 63

siphuncle moderately large and marginal, with constricted segments;
septal necks subholochoanitic, connecting rings thick; endocones
slightly asymetric.

The genus is named in honour of Dr. Rousseau H. Flower.

Affimities—Anthoceras is best placed amongst the Protero-
cameroceratidae, although the septal necks are longer than those of
typical members of this family. It differs from all other described
genera in the combination of annulate shell, subholochoanitic septal
necks, thick connecting rings, and complex endocones.

Anthoceras decorum Teichert and Glenister, n.sp Pe Satis el

Description of holotype (No. 34129, Department of Geology,
University of Western Australia).—The holotype is part of an ortho-
conic phragmocone with a length of 39.6 mm. Only one-half, of the
specimen is preserved, but it seems probable that the conch was cir-
cular in cross-section. The diameter at the posterior end of the spe-
cimen is estimated to have been 6.5 mm., and the corresponding di-
ameter at the anterior end of the specimen 10 mm. The siphuncle
maintains a uniform diameter of 2.8 mm. and is marginal. Six
camerae together have a length equal to the shell diameter.

The shell is traversed by well-developed annulations, four oc-
curing in a distance equal to the shell diameter. The holotype does
not show the suture clearly.

The septal necks are subholochoanitic. They are variable in
length, but most of them reach posteriorly almost to the preceding
septal foramen. Unlike typical subholochoanitic septal necks, those
of the holotype do not turn sharply inwards at their distal extrem-
ities. The necks are gently convex inward throughout their entire
length, with the result that the siphuncular segments are slightly con-
stricted at their mid-height. An appreciable gap is left between suc-
cessive septal necks, and this gap is filled by the anterior part of the
thick connecting rings. Numerous well-preserved asymetrical endo-
cones fill the posterior half of the siphuncle. They are sinuous in
cross-section. Many of them are deflected sharply outwards in the
vicinity of the connecting ring, so that they meet it at right angles.
A narrow endosiphuncular tube perforates the apices of the endo-
cones. It is situated slightly nearer the ventral side than the dorsal

64 BULLETIN 150 210

side of the siphuncle and is crossed by several irregularly spaced
diaphragms.

The species name refers to the beautifully preserved delicate
structures of the siphuncle.

Occurrence.—The holotype was found at locality E 10, Emanuel
limestone, Emanuel Creek, Kimberley Division, Western Australia.
Numerous specimens of this species are found at locality NH 143
near the base of the Emanuel limestone.

Family PILOCERATIDAE Miller, 1889
Genus ALLOPILOCERAS Ulrich and Foerste, 1936
Allopiloceras calamus Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. Pl. 7, figs. 8-9

Description of holotype (No. 355, Bureau of Mineral Resources,
Geology and Geophysics, Canberra).—The species is known by the
posterior portion of a single siphuncle. The holotype has a length of
54.5 mm. and at the anterior end of the specimen attains a dorso-
ventral diameter of 27.6 mm. and a lateral diameter of 24.7 mm. It
is compressed throughout. The posterior third of the specimen ex-
pands rapidly, but the rate of expansion decreases anteriorly. The
~ dorsal profile is convex in the posterior half of the specimen but
becomes flat in the anterior half. The ventral profile is convex in
the posterior third of the specimen, becomes gently concave to a
point just anterior of mid-length, and then becomes gently convex in
the anterior half of the specimen. The curvature is thus reversed in
the anterior part of the siphuncle. Transverse annulations do not
occur, although the siphuncle does not appear to have suffered
severe abrasion. A deep but narrow groove starts at the apex and
traverses the ventro-lateral flank. Six mm. from the apex it bifur-
cates to form two slightly sinuous grooves which traverse the whole
length of the specimen. One of the grooves lies approximately in the
mid-ventral plane, while the other traverses the ventro-lateral flank.
Recrystallization has obliterated most of the finer internal structures,
but both furrows appear to be continuous with irregular endosi-
phuncular blades. Five other endosiphuncular blades occur, and in
each case they leave some trace of a longitudinal furrow where they
meet the external surface of the siphuncle.

In cross-section the siphuncle is seen to be composed of a finely

grt AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 65

crystalline irregular outer layer, which probably represents recrys-
tallized endocones, and seven unevenly spaced endosiphuncular
blades which radiate from the central rod of dark-coloured calcite.
This central rod may represent the endosiphuncular coleon and the
endosiphuncular tube. The endosiphuncular coleon and the inner
parts of the endosiphuncular blades are enclosed in coarsely crystal-
line calcite.

Comparisons—The Australian species of Allopiloceras is a typi-
cal member of the genus. It has close affinities with Allopiloceras se-
vierense Ulrich, Foerste and Miller. Both species have siphuncles
which expand uniformly near the posterior end, and in both the
curvature is reversed at an early stage of development. The Aus-
tralian species of Al/opiloceras is the only representative of the genus
from which endosiphuncular blades have been recorded.

The species name refers to the endosiphuncular blades.

Occurrence.—The holotype came from locality NL 20 E, Eman-
uel limestone, Emanuel Creek, Kimberley Division, Western Aus-
tralia.

Family ENDOCERATIDAE Hyatt, 1883
Genus CYRTENDOCERAS Patrunky, 1926

Type species —Endoceras (Cyrtocerina) hircus Holm, 1895.

The generic term Cyrtendoceras was first used by Remelé in
1886 when he exhibited a cephalopod at a scientific meeting, the re-
port of which appeared in the same year (Remelé, 1886). The name
was proposed for a gently cyrtoconic shell with a large, marginal,
endogastrically situated siphuncle, and holochoanitic septal necks.*
Remelé cannot be said to have validly established the genus Cyr-
tendoceras, since he gave no specific name to the specimen.

In 1892 Holm described two species, from the Ordovician of
Sweden and Estonia respectively, as Endoceras (Cyrtocerina) hircus
and Endoceras (Cyrtocerina) schmidti. He stated that they were
congeneric with the undescribed species represented by the specimen
on which Remelé had based his genus Cyrtendoceras. Since, however,
Holm rejected Cyrtendoceras, which he regarded as synonymous
with Cyrtocerina Billings, it cannot be claimed that he gave validity
to the generic name.

®An English translation of Remelé’s brief article was given by Foerste, 1932.

66 BULLETIN 150 212

In 1906 Ruedemann described a new species under the name of
Cyrtendoceras? priscum. This cannot affect the validity of Cyrtendo-
ceras, since his species was only doubtfully referred to that genus.

As far as we have been able to ascertain, the first person to use
Cyrtendoceras without reservation and in connection with a valid
specific name was Patrunky. In a little known publication (1926),
he recorded the presence of “Cyrtendoceras hircus Holm” in Ordo-
vician limestones from the Pleistocene drift of northern Germany.
Under this name he identified cyrtoconic endoceroids with large
marginal siphuncles and endocones. He stated clearly that for such
forms the name Cyrtendoceras, which he credited to Remelé, was
preferred. Patrunky thus gave validity to the genus, and since
“Cyrtendoceras hircus Holm” is the only species mentioned, this
becomes the type species by monotypy.

Foerste (1932) was the first to restudy the specimen for which
Remelé coined the name Cyrtendoceras. He made this the type of a
new species, C. remelei, but his proposal to regard this as the type
species of Cyrtendoceras cannot be accepted.

Fortunately, this confusion about authors and type species
raises no major taxonomic problem, because all authors agree to re-
gard C.hircus, C. schmidti, and C.remelet as congeneric. A fourth
specimen, from the Kunda formation of Estonia, described in
Foerste’s publication (1932) under the name of C.estoniense, may
belong to our new genus Campendoceras.

The generic diagnosis of Cyrtendoceras, based on the type
species, as as follows:

Cyrtoconic, endogastric, slightly compressed conchs, with
marked growth lines or wrinkles describing lateral saddles and ven-
tral and dorsal lobes; siphuncle large, marginal; septal necks holo-
choanitic; endocones present.

Hyatt (1900, p. 515) proposed the family Cyrtendoceratidae
for the single genus Cyrtendoceras. The family was later extended
to include any type of endogastric curved conch with a large siph-
uncle. Thus Foerste (1925) added Levisoceras, Clarkoceras, and
Quebecoceras, and Kobayashi (1937) added Cyrtovaginoceras. In
1943 Ulrich, Foerste and Miller discussed the family and the type
genus at some length, but based their interpretation of the latter on
the supposed type species, Cyrtendoceras remelei Foerste, the siph-

213 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 67

uncular structure of which is not known. In addition, 13 other genera
were included in the family. However, almost all of these seem
to have short septal necks and complex connecting rings and were
correctly placed in the Ellesmeroceratidae by Flower and Kummel
(1950). They are not closely related to Cyrtendoceras. As has been
shown, the latter is a true endoceratid, and since we place little
taxonomic value on the curvature of the conch, we do not propose
to maintain the family Cyrtendoceratidae. In this we follow Flower
and Kummel, who listed the genus among the Endoceratidae.

Cyrtendoceras carnegiei Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. Pl. 8, figs. 6-9;
: text fig. 12

Description of holotype (No. 351, Bureau of Mineral Resources,
Geology and Geophysics, Canberra; Pl. 8, figs. 7-9).—The holotype
is part of the phragmocone of a rapidly expanding, weakly curved,
endogastric cyrtocone. It has a length of 34 mm. and is compressed
in cross-section. At the posterior end of the specimen the dorso-
ventral and lateral diameters are 28 mm. and 26 mm. respectively,
while the corresponding diameters at the anterior end of the speci-
men are 42 mm. and 39 mm. The siphuncle is large and marginal.
It has a dorso-ventral diameter of 15 mm. at the posterior end of
the specimen and a corresponding diameter of 16 mm. at the an-

Fig. 12. Anterior and posterior cross-sections of the holotype of Cyrtendoceras
carnegiei.

68 BULLETIN 150 214

terior end. Ten camerae occupy a distance equal to the dorso-
ventral shell diameter.

The suture consists of a shallow but narrowly rounded lobe
across the venter, followed by a rounded saddle across the flanks
and a shallow lobe across dorsum. Ectosiphuncular sutures are
well developed.

The septal necks are holochoanitic, reaching posteriorly almost
exactly to the preceding septum. They are straight and do not turn
appreciably inwards at their distal ends. The connecting rings are
composed of two layers, a thick outer layer and a regularly thin inner
layer. There is a concentration of dense material near the anterior
extremity of the thick outer layer. A thin endocone layer is present.

A cylindrical tube, almost centrally situated, occurs in the pos-
terior part of the siphuncle of the holotype. It is considered that this
tube has been introduced during fossilization.

Description of paratype (No. 352, Bureau of Mineral Re-
souces, Geology and Geophysics, Canberra; PI. 8, fig. 6).—The para-
type is a much weathered specimen with a well-preserved siphuncle.
The septal necks are holochoanitic. They are conical rather than
tubular, so that a considerable lateral gap is left between the pos-
terior tip of each septal neck and the anterior extremity of the neck
which precedes it. The connecting rings consist of three components,
arranged in two layers. The inner layer is thin and composed of
dense material. It originates at the tip of the septal neck and ex-
tends posteriorly, as a layer of uniform thickness, to the tip of the
preceding septal neck. The outer layer is much thicker and consists
of two components. The anterior component is finely crystalline and
in some segments is finely laminated, while the larger posterior
component is made up of coarsely crystalline material. Endocones
are well developed.

This species is named in honour of D. W. Carnegie, who in
1896-1897 explored the eastern margin of the Desert Basin.

Comparisons.—Cyrtendoceras carnegiei differs from Cyrtendo-
ceras hircus Holm, the type species of the genus, in having straight
septal necks and in the absence of wrinkles on the shell surface. The
Western Australian species of Cyrtendoceras is the only one known
to possess a dorsal and ventral lobe with intervening saddles across
the flanks. Cyrtendoceras schmidti (Holm) and Cyrtendoceras

215 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 69

remelet Foerste have siphuncles which are slightly removed from the
ventral wall.

Occurrence.—All the type material came from locality NH 145,
Emanuel limestone, Emanuel Creek, Kimberly Division, Western
Australia.

Genus Lobendoceras Teichert and Glenister, n.gen.

Type species—Lobendoceras emanuelense Teichert and Glenis-
ter, n. sp;

Description—Orthoconic longicones with smooth shell, circular
cross-section, and large marginal siphuncle; conchs moderately ex-
panded anteriorly, camerae short. A broad deep lobe occurs in the
ventral suture. Septal necks typically subholochoanitic but may
become holochoanitic; connecting rings thick, endocones probably
developed.

Affimties—Lobendoceras is closely allied to Endoceras, from
which it differs in the possession of a ventral lobe and subholocho-
anitic rather than holochoanitic septal necks. Catoraphiceras differs
in having well-developed annulations, and Thylacoceras has a much
smaller siphuncle.

Lobendoceras emanuelense Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. Pl. 9, figs. 1-7

Description of holotype (No. 346, Bureau of Mineral Resources,
Geology and Geophysics, Canberra; Pl. 9, figs. 1-4) —The holotype
is part of a closely chambered orthoconic phragmocone with a length
of 77.4 mm. It is circular in cross-section and expands from a dia-
meter of 19.2 mm. at the posterior end of the specimen to 29.1 mm.
at the anterior end. The siphuncle is large and marginal. It is de-
pressed in cross-section due to a ventral flattening. The lateral dia-
meter of the siphuncle is 9.2 mm. at the posterior end of the speci-
men and 14.0 mm. at the anterior end. Thirty-eight mm. from the
posterior end of the specimen the lateral and dorso-ventral diameters
of the siphuncle are 10.9 and 9.6 mm. respectively. Ten camerae
occupy a distance equal to the shell diameter, and the lateral dia-
meter of the siphuncle is equal to the height of 4.5 camerae.

A broadly rounded ventral lobe occurs in the suture. This lobe
has a width slightly less than the lateral diameter of the siphuncle
and a depth equal to the length of 1.5 camerae. The ventral lobe

70 BULLETIN 150 216

is bordered by a pair of low saddles across the flanks and a shallow
lobe across the dorsum.

The septal necks are somewhat variable in length. Most of them
are subholochoanitic, but several near the posterior end of the holo-
type are holochoanitic. The distal ends of the septal necks are de-
flected towards the centre of the siphuncle, so that even when the
necks are holochoanitic there is a gap between the distal end of
each neck and the proximal end of the preceding one. Connecting
rings are thick and apparently uniform in composition. A thin recry-
stallized interior lining of the posterior end of the siphuncle is inter-
preted as representing recrystallized endocones. A narrow tube is
present in the posterior end of the siphuncle. Similar structures have
not been reported from endoceroid siphuncles, and it is thought
that the tube was introduced when the rest of the siphuncle was
filled with matrix.

Description of paratype (No. 347, Bureau of Mineral Resources,
Geology and Geophysics, Canberra; PI. 9, figs. 5-7).—The paratype
represents the ventral third of a well-preserved phragmocone. It
has a length of 59.2 mm. A lateral section through the siphuncle
shows subholochoanitic septal necks, thick connecting rings, and
recrystallized endocones. The characteristic deep ventral lobe is well
exposed. Most of the shell is preserved; it is smooth.

The species takes its name from the Emanuel limestone.

Occurrence.—Both the holotype and the paratype came from
locality NL 20 E, Emanuel limestone, Emanuel Creek, Kimberley
Division, Western Australia.

Genus Campendoceras Teichert and Glenister, n.gen.

Type species—Campendoceras gracile Teichert and Glenister,
n.sp.

Description.—Slightly cyrtoconic, slender, endogastric, longi-
cones with annulate shell, circular cross-section, and large marginal
siphuncle; camerae long, sutures straight, septal necks subholocho-
anitic; endocones present. The generic name is derived from a com-
bination of Endoceras and the Greek word for bend.

Affinities—The only other curved genus of Endoceratidae is
Cyrtendoceras which differs in being larger and more strongly curved

217 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 71

and in having a wrinkled rather than annulate shell.

Campendoceras gracile Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. Pie aes Oa

Description of holotype (No. 371, Bureau of Mineral Resources,
Geology and Geophysics, Canberra).—This specimen is a gently
curved endogastric longicone with a length of 41 mm. The cross-
section of the conch is approximately circular, the diameter of the
shell increasing from 2.5 mm. at the posterior end of the specimen to
7.5 mm. at the anterior end. The siphuncle is marginal in position
and has a maximum diameter of 3.5 mm. at the anterior end.

Numerous prominent annulations appear on the internal mould.
They are directly transverse. Four occur in a distance equal to the
shell diameter. The sutures are parallel to the annulations. Five cam-
erae together have a length equal to the diameter of the shell.

The septal necks are not well preserved but appear to be sub-
holochoanitic. The interior of the siphuncle is filled with coarsely
crystalline calcite which represents recrystallized endocones. Part
of the conical space inside the last endocone is visible near the an-
terior end of the siphuncle and is now filled with matrix. This last
endocone is circular in cross-section and is situated near the middle
of the siphuncle.

Comparisons —The only other known cyrtoconic, distinctly
annulate endoceroid, is a species described by Foerste (1932) as
Cyrtendoceras estoniense, from the Vaginatum limestone (Kunda
formation, B3) of Estonia. This species is much larger than Cam-
pendoceras gracile. In addition to distinct though weak annulations,
it has fine transverse striae on the shell. Since the holotypes of the
two species represent different portions of the phragmocone, it 1s
difficult to compare them in detail. However, they appear to be
closely related and seem to be of similar age. They are, therefore,
most probably congeneric.

Occurrence—Locality NL 20 E, Emanuel limestone, Emanuel
Creek, Kimberley Division, Western Australia.

Endoceratidae, gen. et sp. ind. Pl. 8, fig. 2-5

1952. Cf. Meniscoceras Teichert and Glenister, Jour. Paleont., vol. 26,
Pehla

Two specifically identical fragmentary siphuncles do not seem to

72, BULLETIN 150 218

belong to any previously described genus. The morphological in-
formation they provide is far from complete, and their structures are
not fully understood. However, both specimens are described below,
since they may prove valuable in stratigraphic correlation. These
specimens were previously compared with Meniscoceras in a brief
survey of the Price’s Creek fauna (Teichert and Glenister, 1952).

Description of specvmen No. 342 (Bureau of Mineral Resources,
Geology and Geophysics, Canberra; PI. 8, figs. 2-3).—The specimen
is a straight, depressed, slowly expanding fragment of a siphuncle,
57.7 mm. in length. At the posterior end of the specimen the lateral
diameter is 13.8 mm., while at the anterior end the lateral and dorso-
ventral diameters are 17.0 mm. and 13.0 mm. respectively. The dor-
sal surface is evenly rounded, while the ventral surface is almost flat,
being gently convex. Weakly developed annulations are present in
the anterior half of the specimen. They are interpreted as the lines
at which holochoanitic septal necks joined their respective septa. The
annulations slope anteriorly from the dorsum to the venter. The dis-
tance between five successive annulations is equal to the lateral
siphuncular diameter.

The siphuncular deposits consist of three concentric organic
layers surrounding a central tube which is filled with matrix. The
central tube is crescent-shaped in cross-section. The outermost layer
of the siphuncular deposits is fairly uniform in thickness but is
thickened on the ventro-lateral flanks. At the anterior end of the
specimen, the average thickness of this layer is 1 mm., but the thick-
ness increases to 2 mm. ventro-laterally. Inside this outermost layer
lies a more irregular deposit. Dorsally and laterally it has an average
thickness of .5 mm. but is inflated ventrally to a thickness of over
3 mm. A superficially similar, wedge-shaped structure occurring in
Manchuroceras steanet was given the name of “endosiphowedge” by
Teichert (1947), but “endosiphuncular wedge” is now preferred.
Study of the holotype of Manchuroceras steanei shows that the two
structures are not closely similar, since the endosiphuncular wedge
of Manchuroceras is a discrete deposit formed inside the endocones
and confined to the ventral side of the siphuncle. On the inside of
this second layer lies a further organic layer with a uniform thickness
of 1 mm. As a result of the ventral thickening of the middle layer,

219 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 73

the inner layer is crescentic in cross-section, being convex dorsally
and laterally and flatly concave ventrally. The endosiphuncular cone
is also crescentic in cross-section. It is filled with matrix. The three
layers are interpreted as three discrete series of recrystallized endo-
cones,

Description of specimen No. 343 (Bureau of Mineral Resourses,
Geology and Geophysics, Canberra; Pl. 8, figs. 4-5).—The ventral
part of the shell wall and the septa, together with the siphuncle,
are preserved in this specimen. Siphuncular structures are almost ob-
literated by recrystallization. The ventral surface of the siphuncle
appears to be in contact with the shell wall. The specimen has a
length of 44 mm. At the posterior end the lateral and dorso-ventral
siphuncular diameters are 7.0 mm. and 7.5 mm. respectively, while
the corresponding diameters at the anterior end of the specimen are
13.6 mm. and 11.0 mm. The siphuncle is oval in cross-section, the
dorsal surface being rounded and the ventral surface almost flat.
The shell diameter is estimated as 20 mm. Four and a half camerae
occupy a distance equal to the lateral diameter of the siphuncle.

Comparisons——The specimens described above are superficially
similar to species of Meniscoceras Flower (1941). They differ in hav-
ing no trace of endosiphuncular blades and in the possession of three
discrete endocone layers.

Occurrence.—Specimen No. 342 is from locality NH 142, and
specimen No. 343 from locality NH 141, Gap Creek dolomite,
Emanuel Creek, Kimberley Division, Western Australia.

Order BASSLEROCERATIDA

This order was established by Flower (in Flower and Kummel,
1950) for compressed exogastric cyrtocones with tubular ventral
siphuncle. All genera referred to the Bassleroceratida are of Ordo-
vician age. As proposed, it contained only two families, the Basslero-
ceratidae and the Graciloceratidae. Flower and Kummel state the
Bassleroceratidae gave rise to the coiled Tarphyceratida, and it
seems to us that they could well be included in that order, represent-
ing an early cyrtoconic stock from which the Tarphyceratidae arose
through Aphetoceras or some similar openly coiled form. We are

74 BULLETIN 150 220

maintaining the order, because its review would necessitate recon-
sideration of the Graciloceratidae, a task for which we are not pre-
pared.

Family BASSLEROCERATIDAE Ulrich, Foerste, Miller and Unklesbay,
1944

This family was proposed for slender exogastric longicones with
compressed siphuncle, orthochoanitic septal necks, and constricted
siphuncular segments. The suture consists of prominent dorsal and
ventral saddles, separated by lateral lobes. In the same publication,
the family Rudolfoceratidae was proposed, to include forms similar
to the Bassleroceratidae but differing in the possession of annula-
tions.

The discovery of an annulate species of Bassleroceras, described
below as Bassleroceras annulatum, confirms the present authors’
belief that annulations are of subordinate taxonomic value. Some
of the genera included by Ulrich, Foerste, Miller and Unklesbay
in the Rudolfoceratidae may belong in the Bassleroceratidae. Others

such as Ectoycycloceras probably belong in the Protocyclocera-
tidae.

Genus BASSLEROCERAS Ulrich and Foerste, 1936

Bassleroceras annulatum Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. Pl. 1, figs. 17-18

Description of holotype (No. 353, Bureau of Mineral Re-
sources, Geology and Geophysics, Canberra).—The holotype is a
gently curved exogastric cyrtocone with a length of 32 mm. The
body chamber has a length of 7 mm. The conch is compressed
and slowly expanding. At the posterior end of the specimen the
dorso-ventral and lateral diameters equal 1.6 mm. and 1.3 mm. re-
spectively. At the base of the living chamber the lateral diameter
is equal to 4.4 mm. and the dorso-ventral diameter is estimated
as 5.3 mm. The apertural margin is straight and transverse and
has a lateral diameter of 5.1 mm.

The camerae are short, eight occupying a distance equal to the
lateral diameter. The sutures form a pronounced saddle across the
venter. It is separated by two deep, rounded, lateral lobes from
a low saddle across the dorsum.

rh
rh
—

AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 75

The outside of the shell appears to be weakly annulate,
but the annulations are merely external swellings of the shell.
The inside of the shell (and, therefore, the surface of the internal
mould) is smooth. The annulations are strongest across the flanks
and slope anteriorly from the dorsal to the ventral side of the
conch at an angle of about 80° to the long axis of the conch. Six
evenly spaced annulations are present on the living chamber.

The siphuncle is small and is situated close to, but not in
contact with, the ventral wall of the conch. At the posterior end
of the specimen, the siphuncle has a diameter of .2 mm. It is tubular
in outline, and although not well preserved, it appears to consist
of short orthochoanitic septal necks joined by thin connecting

rings. The siphuncular segments expand slightly between successive
septal foramina.

Comparisons—The Australian species of Bassleroceras is much
smaller than Bassleroceras perseus (Billings), the type species of
the genus. Bassleroceras annulatum is also more cyrtoconic and is
the only annulate species included in the genus. Bassleroceras acina-
cellum (Whitfield) is, however, almost identical with the Australian
species, in cross-section, suture, curvature, and rate of expansion.

Occurrence-—Holotype, No. 353 came from locality NL 20 E,

Emanuel limestone, Emanuel Creek, Kimberley Division, Western
Australia.

Order DISCOSORIDA

Family WESTONOCERATIDAE Teichert, 1933
Genus APOCRINOCERAS Teichert and Glenister, n.gen.

Type species——Apocrinoceras talboti Teichert and Glenister,
n.sp.

Description—Longiconic orthocones with circular cross-sec-
tion and a small siphuncle situated close to the venter; septal necks
cyrtochoanitic with short brims, connecting rings thick; sutures
sinuous, camerae short; shell almost smooth.

The generic name is derived from the Greek for “select.” Selec-
tion Homestead is the old name for Christmas Creek Homestead

76 BULLETIN 150 222

which is situated near Emanuel Creek.

Affinities —A pocrinoceras is best considered as a primitive
member of the Westonoceratidae*. The thickened connecting rings,
typical of that group, are well developed in Apocrinoceras, although
neither cinguli nor endocones appear in the siphuncle. It is reason-
able to assume that this genus occurred at the base of the weston-
oceratid stock, prior to the point where this group first began to
develop cinguli and endocones. Apocrinoceras is the oldest known
cephalopod with truly cyrtochoanitic septal necks.

Apocrinoceras talboti Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. Pil dl hesana9

Description of specimen No. 354 (Bureau of Mineral Resources,
Geology and Geophysics, Canberra ).—The holotype and only known
specimen belonging to this species is a slowly expanding orthocone
27 mm. long. The cross-section is circular, and the specimen ex-
pands from a diameter of 9 mm. at the posterior end to 12.5 mm.
at the anterior end. Near the posterior end of the specimen, the
siphuncle has a dorso-ventral diameter of 1.2 mm., a lateral dia-
meter of .9 mm., and is situated .2 mm. from the ventral shell wall.
Eleven camerae together occupy a distance equal to the shell dia-
meter.

The suture is sinuous and directly transverse. A low saddle
occurs across the venter and is followed by a pair of shallow lobes
across the ventro-lateral area, a pair of low saddles in the dorso-
lateral area, and a shallow lobe across the dorsum. Both the shell
and the septa are unusually thin. Low irregular annulations and
numerous fine striations cover the shell. Both are weakly reflected
in the internal cast.

A thin section of 4 mm. of the phragmocone has been made in
the dorso-ventral mid-plane. The septal necks are cyrtochoanitic

4In 1952 (p. 744) we stated that the original spelling of the type genus
of this family was Westenoceras (Foerste 1924) and that the change in spelling
to Westonoceras suggested by Foerste and Teichert (1930) was inadmissible.
Dr. A. K. Miller has now called our attention to the fact that, in his original
publication, Foerste (1924, p. 196) did in fact use the alternative spelling Wes-
tonoceras. Even though this appears only once, in the general introduction, it is
possible that its use in print in the original publication makes this spelling avail-
able, if desirable, in preference to Westenoceras, which is the spelling used in
the descriptive part of Foerste’s paper.

AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 77

bo
tN
w

with short brims, and the siphuncular segments are moderately in-
flated. The connecting rings are thick and complex in structure.
They are composed of a thin inner layer and an extremely thick
outer layer. In a typical siphuncular segment with a length of
1.05 mm. and a maximum dorso-ventral diameter of 1.3 mm., the
siphuncle is constricted at the septal foramen to a diameter of
.75 mm., and the connecting ring has a thickness of .2 mm. The
septal necks have a length of .15 mm., and bear brims of .5 mm.
length.

This species is named in honour of H. W. B. Talbot who, in
1906-1907 made the first geological reconnaissance of the Desert
Basin along the Canning Stock Route.

Occurrences—Locality NL 20 E, Emanuel limestone, Emanuel
Creek, Kimberley Division, Western Australia.

Order TARPHYCERATIDA
Family TARPHYCERATIDAE Hyatt, 1894
Genus APHETOCERAS Hyatt, 1894

Aphetoceras delectans Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. Pl. 10, figs. 1-7;
text fig. 13

Description of holotype (No. 359, Bureau of Mineral Resources,
Geology and Geophysics, Canberra; PI. 10, figs. 1-2).—The holotype
is a loosely coiled nautilicone with a maximum diameter of 41 mm.
One side of the specimen is worn, but the other is well preserved.
It appears that little, if any, of the posterior end of the specimen
is missing. Slightly more than one and a half whorls are preserved.
All but the anterior fifth of the last whorl is chambered. The whorls
of the chambered portion of the shell appear to have been in contact,
but the living chamber diverges from the rest of the shell. The
living chamber has a length of 14 mm., measured along the concave
dorsal side.

The whorls are slightly compressed and more narrowly rounded
across the venter than across the dorsum. The dorsum tends to be
flattened but an impressed zone is not developed. Near the base of
the living chamber the whorl has a height of 10.8 mm. and a width
of 9.3 mm. The siphuncle has a height of 1.3 mm., a width of 1.0
mm., and its ventral surface is situated 1.7 mm. from the ventral

shell wall.

78 BULLETIN 159 224

Fig. 13. Cross-section of A phetoceras delectans, X 2%.

Numerous prominent ribs are present on the conch. They are
directed transversely across the dorsum but swing posteriorly across
the flanks to form a deep but narrow lobe across the venter. The
ventral lobe formed by the ribs has a depth equal to the length of
almost four camerae. The ribs are V-shaped and pointed in cross-
section. They appear as low rounded elevations on the mould of
the inside of the shell wall.

Six and a half camerae together occupy a distance equal to
the dorso-ventral shell diameter. The sutures are simple. A shallow
rounded saddle occurs on both the dorsum and venter, and these
are separated on either flank by a shallow rounded lobe. Calcitic
deposits do occur in the camerae, but they appear to be of inorganic
origin.

The siphuncle does not alter appreciably in relative size or
position during ontogenetic development. It occupies a position
approximately one-third of the distance between the venter and
the centre of the conch. The septal necks are short, straight, and
considerably thicker than the septa. Siphuncular segments are
slightly expanded. There is a suggestion that the connecting rings are
composed of two layers.

Description of paratype (No. 360, Bureau of Mineral Resources,
Geology and Geophysics, Canberra; Pl. 10, figs. 3-4).—This para-
type is a poorly preserved specimen which has been ground and
polished in the plane of the siphuncle. It consists of one and a half
whorls, one-quarter of a whorl being represented by body chamber.
The umbilicus is widely perforate. The last half-whorl diverges
from the penultimate whorl, so that the anterior end of the living

bo
rh
al

AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 79

chamber is separated by a distance of 8 mm. from the adjacent sur-
face of the penultimate whorl. A runzelschicht is well developed.

The connecting rings consist of two discrete components. The
inner layer is the thinner of the two and reaches from the tip of
one septal neck to the tip of the preceding neck. The outer layer
traverses the entire length of the outer surface of the septal necks
and reaches posteriorly to the preceding septum. In no case has this
outer layer developed along either the anterior or the posterior sur-
face of the septa, suggesting that it is a part of the connecting ring
and not a cameral deposit.

Description of paratype (No. 361, Bureau of Mineral Resources,
Geology and Geophysics, Canberra; Pl. 10, fig. 7)—This specimen
is an external mould of an almost complete conch. Like the holotype,
it consists of just over one and a half whorls. The anterior half-whorl
diverges rapidly from the penultimate whorl, being separated from
it by a distance of 14 mm. at the anterior end of the specimen. Well-
developed ribs traverse the flanks transversely and swing sharply
posteriorly across the venter. Eighteen ribs are present on the last
half-whorl.

Description of paratype (No. 362, Bureau of Mineral Resources,
Geology and Geophysics, Canberra; Pl. 10, figs. 5-6).—This speci-
men is a fragment of a living chamber, with a length of 28 mm. It is
compressed and oval in cross-section. The dorso-ventral and lateral
diameters at the posterior end are 11.5 mm. and 8.5 mm. respectively,
while the corresponding diameters at the anterior end are 12.5 mm.
and 9.3 mm. The surface is weathered, but the course of the ribs
well shown. They are transverse across the dorsum and dorso-lateral
area but swing posteriorly across the ventro-lateral area to form deep
V-shaped lobes across the venter.

Comparitsons—The ribs of Aphetoceras delectans are more
strongly developed than those of typical species of Aphetoceras. This
suggests affinities with the Plectoceratidae, but the Australian spe-
cies is unlike members of that group in both cross-section and mode
of coiling. Aphetoceras delectans is easily distinguished from all other
species of Aphetoceras by its well-developed ribs and double-layered
connecting rings.

80 BULLETIN 150 226

Occurrence.—Holotype, No. 359 and paratypes, Nos. 361-362
are from locality NL 20 D, and paratype, No. 360 is from locality
NL 20 E, Emanuel limestone, Emanuel Creek, Kimberley Division,
Western Australia.

Aphetoceras desertorum Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. Pi. 10; fie 8
text fig. 14

Description of holotype (No. 363, Bureau of Mineral Resources,
Geology and Geophysics, Canberra).—The holotype is part of a
loosely coiled gyrocone with an estimated maximum diameter of 40
mm. It has a length of approximately 37 mm. and represents about
one-third of a whorl. Half the specimen is represented by living
chamber. The posterior 11.9 mm. has been sectioned in the dorso-
ventral mid-plane. The whorls expand rapidly, and it is estimated
that little more than one complete volution could have developed
in the original shell.

The whorls are compressed and oval in cross-section, the dor-
sum being slightly more narrowly rounded than the venter. The

Fig. 14. Cross-section of Aphetoceras desertorum, X 4.

dorso-ventral diameters at the posterior end of the specimen, near
the base of the living chamber, and near the anterior end of the
specimen are 5.6 mm., 10.1 mm and 10.8 mm. respectively; cor-
responding maximum lateral diameters are 3.2 mm., 6.2 mm., and
7.0 mm.

The shell is smooth except for the presence of numerous growth
lines. They are transversely directed across the dorsum and flanks,
but there is some evidence of a sinus across the venter.

Nine camerae together have a length equal to the dorso-ventral

227 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 81

shell diameter. The sutures are simple. Shallow rounded saddles are
present on the dorsum and the venter. They are separated by shal-
low rounded lobes across the flanks. The siphuncle is small, com-
pressed, and situated close to the venter. Where the dorso-ventral
diameter is 8.8 mm., the siphuncle has a maximum diameter of .8
mm. and is situated .7 mm. from the venter. The siphuncular seg-
ment. The length of the camera is 1.0 mm. Septal necks are variable
in shape but are always short and orthochoanitic. The septal necks
on the dorsal side are generally the longest, averaging about .2 mm.
in length, while those on the ventral side are considerably shorter.
The connecting rings are thin and structurally simple.

Comparisons.—A phetoceras desertorum is comparable with the
group of Aphetoceras boreale Hyatt (1894). Both are compressed
and oval, and both expand rather more rapidly than typical mem-
bers of the genus. They probably represent transitional forms be-
tween A phetoceras and the rapidly expanding genus Deltoceras. The
Australian species is distinct in having extremely short camerae and a
highly compressed, oval, shell cross-section.

Occurrence.—Locality NL 20 E, Emanuel limestone, Emanuel
Creek, Kimberley Division, Western Australia.

Genus AETHOCERAS Teichert and Glenister, n.gen.
Type species: Aethoceras caurus Teichert and Glenister, n.sp.

Description—Small, slowly expanding torticonic® shells with
subcircular cross-section and dextral coiling; siphuncle small, situated
close to venter; surface covered with closely spaced transverse aper-
tural flanges.

The generic name is derived from the Greek word for unusual.

Affimties—Because of its unusual combination of a torticonic
shell and apertural flanges the genus is unique not only among Ca-
nadian forms, but among early Paleozoic cephalopods generally. It
is the oldest torticone known so far and the first coiled form of any

5 Nautiloid shells of this type have in the past often been described as
“trochoceroid.” They are coiled in a three-dimensional spiral like most gastro-
pods. Among ammonoids this type of coiling is often known as helicoidal or
“turriliticone.”’ Long ago Hyatt (1900) used the term “torticone” which is sim-
ply descriptive and applicable to all groups. There is no reason to perpetuate a
multiple terminology for the same feature in one and the same phylum of in-
vertebrates.

82 BULLETIN 150 228

kind possessing flanges found in pre-Devonian rocks. Unfortunately,
since only one specimen was available for study, it has not been pos-
sible to elucidate the structure of the siphuncle. Judging from gen-
eral shell morphology the genus can be supposed to belong either to
the Tarphyceratidae or the Plectoceratidae. Since the former family
is much more abundantly represented in Upper Canadian rocks than
the latter, we believe that Aethoceras may eventually be found to
belong to the Tarphyceratidae.

Aethoceras caurus Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. Pl. 9, figs. 8-10;
text fig. 15
Description of holotype (No. 364, Bureau of Mineral Resources,
Geology and Geophysics, Canberra).—The holotype is an internal
mould of a shell which consists of slightly more than one whorl of a
loosely coiled torticone with a maximum diameter of 23 mm. The
whorls are almost in contact, but a depressed zone is not developed.
One quarter of the last whorl is represented by body chamber. The
lateral diameter of the body chamber at its adapertural end is 10
mm., its dorso-ventral diameter 7 to 8 mm. The shell has been re-
moved from one side of the specimen but remains intact on the op-
posite side. A consideration of the rate of expansion of the whorls
indicates that the shell was widely perforate. At the beginning of the
last preserved whorl the mid-ventral axis of that whorl lies about 4
mm. off the plane of symmetry of the body chamber at its apertural
end, thus affording a measure of the helicoidal coiling of the shell.

Fig. 15. Cross-section of Aethoceras caurus, X 5.

The whorls are slightly depressed and evenly rounded across the
dorsum and venter, Where the lateral diameter is 6.3 mm. and the

229 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 83

dorso-ventral diameter 5.4 mm., the siphuncle has a diameter of .45
mm. and its ventral margin is situated .35 mm. from the venter.

The ornamentation consists of a remarkable system of flanges.
These flanges attain a length of up to 4 mm., although except near
their bases they are rarely thicker than .15 mm. Their bases are
directed transversely across the flanks but swing posteriorly across
the venter to form a broad but deep lobe. The flanges are low across
the dorsum, have a maximum length across the flanks, and are
probably considerably shorter across the venter. The distal part of
the flange is directed anteriorly, forming an angle of approximately
60° with the shell surface. A runzelschicht is well developed.

The suture is almost straight and transverse, but very shallow
lobes form on the flanks, and a shallow saddle is formed across the
dorsum and the venter.

The species takes its name from the Latin word for northwest
wind.

Occurrence—Locality NL 20 E, Emanuel limestone, Emanuel
Creek, Kimberley Division, Western Australia.

Genus ESTONIOCERAS Noetling, 1883
Estionioceras sp. IPI IQ), sales, 2S qrepae, riley als

Description of specimen No. 34130 (Department of Geology,
University of Western Australia).—Only one specimen belonging to
Estonioceras is known to the authors. It is a fragmentary specimen
consisting of one and a half whorls, one-quarter of a whorl being rep-
resented by body chamber. The maximum diameter attained 1s esti-
mated at 30 mm. The umbilicus is widely perforated. Transverse

Fig. 16. Cross-section of Estonioceras sp., X 2%.

4 BULLETIN 150 230

cross-sections show that the whorls are depressed, the venter being
flatter than the dorsum. At the base of the body chamber, the dorso-
ventral and lateral diameters measure 7.9 mm. and 8.9 mm. respec-
tively. Where the dorso-ventral diameter is 4.1 mm., the lateral di-
ameter measures 4.9 mm., while the siphuncle has a diameter of .4
mm. and is situated .4 mm. from the ventral shell wall. An impressed
zone is not developed on the dorsal surface, and the whorls are not
in contact. The base of the body chamber is separated from the pen-
ultimate whorls by a distance of 1.4 mm., while the anterior end is
separated from that whorl by a distance of 2.5 mm.

The suture is transverse and only slightly sinuous. Irregularly
spaced indistinct ribs occur. They are directed posteriorly across the
flanks to form a shallow rounded lobe across the venter.

Comparisons ——The Western Australian species of Estonioceras
differs from typical members of this genus in being more loosely
coiled and in possessing weaker ornamentation. Both features may,
in part, be a function of weathering and distortion. The whorls are
in contact, at least in the early growth stages, in typical members of
the genus. It is possible that the whorls of Estonioceras sp. have
been separated during distortion of the specimen. The strength of the
ornamentation on Estonioceras sp. has been reduced by weathering.

Occurrence.—Locality E 10, Emanuel limestone, Emanuel
Creek, Kimberley Division, Western Australia.

Genus PYCNOCERAS Hyatt, 1894

Pycnoceras liratum Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. Pl. 10; fiese 2-15)
text fig. 17

Description of holotype (No. 358, Bureau of Mineral Resources,
Geology and Geophysics, Canberra ).—The holotype and only known
representative of the species consists of two-thirds of a well-preserved

Fig. 17. Cross-section of Pycnoceras liratum, X 2%.

231 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 85

subdiscoidal nautilicone. Two and a half volutions are present, about
one-sixth of a volution consisting of living chambers. The maximum
whorl diameter is 41 mm. The whorls expand slowly, and are in con-
tact throughout, including the living chamber. It is probable that
the conch was narrowly perforate.

The living chamber is subquadrate in cross-section, the dorso-
ventral and lateral diameters being almost identical. Earlier whorls
are slightly compressed, with a flat dorsum showing a tendency to-
wards development of a shallow impressed zone. The siphuncle is
situated close to, but not in contact with, the ventral shell wall.
Where the dorso-ventral diameter is 9.1 mm. and the lateral diameter
7.9 mm., the siphuncle has a diameter of 1.1 mm. and has its ventral
margin situated .8 mm. from the ventral shell wall.

Ornamentation consists of numerous evenly spaced lirae, which
are developed in all growth stages. These narrow, sharply crested
ridges are directed transversely across the flanks, and swing back-
wards to form a deep and narrowly rounded sinus across the venter.
Twenty lirae are present in a distance of .9 mm., measured along the
flanks of the living chamber. The runzelschicht, described in many
Palaeozoic ammonoids and noted by the present authors (1952) in
Hardmanoceras lobatum, and in several other species in this report,
is well developed. The suture is essentially straight and transverse,
but shallow lateral saddles, separated by dorsal and ventral lobes,
are developed in earlier whorls.

Siphuncular segments are gently expanded between successive
foramina. The septal necks are short and orthochoanitic. In a typical
siphuncular segment with a length of 1.6 mm. and a maximum di-
ameter of 1.2 mm., the diameter of the septal foramen is 1.1 mm.,
and the septal neck has a length of .2 mm.

Comparisons.—Pycnoceras liratum is a typical member of the
genus. It may, however, be readily separated from all other de-
scribed species of Pycnoceras by the well-developed lirae.

Occurrence.—The holotype came from locality NL 20 E, Eman-
uel limestone, Emanuel Creek, Kimberley Division, Western Aus-
tralia.

86 BULLETIN 150 232

Family TROCHOLITIDAE Chapman, 1857
Genus ARKOCERAS Ulrich, Foerste, Miller and Furnish, 1942
Arkoeceras sp. Pl. 10, figs. 10-11; text fig. 18

A single fragment of a silicified phragmocone was available for
study. It is too fragmentary to serve as the type of a new species.

Description of specimen No. 357—(Bureau of Mineral Re-
sources, Geology and Geophysics, Canberra). The specimen is con-
sidered to be part of a loosely coiled nautilicone, with an estimated
maximum diameter of 15 mm. It is chambered throughout, has a
length of 11 mm., and represents about one-third of a volution.

The whorl is compressed and oval in cross-section, the dorsum
being slightly more narrowly rounded than the venter. The dorso-
ventral and lateral diameters at the posterior end of specimen meas-
ure 2.7 mm. and 2.3 mm. respectively. The corresponding diameters
at the anterior end are 4.4 mm. and 3.7 mm. The siphuncle is mod-
erately large, compressed, and situated close to, but not in contact
with, the dorsal shell wall. At the anterior end of the specimen the
siphuncle has a dorso-ventral diameter of .7 mm., a lateral diameter
of .5 mm., and its dorsal margin is situated .2 mm. from the dorsum.

The sutures are simple and represent a direct reflection of the
shell cross-section. A shallow dorsal saddle is separated by a pair
of shallow rounded lateral lobes from a higher saddle across the
venter. The shell is smooth.

Comparisons.—Arkoceras, Cyclolituites, and Wichitoceras are
the only members of the Trocholitidae which are not dorsally im-
pressed. The specimen described above has affinities with both Arko-

Fig. 18. Cross-section of Arkoceras sp. X 6%.

233 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 87

ceras and Wichitoceras, being intermediate in position between these
closely allied genera. Arkoceras exiguum, the type species of Arko-
ceras, is either round or slightly depressed in cross-section. Arkoceras
sp., described above, is slightly compressed, and Wichitoceras com-
pressum, the type species of Wichitoceras, is highly compressed.
As a consequence of the cross-section, the sutures of Arkoceras exi-
guum are straight and transverse, whereas Wichitoceras compressum
exhibits dorsal and ventral saddles separated by lobes across the
flanks. Here again Arkoceras sp. is intermediate between the two
genera. The closer affinities as regards cross-section are, however,
with Arkoceras.

Occurrence—Locality NL 17, Emanuel limestone, Emanuel
Creek, Kimberley Division, Western Australia.

Genus HARDMANOCERAS Teichert and Glenister, 1952
Hardmanoceras lobatum Teichert and Glenister, 1952 PI ities 1 O—dall

1952. Hardmanoceras lobatum Teichert and Glenister, Jour. Pal., vol. 26, pp.
748-749.

Hardmanoceras lobatum, the type species of that genus, is
known from numerous excellently preserved conchs. A well-pre-
served gerontic specimen which recently came into the authors’ col-
lections adds considerably to our knowledge of this species.

Description of hypotype (No. 34128, Department of Geology,
University of Western Australia ).—This specimen is a discoidal nau-
tilicone consisting of five whorls, one and a quarter of which are body
chamber. It has a maximum diameter of 50.5 mm. All the whorls are
in contact except for the anterior quarter of a volution. This diverges
from the remainder of the conch, so that at the anterior end of the
body chamber its dorsal surface is separated by a distance of 2.5
mm. from the penultimate whorl. The whorl cross-section is sub-
rectangular, depressed, and impressed dorsally. No trace of the pro-
toconch can be found, but from a consideration of the rate of size
increase of the whorls, it seems probable that the umbilicus was nar-
rowly perforate.

Numerous prominent ribs occur on all whorls. They are directed
transversely across the dorso-lateral area but swing posteriorly across
the ventro-lateral area to form a deep V-shaped lobe across the

88 BULLETIN 150 234

venter. They are regularly spaced and even in strength over all but
the last half-whorl. There they become progressively weaker, less
uniform, and more numerous, until near the aperture they occur only
as irregular, ill-defined undulations. A prominent constriction occurs
just behind the present aperture, its course paralleling that of the
ribs. The present apertural margin is also parallel to the ribs, and a
deep hyponomic sinus is thus formed. These features indicate that
the anterior end of the shell represents the aperture at the time of
death of the animal.

The sutures consist of a shallow rounded lobe across the dorsum
and the venter, separated by a low saddle on either flank. The
length of the camerae is greatly reduced towards the anterior end of
the phragmocone, so that the last ten camerae are only half as long
as those situated half a whorl posteriorly from them.

Discussion—This specimen demonstrates that geronticism in
the species is marked by divergence of the living chamber, reduction
in strength of the ornamentation, and reduction in length of the
chambers.

Occurrence.—Holotype, No. 482 (17735) came from locality
NL 20 E, paratype, No. 483 (17736) from locality NL 20 F, and
hypotype, No. 34128 from locality E 11, Emanuel limestone, Eman-
uel Creek, Kimberley Division, Western Australia.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Barrande, J.
1866. Systéme Silurien du centre de la Bohéme: vol. 2, 2 me. série, pls.
108-244, Prague.

Blatchford, T.
1927. The geology of portions of the Kimberley Division, with special
reference to the Fitzroy Basin and the possibilities of the occurrence
a mineral oil: Geol. Sur. Western Australia, Bull., No. 93, pp. 1-56,

pls. 1-8.

Flower, R. H.

1941. Notes on structure and phylogeny of eurysiphonate cephalopods:
Palaeontographica Americana, vol. 3, No. 13, pp. 5-56, pls. 1-3.

1943. Structure and relationship of Cincinnati Cyrtocerina: Ohio Jour.
Sci., vol. 43, pp. 51-64, pls. 1-2.

1946. Ordovician cephalopods of the Cincinnati region. Part 1: Bull.
Amer. Paleont., vol. 29, No. 116, pp. 1-656, pls. 1-43.

1947. Holochoanites and endoceroids: Ohio Jour. Sci., vol. 47, pp.
155-172.

235 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 89

Flower, R. H. and Kummel, B. Jr.
1950. A classification of the Nautiloidea: Jour. Paleont., vol. 24, pp.
604-616.

Foerste, A. F.
1924. Notes on American Paleozoic cephalopods: Denison Uni. Bull.
vol. 20, pp. 193-267, plus. 21-42.
1932. The cephalopod genera Cyrtendoceras and Oclandoceras: Ohio
Jour. Sci., vol. 32, pp. 163-172, pls. 1-2.

Glenister, B. F.
1952. Ordovician nautiloids from New South Wales: Australian Jour.
Sci., vol. 15, pp. 89-91.

Gregory, J. W.
1930. Geological history of the Pacific Ocean: Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc.
London, vol. 76, pp. liv-cexxxvii.

Guppy, D. J. and Opik, A. A.
1950. Discovery of Ordovician rocks, Kimberley Division, W. A.: Aus-
tralian Jour. Sci., vol. 12, p. 205-206.

Hamilton, E. L.
1951. Sunken islands of the mid-Pacific mountains: Bull. Geol. Soc.
Amer., vol. 62, p. 1502.
1952. Upper Cretaceous, Tertiary, and Recent planktonic Foraminifera
from mid-Pacific flat-topped seamounts: Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol.
63, pp. 1330-1331.

Hardman, E. T. ; ae
1884. Report on the geology of the Kimberley District, Western Aus-
tralia. Legislative Council Western Australia, Rept., pp. 4-22, pls. 1-16.

Hess, H. H. ;
1946. Drowned ancient islands of the Pacific Basin: Amer. Jour. Sci.,
vol. 244, pp. 772-791.

Hills, E. S. ‘
1945. Some aspects of the tectonics of Australia: Roy. Soc. New South
Wales, Jour. Proc., vol. 74, pp. 67-91.

Holm, G.
1895. Om tvenne Gyroceras—formight bojda Endoceras—arter: Sveriges
geol. unders., ser. C, nr. 153, pp. 125-136, pls. 1-3.
1897. Baltoceras, a new genus of the Family Orthoceratidae: Geol. Mag.,
dec. 4, vol. 4, pp. 251-253.

Hosking, L. F. Y.
1933. Distribution of Devonian rocks in the Kimberley Division and de-
scription of a recent collection of Devonian fossils from the Kimberley
Division. Roy. Soc. Western Australia, Jour., vol. 19, 1932-33, pp. 67-

785 pls.7-
Hyatt, A.
1883-84. Genera of fossil cephalopods: Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 22,
pp. 253-338.

1894. Phylogeny of an acquired characteristic: Amer. Phil. Soc., Proc.,
vol. 32, pp. 349-647, pls. 1-14.

90 BULLETIN 150 236

Kobayashi, T.

1934. The Cambro-Ordovician formations and faunas of South Chosen:
Palaeontology; Part v, Middle Ordovician faunas: Jour. Fac. Sci. Imp.
Uni. Tokyo, sec. 2, vol. 3, pt. 8, pp, 329-519, pls. 1-4...

1935. Restudy on Manchuroceras with a brief note on the classification
of endoceroids: Geol. Soc. Japan, Jour., vol. 42, No. 506, pp. 736-752,
pls. 3-4.

1937. Contribution to the study of the apical end of the Ordovician
nautiloid: Japan. Jour. Geol. Geol., Trans., vol. 14, pp. 1-21, pls. 1-2.

Miller, S. A.
1889. North American geology and palaentology for the use of amateurs,
students, and scientists: Cincinnati, pp. 1-664, (1st app., 1892, pp.
665-718; 2nd app., 1897, pp, 719-793).

Noetling, F.
1883. Die Cambrischen und Silurischen Geschiebe der Prozinzen Ost—
und West—Preussen: Jahrb. KOniglich Preuss. geol. Landesanstalt und
Bergakad., 1882, pp. 261-324.

Patrunky, H.
1926. Die Geschiebe der silurischen Orthocerenkalke: Zeitsch. f.
Geschiebeforschung, Bd. 2, pp. 97-127.

Poulsen, C.
1951. The position of the East Greenland Cambro-Ordovician in the
Palaeogeography of the North-Atlantic Region: Dansk Geol. Forening,
Medd., Bd. 12, pp. 161-162.

Prendergast, K. L.
1935. Some Western Australia upper Palaeozoic fossils. Roy. Soc. Wes-
tern Australia, Jour., vol. 21, 1934-35, pp. 9-35, pls. 2-4.

Remele, A.

1886. Uber einen eigenthiimlichen gekriimmten Cephalopoden (Cyrten-
doceras) aus einem Untersilur-Geschiebe von Wriezen (Provinz Bran-
denburg): Tagebl. 59. Vers. Deutsch. Naturf. u. Arzte zu Berlin yom
18-24. Septemb. 1886, pp. 338-339.

Ruedemann, R.
1905. The structure of some primitive cephalopods: New York State
Mus., Bull. 80, pp. 296-341, pls. 6-13.
1906. Cephalopoda of the Beekmantown and Chazy formations of the
Champlain Basin: New York State Mus., Bull. 90, pp. 389-611, pls.
1-38.

1928. Fossil evidence of the existence of a Pacific Ocean in early Ordo-
vician time: Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 30, pp. 299-300.

Sampelayo, P. H.
1939. Cefalépodos silurianos, un género nuevo: Asoc. Espanola prog.
Cienc., Cong., 15th, Santander, Discursos y Trabajos, pp. 238-241.

Schindewoli, 0. H
1942. Evolution im Lichte der Paldontologie; Bilder aus der Stam-
mesentwicklung der Cephalopoden: Jenaische Zeitschrift Naturw., Bd.
75, S. 324-386.

237 AUSTRALIAN ORDOVICIAN CEPHALOPODS: TEICHERT & GLENISTER 91

Teichert, C.

1933. Der Bau der actinoceroiden Cephalopoden: Palaeontographica, Bd.
78, Abt. A, pp. 111-230, pls. 8-15.

1947. Early Ordovician cephalopods from Adamsfield, Tasmania: Jour.
Paleont., vol. 21, pp. 420-428, pl. 58.

1947. Stratigraphy of Western Australia: Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol.,
Bull., vol. 31, pp. 1-70.

1953. Some trans-Pacific Paleozoic correlations: Geol. Soc. Amer., Cor-
dill. Sect., 1953 Off. Progr., Stanford, Calif., pp. 26-27.

Teichert, C., and Glenister, B. F.
1952. Fossil nautiloid faunas from Australia: Jour. Paleont., vol. 26,
pp. 730-752, pls. 104-108.
1953. Ordovician and Silurian cephalopods from Tasmania, Australia.
Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 34, no. 144, 66 pp., 6 pls.

Ulrich, E. 0., and Foerste, A. F.
1933. The earliest known cephalopods: Science, vol. 78, pp. 288-289.
1936. New genera of Ozarkian and Canadian cephalopods: Denison Uni.
Bull., vol 30, 1935, pp. 259-290, pl. 38.

Ulrich, E. 0., Foerste, A. F., and Miller, A. K.
1943. Ozarkian and Canadian cephalopods; Part II; Brevicones: Geol.
Soc. America, Spec. Paper 49, pp. 1-240, pls. 1-70.

Ulrich, E. 0., Foerste, A. F., Miller, A. K., and Furnish W. M.
1942. Ozarkian and Canadian cephalopods; Part I; Nautilicones: Geol.
Soc. America, Spec. Paper 37, pp. 1-157, pls. 1-57.

Ulrich, E. 0., Foerste, A. F., Miller, A. K., and Unklesbay, A. G. _
1944. Ozarkian and Canadian cephalopods; Part III; Longicones and
summary: Geol. Soc. America, Spec. Paper 58, pp. 1-226, pls. 1-68.

Wade, A.
1924. Petroleum prospects, Kimberley District of Western Australia and
Northern Territory. Rept. Comm. Parliament Australia, pp. 1-63, pls.
1-13.
1936. The geology of the West Kimberley District of Western Australia.
Final Rept. Concessions held by Freney Kimberley Oil Co., Perth, pp.
1-69 + 1-12.

PLATES

PLATE 1.(14)

Figure

5-6.

1-9.

10-11.

12-16.

17-18.

BULLETIN 150 240

Explanation of Plate 1 (14)

Page

Kyminoceras forresti Teichert and Glenister, n. gen., n. sp. .... 43

1. Thin section of paratype, No. 34121, x 9. 2-4. Holotype, No.
34120, * 1. 2. Ventral. 3. Dorsal. 4. Posterior.

Ectocycloceras inflatum Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. -........... 41

Holotype( No. 370. 5. Lateral, < 1. 6. Ventral, X 1.

Apocrinoceras talboti Teichert and Glenister, n. gen., n. sp. 76

7. Thin section of holotype, No. 354, x 10. 8,9. Holotype,
No» 354218; Lateraly < Je 95 Ventral, s< 1.

Campendoceras gracile Teichert and Glenister, n. gen., n. sp. 71

Holotype, No. 371. 10. Lateral, x 1. 11. Ventral, x 1.

Diastoloceras perplexum Teichert and Glenister, n. gen., n. sp. 45
12-16. Holotype, No. 345, X 1. 12. Posterior. 13. Ventral. 14.
Lateral. 15-16. Lateral casts of shell.

Bassleroceras annulatum Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. -........... 74
Holotype, No. 353, X 1. 17. Lateral. 18. Ventral.

10; er. J

No.

BuLL. AMER. PALEONT.

Pui. 14, Vou. 35

PUATE2 (15)

96 BULLETIN 150 242

Explanation of Plate 2 (15)

Figure Page
1-4. Loxochoanella warburtoni Teichert and Glenister, n. gen.
Ts SDs esse be cede so hocec os ceeckscadescosncnccuseescatecwentecee ve gueeda nana ccteseevesbeneeeeeeeee 37

Thin section of holotype, No. 34122, x 9. 2. Thin section of
paratype, No. 338, xX 9. 3. Holotype, No. 34122; veniral,
x 1. 4. Thin section of paratype, No. 339, x 9.

5. Hemichoanelia canningi Teichert and Glenister, n. gen., n. sp. 47

Holotype, No. 334; dorsal, x 1.

50, Pu.

]

No.

PALEONT.

>
v

BuLL. AMER.

15, VOL.

PLATE 3 (16)

98 BULLETIN 150 244

Explanation of Plate 3 (16)

Figure Page
1-4. Hemichoanella canningi Teichert and Glenister, n. gen.,n .sp. 47

Holotype, No. 344. 1. Ventral, x 1. 2. Lateral, x 1. 3. Dorso-
ventral section, < 5. 4. Dorso-ventral section, »¥ 1.

5-13. Eothinoceras maitlandi Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. -............... 49

5. Hypotype, No. 338A; ventral, x 1. 6. Hypotype, No. 34125;
ventral, < 1. 7. Hypotype, No. 34126; ventral, x 1. 8. Hypo-
type, No. 34124; ventral, x 1. 9. Holotype No. 34123; ven-
tral, < 1. 10. Thin section of paratype, No. 336, x9. 11,
holotype, No. 34123; anterior, * 1. 12. Dorso-ventral sec-
tion of hypotype, No. 337, X 1. 13. Dorso-ventral section
of paratype, No. 335, xX 1.

Buu. AMER. PALEONT.

Pu. 16, Vou. 35

a he pussys 5

Lice

PAE (07)

100 BULLETIN 150 246

Explanation of Plate 4 (17)
Figure Page

1-4 Proterocameroceras contrarium Teichert and Glenister n. sp. 59

1. Holotype, No. 366; ventral, x 1. 2. Paratype, No. 367, dorso-
ventral polished section, < 5. 3. Holotype, No. 366; dorso-
ventral polished section, X 1. 4. Holotype, No. 366; ventral,
<i

Pu. 17, Vou. 35 BuLL, AMER. PALEONT. No. 150, Pu. 4

PLATE 5 (18)

102 BULLETIN 150 248

Explanation of Plate 5 (18)

Figure Page

1-5. Lebetoceras oepiki Teichert and Glenister, n. gen., n. sp. .... 54

1-2. Holotype, No. 340. 1. Dorso-ventral thin section, x 9.
2. Dorso-ventral polished section, x 1. 3-5. Paratype, No.
341. 3. Ventral, x 1. 4. Lateral, x 1. 5. Dorso-ventral thin
section, X 9.

6-7. Notocyeloceras yurabiense Teichert and Glenister, n. gen.,
MSDS eschew ee 56

Holotype, No. 350, * 1. 6. Anterior. 7. Ventral.

Px. 18, Vou. 35 Bunt. AMER. PALEONT. No. 150, Pu. 5

PLATE 6 (19)

104 BULLETIN 150

250
Explanation of Plate 6 (19)
Figure Page
1. Notocyeloceras yurabiense Teichert and Glenister, n. gen.,
bg 0 eR et ae le re ee ie ee ent eet ceecdacnosecass 56
Dorso-ventral thin section of holotype, No. 350, x 9.
2-5 Thylacoceras kimberleyense Teichert and Glenister, 1952 ... 52

2. Dorso-ventral thin section of hypotype, No. 349, x 9. 3-5.

Hypotype, No. 348, X 1; 3. Ventral. 4. Dorsal. 5. Lateral.

Pu. 19, Vou. 35 3ULL. AMER. PALEONT. No. 150, Pu. 6

a ae oh hi
| Be 2 ae
te ; 4
~ a _

_ a
Sy (

es ae
teow

PEALE 7 @0)

106

Figure

1-4.

5-7.

8-9.

10-11.

BULLETIN 150 252

Explanation of Plate 7 (20)

10 Ta) 0 eae Pec, eee TL Sn eS Re se oe ciccoe 58

Holotype, No. 356. 1. Ventral, xX 1. 2. Lateral, x 1. 3. Dorso-
ventral thin section, < 9. 4. Posterior, x 1.

Thylacoceras teretilobatum, Teichert and Glenister, n.sp. .... 53
Holotype, No. 34127, X 1. 5. Posterior. 6. Ventral. 7. Lateral.

Allopiloceras calamus Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. ................ 64
Holotype, No. 355, < 1. 8. Lateral; 9. Anterior.

Hardmanoceras lobatum Teichert and Glenister, 1952 ............ 87
Hypotype, No. 34128, x 1. 10. Left. 11. Right.

PL. 20, Vou. 35 Buu. AMER. PALEONT. No. 150, Pu. 7

PLATE 8 (21)

108

Figure

2-5.

6-9.

BULLETIN 150 254

Explanation of Plate 8 (21)

Page
Anthoceras decorum Teichert and Glenister, n. gen., 0. sp. -..... 63
Thin section of holotype, No. 34128, x 9.
Endoceratidae. gen: et sp. ind) eee 71
2,3. Hypotype, No. 342, x 1. 2. Dorsal. 3. Anterior. 4,5. Hypo-
type, No. 348, X 1. 4. Dorsal. 5. Anterior.
Cyrtendoceras carnegiei Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. .......--.-. 67

6. Thin section of paratype, No. 352, X 9. 7-9. Holotype, No.
351, 1; 7. Anterior. 8. Dorso-ventral polished section.

9. Lateral.

Pu. 21, VOL. 35 BuLL. AMER. PALEONT. No. 150, Pu. 8

PEATE 9° (22)

110 BULLETIN 150 256

Explanation of Plate 9 (22)
Figure Page

1-7. Lobendoceras emanuelense Teichert and Glenister, n. gen.,

NYSP ie Re eS Sa ee ee 69
1-4. Holotype, No. 346, x 1. Ventral. 2. Dorsal. 3. Anterior. 4.
Lateral. 5-7. Paratype, No. 347. 5. Lateral thin section, x 9.
6. Lateral opaque section, X 1. 7. Ventral, x 1.
8-10. Aethoceras caurus Teichert and Glenister, n. gen., n. sp. ........ 82

Holotype, No. 364, X 1%. 8. Top view. 9. Oral view (the tor-
sion of the shell is most apparent in this aspect). 10. Ven-
tral (note the two flanges on left side).

PL. 22, Von. 35 BuLL. AMER. PALEONT. No. 150, Pu. 9

PLATE 10 (23)

112

Figure

1-7.

10-11.

12-15.

BULLETIN 150 258

Explanation of Plate 10 (23)
Page

Aphetoceras delectans Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. ........-.....---- 77

1-2. Holotype, No. 359, x 1. Left. 2. Right side of anterior third
of last whorl. 3,4. Paratype, No. 360, x 1. 3. Left side of
anterior third of last whorl. 4. Polished surface through
siphuncle. 5,6. Paratype, No. 362, x 1. 5. Ventral. 6. Lateral,
Ak, 7, JRA ARIS ING@, Boll; 9< 4b

Aphetoceras desertorum, Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. .......... 80

Holotype, No. 363; lateral, x 1.

Istoni0ceras. sp; 6.22.2. ca ee ee Eee 83

Specimen, No. 34130; lateral, x 1.

ATKOCOrAS) SP yet e.cc.ce net tw ee ee 86
Specimen, No. 357, X 5; 11. Anterior. 12. Lateral.

Pycnoceras liratum Teichert and Glenister, n. sp. ..........------ 84

Holotype, No. 358, * 1. 13. Left. 14. Natural section through
centre of umbilicus. 15. Right. 16. Part of the body chamber
showing the lirations.

Pi. 23, Vou. 35 Buu. AMER. PALEONT, No. 150, Pu. 10

XXII.
XXIII.

XXIV.

XXV.

XXVI.

XXVIII.

XXVIIL.

XXIX.
XXX.
XXXL

XXXII.

XXXIIL

XXXIV.

XXXYV.

Volume I.

If.

{Tt

(NGS. w95-26)., SOG WDDig GL OlSh oe tielp ere Perel Ate cise 0 d-a.5 0

Paleozoic Paleontology and Tertiary Foraminifera.

(Nos Add=79)0 201. pps y SB. PIS, © Nid. wae es eal binieiae x(0

Corals, Cretaceous microfauna and _ biography of
Conrad.

ANOS: SSOSBe) a oet i Pp., Fan PISS Oe... decepibes es dmtewcie ae

Mainly Paleozoic faunas and Tertiary Mollusca.

(os: 88-945). S06 pp.,”: 30% DIS! Caco. token sible Ye we

Paleozoic fossils of Ontario, Oklahoma and Colombia,
Mesozoic echinoids, California Pleistocene and
Maryland Miocene mollusks.

(Nos:/ 95-100) % .420- pp: 2/58 “pis: = ccs Pe MAGA ksea beck

Florida Recent marine shells, Texas Cretaceous fossils,
Cuban and Peruvian Cretaceous, Peruvian Fogene
corals, and geology and paleontology of Ecuador.

(NOS. 101-108) 27 S16—_ pp, ‘36 DIS. 4/7 es Gane oes bares

Tertiary Mollusca, Paleozoic cephalopods, Devonian

fish and Paleozoic geology and fossils of Venezuela.
(Nos: 109-174) 3 412) 7 pps, 54 y pls: we. . ee ieee os

Paleozoic cephalopods, Devonian of Idaho, Cretaceous

and Eocene mollusks, Cuban and Venezuelan forams.
(Nos) (195-116). 738} pps)/52. pis.) 4. 6 2 Ne ik

Bowden forams and Ordovician cephalopods.

(NOS LIS) 225635 DN MOOSE DIS re elsiy te ee > Lae op ohhele ae oe eels

Jackson Eocene mollusks.

(NOs 413-128))2 7,459" ppe sei DIS> -h an. so Sjeisse Mee owed doe

Venezuelan, and California mollusks, Chemung and
Pennsylvania crinoids, Cypraeidae, Cretaceous, Mio-
cene and Recent corals, Cuban and _ Floridian
forams, and Cuban fossil localities.

(Noss 129-133). 294 pps 39 oplssc Nes oe ie ooh ne Mets PS isvcle

Silurian cephalopods, crinoid studies, Tertiary forams,
and Mytilarca.

(Nass; 134-139)... 443s pps Sips Ck oe Sa. ots coh) eases

Devonian annelids, Tertiary mollusks, Ecuadoran
stratigraphy and paleontology.

(Nos. 140-144; 145 in press).

Trinidad Globigerinidae, Ordovician Enopleura, Tas-
manian Ordovician cephalopods and Tennessee Or-
dovician ostracods, and conularid bibliography.

(Nos. 146-149; 150-152 in press).

G. D. Harris memorial, camerinid and Georgia Paleo-
cene Forminifera, South American Paleozoics, Aus-
tralian Ordovician cephalapods, California Pleisto-
cene Eulimidae, Volutidaze and Globotruncana in
Colombia.

PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA

(Nos. 1-5). 519 pp., 75 pls.
Monographs of Arcas, Lutetia, rudistids and venerids.
(Noss2 6-420 %531 (pps. SO ODISER. «|. Gincige eqs © deletes p-0 ¥en wars
Heliophyllum halli, Tertiary turrids, Neocene Spondyli,
Paleozoic cephalopods, Tertiary Fasciolarias and
Paleozoic and Recent Hexactinellida.

zoic siphonophores, Busycon, Devonian fish studies,
gastropod studies, Carboniferous crinoids, Cretaceous
jellyfish, Platystrophia, and Venericardia.

8.00

10.00

9.00

9.00
10.00
10.00

8.00

10.00

12.00

15.00

CONDENSED TABLE OF CONTENTS OF BULLETINS OF AMERICAN

PALEONTOLOGY AND PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA

Volume I.

ik.

XE.

XIII.
XIV.

XV.

XXI,

BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY

(Nos. 1-5). 354 pp., 32 pls.

Mainly Tertiary Mollusca.
(Nos. 6-10). 347 pp., 23 pls. ...... ben ala kieran ota teei ciel ees $15.00
Tertiary Mollusca, and Foraminifera, Paleozoic faunas.
(Nos. 11-15). 402° pp., 29. pls.

Mainly Tertiary Mollusca inoat Paleozoic sections and

faunas.
(Nos. 16-21)(\—161 pp.3726 «pls. . ihc. ss pes os ada ss pews 6.00
Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Paleozoic sections and
faunas.

(Nos- 22-30) ./, 4387" DD, \G8 P¥Sa . a). os sjelete'e Le bile 6» atch pee 8.00

Tertiary fossils mainly Santo Domingan,/Mesozoic and
Paleozoic fossils.

(No -S1)k ) 2683s pp \59 4 DIS. < ctaecos bisa h eelateld lp ao’ ete/ ee ee ~10.00
Claibornian Eocene pelecypods.
(No:, 32). 4)'730. pp. 99) pls.” as.. s\a kh e's w eltw: ears eI 12.00

Claibornian Eocene scaphopods, gastropods, and
cephalopods.

(Nos) 33-36), / 857 pp), 1b,/plsi X.. se esl ch | theek e 9.00
Mainly Tertiary Mollusca. :
(Nos.”, 37-39); 3462. pp 185 pls) /....< X.. ec ole © AS jad ate eealomsale 8.00
Tertiary Mollusca mainly from Costa Rica.
(Nos: 40-42). 382 Vpps/54 pis. Voit, aes gen. ae 10.00

Tertiary forams and, mollusks mainly from ‘Trinidad
and Paleozoic fossils.

(Nos.\\\43-=46),.. 272 pp414hi plsy Saal Oe es Oe ele des dee 7.00
Tertiary, Mesozoic and Paleozoic fossils mainly from
Venezuela.
(Nos, °47-48)., 7494) pp!, 8: 4pls: “ghd. Pe WN a ee 7.00

Venezuela and Trinidad forams and Mesozoic inverte-
brate bibliography.

(Nos, )/49-50). 264 pp., BW pls. Soo (Rak She See 6.00
Venezuelan Tertiary Mollusca and Tertiary Mammalia. f
(Nos,/| 911-54) 306" pp. \,44 plse! <0 5 Loe isn ci Nae eels ohne 9.00

Mexican ‘Tertiary forams and Tertiary mollusks of
Peru and Colombia.
(Nos, 55-58)... 314) pp, }'8G. Psa '..5. 3 ko deb ae cmwiteed we'eee' 908
Mainly Ecuadoran, Peruvian and Mexican ‘Tertiary -
forams and mollusks’ and’ Paleozoic — fossils.

(Nos. 59-61). 140 pp., 48 pls.;).......cecteceeds eb dpbed ee ghaOU
Venezuela and Trinidad Tertiary Mollusca.

(Nos. |62-63)..° 2837 pp., 9383) pIS, 2.) ei Ge. ete best OD
Peruvian Tertiary Mollusca.

(Nos? ,64-67)\ | 386!) pp.,'' 20. pis. 74. Atlee edie e oc ce ok teen 9.00
Mainly Tertiary Mollusca. and Cretaceous corals.

(No: 268)%,; 272) pp. 24\plsit .fi\i.<s ek ae cee aie cles ceee 9.00
Tertiary Paleontology, Peru.

(Nog. /69-%0C) .'/266' pp, 26 piss [2 Po keel oblbe sip get LOMO

Cretaceous and Tertiary Paleontology of. Peru and
Cuba.

(Nos, '71=92),/7 321) pp 12 “pis. nee Aa Ss ae 9.00

Paleozoic Paleontology and Stratigraphy.

ee eee ee

ee a

BULLETINS

AMERICAN
PALEONTOLOGY

VOL. XXXV

NUMBER 151

1954

Paleontological Research Institution
Ithaca, New Yor
.5. A.

PALEONTOLOGICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTION

1953-54
IPRESIDENT secs’ cools ore Oe ear h aie cite clea By wins miele drei eto KENNETH E. CASTER
MIGKAPRESIIEN Pr Sicias e eyeenG lo wea ok ee Crete Niel woes Sake pla wb olelpte inte ioe W. Storrs CoLe
SECRETARY= LREASURERS 20/o.5.6 6G. es Ne okie Slated wed pias cisle ceisler REBECCA S. HARRIS
DIRECTOR 8), hettaht oAoathonle Daaieinlowle oa eleceele ah gee ie KATHERINE V. W. PALMER
COUNSELS SMe errs a a blataie re ie obi aloes whiten 6 bas ARMAND L, ADAMS
Trustees
KENNETH E. CASTER (1949-54) KATHERINE V. W. PALMER (Life)
W. Srorrs CoLe (1952-58) RALpH A. LIDDLE (1950-56)
Rousseau H. FLower (1950-55) AXEL A. Otsson (Life)
ReseccaA S. Harris (Life) NorMAN E. WEISBORD (1951-57)

SoLoMon C. HOLLISTER (1953-59)

BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY
and
PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA

KATHERINE V. W. PALMER, Editor
Lempi H. SINCEBAUGH, Secretary

Editorial Board
KENNETH E.. CASTER G. WINSTON SINCLAIR

Complete titles and price list of separate available numbers may be
had on application. All volumes available except Vols. I and III of
Bulletins and Vol. I of Palaeontographica Americana.

Paleontological Research Institution
109 Dearborn Place
Ithaca, New York
U.S.A.

BULLETINS
OF
AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY

Vol. 35

No. 151

NEW CALIFORNIAN PLEISTOCENE EULIMIDAE

S. Stillman Berry
Redlands, California

July 7, 1954

Paleontological Research Institution
Ithaca, New York
WESA:

Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: GS 54-66

| wis. COMP. ZOBL.
LIBRARY

AUG 3 195
WARY AAD
UNIVERSITY

Printed in the United States of America

NEW CALIFORNIAN PLEISTOCENE EULIMIDAE

by S. STILLMAN BERRY
Redlands, California

INTRODUCTION

Two exposures in the San Pedro area and immediately adjacent
regions are particularly rich in species of the family Eulimidae. These
are the Lomita formation formerly exposed at Hilltop Quarry, which for
the present I tentatively refer to the extreme base of the Pleistocene, and
the upper Pleistocene of Long Wharf Canyon, Santa Monica, which
must lie well toward the top of the section. Both faunules seem repre-
sentative of more austral conditions than prevail in our latitude at
present, finding their nearest living parallels well down the coast of
Lower California. Despite the possession of this common tendency
their respective lists of Eulimidae are of quite different character.

At Hilltop Quarry shells of this family are infrequent and incom-
plete in occurrence in the coarse marl of the main deposit formerly
exposed in the Quarry floor, only a single species being at all common
there in good condition. Most of the fine-grained upper portion of the
deposit is poor in macrofossils to ordinary examination, and it was not
until I resorted to systematic screening with a fine mesh that the inter-
esting and varied representation of Eulimidae in these upper beds began
to be suspected. Subsequently the series so obtained was greatly enriched
from siftings of a peculiarly rich shelly pocket in these beds excavated
by Mr. Emery P. Chace. The study of all this has led to the preparation
of the present paper as its initial result.

The material from Santa Monica was collected and given to me
some years ago by the late Dr. F. C. Clark. It had already been partially
worked up by me and is included here not only because of its intrinsic
interest, but for the interesting comparisons thus made possible.

Comparison is simplified if the species thus far segregated are
listed in separate columns.

Hilltop Quarry

Balcis (Balcis) aff. micans (Carpenter)
ica! ck: rutidar (Carpenter)
(© +) aff. rutila (Carpenter)
beta. “Jotersa, Sp:

BULLETIN 151 258

Balcis (Vitreolina) thersites (Carpenter)
deny ‘* ) incallida, n.sp.

OC Be iciaprejdlcata Bartsch
BE (CO) EO eobiripa, tes. p:
(

“ +) ebriconus, n.sp.

Long Wharf Canyon

Balcis (Balcis) micans (Carpenter)
iC Yirnina.(Catpenter)

x (+) monicensis (Bartsch)
“ ( “ ) compacta (Carpenter)

ae ey) elavella, ns.
“ (Vitreolina) cf. thersites (Carpenter)
1 ONE ss) Sp. inidet:
en ao op) Sp-ainidet:
ies “ ) cosmia (Bartsch)
" ( " — ) loleta (Jordan)

* Eulima raymondi Rivers

* Known only from horizon noted.

It will be noted that not more than three species can be secog-
nized as common to the two formations, Balcis micans, B. rutila, and
B. thersites, and there appears to exist a possible question respecting each
of these. Four members of the list from Hilltop Quarry and one from
Long Wharf Canyon have not been recognized amongst any species
hitherto named, either Recent or fossil, and are accordingly described
herein as new. It is further of considerable interest to note that four
species from Hilltop Quarry (all but one of those for which precise
determination is ventured) and three of those from Long Wharf Canyon
are as yet unknown in our collections save from their type localities.
One species, providing that my identification of B. Joleta is well-advised,
is known elsewhere only from the Pleistocene of San Quintin Bay. I feel,
however, that it is much too early to assume that any of these are now
actually extinct, as it may well be that exploration of the offshore fauna
at proper depths off the coast of Lower California will reveal that most
or all of them are still living at appropriate latitudes. If the same forms
are still extant then the more crucial difference between the two listed
faunules may turn out to be not so much one of time, considerable
though it be, as of bathymetry.

259 CALIFORNIA PLEISTOCENE EULIMAS: S. S. BERRY 5

Current local usage of generic names in this family for the last
quarter century has been principally governed by the pronouncements of
Bartsch (1917). However, Winckworth (1934: 12-13) has outlined
grounds for quite a different arrangement, in the course of which he
rejects Melanella Bowdich, 1822, because of serious question as to the
generic and familial affinities of its type-species. He shows that
Strombiformis da Costa 1778 is not susceptible to its interpretation by
Iredale (1915:292-293; 1915a: 344) but must be defined in the light
of the prior type designation by Harris in 1894 (Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond.,
1:31), which designation entirely eliminates it from consideration as an
eulimid. As Winckworth appears to ground his argument too strongly
for successful assault from the bastion of evidence at present available,
we can hardly refuse to follow him. This compels abandonment of
Melanella and its replacement for the greater number of our commoner
species by Balczs Leach, 1847, under which Winckworth suggests
Vitreolina Monterosato as a tentative subgenus to cover the species with
arcuate spires. One happy result of all this is the restoration of Ealima
Risso, 1826, which replaces Strombiformis Iredale, non da Costa. ina
conception only slightly at variance with classical usage, thus 7pse facto
restoring the old family name Eulimidae, whatever the fate of Melanella.

I am naming as new at the present time no species of which I have
less than five specimens. Several of those still undetermined and repre-
sented by only a specimen or two may likewise eventually prove to be
undescribed, or they may tie in with some named species among which
there are several as yet not too well understood.

I am deeply grateful to Dr. Paul Bartsch and the United States
National Museum for a number of important specimens inclusive of
several paratypes, which have been of inestimable value in crucial com-
parisons, and to Mr. Emery P. Chace and the late Dr. F. C. Clark for
the kind assistance already acknowledged.

SYSTEMATIC DESCRIPTIONS

Balcis (Balcis) clavella, new species. Pie tessa

Description.—Shell fairly large for the group, solid, heavy, smooth,
with a stout, evenly tapering, almost straight-sided spire. Whorls in
excess of 10 (apical ones missing 1n all shells seen), almost flat to the
body whorl, which is little produced and rounds out strongly to the base,
its periphery subangulate in front of the lip, and this angulation likewise

6 BULLETIN 151 260

evident on the penultimate whorl of some specimens just posterior to the
distinct and narrowly impressed suture. Base obtusely rounded, little
produced. Aperture less than 25% of the altitude of the shell, oblique,
pyriform, acutely angled posteriorly, slightly produced in front; outer
lip fairly thick, though thinning at the margin, moderately produced at
the periphery, whence it recedes smoothly into the columella; parietal
wall almost flat, forming an obtusely rounded angle with the short,
heavy, slightly oblique, weakly arcuate columella, the whole covered by
a rather thick layer of callus, sharply bounded in front and, though well
reflected in the columellar region, not completely appressed, so that the
abruptness of its margin produces in some specimens almost the effect
of a narrow delimiting groove. Sculpture wanting, even the growth lines
and the few and uncertain varical marks being demonstrable with
difficulty.

Measurements of holotype.—Alt. 8.88 +, max. diam. 2.81, alt. aper-
ture 2.22, diam., aperture 1.48 mm. The largest paratype measures, alt.
9.25-+, max. diam. 2.96, alt. aperture 2.22-++, diam. aperture 1.55 mm.

Holotype.—Cat. No. 10908, Berry Collection.

Paratypes.—Cat. No. 10909, Berry Collection; others to be de-
posited in the collections of Stanford University, the United States
National Museum, and the San Diego Natural History Museum.

Type Locality —Up per Pleistocene of Long Wharf Canyon, Santa
Monica, California; 9 shells, collected by the late Dr. F. C. Clark.

Remarks.—The shell of this distinct species is sufficiently like no
other seen by me to require any detailed comparison. In a general way
it somewhat recalls that of B. mcans (Carpenter), but it is unique in
its heavy, smoothly conical shell, with almost truncate base and exception-
ally short restricted aperture. I know no Recent shell like it nor have I
detected its presence in any Pleistocene horizon other than that exposed
at Long Wharf Canyon. The shell surface in most specimens is variously
roughened, pocked, or scarred, and this doubtless contributes to the more
or less complete defacement of any sculpture initially present.

The specific name proposed is a diminutive of the L, c/ava, club,
and has reference to the shape and heaviness of the shell.

261 CALIFORNIA PLEISTOCENE EULIMAs: S. S. BERRY

Balcis (Balcis) tersa, new species. Pl. 1, figs. 3, 4

Description.—Shell small, solid, smooth, polished, with an elong-
ate-conic, moderately attenuate, almost perfectly straight-sided spire,
though a very slight forward torsion may be detected apically in some
specimens. Whorls about 11, the first 21/4, or 3 weakly convex with the
suture distinctly indented ; next whorl less convex, and subsequent whorls
quite flat, their suture still clean-cut and distinct, but hardly at all
impressed ; periphery of last whorl subangulate. Base moderately long,
weakly sinuate into the pillar. Aperture pyriform, acutely angulate
posteriorly, rounded in front; outer lip nearly straight to the obtuse
peripheral subangulation, moderately produced in front; parietal wall
weakly convex, forming an obtuse angle with the nearly straight or
slightly concave, moderately oblique columellar profile about midway of
the aperture, the whole covered with a thin, sharply bounded callus;
columellar portion of inner lip reflected over the base and closely ap-
pressed to it until anteriorly it gradually comes away to pass imper-
ceptibly into the free portion of the lip. Varical grooves three, with no
evident inter-alignment, the last just behind and above the lip.

Measurements of holotype.—Alt. 5.03, max. diam. 1.51, alt. aper-
ture (suture to anterior edge) 1.48, diam. aperture (edge of callus to
peripheral angle) 0.81 mm.

Holotype.—Cat. No. 11199, Berry Collection.

Paratypes—Cat. No. 11204, Berry Collection; others to be de-
posited in the collections of Stanford University, the United States
National Museum, the San Diego Natural History Museum, the Paleon-
tological Research Institution, and the private collection of Emery
P. Chace.

Type Locality —Lower Pleistocene, pocket or lentil in upper sandy
phase of Lomita formation at Hilltop Quarry, San Pedro, California;
10 shells, mostly immature; S. S. Berry and E. P. Chace, 1936.

Remarks.—This trim and neat little species in the formal outlines
of its shell somewhat suggests four of the described western species.
Of these it is clearly distinct from 1) the upper Pleistocene B. monicensis
(Bartsch) by that being a much larger species, with a wider body whorl

8 BULLETIN 151 262

and a relatively lower spire; from 2) the Recent B. oldroydi (Bartsch)
by that being much less attenuate and having a less distinctly angulate
body whorl; and from 3) the Recent B. /inearis (Carpenter) of the Gulf
of California, by that being scarcely half the size. The fourth species,
necropolitana (Bartsch), is still not well known to Californian students,
but the published measurements of the apparently incomplete holotype
indicate a shell half again the size of my largest specimen of fersa, while
the figure gives the impression of an appreciably narrower, more atten-
uate shell with a correspondingly narrowed aperture. I regret that it has
been impossible to accomplish a direct comparison of these two forms
prior to publication, but since B. necropolitana was described from the
Lower San Pedro which implies a definitely cooler fauna, the differences
noted seem likely to be indicative of some taxonomic distinctness.

From its several associated congeners in the Hilltop Quarry beds,
the present species is readily separable by its straight and very slender
form from all but B. rwtila (Carpenter), a species with which its angulate
periphery and less produced base should prevent any confusion by the
discriminating student. As in the case of several other species which
have been referred to Balcis the spire shows evidence of a slight torsion
in certain aspects, so the position of the species is borderline.

The specific name chosen ts derived from the L., fersws, correct,
nice, neat,—and refers to the trim form of the shell.

Balcis (Vitreolina) obstipa, new species. he wires, 9S, 6

Description.—Shell of fair size for the genus and subgenus, solid,
smooth, polished, with an apically attenuate, doubly flexed spire, the
anterior portion moderately bent to the right, the acutely rounded apex
tipped a little dorsad. Whorls about 13 or 14, the first three or four
weakly convex with a slightly but distinctly impressed suture; sub-
sequent whorls nearly flat, though a trifle more convex on the side
opposite to the flexure, closely applied posteriorly against the distinct
but slightly impressed suture; body whorl smoothly rounded with
just a hint of peripheral angulation into the weakly convex contour of
the somewhat eccentrically produced base. Sculpture absent except for
the fine, nearly indistinguishable growth lines and the strong varical
grooves, which are completely aligned and form a continuous seamlike
fold, first apparent at about the 6th or 7th whorl, thence running

263 CALIFORNIA PLEISTOCENE EULIMAs: S. S. BERRY 9

obliquely forward down the concave side of the spire to terminate in the
suture just back of the lip, and becoming sweepingly crenate in outline
by reason of the slight convexity of each varix and the small angular
projection by which it ties into the next succeeding varix at the suture;
final whorl without a varix, although there is a slight down-bending of
the upper part of the lip just back of the aperture, which adjoins the
terminus of the fold and almost imperceptibly brings the latter into
alignment with the forward sweep of the lip. Aperture about 27.8%
of the altitude of the shell, elongate-pyriform, acutely pointed pos-
teriorly, obtusely rounded in front; parietal wall weakly convex, passing
before reaching the median part of the aperture into the thickened,
nearly straight, moderately oblique columella, the whole covered with
a thin sharply bounded callus, which is notably widest in the columellar
region and is there closely reflexed and appressed against the base of the
whorl; outer lip rather heavy, well produced peripherally, and thence
rounding back into the columellar flare.

Measurements of holotype —Alt. 9.32, max. diam. (estimated)
3.03, alt. aperture (to suture) 2.59, diam. aperture (outer edge of re-
flected columellar lip to outer edge of outer lip) 1.48 mm.

Holotype.—Cat. No. 11196, Berry Collection.

Paratypes—Cat. No. 11205, Berry Collection; others to be de-
posited in the collections of Stanford University, the United States
National Museum, the San Diego Natural History Museum, the Paleon-
tological Research Institution, and the private collection of Emery
Pe enace:

Type Locality—Lower Pleistocene, pocket or lentil in upper sandy
phase of Lomita formation at Hilltop Quarry, San Pedro, California;
27 shells, partly immature or fragmentary; E. P. Chace and S. S. Berry,
1935-40.

Remarks.—This charming Balczs occurs in association with a some-
what more abundant allied species which I have tentatively identified as
probably B. prefalcata (Bartsch), but its shell is decidedly more robust
than that of either the latter species or catalinensis (Bartsch), with a
larger body whorl and shorter, much more rapidly tapering spire. It ts
possible that B. draconis (Bartsch) of the Dead Man’s Island Pleistocene
is a near affiliate, but the description and figure indicate it to have a

10 BULLETIN 151 264

smaller, heavier shell with a decidedly stouter spire. I regret none the
less that I am unable to institute a direct comparison of B. obstipa,
either with this species or with the Recent B. grippi (Bartsch). The
spire of the latter would seem to be flexed much too strongly for it to be
the same thing despite Bartsch’s description (1917:328) of a varical
structure essentially similar to that which I have described in a little
greater detail here.

The specific name proposed is taken from the L. obstipus, bent to
one side, and refers to the shape of the spire.

Balcis (Vitreolina) incallida, new species. Pl. 1, figs. 7-10

Description.—Shell of medium size, heavy, robust, polished, with
a stout, fairly acute spire which is moderately to strongly and quite un-
evenly flexed dorsad, or less commonly ventrad. Whorls about 10
(nearly all mature shells slightly decollate) ; extreme apex rounded,
next two or three whorls convex, with suture well impressed; subse-
quent whorls weakly convex on the concave side of the spire and a little
more so on the convex side; last whorl often attached quite obliquely
to the penultimate whorl; suture distinct, moderately impressed; last
whorl long, rounded smoothly and obliquely into the base. Sculpture
absent except for the fine growth lines and the usually 5, distinct varices,
which are more or less scattered, with only an imperfect tendency
to aggregate themselves on the concave side of the spire. Aperture about
28% of the length of the shell, pyriform, acutely pointed posteriorly,
smoothly rounded in front, hardly produced; parietal wall passing
smoothly without angulation into the heavy, weakly concave columella,
the whole covered by a thick sharply bounded callus, which recurves
rather widely over the columella, its parietal edge nearly straight, thence
rounds into the columellar flare at a little more than a right angle; outer
lip heavy, though thinning somewhat at the edge, and slightly produced
in a low wide curve peripherally.

Measurements of holotype—-Alt. 5.77+, max. diam. 2.22, alt.
aperture 1.63, diam. aperture 1.26 mm.

Holotype.—Cat. No. 11197, Berry Collection.

Paratypes.—Cat. No. 11207, Berry Collection; others to be de-
posited in the collections of Stanford University, the United States

265 CALIFORNIA PLEISTOCENE EuULIMAS: S. S. BERRY 11

National Museum, the San Diego Natural History Museum, the Paleon-
tological Research Institution, and the private collection of Emery
P. Chace.

Type Locality —Lower Pleistocene, Lomita formation >f Hilltop
Quarry, San Pedro, California; 26 shells taken from pit in quarry floor,
S. S. Berry and R. K. Cross, 1934-37; 14 shells from pocket in fine upper
marl, S. S. Berry and E. P. Chace, 1935-8.

Remarks.—This species is obviously close to the living B. thersites
(Carpenter) of the Californian coast!, and was at first considered as a
variant of it, but as material has accumulated, including an extensive
series of the immature stages, persistent differences have been noted
which it seems desirable to recognize even if later studies should show
them to have been over-emphasized. The Hilltop species appears not
only to be consistently smaller, but its shell is narrower, the spire is more
slender and often with a more irregular torsion, the aperture is smaller
and shorter, and the general outline of the last two whorls is markedly
less convex, whether comparison be made with living shells or with the
beautiful figures of Bartsch (1917:pl. 41, figs. 2-3). Side by side I
have found the two quickly and readily separable by these characters
down to quite juvenile stages. Furthermore, although Bartsch described
the position of the varices of B. thersites as “scattered’’, I note in nearly
all my Recent material of this species a quite persistent tendency for them
to form on the right (usually concave) side of the spire, a tendency
which I do not observe in nearly the same degree in B. incallida. The
body whorl oft-times is eccentrically attached, appearing not only much
awry but somewhat pulled down from the whorl above so as to suggest
the slipping of a tight gown. The variability in form of shell is, how-
ever, great, as is partially indicated in the figures.

The specific name is the L. sncallidus, awkward, ungainly.

Balcis( Vitreolina) ebriconus, new species. Pl. 1, figs. 13, 14

Description.—Shell small, heavy, stout, polished, with a rapidly
tapering, acutely conic, somewhat attenuate apex, which is mildly flexed
the left in the two largest, to the right in two of the smaller shells.

1 I have collected only a single badly decollate shell of what I take to be the
genuine B. thersites at Hilltop Quarry (figs. 11-12).

12 BULLETIN 151 266

Whorls more than eight (all shells somewhat decollate) , weakly convex ;
suture distinct, scarcely impressed ; last whorl both high and wide, rather
sharply rounded and not carinate at the periphery; basal slope convex.
Sculpture absent except for the fine growth lines and about three low,
scattered varices rendered distinct by the sharpness of the groove bound-
ing them in front. Aperture a little less than 30% of the length of the
shell, pyriform, acutely pointed posteriorly, moderately produced and
somewhat narrowly rounded in front; parietal wall slightly convex, curv-
ing obtusely into the strong, nearly vertical, weakly concave columella,
the whole covered by a fairly thick, closely appressed callus, sharply
bounded in front, which recurves widely over the columella and stands
away from the base of the shell anteriorly where it passes into the free
lip, its edge rounding back into the parietal edge at a wider than right
angle; outer lip fairly heavy, thinning considerably at the margin,
slightly produced mesially, and well everted basally in front of the
columella.

Measurements of holotype.—Alt. 3.7+-, max. diam. 1.70, alt. aper-
ture 1.11, diam. aperture 0.96 mm.

Holotype.—Cat. No. 11198, Berry Collection.

Paratypes.—Cat. No. 11208, Berry Collection; others to be de-
posited in the collections of Stanford University, the United States
National Museum, the San Diego Natural History Museum, the Paleon-
tological Research Institution, and the private collection of Emery
P.\Chace.

Type Locality —Lower Pleistocene, pocket or lentil in upper sandy
phase of Lomita formation at Hilltop Quarry, San Pedro, California;
16 shells, mostly immature, S. S. Berry and E. P. Chace, 1935-40.

Remarks.—The shell of this species is most like those of B. thersites
and B. incallida, but differs in the relatively slight degree of torsion, the
much more symmetrical outlines, the more acute spire, and the relatively
great width of the body-whorl, which approaches yet does not quite
attain a peripheral angulation. The holotype is much the largest of the
shells found, nevertheless the position of the last varix seems to indicate
that even this example may not represent full maturity. Fortunately even
the youngest stages seen are distinguishable by the characters noted.

267 CALIFORNIA PLEISTOCENE EULIMAS: S. S. BERRY 13

The specific name is from the L. ebrius, tipsy (meton., abundantly
filled) + conus, cone. In the first meaning given it recalls the shape of
the spire, yet in its metonymic sense is no less neatly applicable to the
fat body whorl.

Balcis (Vitreolina) loleta, (Jordan, 1926). wal wives, 5), HG

1926. Melanella loleta Jordan, California Acad. Sci., Proc., ser. 4, vol. 15,
no. 7, pg. 245, 251, pl. 25, fig. 6.

Attracted by their strange beauty, the peculiar natural history of
many kinds, and the interesting degree of speciation developed within
what would at first sight appear very unpromising limits, I have long
been interested in the Eulimidae and have been putting by frequent
random notes regarding them. I had written a description of the present
form as new, but a careful check with Eric Jordan’s account of his
M. loleta has convinced me that lacking direct comparison of specimens
I have no sound ground for regarding this shell from the Pleistocene of
Long Wharf Canyon, Santa Monica, as distinct. It has the stockiest
shell of any Balczs I have studied. It is near to B. ebriconus of Hilltop
Quarry in its more manifest characters ; indeed the two were first thought
probably identical, but the robust, nearly straight-sided spire of B. /oleta,
with hardly a trace of torsion, is quite unlike the curved, more attenuately
narrowed apex of the Hilltop species. The whorls are at the same time
more distinctly convex. The lack of torsion would almost throw J/oleta
into Balcis, s.s., but its affinities in other respects seem so definitely to lie
with B. ebriconus and other stubbier members of the shersites-group
that it seems misplaced away from it.

14 BULLETIN 151 268

LITERATURE

Arnold, R.

1903. The paleontology and stratigraphy of the marine Pliocene and Pleistocene
of San Pedro, California. California Acad. Sci. Mem. 3, pp. 1-420, pls.

1-37, June 1903.
Bartsch, P.

1917. A monograph of west American melanellid mollusks. United States Nat.
Mus., Proc., vol. 53, no. 2207, pp. 295-356, pls. 34-49, Aug. 1917.

Grant, U.S., IV, and Gale, H. R.

1931. Catalogue of the marine Pliocene and Pleistocene Mollusca of California
and adjacent regions, etc. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Mem., 1, pp. 1-1036,
diag. A-D, tab. 1-3, text figs. 1-15, pls. 1-32, Nov. 1931.

Iredale, T.

1915. Some more misused molluscan generic names. Malacol. Soc., London,
Proc., vol. 11, pt. 5, pp. 291-306, June 1915.

1915a. The nomenclature of British marine Mollusca. Jour. Conch., vol. 14, no.
11, pp. 341-346, July 1915.

Jordan, E: K.

1926. Molluscan fauna of the Pleistocene of San Quintin Bay, Lower California.
California Acad. Sci., Proc., ser. 4, vol. 15, no. 7, pp. 241-255, text fig. 1,
pl. 25, April 1926.

Rivers, J. J.

1904. Descriptions of some undescribed fossil shells of Pleistocene and Pliocene
formations of the Santa Monica Range. Bull. Southern California Acad.
Sci., vol. 3, no. 5, pp. 69-72, figs. 1-4, May 1904.

Vanatta, E. G.
1899. West American Eulimidae. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, Proc., vol 51,
pp. 254-257, pl. 11, July 1899.

Winckworth, R.

1934. Names of British Mollusca—II. Jour. Conch., vol. 20, no. 1, pp. 9-15,
text figs. 1-7, May 1934.

PLATES

Plate 1 (24)

Figure

2), 10s

Titel 2:

13, 14.

15), 16.

BULLETIN 151 270

Explanation of Plate 1 (24)

Page

Baleis((@Balcis)\clavelllay mtspe. eee ane. . 5
Camera lucida outlines of holotype.

Balcisa@Baleis)atersasn-Spe crs ee ce tosoereeaee 7
Camera lucida outlines of holotype.

Balcisu@vatreolina)vobstipa, mespe...ce ses eee eee 8
Camera lucida outlines of holotype.

Balcis (Vitreolina) incallida, n.sp. PE dic soo: 10
Camera lucida outlines of holotype.

Balcis (Vitreolina) incallida, n.sp...........0....0..00... sadve eect LO)

Camera lucida outlines of somewhat immature paratype:
same scale as preceding.

Balcis (Vitreolina) thersites (Carpenter) ...... Pete eee 2 ae la!
Camera lucida outlines of shell from Hilltop Quarry, Pleis-
tocene; same scale.

Balcis (Vitreolina) ebriconus, n.sp......................-...00--- id ee Goole

Camera lucida outlines of holotype.

Balciss@Vitreolina) sloleta(Jordan)) se

Camera lucida outlines of shell from Santa Monica Pleis-
tocene. Same scale as preceding

BuLL. AMER. PALEONT. No. 151, Pr: 1

PL. 24, VoL. 35

t ‘ te
4
; Vs
+
.
‘
‘
‘
4
”
\
\*
4
4 ‘5
j
>
\ j
* y
i ,
‘ r
hy 4
'

y
i
he j
hy
i ‘
4 “
» ‘st
' ;
P ’
| ’
' :
/
Wits J
uA
: i
; . !
, i
; ; h
. |
v iy ,

i‘ ’ ‘ ™ 4 i wf,
Ae ee

WV
s yes 4

iy oviat

eh fy

rit

XXVL

XXVIII.

Volume I.

(Nos. 78-76). 356 pp., 31 pls. ......escecceececsncnecees
Paleozoic Paleontology and Tertiary Foraminifera.

(Nos. 2isdO) CA AOLs DDG SO) DISS cc aces ef pelvic sletivt.cem

Corals, Cretaceous microfauna and biography of
Conrad.

(Nos. 80-87); ..384 -pP.,. 27 PIS. .acossececdcccccienevseve

Mainly Paleozoic faunas and Tertiary Mollusca,
(Nos. 88-94B). ; 806° pp. 30. DIS. cece. se ce ccc ceepeeese’s

Paleozoic fossils of Ontario, Oklahoma and Colombia,
Mesozoic echinoids, California Pleistocene and
Maryland Miocene mollusks.

(Nos. 95=100)s), 420° ppi, 58" PIS. Laie ssl eeieele dine ore cia alge

Florida Recent marine shells, Texas Cretaceous fossils,
Cuban and Peruvian Cretaceous, Peruvian Eogene
corals, and geology and paleontology of Ecuador.

(Nos. 101-108). 376 pps 36 DISi i. cieeeis ce ee Kamen

Tertiary Mollusca, Paleozoic cephalopods, Devonian

fish and Paleozoic geology and fossils of Venezuela.
(Nos. 109-114). 412 pp., 54 pls. ..........2-. BFE ste) ne

Paleozoic cephalopods, Devonian of Idaho, Cretaceous

and Eocene mollusks, Cuban and Venezuelan forams.
(Nos. 115-116). 738 pp., 52 pls.-.. fc. cae sc eveccters

Bowden forams and Ordovician cephalopods.

(NG: ALED) = [5032 DD; AGS LDISS. Si 5a 3.5 acailec clea brates oveiere a ve'beais

Jackson Eocene mollusks.

(Nos 118-128) <> 458* pp 2 “DISS aids hewewiee a oer since viata

Venezuelan and California mollusks, Chemung and
Pennsylvania crinoids, Cypraeidae, Cretaceous, Mio-
cene and Recent corals, Cuban and Floridian
forams, and Cuban fossil localities.

(Nos. 129-133). 294 pp., 39 pls. .......cenececcccteneees

Silurian cephalopods, crinoid studies, Tertiary forams,
and Mytilarca.

(Nos, 134-139). 448 pp., 51. pls.) tei is cei lee see Ss

Devonian annelids, Tertiary mollusks, Ecuadora
stratigraphy and paleontology.

(Nos. 140-144; 145 in press).

Trinidad Globigerinidae, Ordovician Enopleura, Tas-
manian Ordovician cephalopods and Tennessee Or-
dovician ostracods, and conularid bibliography.

(Nos. 146-149; 150-152 in press).

PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA

(Nos, 1-5). 519 pp., 75 pls.
Monographs of Arcas, Lutetia, rudistids and venerids.
(Nos. 6-12). 531 pp., 37 PIS. ....-.eeeeeeeerereeeeeses .
Heliophyllum halli, Tertiary turrids, Neocene Spondyli,
Paleozoic cephalopods, Tertiary Fasciolarias and
Paleozoic and Recent Hexactinellida.
(NOS, 13-25) itis. cn cneccecbecosonnosensoastvsqsnstoteccanstonsosnensonsccnoneasosdgsueoceeneegs
Paleozoic cephalopod structure and phylogeny, Paleo-
zoic siphonophores, Busycon, Devonian fish studies,
gastropod studies, Carboniferous crinoids, Cretaceous
jellyfish, Platystrophia, and Venericardia.

8.00

10.00

9.00

9.00
10.00
10.00

8.00

10.00

12.00

15.00

CoNDENSED ‘TABLE OF CONTENTS OF BULLETINS OF AMERICAN
PALEONTOLOGY AND PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA

BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY

Volume I. (Nos. 1-5). 354 pp., 32 pls.
Mainly Tertiary Mollusca.

IL _ (Nos. 6-10). 347 pp., 23 DIS. 2... cee eWee ces eeeceeine $15.00 —

Tertiary Mollusca and Foraminifera, Paleozoic faunas.
Itt. (Nos. 11-15). 402 pp., 29 pls.
Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Paleozoic sections pd

faunas.

TVs (Nos.,° 16=21)3-161 pps; 26> piss so, es oe ee ea es ee 6.00
Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Paleozoic sections and
faunas.

Vie (Nos. 22=30) 52 48T pp. 268 pis... ast ua ae Son wk weeaces 8.00

Tertiary fossils mainly Santo Domingan, Mesozoic and
Paleozoic fossils.

VE -ANo., (31) 5.268" pp.;) 89 pls: 7s te swans ai eae -.. 10.00
Claibornian Eocene pelecypods.
VIE; -=(No,. 32). = 730= pps 299 =plsie a se ee ies Uvhs aca blew wate koe
Claibornian Eocene scaphopods, — gastropods, and
cephalopods.
WIE ~ (Nos: 33-86) 5 =357-spp., 415 pls Soe. wissen ae ree O00

Mainly Tertiary Mollusca.

Tertiary Mollusca mainly from Costa Rica.
XX. - \(Nos;-40242) 22382. 254 psAae oo bev wrtew eu wn spre ieee 10.00
Tertiary forams and mollusks meuly, from Trinidad
and Paleozoic fossils.

XL. (Nos, 43-46). 272 pp., 41 pls. .2.... cc. eee eee ee eee ae: 7.00
Tertiary, Mesozoic and Paleozoic fossils mainly from
Venezuela.
SKEET... (NOs. -47=48)5° "494 pp; 78) DIS re ae Fh o's cvs cena ens 7.00

Venezuela and Trinidad forams and Mesozoic inverte-—
brate bibliography. '
EG, . -(Nos.-49=50). 264 pp. 47 DSc on oh vealed ee ences oe 6.00
Venezuelan Tertiary Mollusca and Tertiary Mammalia.

XIV. (Nos. 51-54). 306 pp. 44 pls. >......cscccesecseeudecs 9.00

Mexican Tertiary forams and Tertiary mollusks of
Peru and Colombia. -
SVs (Nos. 55-58) .--314< pp. 80 plss- Se ies ss cote eps eee 9.00
Mainly Ecuadoran, Peruvian and Mexican Tertiary
forams and mollusks and Paleozoic fossils.

XVL (Nos. 59-61). 140 pp., 48 pls. .......... EEN Re re
Venezuela and Trinidad Tertiary Mollusca.
XVII. (Nos. 62-63). 283 pp., 33 pls. =... ae eatanie orehs ve wee ep oh eUO
Peruvian Tertiary Mollusca.
XVIEIL -—(Nos. -64-67). ~286 -pp., =29- pls. suis ce ode we owt bee e 9.00
Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Cretaceous corals.
SEX, . (No. ~68).-272 pp. <24—plsr A Fete eno hon weve cee «. 9.00
Tertiary Paleontology, Peru. ;
KX: - “CNos2 69-F0C)., . 2665, pps. 26 -pis.c ls eens ee oo oe 9.00
Cretaceous and Tertiary Paleontology of Peru and
Cuba.
XT, (Nos. 71-792).5.321 pp,,, 12-pis. 26 oes st ees a ea Pe NUL)

Paleozoic Paleontology and Stratigraphy.

(Nos. 37-39). 462 pp., 35 DIS. .....csscecsaeees ee Bay

BULLETINS

AMERICAN
PALEONTOLOGY

VOL. XXXV

NUMBER 152

1954

Paleontological Research Institution
Ithaca, New York
U.S.A.

PALEONTOLOGICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTION

1953-54
RESIDENT Tare eae cate sa alate loeiateralcalole seus Siete ele aibhal eustarstocers KENNETH E, CASTER
WAGE = PRESIDENT 2/2 5 stores cmv crove chorea miele eiale aya lbolinrs ccs Shetaveleletomets W. Storrs COoLe
SECRETARY—1 REASURER « :<.<co.cis\ a: sia [ntahcra to's eielecareta’e ole sigaeiatoncere Repbecca S. Harris
DIRECTOR Os ae) cctv sletriets SD ursvaxctare reseteetenst cutee chante KATHERINE V. W. PALMER
ICOUINSER Sp alactiGiere aie ose bate Sidiare ach clehatelate elcid ol srctoteterchnie \ ote ARMAND L. ADAMS
Trustees
KENNETH E. CASTER (1949-54) KATHERINE V. W. PALMER (Life)
W. Storrs Coe (1952-58) RALPH A. LIDDLE (1950-56)
Rousseau H. FLOWER (1950-55) AxeL A. Otsson (Life)
Respecca S. Harris (Life) NorMAN E. WEIsBoRD (1951-57)

SoLomon C. HOL.isTER (1953-59)

BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY
and
PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA

KATHERINE V. W. Parmer, Editor
Lemp! H. SINCEBAUGH, Secretary

Editorial Board
KENNETH E. CASTER G. WINsTON SINCLAIR

Complete titles and price list of separate available numbers may be
had on application. All volumes available except Vols. I and III of
Bulletins and Vol. I of Palaeortographica Americana.

Paleontological Research Institution
109 Dearborn Place
Ithaca, New York
U.S.A.

BULLETINS
OF
AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY

Vol. 35

No. 152

SYSTEMS OF THE VOLUTIDAE

Henry A. PILsspry

AND

AxeL A. OLSSON

September 7, 1954

PALEONTOLOGICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTION
IrHAcA, NEw YorK
U. S. A.

Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: GS 54-75

Printed in the United States of America

‘DNJPIPS LATS Pvat vytS 1415 JOJ 8 pur ‘9 “¢ saury “pz aded ‘ZC 1 ‘][ng

vyelig

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

‘ aT, pair GUO ROO Red OEE OE Re IG ENE SOAK Een oe ies ae 5

he OV CCL ITIEMES mates rcapetenek a ane says ten ove, sca oud raya! oveg Mabel an eke tevarepabehes a alain era 5
MEET S STON eyes ae etee aG faire ob ay = hones etes STH al wie leo eb forvgo Sa ee orthacdhayetenwies sae Paes 6
; cuilarmpatteruse Os \VOlNti dae w cpo.c.ciers.-1- cleheie ceicleys 2 icici slctersisvale ejttalereh eta ierees 10
PertOLAMPLOCOCONCHS I oe faci cscs Seals weticvs Stree oie iare narh emote alae aya ieieeorens 10
MICHIE IEA TITSIAIES poets hv gavthocemak eae eect ecaerd ar eisre aie hie age dss wel ateet PR 12

> ae :

BS TUAUET OLMMM eer ye te aris rot ay soe Syn ant os ray cin Rc bvohete etater's yaais, mnayatSisy vs) SEs auete eters ecaers 13
iS lilly ° NACINUNG Ee ae eS SRS e A On eer eR ce er SAn CHa Com oti Mo hing ie coc. 13
> Reeser inky MVOLUEIN Ae! ws oc'o0t 3X2 Soles; ss, ho wate ass GRY Se OAL ene 14
Wea litilrthin ae ey (IME yy). ct -scncecy ers eu ore os tone oie crciese ere aie aa esave exe aver aeraieiets 14

PAC etinae mes Mew). Gic-ahw OSG. ok cnas foh esters a meve e Skaee clea te ene aaa 15
iismetinimne (oa) been onteeoneoe v6 aan OGmiee me tema cera aemc cou ice aaciae 15

BN FOrAmIaemy (MEW!) intel ons c.2 sas oe certiete susie ch fol soci stee act teres steers 16
Commie Jal, Annel ANS PNGlerenGs GGG Bo cogbanbucusaboossdUrasuccaseHt 16

PMeit Horm Ege (Tey, iia: 's cstegrae tat oto Sete) shee) ohesebedel cate 1a okereks eters or een eater L7
Seannelimae Hy and A. Adams, 0858. 6 Seccro.cate n= a tee ope tieeprieienete 17
Caillfovecimag’ MiGu)nccudsoonGnocdtvacedoume oonvoccuecbec@macstAC 19

Adganelonmnae (Gta) Spessaccacmec cuvapoosebdsosuns aecars scod: 19

WMolutodenutmiiae: (Mews)! \ccmiccan creel cee se micecieracisiersiol ei cisiore Saari aeea 19

Wolutomitrinae le and AG Aldamisy 91858) ue ccier clei ole ele ale 2s) tatel teria 20

SIME CTE AMV TOSIUIOI 12,0 <5 262 si 7-4-2 s555 = ere RO Bis l=l Sins « Rtn wade, «9 loa eave 20

‘eneral key to the subfamilies of the Volutidae ............-.+2seeeeee 20
criptions of new genera and subgenera .........-.+- +. -eeeee cece renee 21

enuS Falsilyrid, NEW SENUS .......02 25. e. seco essence asc esececsse ens 21

~G Whoodsivolutas Mew GENUS .. 2... .2.52- cle oss cee seer eee e soos en 2

Pr PtOUrIOS, THEW FENMUS . 2002 ess seks hs es eic's 2 cis dielcle nico eas 0,0 see mtmeeee
SUMRAVIGd, HEW ZEDUS win), <%s be < eialeosele eis Were 6 dic w ole oie o)e nia bieerebiwnngeiee 2

\ Evactamiaevands A. Adams, 18)53) tiers so eirele ole =) elelala'> =\tnie'« 2he1e)-te ltteer 24

oo WestUVGia. TW LEDUS . 2. <6 on acleiee + 6 seid cnyesn ain wines eee der amine 24
ELM SONVEEDYs, TSA ob oo o.an sieve learn. apa nleraleiaieielais(e 5 tl a(swoigis ea wale sists Smet 2
Subgenus Melocorona, new subgenus ........-...0eeee seen ener cee 2

Volutocorotia,’ NEW. GENUS ... 2.1... ccc cece cower vewrsscssceteseracs 25

PEPER OR OTE WW. (BETS! 2 c.0.tfo ss Sdn ors» se catatels 0 «sas aoitceins dota aanmins 25

Betectedeibiblidgraphy 2.2.5 ..6 2.26. eee- eee nce cece cece sc ccecsmnaeseds 25

ES AES Ee Td th a Ys, oh cred etedct a: etait eRepare eu cfe sve jofoperetan sl aiete apts sretadetnrarats 29

Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: GS 54-75

Printed in the United States of America

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

INpaTOG NEWT | SSS Petad GOS Ona oni aC Co es Wee mE tienes er 5
PACKNO WEG PINENES Me see sveiee ei cteuteis scr ave Ww a. sl 4 Sreiecatapaim GM acces evafedataye ctelebordaralcuoterarsrere 5
MP FSCUIS SOMME tena ee ke bee oS. SSAA Suc 21° 251s! wee genslctlese lov 6 Nh oy Shades a ckakel olemegaeate hectares 6
Red ara patcernsm Of VOICI AC © ap: nays; <!aicterssclese: oes aiere: chal eveiutoretclesale¥ale ohaberaicieiete 10
Wo lucore me nOtOCONCH SMe rae cre tacpansisteteia c-sevebavaie’ conse ier sel) a.s's akerone lores ater eh arated musket eerons 10
Walumellarme pl artsteracth Sys iciee Paes ce ects a clatter crate sic apa Toe 12
RGN AS SIFICATION EY Poi e SoS m eine ee ee es Sie) San nape ale. cred eee Meee eet 13
Frarmiliy ° \VGUNTS EG 8 Anos cel oginor eee Reortio.c enna GA Ono Ooribe pt cet cio coor 13
SubfLamilyswVOlMtMAe: Me sc ).tmssktcsk & eisinciw sale a SaPeiS ists careers aerate ata tte 14
Wal italia ane ya™ (GaY\ a) ai ees Oe aoe Man Omg eG cieamtat eine. Sena Ua cic 14

PACH etiiraemmn (MEW )e) ais. Goe ChsiAS Desoto Mo Gisceiaie as © evel ayers oucde Sieye eerie 15

MOY TUT C WM (ELESUVD) ea ys 720-82) eer = ate,rota fave bench a. a) ata us Guth! as ate sialic Sces)= love onesie ehedobenan 15

Mul eonaninaer (MEW)! ~. octets vei a6 m avers «oa eileen imo Aue ated ater gore 16
Crmbinaem eran decA Adams 1Si53i cry (cretehs cis tsletette atelier leretctel area 16
PNileithotma em (Mews x c/-Setos sevens. 3 eke aicoxsOeeterote a ees aleraretal'evacraeerceatereterete 17
Scaphellinaem EH esands Al eAdamsy 1 8i5 8 igre crane tela hey taleretethetoleters 17
Callitarccimag NGAP Bes opacoetesecsoncnepocn cpendn done cuscoqcondc 19
Aakionnalaninae Gia) “Se ppoeeoone secr coernmo domo. ood noeaodecce do: 19

. by . Wolniaderinnae (ha. Ay cop ooseneodnedeccmucesuocuNebosutobccoprar 19
Volutomitumac sis sand: AS YAidamis:er8!58) aaa. 2 cris olele « @ alerseelnteateiet ser 20

‘ Oi Wieetint POSMON saepeeanoerencobercus sn doo cea cnebubobaososcalcor: 20
"A general key to the subfamilies of the Volutidae ..............0002-e000: 20
Descriptions of new genera and subgenera ..........----..2+eeeeeseeeees 21
SCHUSMEAISIIVi 1a MEW ZENS oys.e:0 ctelae cis 2 as va a's as 6 wlave ow lolcin' dim! nlajehwaialer anole 21
WAOOASEUO AE RTC WVE RECTUS Se cueisiei costes) 2) <iote) = ose! eek fale) = sets) 4, =) - = lol aial shalt fat 22
WOO VETO MEW ~GETUS: 2.58556 < cies leis ca dares ale ecw elsiele sia'e'e-eisieleleyarers 22
SIUM ALY TIME ENE EDUS :05!spe1- Vee nie aia Sale e wie a Sialevaiele voles nals Weleni® sieelnselsie 23
Eaeramibman disNe PAG ams F853) cicicejsy sieictes aie) tone sa scltatoveKe -Vhcla l= alata et ehstetatone 24
CUS tU AMIE PEDUS. % -.c.5 « «oe «2 Cease te ae 2 esis male clein © = ome’ henna 24
ZION SEVERED VS USAT) crore 5 ua 6 susicielsv ors wise, sae ase mien e+ rin: lca inp rae ioral oe) mia ee 2
Subgenus Melocorona, new subgenus .........---+-+e eee eee tees 2
Volutocoronaw Dew PeNUS) 2.223. -oe se ssie sac or ere es cles sece een 25

BE ATECAEN OER TLE NG A EEMNIS) Co 3. = ot aoc lal bcc shan Sin © ciahay Aujo\n' en ahd 1s (ttaiuisl Seite wate ae 25
SeleccteG MI DMOSTAPHY 2. ac wns -eee cowie Haan een cece dead dence saeasenans 25

PAGE on bs Sok Gee Mee Cen erin rior print rite rc nrccoritit 2

STURT AOD Wy KIGAT

:
i ; _ : “’ ulea
9.) 7; n paves ' Peay
Oe ee Pee Cee cavebeoddverciasns.d 1ubrutey Léwesaiigg
rd i ei 7 ; a lveeac Pep i
Un Ds ; eh nig
re ;
et Lewd ew hlrabe Wte
Ai et. ge, asta’ “a i
ehiy a + nat rip deci ces f'@MN! ono
ri ; ives 7). “eae
ay. s Lvreyts J
pi 4 (Wit) aeiiiew
al F Sala e247 arahre A tive Lenora
awe ud SVaewk vine @ He we avd a evrsi)) San
ai Se Wavy ritebA Ay Sune sett
ie hvend)) wets
ior vented an oft
id irs Are Lyon) gpeerrae
ie / : > Reh) inher A Bae’ mantit
a woiao® weet
pe ‘Ae ern eer gabe nite rary (in? niente wir, ete
i Hote Low Nery een Fa »
" ‘Hiv eu «habia
Si sR: Mest wial "
+} nt as iia //ieer eon
‘ i aid : PU DT. A
f a ie Fe walling eke ep cembhy 2, how ae
hop
id : neies é ; , ' Himes Pwr 4
i Bh, a ele as S rt Ane e202 lal, per ii
di has el edi) Wweth (nel ie ae ‘
ae DL Aa « &4.%) , waea / Ar 40454. 8 4h Arey
her ee Pea PAUL he Ung OE deladage (4p es Mere MG PES Vip,
. Powe wilt 4 cee eee : eet, Ue
- ‘ Casa ¥i'e py oindis dad's PONnwed: Chem ae ae eel
ek a
: ; =
Aa ; : Ath : mae
Lag ay . ve :
* ¥ el Jove

SYSTEMS OF THE VOLUTIDAE UNIVER SI

Henry A. PILSBRY AND AXEL A. OLSSON

INTRODUCTION

The volutes are the aristocrats of shell collections, prized because
of their beauty and the extreme rarity of many species. Most deep
water species are rare, some known only from the original or type
from which the species was first described; others, formerly rare, have
become more generally available to collectors through the increased
activities of deep sea, commercial fisheries in many parts of the world.
Most shallow water species are relatively common wherever they may
occur. Thus, Voluta musica is often found in some abundance along the
beaches of northern South America from Colombia eastward. Various
species of Pachycymbiola are common along the coast of Argentina
southward to Patagonia, and specimens may often be seen in the
markets of Buenos Aires. The coarse, dried, leathery foot of Cymbium
is an article of native food along the west coast of Africa as long
ago reported by Adanson. Perhaps commonest of all is the small
Aulicina nivosa which is said to occur in great abundance at the
mouths of certain rivers in Australia. Barrels of this small volute
may be seen in the curio shops of Florida, the shells selling for a few
cents each.

A complete classification of the Volutidae is not yet possible
since it should be based not only on shell characters but on the soft
parts of the animal as well. Unfortunately, the anatomy of only a
few species has been fully described, hence as noted by Woodward, “it
is extremely probable that we are at present incorporating within the
Volutidae, several forms derived from distinct stocks, or in other
words, this is not a natural family.’ Thus the Volutidae, as the
family is at present delimited, may well contain genera not directly
related, but placed together because of a certain likeness of shell form
and structure.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We wish to express our appreciation to Dr. H. A. Rehder for
the loan of critical radular material from the collections of the United

States National Museum. To Dr. K. V. Palmer for the loan of

6 BULLETIN 152 276

volute material in the collections of the Paleontological Research
Institution; to Dr. Jeanne Schwengel of Scarsdale, New York, for
the loan of a specimen of Halia priamus figured in this paper; and to
Mr. Charles R. Locklin of St. Petersburg, Florida, for opportunity
of studying various volutes in his collection. We are also specially
indebted to Dr. Agustin Eduardo Riggi, Director of the Museo
Argentino de Ciencias Naturales “Bernardino Rivadavia’” of Buenos
Aires and to Dr. Susana W. de Berthold, Jefe Section Invertebrados
of the same institution, for a series of excellently preserved Brazilian
and Argentine volutes from which the radulae illustrated on Plate 4
were obtained.

DISCUSSION

The classification outlined in this paper is the result of studies
in connection with the proposed Treatise on Paleontology on which
the junior author is engaged. It is at best but a tentative effort and
various modifications of the present system can be expected with
advancing knowledge of the anatomy and radula. Apparently, the first
attempt at classification of the volutes, in the sense the family is
understood today, was made by Lamarck in 1811. He distributed the
species among four so-called small families on basis of shell form.
‘These were named: Les Gondolieres (Cymbiolae), shell ventricose,
inflated. It contained such species as //oluta diadema, I’. armata,
I’. aethiopica; Les Muricines (Muricinae), shell oval, spiny or tuber-
culose, and included such species as /oluta imperialis, V. pellis-ser-
pentis, I’. vespertilio, . . .; Les Musicales (Musicales), shell oval,
subtuberculose, with Voluta hebraea, 1. musica, V. chlorosina, ... ;
and finally Les Fusoides (Fusoideae), the shell elongate, subfusiform
and containing such species as ’oluta magnifica, V. ancilla, V. junonia.

Fleming, 1822, should apparently be accepted as the author of the
family name ‘Volutidae’ although he used the spelling Volutadae,
formed by adding ‘“‘dae” to the generic name Voluta. ‘The limits of
the family were wide, as was customary in those days for generic and
higher groups. He included Voluta, Oliva, Cymbium, Marginella,
Cancellaria, Mitra, Ancilla, Volvaria and Tornatella. ‘Vhe last genus
contained /’oluta tornatilis of British writers. He placed the family
between ‘“‘Ovuladae” and Buccinidae.

Swainson, 1840, accepted the family name Volutidae, with the

VOLUTIDAE SYSTEMS: PILSBRY AND OLSSON 7

i)
~sI
~I

conventional spelling used for family names today. It was given wide
limits and divided into five subfamilies so as to include the mitras,
marginellas, olivas, and ancillarias as well as the true volutes.

From 1853 to 1857, J. E. Gray contributed three papers on
gastropod classification, two of which are of major importance. ‘The
first which appeared in 1853 in the February number of the Annals
and Magazine of Natural History with the title “On the Division
of Ctenobranchous Gasteropodous Mollusca into larger Groups and
Families,” advanced a new classification including the introduction
of several names for radular groups used with superfamily rank.
The Rachiglossa contained the single family Volutidae, with three
subdivisions: a. Volutina comprising the true volutes, b. Mlitrina
or the mitras, and c. Porcellanina or the marginellas. This classi-
fication was considerably enlarged, modified, and some errors were
corrected in his final paper published in 1857 in ‘“The Guide to the
Systematic Distribution of Mollusca in the British Museum, Pt. 1.”
Thus, the mitras or Mitrana previously placed in the Volutidae
were transferred to the family ‘‘Fasciolariadae,” its radula, in the
meantime, having become better known. Gray also contributed
a special paper dealing with the Volutidae in 1855, prepared evi-
dently as a criticism of the work of the Adams brothers in their
first volume. Conservative in treatment of families and genera, but
giving weight to all the characters of the shell and animal, Gray’s
work on the gastropods in the Guide must be regarded as a milepost
in the taxonomy of mollusks.

Contemporaneous with the work of Gray was the appearance
of H. and A. Adams, “Genera of Recent Mollusca.” The first vol-
ume, issued in the years 1853 and 1854, treated the Volutidae, the
authors placing stress on the extent of the mantle spread over the
surface of the shell, a character which had been emphasized by D’Or-
bigny. They divided the family into three subfamilies, the Cymbtinae,
Zidoninae and Volutinae. In the appendix to their second volume
published in 1858, a much revised version of the classification of the
Volutidae was presented, attributed to Gray. Keeping the family
within the same limits as before, the volutes were distributed among
three subfamilies, the radula now being given prime consideration.
These subfamilies were the Volutinae, Scaphellinae and the Voluto-
mitrinae, the earlier names of Cymbiinae and Zidoninae being dropped,

8 BULLETIN 152 278

their genera transferred to the Volutinae. The subfamily name of
Scaphellinae is based on Scaphella considered by them to be equivalent
to Amoria of Australian waters, and not as typified by Scaphella
junonia (Shaw) of Florida.

Dall’s well-known classification of the Volutidae appeared in
1890 and partly because of the eminence of its author gained immedi-
ate and general acceptance. This arrangement was based principally
on characters of the embryonic shell, whether it emerged from the egg
capsule with a completely formed calcareous protoconch retained in
the nucleus of the adult conch, or whether it was at first apparently
membranous or chitinous. If the last condition it would be lost during
the intracapsular development of the embryo, becoming replaced at
the apex of the conch by a calcified thick plug formed at the base of
the (membranous) protoconch. ‘The irregular or distorted shape
shows that this is not the original protoconch. On this basis, Dall
divided the family into two groups which he first termed the volutoid
series and the scaphelloid series, later raised to a subfamily rank. The
name Scaphellinae he replaced by Caricellinae, a change thought
necessary because of a different interpretation of the scope of the
genus Scaphella.

As yet but little information is available on the development of
the volutid embryo within its egg capsule. A membranous or partly
membranous form has actually been observed in but a single species,
Pachycymbiola magellanica (Sowerby). Dall’s arrangement based on
a single shell character is not supported by structure of the radulae
or other important characters. The strict application of his criterion
would often lead to the separation of genera which otherwise appear
closely related. Thus Cymbium which has a large, distorted, apical
callus, which is clearly a protoconch of secondary origin, would be
referred to the Scaphellinae, while Melo with an equally large but
normally spiral, turbinate, calcareous protoconch would have to go in
the Volutinae.

Partly on these grounds, Cossmann in 1899 rejected Dall’s
arrangement and proposed a new classification. Cossmann’s effort,
although it did not gain general acceptance, marked a distinct
advance. It was based on all of the shell characters, those given
primary consideration being the shape, position, and inclination of the
columellar plaits; the presence or absence of a deep basal notch

279 VOLUTIDAE SYSTEMS: PILSBRY AND OLSSON 9

(siphonal canal); and on the degree of development of a_ basal
fasciole (bouwrrelet). Cossmann’s work is, however, marred by the
practice of giving irregularly formed compound names to some of
his subfamily groups — names not derived from any of the component
genera and, therefore, inadmissible.

At this time, and lacking information on the anatomy of most
of the volutoid genera, the best guide for relationship amongst the
members of the family seem to be afforded by the radula. This is
known, however, for only about 50 species. Fortunately, these are
sufficiently well distributed among the principal genera to illustrate
the general pattern.

The normal rachiglossate radula (as redefined by Troschel and
Fischer), with 1-1-1 teeth, is retained in only a few volutoid genera
and species; it is evidently a more primitive condition than the 0-1-0
radula. Thus, Volutocorbis amongst the Athletinae, whose geologic
range extends back to the Cretaceous, has large, flat laterals in addi-
tion to a small, tricuspid central tooth. A completely triserial radular
ribbon, similar in pattern to /’olutocorbis, was figured by Schacko for
Voluta (Psephaea) concinna Broderip. Until further checked, there
is some doubt as to the correctness of Schacko’s identification of his
specimen or else it may be an abnormal ribbon, as later Japanese
authors give only a single rachidian tooth of the usual volute pattern
for the same species. Thiele mentioned small pointed lateral teeth,
which were found floating loose in the caustic solution, for Neptune-
opsis gilchristi. As pointed out by Dall, the so-called lateral teeth
reported by Poirier for Halia are apparently the pronglike ends or
sides of a yoke-shaped rachidian tooth, broken and spread apart by
the pressure of the cover glass in the process of mounting. ‘True
laterals are definitely present in Benthovoluta and Microvoluta, but
aside from these few examples, only the central or rachidian tooth is
normally present. In most volutoid genera such as Melo, Cymbium,
and Aulica, the rachidian tooth is tricuspid and the cusps are generally
large and subequal. In //oluta, the rachidian tooth is wide, multi-
cuspid or comb-shaped, bearing about 12 sharp, toothlike cusps, of
which the outer cusps are much enlarged. Thus /’oluta, the type
genus of the family, has a radula markedly different from any other
volutoid genus known. A somewhat different radular pattern is
shown by the Scaphellinae. In these forms the base is usually deeply

IO BULLETIN 152 280

biramose, often assuming the shape of a wishbone, with long, narrow,
spreading arms, the central cusps generally large, slender or spadelike,
with or without side cusps. In Halia the mesocone is short.

RADULAR PATTERNS OF VOLUTIDAE

We may distinguish the following general radular patterns, ar-
ranged in form of a key:

A. Radula triserial with a tricuspid rachidian tooth and strong
laterals. Volutocorbis, Benthovoluta.
AA. Radular ribbon normally uniserial, the laterals if present
small and rudimentary.
B. Rachidian tooth large, wide, multicuspid with the extreme
outer cusps much enlarged. /’oluta.
BB. Rachidian tooth smaller, narrower, tricuspid, the cusps large
and more or less subequal.

a. The cusps long, sometimes massive and swordlike, the
base thickened, arched (sharktooth base), glassy or
stained with brown or orange. Melo, Aulica, Arcto-
melon, Enaeta.

b. The cusps shorter and spaced far apart, the base usual-
ly heavy and more deeply arched. Lyria, Calliotectum,
Teramachia, Psephaea.

c. The cusps slender, curved, fanglike, seated on a flat-
tened base. Adelomelon, Miomelon.

BBB. Rachidian tooth with a median mesocone, the side cusps some-
times weak or absent.
aa. Base deeply forked, biramose, with narrow arms. The
radular ribbon often small, the teeth weak. Scaphella,
Amoria, Aurina, Clenchina, Volutofusus, Halia, V olu-
tomitra.
bb. Base a flattened plate. Ericusa.

VOLUTOID PROTOCONCHS

A medium to large, often gigantic nucleus or protoconch is char-
acteristic of many Recent genera of the Volutidae although many
fossil forms have only small nuclei. The scaphelloid nucleus shows
a truncated, corroded or calloused, pluglike protoconch, often extreme-
ly irregular in form, and frequently tipped by a central elevated point
or pimple called the calcarella by Dall, the remains of the original

281 VOLUTIDAE SYSTEMS: PILSBRY AND OLSSON Il

columella. This type is believed to be of secondary origin, formed
after an earlier, membranous test developed in the egg capsule had
dropped off. Other genera such as AZelo, Voluta, and A moria among
Recent genera and a large number of fossil forms (/’olutopupa) have
a simple, uniformly coiled, calcareous protoconch, showing sharp, dis-
tinct sutures. Its form may be low turbinate, trochoid, to elevate
pupiform, often narrowly cylindrical, its surface smooth or roughly
sculptured. In these coiled forms, the initial whorl is usually small,
the succeeding coils increasing steadily in size until the protoconch
stage is completed. Another form, exemplified by Alcithoe, has a rela-
tively large nucleus, often high or elevated but composed of a few
whorls, of which the initial one is already quite large. The alcithoid
nucleus is perhaps a transitional form between the horny and cal-
careous types. The principal difference between them is the absence
of a marked calcarella. For this reason, Alcithoe has frequently been
classed with the Scaphellinae, but a closely similar development is seen
in Voluta alfaroi Dall (Plate 2, figure 2) and /’. virescens Solander.
A fourth type is illustrated by the Fulgorarinae in which the proto-
conch has a rounded, bulbous shape of a few large whorls with asym-
metrical or off-axis coil. In Mamillana the nucleus is gigantic in size
and appears much like a monstrosity. “That of Pterospira, first
described from the Eocene, is nearly as large. With the possible
exception of the large Melo nucleus, the others have long geologic
ranges, extending back at least into the Eocene. Representative volu-
toid protoconchs may be grouped roughly as follows.

A. Calcareous protoconchs of primary origin, composed of several
closely wound whorls, the apical one very small.

1. Volutospina. Small, smooth surfaced, its apex pointed.

2. Veclutopupa. A high pupiform coil of several whorls, its apex
pointed.

3. Voluta, typical. A medium-sized, low turbinate to trochoid
coil, the initial whorl small, the others uniformly enlarging. Surface
smooth.

4. Voluta, high pupiform. An elevated, narrowly cylindrical
coil.

5. Aulicina. Similar to typical Voluta but with noded whorls.

6. Melo. A large, low, turbinate nucleus of several whorls.

7. Lyria. A small nucleus of about one whorl, its apex blunt.

12 BULLETIN 152 282

8. Volutilithes. A medium-sized nucleus, its penult whorl larger
than the succeeding whorl cf the conch. Apex pointed.

9. Fulgoraria. Small to large, bulbous nucleus, usually of a few
whorls with an oblique or off-axis coil.

B. Protoconchs of an irregular form, probably secondary to an
original embryonic shell with a soft or membranous test, hence
deciduous, the succeeding calcareous protoconch generally showing a
truncated or stumplike shape, often with a pimpled or calloused
surface and sometimes a central calcarella.

10. Cymbium. A large nucleus of irregular form and_ heavily
calloused.

11. Scaphella. A medium to large nucleus of irregular form,
often subtruncate or bulbous and with a central calcarella.

12. Caricella. Similar to Scaphella but more depressed and
flattened.

COLUMELLAR PLAITS

Strong folds or plaits on the columellar wall are generally con-
sidered a distinguishing character of the Volutidae although there
are several genera within the family in which columellar plaits are
lacking while in others they may be weakly developed only, restricted
to the interior of the shell and not visible in the aperture. In most
genera the anterior folds are generally the largest, a character by
means of which the Volutidae may sometimes be distinguished from
the Mitridae in which the posterior fold is generally the strongest.
This rule is, however, not rigidly adhered to as in many volutid
genera the folds are nearly equal, while in Amoria and Scaphella,
the posterior fold is often the largest. The size, position, and regu-
larity of the columellar plaits in the Volutidae is closely associated
with the development of a strong basal fasciole which in turn depends
upon the size of the siphonal canal notch. This relationship is well
illustrated in the Cymbinae (see Plate 1, fig. 1).

In Melo, the arrangement is as follows:

1. The highest or posterior fold is placed opposite to the exten-
sion of the ridge, keel or line marking the upper margin of the basal
fasciole. This fold varies considerably in size and in some species of
Cymbium is so small as to be hardly noticeable.

2 and 3. Middle plaits. These are placed opposite the middle

283 VOLUTIDAE SYSTEMS: PILSBRY AND OLSSON 13

zone of the fasciole or at points of change in the direction of the
growth lines. These folds are always strong and the most persistent.

4. The lowest or anterior fold follows along the edge of the
pillar of which it may be only a thickening.

In the Fulgorarinae, Scaphellinae, and Athletinae which have no
well-marked basal fasciole set off by a ridge, the columellar plaits if
present are generally irregular in number and in spacing. Hence,
the columellar plaits of Fulgoraria, although numerous, are bunched
together along the middle of the pillar wall giving it an appearance of
distortion. In Scaphella, Harpulina, and Amorena, the posterior fold
is the largest and is placed well above the short, foldlike fasciole. This
condition is also repeated in Voluta and Volutolyria, where the colu-
mellar plaits are succeeded by lirations on the parietal wall.

CLASSIFICATION

Family VOLUTIDAE Fleming, 1822

The shells of the Volutidae show extreme range in size and form
from narrowly fusiform with relatively slender spire and anterior
canal to broadly strombiform with an angled or armed shoulder. In
most genera, the body whorl is much larger than the other volutions
and in a few forms constitutes the whole external surface. A charac-
teristic feature of most genera is the presence of strong folds or plica-
tions on the columellar pillar; these are generally somewhat stronger
anteriorly but this is not true of all species, and some genera have no
columellar plaits whatsoever. In Voluta and Lyria the columellar
plaits are transitional to mere lirations on the parietal wall. The
siphonal canal may form a shallow or deep, notchlike cut whose
growth trace may develop into a strong fasciole, often broad and
cordlike which rotates upward into the aperture. Forms with a
strong fasciole are usually provided with strong plaits on the columel-
lar pillar. Lip is thin or thickened, usually smooth within. External
sculpture is variable, from plain, smooth shells to others provided
with strong axial ribbing and spirals, the coloration plain and dull,
or highly polished and with intricate pattern. Surface in some forms
may have a glazed or enamel coating, polished and smooth, and cover-
ing the sutures and the nucleus, or if unglazed, the sutures visible,
the surface sometimes roughened by films of secondary deposits. Perio-

14 BULLETIN 152 284

stracum thin or thick, horn color to black. Operculum present or
absent.

The living animal has a widely expanded foot and a flattened
head with small, narrow, flattened, obtuse tentacles, with the sessile
eyes placed at their outer base; siphonal tube with internal appendages;
mantle in some forms voluminous, covering the entire shell and apex,
leaving the surface beneath glazed and polished; in the majority of
forms, the mantle is narrow, not extensible far beyond the aperture;
Radula in the primitive forms is triserial with narrow or flattened,
three-cornered marginals and a small, tricuspid central tooth; more
often uniserial (0-1-0), the rachidian tooth sometimes wide, multi-
cuspid and comb-shaped, more often tricuspid or unicuspid.

SUBFAMILIES

if Subfamily VOLUTINAE Swainson, 1840 (d’Orbigny, 1841)

Shell ovate or strombiform, solid, with a high or short spire;
nucleus turbinate, of several closely coiled whorls or high, cylindric;
sculpture consists principally of axial riblets often forming strong
nodes or sharp spines on the shoulder, sometimes wholly smooth;
columellar folds usually strong, generally long and slender, and
grading into lirations on the parietal wall; siphonal canal notch
deep, producing a strong, basal, fasciolar fold; end of pillar appressed
and recurved; outer lip becoming thickened in the adult, curving
upwards towards the suture and carrying a deep posterior sinus or
groove. Radula in the living species is uniserial, the rachidian tooth
wide, multicuspid.

Recent genera.—V oluta Linné, 1758.

Fossil genera.—V olutolyria Crosse, 1877; Peruluta Olsson, 1928;
Chiraluta Olsson, 1931. Woodsiluta new; Falsilyria new.

2. Subfamily VOLUTILITHINAE (new)

Shell fusiform, shouldered, solid, with an elevated spire nearly
equal to the length of the aperture; protoconch relatively large,
bulbous or cylindrical, composed of one or more whorls, the apical
one pointed; sculpture is formed by strong, axial riblets which become
spiniform or nodose on the shoulder angle, the surface otherwise
smo6th or marked with fine spirals; columella bearing a single,
large anterior fold, the pillar wall above it plain or with weak
lirations; siphonal canal notch deep, recurved at the end, and forming
a strong, basal fasciolar fold. Fossil only.

285 VOLUTIDAE SYSTEMS: PILSBRY AND OLSSON 15

Fossil genera.—V olutilithes Swainson, 1829; Lapparia Conrad,
1835.

3. Subfamily ATHLETINAE (new)

Shell at first subfusiform with a high spire and strong cancellate
sculpture, sometimes becoming Cassis-like or strombiform in the adult,
with or without a thick callous growth over the parietal wall and on
the spire; protoconch small or medium-sized, of one or several whorls,
and of an elevated, turbinate form with a sharp apex; body whorl
with a rounded or angled shoulder, unarmed or bearing nodes or
spines; sculpture more or less cancellate, at least in the young, the
surface often becoming partly or wholly smooth in the adult; anterior
canal straight, the siphonal canal notch shallow and usually not
forming a basal fasciole; columellar plaits one or more, strong or
weak; the parietal callus is a thin or heavy glaze spreading a variable
distance over the ventral surface of the shell, sometimes also extending
upward over the spire to form a thick, enamel coating; radula of
Recent species, triserial, complete with marginals and a small tricuspid
rachidian tooth.

Recent genera—V olutocorbis Dall, 1890; Ternivoluta Martens,
1897.

Fossil genera——V olutocorbis Dall, 1890; Volutispina R. B. New-
ton, 19060; Athleta Conrad, 1853; Neoathleta Bellardi, 1890; Voluto-
pupa Dall, 1890. Volutocristata Gardner and Bowles, 1934; Pavora B.
Clark, 1946; Retipirula Dall, 1907; Tectiplica Wade, 1916; Parvi-
voluta Wade, 1926; Liopeplum Dall, 1890; ?Drilluta Wade, 1916;
?Paleopsephaea Wade, 1926; Volutovetus, new; Voluticella Palmer,
1953. ;

4. Subfamily LYRIINAE (new)

Shell small or medium-sized, solid, generally subovate with a
short or high spire; sutures distinct; protoconch small or of medium
size, composed of 1 to 144 whorls; sculpture generally costate but
sometimes quite smooth in the adult; aperture semilunate, the outer lip
straight, thickened at maturity and either smooth or dentate within;
columellar plaits two or three in number, seated on a short pillar,
the parietal wall above smooth or lirate; color pattern plain with
spiral bands; siphonal canal notch strong, slightly recurved at end,

16 BULLETIN 152 286

and developing into a short, external fasciole; radular ribbon uniserial,
the rachidian tooth tricuspid.

Recent genera.—Lyria Gray, 1847; Harpella H. and A. Adams,
1858; Enaeta H. and A. Adams, 1853.

Fossil genera.—Lyria Gray, 1847; Notoplejona Marwick, 1926;
Mitreola Swainson, 1833; Enaeta H. and A. Adams, 1853; Sannalyria
new.

5 Subfamily FULGORARINAE (new)

Shell fusiform with an elevated spire and a narrow or greatly
inflated body whorl; protoconch small to large, bulbous, generally of
a few whorls, asymmetrical or coiled with a strongly inclined axis;
anterior canal generally long, straight or twisted, plain or with several
collumellar plaits, usually of irregular form and spacing; siphonal
canal notch shallow and not forming a marked basal fasciole; surface
smooth sometimes glazed, or variously sculptured with axials and
spirals; radula uniserial, the rachidian tooth tricuspid.

Recent genera.——Fulgoraria Schumacher, 1817; Pterospira G.
Harris, 1897; Mamillana Crosse, 1871; Ericusa H. and A. Adams,
1858; Mesericusa Iredale, 1929; Saotomea Tadashige Habe, 1943;
Festilyria new; Iredalina Finlay, 1926.

Fossil genera—Lyrischapa Aldrich, 1911; Pterospira G. Harris,
1897; Sycospira Palmer, 1953; Eucymba Dall, 1890.

6. Subfamily CYMBIINAE H. and A. Adams, 1853

Shell medium or large, generally with a broadly subovate or
bailer-shaped body whorl, the spire short, sometimes sunken or en-
volute; nucleus large, forming an elevated to truncated, calloused
plug (immersed in the adult) or turbinate-pupiform, composed of
several evenly coiled whorls between distinct sutures; siphonal canal
notch deep and developing externally into a strong fasciole; outer lip
straight, not thickened, smooth within; radular ribbon uniserial, the
rachidian tooth with three strong, more or less equal cusps.

Tribe CYMBIIDES new

Protoconch, a calloused, truncated plug; the animal ovoviviparous.
Recent genera-—Cymbium Réding, 1798; Cymba Sowerby, 1826.
Tribe MELOIDES new
Protoconch a large, pupiform coil of several whorls and sharp
sutures; animal oviparous.

287 VOLUTIDAE SYSTEMS: PILSBRY AND OLSSON 17

Recent genera—Melo Sowerby, 1847; Melocorona new; Aulica
Gray, 1847; dulicina Rovereto, 1899; Cymbiolena Iredale, 1929;
Cymbiola Swainson, 1831; Callipara Gray, 1847; Volutoconus Crosse,
1871; Cymbiolacca Iredale, 1929; Volutocorona new.

ite Subfamily ALCITHOINAE (new)

Shell subfusiform, the spire elevated; protoconch variable in
shape, scaphelloid, of secondary origin, usually of a few smooth
whorls with a large initial turn or with a more or less flattened sum-
mit and central calcarella; sculpture dominantly axial forming strong
or weak riblets, sometimes reduced to nodes or spines on the shoulder
angle. Body whorl usually ovate, sloping, without a marked basal
contraction, the anterior canal itself short, straight, the columella
carrying two or more strong folds; siphonal canal notch deep develop-
ing a strong fasciole; radular ribbon uniserial, the rachidian tooth
tricuspid.

Tribe ALCITHOIDES

Alcithoe H. and A. Adams, 1853; Cottonia
Iredale, 1934; Pachymelon Marwick, 1926; Carolluta Iredale, 1926;
Gilvostia Iredale, 1937; Harpulina Dall, 1906; Palomelon Finlay,
1927.

Fossil genera.—W aihavia Marwick, 1926; Teremelon Marwick,
1926; Pachymelon Marwick, 1926; Metamelon, 1926.

Recent genera.

Tribe PACHYCYMBIOLIDES (new)

Recent genera——Pachycymbiola Uhering, 1907; Janeithoe, new;
Arctomelon Dall, 1915.
Fossil genera—Pachycymbiola Uhering, 1907.

Tribe ZIDONIDES H. and A. Adams, 1853
Recent genus.—Zidona H. and A. Adams, 1853.
8. Subfamily SCAPHELLINAE H. and A. Adams, 1858

Shells ovate-fusiform, with an elevated spire which is generally
shorter than the aperture and the body whorl ovate to globose;
embryonic shell at first with a membranous test and transient (Scaph-
ellides) followed by a secondary protoconch (scaphelloid) usually of
an irregular form with a truncated, calloused summit, sometimes with
a central calcarella; or fully calcified from the start, the protoconch

18 BULLETIN 152 288

hence having a turbinate form and composed of closely coiled whorls
from a small initial beginning (Amorides) ; columellar wall plain or
with two or more plaits; base of body whorl generally not contracted,
the anterior canal itself short or lengthened and terminating in a
deep or shallow siphonal notch, with or without a marked basal
fasciole; surface usually smooth in the adult, with or without a cover-
ing of glaze, the earlier whorls usually axially ribbed or cancellate;
radular ribbon in Recent species is uniserial, the rachidian tooth with
a single, narrow mesocone, the side cusps smaller or missing and
seated on a deep, yoke-shaped base with narrow arms. ‘This sub-
family may be divided into three tribes as follows:

Tribe SCAPHELLIDES

Embryonic shell membranous and transitory, followed by a
secondary, scaphelloid protoconch, color white, yellow or pink, usually
with spiral rows of brown spots. Atlantic.

Recent genera.—Scaphella Swainson 1832; Aurinia H. and A.
Adams, 1853; Volutifusus Conrad, 1863; Clenchina Pilsbry and
Olsson, 1953.

Fossil genera—Scaphella Swainson, 1832; Volutifusus Conrad,
1863; Clenchina Pilsbry and Olsson, 1953; Caricella Conrad, 1835;
Atraktus Gardner, 1937.

Tribe AMORIDES

Embryonic shell calcareous from the start and resulting in a well-
coiled turbinate protoconch. Color plain, more often with longitudinal
zigzag strips or closely variegated. Australian.

Amoria Gray, 1855; Amorena Iredale, 1929;
Zebramoria Iredale, 1929; Relegamoria Iredale, 1936; Nannamoria
Iredale 1929; Parvimitra Finlay, 1930.

A moria Gray, 1855.

Recent genera.

Fossil genera.
Tribe HALIDES

Embryonic shell calcareous forming a low, turbinate protoconch;
shell ovate, globose, thin-walled, its surface smooth and glossy, the
columellar wall simple, deeply excavated; color white or pink with
spiral rows of small brown spots; mesocone of rachidian tooth short.

Recent genus.—Halia Risso, 1826.

Fossil genus——Halia Risso, 1826.

289 VoLUTIDAE SysTEMS: PILSBRY AND OLSSON 19

9. Subfamily CALLIOTECTINAE (new)

Shells small to quite large, fusiform to elongate-turreted, the
slender spire longer than the aperture; surface smooth or marked with
small, protractively bowed axial riblets, stronger on the whorls of
the spire and generally slightly beaded over a grooved or channeled
suture; anterior canal of medium length, its pillar wall straight, plain
or with weak folds developed in the interior and not showing in the
aperture; operculum corneus, unguiculate to semilunate; radular
ribbon uniserial, the rachidian tooth tricuspid (Plate 3, figure 16).

Recent genera.—Calliotectum Dall, 1890; Teramachia Kuroda,
1931 (Prodallia Bartsch, 1942) ; Howellia Clench and Aguayo, 1941;
Phenacoptygma Dall, 1918; Neptuneopsis Sowerby, 1898; Fusivoluta
Martens, 1902.

Fossil genera—Calliotectum Dall, 1890.

10. Subfamily ADELOMELONINAE (new)

Shell subovate with an elevated spire longer than the relatively
short anterior canal; pillar with few, slender plaits, the anterior one
larger; surface smooth or with rather obscure axial ribbing and spiral
striation, the surface covered by a delicate periostracum; no oper-
culum; radular ribbon uniserial, the rachidian tooth bearing three
narrow, fanglike, curved cusps seated on a flattened plate.

Recent genera.—Adelomelon Dall, 1906; Miomelon Dall, 1907
(Proscaphella \hering, 1907.)

Fossil genera——Miomelon Dall, 1907.

11. Subfamily VOLUTODERMINAE (new)

Shell elongate or broadly fusiform, the spire shorter than the
aperture, the body whorl large, comprising most of the shell, its base
not contracted but passing with gradual slope into the long, straight
anterior canal; protoconch small, turbinate; siphonal notch deep but
its growth trace not producing a basal fasciole; pillar wall straight,
with one or more columellar plaits; sculpture strongly cancellate or
Ficus-like, formed by the intersection of strong ribs and spirals; in
some forms the spirals persisting to form strong cords in the adult
stage. Cretaceous.

Fossil genera.—V olutoderma Gabb, 1876 (Volutomorpha Gabb,
1876) ; Ficulopsis Stoliczka, 1867; Rostellinda Dall, 1907; Rostellaca
Dall, 1907; Rostellana Dall, 1907; Longoconcha Stephenson, 1941;
?Involuta Cox, 1931.

20 BULLETIN 152 290

12. Subfamily VOLUTOMITRINAE H. and A. Adams, 1858

Shell small, Mitra-like, with a small, calcareous nucleus; no
operculum; radula generally triserial, the rachidian tooth similar to
that of Scaphella, the laterals small and narrow.

Recent genera.—V olutomitra (Gray) H. and A. Adams, 1853;
Microvoluta Angas, 1877.

Fossil genus—Microvoluta Angas, 1877.

Or UNCERTAIN POSITION

Guivillea B. Watson, 1886; Harpovoluta Thiele, 1912; Ptychoris
Gabb, 1877.

Gosavia Stoliczka, 1865, Pholidotoma Cossmann, 1896, and Beis-
selia Holzapfel, 1889 may be turrids.

A GENERAL KEY TO THE SUBFAMILIES
OF THE VOLUTIDAE

I. Radular ribbon uniserial, formula 0-1-0
A. Rachidian tooth wide, multicuspid, comblike (Plate 3,
iige, Oi). Volutinae
AA. Rachidian tooth narrower, tricuspid, the cusps nearly equal

im size. (Piate 3, nes. 4, 10; 11, 12, 13, To).

B. Cusps relatively wide and massive, of a knife or
swordlike shape, the base of the tooth similar to that
of a shark’s tooth, thickened, and generally arched;
glassy or deeply stained.

C. Protoconch bulbous, of but few whorls, with a
strongly off-axis coil; basal fasciole weak or ab-
sent; columellar plaits irregular in numbering and
spacing. (Plate 1, fig. 3). Fulgorarinae

CC. Protoconch or apical whorls coiled in normal

fashion around central axis.

D. Nuclear whorls small; adult shell subovate,

usually small; columellar folds restricted to

a short pillar or continuous with lirations

on the parietal wall above; outer lip thick-

ened and sometimes toothed. Liriinae

DD. Nuclear whorls larger, subcylindrical to
pupiform, generally of but few turns.

291 VOLUTIDAE SYSTEMS: PILSBRY AND OLSSON 21

E. Basal fasciole strong. Columellar plaits
strong. Alcithoinae
EE. No _ basal fasciole and no columellar
folds. Calliotectinae
DDD. Nuclear whorls large and forming a cal-
loused, truncated plug (Cymbiides), or a
large, pupiform (Cerion-like) protoconch of
several whorls (Meloides). Basal fasciole
strong, bounded by a sharp keel; columellar
folds strong and normally 4 in number.
(Plater a; figs ) Cymbiinae
BB. Cusps very narrow and slender, fanglike, seated on a
flattened, platelike base. (Plate 3, fig. 9).

Adelomeloninae
AAA. Rachidian tooth with a single, large mesocone, or if tri-
cuspid the marginal cusps small. (Plate 3, figs. 5, 7, 14,
T5)% Scaphellinae

II. Radular ribbon triserial (1-1-1)
A. Rachidian tooth relatively wide, tricuspid, the laterals wide,
flat and subquadrate. (Plate 3, fig. 17). Athletinae
AA. Rachidian tooth with a single, narrow cusp; lateral teeth
small and narrow. (Plate 3, fig. 8). Shell mitroid, subfusi-
form; columellar plaits present. Volutomitrinae

III. Radula unknown. Fossil only.
A. Nuclear whorls small; adult sculpture strongly cancellate.
Volutoderminae
AA. Nuclear whorl forming a relatively large, few-whorled
protoconch with a pointed apex; sculpture generally
smoothish except for minute spirals; columellar folds
typically 1, anterior in position. Volutilithinae

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW GENERA AND SUBGENERA

Subfamily VOLUTINAE
Genus FALSILYRIA, new genus
Plate 3, figure 1

Type species—Lyria pycnopleura Gardner, 1937. For figures of

22 BULLETIN 152 292

this type species see: Gardner, 1937, U. S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Paper
142-F, p. 404, pl. 48, figs. 1, 2.
Lower Miocene, Chipola River, Florida.

Similar to Voluta Linné but with a narrower shell and higher
spire; nucleus relatively small, consisting of but one rather loosely
coiled whorl; sculpture formed by strong, smooth, nearly straight axial
ribs, generally somewhat noded or coronated at the suture and with
faint spirals showing around the base and on the canal; aperture semi-
elliptical, the outer lip thickened by the last rib, smooth within;
plaits on the columellar and parietal wall are similar to those of
Voluta; of these the four or five lower ones from large, strong, sharp
folds which spiral deeply into the interior while above them the plaits
on the parietal wall are small and weak; end of pillar appressed and
turned sharply backwards to form a recurved beak forming a deep,
siphonal notch; siphonal fasciole short but strong.

Species of this group have generally been referred to Lyria, but
its relationship lies closer to the true volutes as shown by its columellar
plaits intergrading with smaller lirations on the parietal wall, and
by its strongly recurved beak and short siphonal fasciole.

Genus WOODSIVOLUTA, new genus

Type species —V olutospina crassiuscula Woods, 1922. For figures
of this species see: IT. O. Bosworth, 1922, Geology of North-West
Peru; p. 104, pl.urs,hes.'6,/7."ple 16, hes. Tas Th:

Lower Eocene of Peru.

Shell massive, subovate, globose, with a large, convex body whorl
and a medium-length, conic spire; whorls not shouldered; spire whorls
with axial sculpture, the later ones marked only by coarse lines of
growth; callous glaze thin or lacking; outer lip more or less thickened
and carrying a deep, posterior sinus; siphonal canal notch deep and
developing a basal fasciole bordered by a keel; columella with three
strong, slightly oblique folds.

Subfamily ATHLETINAE
Genus VOLUTOVETUS, new genus
Plate 2, figure 8
Type species—Voluta petrosa Conrad, 1833. For figures of this

species see: Athleta petrosa (Conrad), Palmer, 1937, Bull. Amer.
Paleont., vol. 7, No. 32, p. 372, pl. 58, figs. 1-4, 6, 8-14.

293 VOLUTIDAE SYSTEMS: PiLsBpRY AND OLSSON 23

Gulf Coast Eocene.

Shell subfusiform to substrombiform with an elevated conic spire
and a medium-sized body whorl; protoconch small, composed of three
or four smooth whorls forming a high, turbinate coil with a sharp
apex, the passage to the first nepionic whorl shown by the assumption
of bowed axials over a short area; whorls shouldered, the angle being
generally spinose or nodose, the sculpture elsewhere more or less
cancellate or becoming smooth, the base generally retaining strong
spirals; columella with two or three plaits placed along the middle
zone of the pillar; anterior canal straight, the siphonal canal notch
shallow and resulting in no basal fasciole; outer lip internally denti-
culate in the adult or remaining smooth; a callous growth may cover
the parietal wall, often spreading upward over the spire to form an
enamel coating, varying in degree of thickness.

Well represented in the Eocene of the Gulf Coast by several
species referred by authors to Volutilithes, Plejona and Athleta. The
genus is closely related to Volutospina Newton of the Paris Basin
Eocene, differing by its stronger columellar plaits. Its relations with
Athleta appear less direct.

Subfamily LYRIINAE
Genus LYRIA Gray, 1847
Subgenus SANNALYRIA, new subgenus
Plate 3, figure 2

Type species—Lyria pulchella Sowerby, 1849. For figures of
this species see: Sowerby, 1849, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, vol.
6, p. 46, pl. 9, fig. 4; Maury, 1917, Bull. Amer. Paleont. vol. 5, No.
Zornes opl. 1%. figs, 10, 10a.

Miocene of Santo Domingo.

Shell ovate, globose, the body whorl large, not shouldered, the
surface sculptured at first with strong axial ribbing, generally becoming
smoother in the adult. The nucleus like that of Lyria, s.s. is small,
blunt, composed of one or two smooth turns. Columellar folds like
those of Lyria but with the parietal wall above strongly lirate
throughout. :

Differs from Lyria, s.s. by its strongly lirate inner lip and from

Harpella H. and A. Adams by its nonshouldered whorls.

24 BULLETIN 152 294

Genus ENAETA H. and A. Adams, 1853
Enaeta americana (Dall) Pls eee

Strigilla americana Dall, 1915, U. S. Nat. Museum, Bull. 90, p. 61, pl. 9,

fig. 2.

Two species of Enaeta are known fossil in the American Tertiary.
Enaeta americana (Dall), described as a Strigilla, occurs in the
Chipola Miocene at Bailey’s Ferry, Fla. Another species, also des-
cribed as a Strigilla, is Enaeta perturbatrix (Maury) from the Mio-
cene of Santo Domingo.

Subfamily FULGORARINAE
Genus FESTILYRIA, new genus

Type species.—V oluta festiva Lamarck. For figures of this species

see: Reeve, 1849, Conch. Icon., vol. 6, Voluta, pl. 12, figures 28 a-c.
Recent. Africa, the exact locality unknown.

The shell is broadly subfusiform, stout, with a spacious body
whorl and an elevated subpyramidal spire; nucleus bulbous, fulgora-
roid, of one rounded whorl coiled around a tilted axis; whorls
shouldered at maturity, the spire whorls sculptured with axials which
become nodose on the shoulder of the last whorl; aperture subovate,
with a deep commissural groove above; no fasciole; columellar plaits
irregular, four, five or more in number.

Reeve’s excellent figure of Voluta festiva resembles closely
Pachycymbiola magellanica (Sowerby) with which it has sometimes
been united, but it differs by its fulgoraroid nucleus, the absence of a
fasciole, and by its more variable plaits. “These characters suggest a
place in the Fulgorarinae. Reeve considered J’. festiva to be related
to Voluta hebraea, and H. and A. Adams placed it in Lyria (Appen-
dix, p. 618).

Subfamily CYMBIINAE
Genus MELO Sowerby, 1847
Subgenus MELOCORONA, new subgenus
Plate 1, figure 1

Type species—Melo broderipii Gray. For figures of this species
see: Reeve, 1860, Conch. Icon., vol. 13, Cymbium, pl. 5, fig. 3a; pl. 6,
figs. 3b, c, d.

Recent, Philippines.

295 VoLuTipAr SysTEMS: PILSBRY AND OLSSON 25

In shape similar to Melo but the spire not becoming involute, the
large, pupiform nucleus remaining prominently visible at all growth
stages. Shoulder of the whorls armed with strong, elevated, furrowed
spines.

Genus VOLUTOCORONA, new genus
Plate 2, figure 10

Type species —lI oluta .imperialis Lamarck. For figures of this

species see: Reeve, 1849, Conch. Icon., vol. 6, Voluta pl. 16, fig. 36.
Recent, Philippines.

Shell large, solid, the spire short, and with a large, ovate-conic
body whorl; nucleus large, Melo-type, pupiform, generally colored
dark-brown and forming a prominent apical knob; shoulder of whorls
armed with large, sharp spines forming a crown; a small but definite
sutural or commissural notch is present; siphonal notch deep, curved,
and forming a strong, basal fasciole limited above by a sharp ridge;
folds of the columella strong, four in number.

Subfamily ALCITHOINAE
Genus JANEITHOE, new genus
Plate 1, figure 8; Plate 4, figure 5

Type species —Voluta beckii Broderip, 1847. Recent, coast of
Brazil.

Shell medium to large in size, broadly subfusiform, the spire
shorter than the aperture, the outer lip thin; body whorl large, sub-
ovate, plain or with short, spinose nodes on an angled shoulder;
nucleus large, alcithoid, composed of about two smooth whorls with
an erect, pointed calcarella at the tip; spire whorls with fine spiral
sculpturing which tends to fade out on the later turns; columella with
two strong plaits; the parietal callus is a light wash which extends
out only a short distance beyond the aperture; siphonal canal notch
deep and forms a flattened, basal fasciole not edged by a keel; radular
ribbon uniserial, the rachidian tooth flattened and triserial.

SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY

Adams, H. and A.

1858. The genera of Recent Mollusca, vol. 1, the family Volutidae.
Pp. 157, 1853; vol. 2, appendix, p. 615.
Clench, W. J.

1846. The genera Bathyaurinia, Rehderia and Scaphella in the western
Atlantic. Johnsonia, vol. 2, No. 22.

26 BULLETIN 152 296

Cooke, A. H.
1922. The radula of the Volutidae. Malacol. Soc. London, Proc., vol. XV,
Dit. pps 6-452.
Cossmann, M.
1899. Essais de Paléoconchologie comparée. Vol. 3, pp. 99-148.

Dall, W. H.
1890. Wagner Free Inst. Sci., Trans. vol. 3, pt. 1, pp. 57-90.
1898. On the genus Halia of Risso. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc.,
vol. 50, pp. 190-192.
1907. A review of the American Volutidae. Smithsonian Miscellaneous
Collections, vol. 48, No. 1663.

Fischer, P.
1867. Sur Panatomie des Lyria. Journ. de Conchyliol. vol. 15, pp. 349-
AAS jolly 1
1879. Note sur l’animal du Voluta musica Linné. Op. cit., vol. 27,
Pp. 97-106, pl. 5.
Fleming, J.
1822. The philosophy of zoology. Vol. 2, p. 490. Edinburgh.

Gray, J. E.

1853. On the division of Ctenobranchous Gasteropodous Mollusca into
larger groups and families. Annals Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 11,
second series, p. 124.

1855. Observations on the species of Volutes, Volutidae. Zool. Soc. Lon-
don, Proc., part 23, pp. 50-65.

1857. Guide to the systematic distribution of Mollusca in the British
Museum, pt. 1. Volutidae. Pp. 31-36.
Kuroda, T.
1950. Illustrated catalogue of Japanese shells. No. 5. Volutidae.

Ludbrook, N. H.
1953. Systematic revision of the volutid genus Amoria. Malacol. Soc.
London, Proc., vol. 30, pts. 4, 5, pp. 131-153, pls. 14-18.
Lamarck, J.
181zr. Ann. du Museum d’Hist. nat., vol. 17, p. 54.

Marwick, J.

1926. Tertiary and Recent Volutidae of New Zealand. New Zealand

Institute, Trans. Proc., vol. 56, pp. 256-303.
Pilsbry, H. A. and Olsson, A. A.

1953. Materials for a revision of East Coast and Floridan Volutes.
Nautilus, vol. 67, No. 1, pp. 1-13.
Poirier, J.

1885. Recherches anatomiques sur PHalia priamus (Risso). Bull. Société
Malacologique de France, vol. 2, pp. 17-50.

Schacko, G. in Von Martens
1881-85. Conchologische Mittheilingen, vol. 2, p. 126, pl. 24, fig. 5.

2 VOLUTIDAE SYSTEMS: PILSBRY AND OLSSON 2
97

Swainson, W.
1840. A treatise on malacology or the natural classification of shells
and shell-fish. Volutidae. Pp. 316-324.
Thiele, J.
1912. Deutsche Siidpolar Expedition, 1901-03.
1929. Handbuch der Systematischen Weichtierkunde. Erster Teil, pp.
344-351.
Troschel, F. H.
1866. Das Gebiss der Schnecken zur Begriindung einer naturlichen Classi-
fication. Vol. 2.
Wenz, W.
1943. Handbuch der Paldozoologie, Gastropoda. Teil 6, pp. 1311-1355.

o | : . ' ety

;
Cn weber i wer ill Che gate Vee i:

ea AP . v

. Oe iw FAA) TSS Ay ‘agri atefing are aT 4 ;
rf ? et dre Gl aabiteby\ A Ath eee
jenibew ‘ iy i a
conor weiionge’, Clot hhgey

¥) if vinedoobldels Gh) qalperabwatsS® «st: Aced
ssi me, PY
| oe
oie) Vel) se A "es ia
sited Wah eniiitar gure anneal abe iy, hoagie h 448 Dibba t A i
: : : Bis : » tak

adh

, i
phat) ie iis ator 4 Shy Ac yla: mit, .agh, A vudhot EGR
+ : ; il oe nie en th
a 26 YY > “a
"4s ‘
. 7 es > adie Cateye all

is oo ie sir ha am a
aa

a 4A mud
: 2a
oj - ii a) ach Pa » |

phe :
; = ° <A.
ag \
De @
io 4¢ thee
5 ft. “
é eB SS
Wile @ 3
{ ; i bral Ae | Ai Bowk:
. : ; (Pe > 5 oe a ha
rel p Le 4 Te P
a ‘ ee Cc? oo Pay aw ini
Pee; tn at 19
rare §
ite, rev 4 4 ©) oe Mice irhecomelt ogi
albighas -0o cae’ a i, > a7 48. :
ah G, te Tae Seen ere.

s4;, Unaikday sae aeons enn it is

PLATES
PLATE. T, (25)

Figure

10.

BULLETIN 152

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I (25)

Melo (Melocorona) broderipii Gray .................0.0..ccccccetees
Pillar showing 4 strong plaits and their position with respect
to the basal fasciole. Olsson Collection.
Voltuta. musica: Linnie | 2.25. esc.. nee ice
Showing the relations of the columellar plaits continuous
with lirations on the parietal wall and the short, basal
fasciole. Goajira Peninsula, Colombia. Olsson Collection.
Fulgoraria, rupestris)) (Gmelin) (eee ee
Anterior canal to show the absence of a paeel fasciole with
the columellar plaits irregularly bunched together in the
middle zone of the pillar. ANSP., 185830.
Lapparia. dumosa, (Comma) 058. ec oe iccc oc tceteavncess oe ncv tee ee
Spire whorls showing the large nucleus and rst nepionic
whorl. Diameter of nucleus about 3.3 mm. Eocene, Gulf
Coast.
Scaphella junonia butleri Clemch ..............0....0cccececcetettteeeeteees
Spire whorls showing the scaphelloid nucleus, pluglike, cal-
loused, with obscure sutures succeeded by the sculptured
nepionic whorls. Diameter of nucleus about 5 mm. Speci-
men from Mr. Charles R. Locklin.
Amoria (Amoria) Gamomni Gray 2... ....cc.-ciccsceeceessteccrseonncacece sours
Large, trochoid nucleus grading into the nepionic whorls.
Australia. ANSP., 186163.
Fulgoraria, rupestris, (Gmelin) y= eee
Spire whorls showing the bulbous nucleus with oblique coil.
Diameter of nucleus about 5.7 mm. Same specimen as fig. 3.
Janeithoe beckiil CBroderip)) esc ese ceececcsecncceecenrsssceseereees ee

Nuclear whorls. Greatest diameter of nucleus, 6.2 mm. Off
Rio Janeiro. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia. Charles R.
Locklin.

Scaphella floridama Pleilprin .o.....2...cccscccccccccc ccc ecscceurscneesertensenserees

Spire showing a shorter scaphelloid nucleus and highly sculp-
tured nepionic whorls. Diameter of nucleus, 5.2 mm. Plio-
cene, Clewiston, Florida. Olsson Collection.

(Carica) Ney Spe scarica eee cg Bes ono ana

Caricelloid nucleus, diameter of nucleus about 3 mm. Eocene
Claiborne, Alabama.

300

13,

PALEONT.

AMER.

ULL,

>
»

or
ood

25, VOL.

Pr.

PLATE 2 (26)

Figure

10.

BULLETIN 152

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 2 (26)

Aulicina mivosa (CLiamarck)) oc... .cccccccceeccsccececeessscescges ss aeeee eee eee
Apical view showing noded nucleus. Diameter of nucleus,
6.9 mm. Australia. Olsson Collection.
Volata alfaroi Dad) 2.5. 2cicce te. cceccchstecstecceitpeskeus aotten stent eee
Spire whorls showing the elevated, cylindric nucleus. Di-
ameter, 2.6 mm. Miocene, Costa Rica. ANSP., 3152.
Woltrtay -miuisicany Tair ooo ooo scc sess ccccntecavcczenescesectcstinseostyensssesce tone eee
Apex showing the low, turbinate type of nucleus. Diameter,
4.8 mm. Goajira Peninsula, Colombia. Olsson Collection.
Aulicina, vespertilio (aimme). o-cc.cecccciccescecs-cscsesc a ondees seeee tees
Spire whorls. Indian Ocean. ANSP., 185832.

Mesericusa fusiformis (SWainSOM) 2.2... cececceeeceeeeeseeeesereeeenee

Spire whorls. Diameter of nucleus about 6.4. Wan Dieman’s
Land. ANSP., 186167.

Halia; priamus) MeusCh) Fi. .gic.-cocoeeccssssee hesscoeee eee ee

Apex showing low, turbinate nucleus gradational with the
nepionic. Diameter of nucleus about 5 mm. Cadiz, Spain.
Specimen in J. Schwengel Collection.

;, Malia; priamus Meuschy 6. ...5.c5 3: sctccsceeeke necsp tices eeepc as te

Complete shell, same specimen as figure 6. Note deeply exca-
vated pillar and spiral rows of brown spots. Length of
specimen, 40.5 mm.

Volutilithes muricinus (Lamarck) 2.0.0.2... eeeeteeeees

Spire whorls with elevated nucleus and sculptured nepionic
whorls. Diameter of nucleus about 17.8 mm. Eocene, Paris
Basin. Pal. Res. Inst., No. 20818.

Volutovetus ‘petrosa, (Comrad) c...0i..cic.cccicccccses overs cess cccsestr essen oan

Spire whorls showing small nucleus. Diameter of nucleus,
3.1 mm. Eocene, Smithville, Texas. Pal. Res. Inst., No.
20819.

Melo cimdica CGimeliny) een 8 is cosssace testes tuctesecadeoseetbccremeeyenee soe

Apical view showing large nucleus. Diameter of nucleus,
17.8 mm. Eastern Seas. ANSP., 35303.

Volutocorona imperialis (Gmelin) o...........ccccccceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees

Spire whorls. Diameter of nucleus about 14 mm. Philippines.
ANSP. 186153.

Volutopupa ventricosa (Defrance) ..................ccccccsscsssscssceeeeass

Spire whorls. Diameter of nucleus, 2.7 mm. Eocene, Paris
Basin. Pal. Res. Inst., No. 20820.

302

Pr. 26, Vou. 35 Buu. AMER. PALEON’. N
’

), 152, Pn, 2

PLATE 3 (27)

Figure

13.
14, 14a.

15.
16.

Li.

BULLETIN 152 304

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 3 (27)

Falsilyria pycnopleura (Gardner) .i2.c0-3 cc ee 21
Length, 51.8 mm. Lower Miocene, Chipola River, Florida.
Collector, Charles R. Locklin. ANSP.
Lyria (Sannalyria) pulchella Sowerby ..................ccccccccccccesccesseeeeeee 23
Length, 26.9 mm. Miocene. Rio Mao, Bluff la, Santo Domingo.
Olsson Collection.
Enaeta americana (Dall) 2.0.6.8 ee 24
Type, length, 28 mm. Lower Miocene, Chipola near Bailey’s
Ferry, Florida. Collector, C. W. Johnson.
Arctomelon stearnsi’ (Dall) .:fc:../lcceie cases sad eos 20
A small portion of the radular ribbon. Width of each rachi-
dian tooth, 0.78 mm. Shumagin Ids., Alaska. U. S. Nat.
Museum, 22504.

Aurinia kieneri ethelae Pilsbry and Olsson ........0000.00000000cc0.. 21
Rachidian tooth, width, 0.28 mm. See also figure 7.
Voluta: miusiea. Tinme:* 2) fe i. cccsenseev cet ee cues cle eee 20

A group of rachidian teeth in natural position. Width of each
tooth, o.98 mm.- Bookoo Reef, Tobago Island. Collector,
A. J. Ostheimer, 3d.
Aurinia kieneri ethelae Pilsbry and Olsson .............0..0.e ee 21
Portion of radular ribbon from type. See fig. 5. Off South Pass,
Mississippi River in 220 fathoms. Collector, Mr. Thomas Dow.
Type in collection of Mrs. Ethel L. Townsend, Cocoanut
Grove, Florida.
Microvoluta typica- (Strebel) 22.5 .e.-.c)un ce csecte cece shedes.ceceesee ee 21
Rachidian tooth and lateral. Thiele, Handbuch der systema-
tischen Weichtierkunde, 1st pt. p. 351, fig. 421.
Miomelon: ‘philippianus”’ Dall ..<.....cc..02...c.sceccsecsenceesc cee oc 21
A single rachidian tooth, width, 0.25 mm. From type. Off
southwest coast of Chile. U. S. Nat. Museum, 97128.
Enaeta sowerbyi Adams (V. cumingi Broderip) ................0........... 20
A single rachidian tooth, width, 0.20 mm. Magdalena Bay,
Lower California. U. S. Nat. Museum, 102548.

Neptuneopsis gilchristi (SOWerDy) ................:..:cccccsscssscsssontesceoteusersenes 20
From Thiele, Der deutschen Tiefsee-Exp. 1898-99. Figure 68.
Psephaea concinna, (CBroderip)” | ..2.s.i.c..s2:1 06. sqieese ee 20

A single rachidian tooth. Japanese Jour. Malacol., vol. 13,
No. 1-4, fig. 14.

Melo. mantica: Lamarck “2... hee Aiielneitesuscasnedon eee 20
From Troschel, Das Gebiss des Schnecken, vol. 2.
Scaphella junonia (S021 10 Vana ay i RS 21

Top and oblique side view of a rachidian tooth, width, .14. mm.
Key West trawlers.

Clenchina. dohrni (Sowerby) ...4...0..cceeticccocceten vec cecate cane 10, 21
Rachidian tooth, width, 0.0624 mm. Key West trawlers.
Calliotecttmm) vermicosuml Dal i. orc... cieccsscscsseccacteev oss -cssete se ee 20

A single rachidian tooth, width, 0.22 mm. Near Galapagos
Islands. U. S. Nat. Museum, 9655
Volutocorbis abyssicola (Adams Be Reeve) cia dauadacaaetanange eos 21

Rachidian and lateral tooth. From Thiele, Deutsche Tiefsee
Exp., 1898-99. Handbuch, p. 344, fig. 411.

Ph. 27, Vou. 35 BuLu. AMER. PALEON'T. No. 152, Pr. 3

7 el Cie, be OT the in| a,
en | 7
ne;

; f, ee he .
¥ a ae -
Via e Aw, Pea Se ST aa ad cree

PLATE 4 (28)

BULLETIN 152

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 4 (28)

Zidona angulata (SweaimSon)) 2c -2.o eso sicteccec-ceccseeesesress sz veeeseeeeee ee

Preserved animal, without liver. Length of foot, 83 mm. Museo
Argentino de Ciencias Naturales, “Bernardino Rivadavia,”
No. 12901.

Pachycymbiola brasiliana (Solander)) ......................:cscsssssssssssosseesesns

Preserved animal, without liver. Length of foot, 907 mm. “Bern-
ardino Rivadavia,” No. 9361.

Pachycymbiola magellanica (Sowerby) ...............cccccc0 ceseessersr eee

Part of radula, width of individual tooth, 0.8 mm. “Bernardino
Rivadavia,’ No. 12387.

Zidona, angulata \(Swallson)) ies cesses cores oe eee

Part of radula, width of individual tooth, 0.6 mm. “Bernardino
Rivadavia,’ No. 12901.

Janeithoe: beckii CBroderip)) co. ces.ccceckcec Sede coecdesthece-ceeees eee nse ro

Part of radula, width of individual tooth, 0.95 mm. “Bernardino
Rivadavia,” No. 13330.

Adelomelon’ ‘ancilla) (GSolanvder)) eis secane geen one cnc eeeenesscraca saan eteeeneee

Parts of radula, width of individual tooth, 1.1 mm. Fig. 6. Top
view. 6a. Side view. 6b. Oblique view. “Bernardino Riva-
davia,’ No. 21264.

306

Big

Pu. 4

No. 152,

BuLL. AMER. PALEONT.

Pi. 28, VOL.

XXVIL.

XXVIII.

XXIX.
XXX.

XXXIIL

XXXIV.

XEXYV.

Volume I.

Il.

il,

COS Oma beer ROU Dis Tole TUG oa sen cummins sre ma Neel ie

Paleozoic Paleontology and Tertiary Foraminifera.

RINGS Was S) eeOOLAD Es sth) DSLR |! aisiwa biwtaia elats ersiasbin ere are lorerste

Corals, Cretaceous microfauna and biography of
Conrad.

KINON. B0s60) 54-002, DU at Diss Lu ccwoeseeancieicanie tbs

Mainly Paleozoic faunas and Tertiary Mollusca.

UINGSo Ganeens)s SOUCY GO! OPIS. icra acciuaia saisid mtenie ealewhe

Paleozoic fossils of Ontario, Oklahoma and Colombia,
Mesozoic echinoids, California Pleistocene and
Maryland Miocene mollusks.

CNOSoVOO= LOD) ct cO cP tO POLSii! viaip tisia tos ievelale ere araian ae laetere

Florida Recent marine shells, Texas Cretaceous fossils,
Cuban and Peruvian Cretaceous, Peruvian Fogene
corals, and geology and paleontology of Ecuador.

COS. LOL=10R)E SUG = ph. SO) DIS: siceaew seg escent soe cine

Tertiary Mollusca, Paleozoic cephalopods, Devonian

fish and Paleozoic geology and fossils of Venezuela.
UNOsreNOo=t14)2 S402 ippie 54) DSi jeisicva-e vis oid Pepiacmraine s

Paleozoic cephalopods, Devonian of Idaho, Cretaceous

and Eocene mollusks, Cuban and Venezuelan forams.
CON OS eee cy LG) LAG PDN era” PSs co ovalercicvels creva’ole eels ‘eierevs e/inie-e

Bowden forams and Ordovician cephalopods.

CNOl BLL) cOGSW DD GoM DISS ao caited so cticce sieisis elsioevari octane

Jackson Eocene mollusks.

UNosae 1S 128) yc 450 sD Dis ta 0 PIS: ossiccec.cierd sie onclele ve wi eialonere

Venezuelan and California mollusks, Chemung and
Pennsylvania crinoids, Cypraeidae, Cretaceous, Mio-
cene and Recent corals, Cuban and Floridian
forams, and Cuban fossil localities.

CNOSMALZO 135) er 04 DD SO PIS. fcc se sciscei moses cease

Silurian cephalopods, crinoid studies, Tertiary forams,
and Mytilarca.

UNOS 134-259) 71440) PDs OL UDIS) ic cdc one ee cee ceases

Devonian annelids, Tertiary mollusks, Ecuadoran
stratigraphy and paleontology.

UN One lAQ HUES) oe SO1: pel OPIS. bic ccaectetcastcders a soesasSpadeecensamete

Trinidad Globigerinidae, Ordovician Enopleura, Tas-
manian Ordovician cephalopods and Tennessee Or-
dovician ostracods, and conularid bibliography.

(Nos. 146-151; 152 in press).

G. D. Harris memorial, camerinid and Georgia Paleo-
cene Foraminifera, South American Paleozoics, Aus-
tralian Ordovician cephalapods, California Pleisto-
cene Eulimidae, Volutidae and Globotruncana in
Colombia.

PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA

(Nos. 1-5). 519 pp., 75 pls.
Monographs of Arcas, Lutetia, rudistids and venerids.
PseeG= i) eral OD oii OSs) siewslccn tetas iereis sierpieik ela ve'd
Heliophyllum halli, Tertiary turrids, Neocene Spondyli,
Paleozoic cephalopods, Tertiary Fasciolarias and
Paleozoic and Recent Hexactinellida,
(Nos. 13-25) .. SAT rane ee NEL BR 2e Vite: 1S So) DERE a IOe Aaa a EN IC
Paleozoic cephalopod structure and phylogeny, Paleo-
zoic siphonophores, Busycon, Devonian fish studies,
gastropod studies, Carboniferous crinoids, Cretaceous
jellyfish, Platystrophia, and Venericardia.

8.00

10.00

9.00

9.00
10.00
10.00

8.00

10.00

7.50

12.00

15.00

CONDENSED TABLE OF CONTENTS OF BULLETINS OF AMERICAN

PALEONTOLOGY AND PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA

Volume I.

It.

BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY

(Nos. 1-5). 354 pp., 32 pls.
Mainly Tertiary Mollusca.

CNos,..6=10) 5) (S47) pp, 23s) DIS: | Ve-cs sa's-c'0 a s.n:eie ble wieteletsvsieiataete $15.00
Tertiary Mollusca and Foraminifera, Paleozoic faunas.

(Nos. 11-15). 402 pp., 29 pls.

Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Paleozoic sections and

faunas.
(Nos..; 16-21). 161. pp:,, 26) pis. <2. 523 <ices oslo cee = ewsis 6.00
Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Paleozoic sections and
faunas.
(Nos.) 22-30) 5,437 pps, 68) Piss as i> <ctelsiesctass ain oe ois envleiniedets 8.00

Tertiary fossils mainly Santo Domingan, Mesozoic and
Paleozoic fossils.

(NOs S21) F268!) pps 59 DIS. si. cinisicie cles ofareralsiel orst=[a anatalehariee 10.00
Claibornian Eocene pelecypods.
(No: S2)5" 130) Spp:s 99" Sls. oe ei otis release alarerecehal ste neienane 12.00

Claibornian Eocene scaphopods, gastropods, and
cephalopods.

(Nos): 33-36) 60357) DDS. PD DIS) erie). cio cise see cinerea cee eee 9.00
Mainly Tertiary Mollusca.
(Nos: /37=39) =); 462 ppijd0) DIS! a/c. cisicya detec leterciel onsle stereos - 8.00
Tertiary Mollusca mainly from Costa Rica.
(Nos:740=42) 5.0382) pps, S40 Pls win: cial. wiviein wese bore arate eee 10.00

Tertiary forams and mollusks mainly from Trinidad
and Paleozoic fossils.

(Nosy 43246) 0.272. pp.\4l pisi ss avisiece bee ona 7.00
Tertiary, Mesozoic and Paleozoic fossils mainly from
Venezuela.
(Nos, 47-48). 494 (ppl 8) Isis oven si detarelsice wieie Sialeleetoemmiets 7.00

Venezuela and Trinidad forams and Mesozoic inverte-
brate bibliography.

(Nos, 49-50) 3/2645 pps, 20 PES alae ayelscas Sis nfo ie! o/s oye) spehacsiaianets 6.00
Venezuelan Tertiary Mollusca and Tertiary Mammalia.
(Nos, 51-54)" 306; (pp., 445 DIS oo clei a'e\si'e < ciel nfnisleretaioee 9.00

Mexican Tertiary forams and Tertiary mollusks of
Peru and Colombia.
(Nos, 55-58) 2 (S14), pps) 80) DIS.” Sits. coacleee cece cuemines 9.00
Mainly Ecuadoran, Peruvian and Mexican Tertiary
forams and mollusks and Paleozoic fossils.

(Nos) }\59=61) 50.140) ppis 48) DISS, cascieid ices wicies clove elctee ener 6.00
Venezuela and Trinidad Tertiary Mollusca.

(Nos... 62-63); (283) ‘ppi, (S37) PIS 1. os cies civtebne wow elelele Sidvet gue Meo
Peruvian Tertiary Mollusca.

(Nos;,''64-69) 2/1286 (pps 29 (DIS: | cys eds csisporetereiersteia ereremeane 9.00
Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Cretaceous corals.

(No. G8). 272) Dp. SE PIS ede es eat. kWh eee 9.00
Tertiary Paleontology, Peru.

(Nos. 69-70C). 206 -pD., 26: DIB. cies ciceviavs wveasdeauiovele 9.00

yi dai and Tertiary Paleontology of Peru and
Cu

(Nos) 72-32). S21 pp.12 {psi occ ciesdeeeae cles secrete 9.00
Paleozoic Paleontology and Stratigraphy.

BULLETINS

AMERICAN
PALEONTOLOGY

VOL. XXXV

*
aus Com 700 |
LIBRART
NUMBER 153 taht Ne
HARVARE
| eee siTY
1954

Paleontological Research Institution
Ithaca, New York
U.S.A.

PALEONTOLOGICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTION

1954-55 "
PRESIDENT) 5c) ys rc Gee hata ateienh eke Cee emit cue Sakic te elie Tpeet el) clone ale CenaTOhe RALPH A. LIDDLE
WICE- PRESIDENT 1) 1 oy ere rere sere tle eeelereloraln) cme iel esszan ters SoLomon C. HOLLISTER
SECRETARY= TREASURER (cs/b occa tte Sais slcclalelele e Me meittataleaiasela ReBEccA S. HArRis
DIRECTOR | \s a ic.siaieleve ee Satie i a win lalaietainicra: ohare chet oioke KATHERINE V, W. PALMFR
POUINSED vive creda: te clonate aioiactevdcalal tata ap creche ati ala avninteloaiaiale ARMAND L. ADAMS
Trustees
KENNETH E. CASTER (1954-1960) KATHERINE V. W. PALMER (Life)
W. Storrs Cote (1952-58) RALPH A. LIDDLE (1950-56)
RoussEAU H. FLOWER (1950-55) AXEL A. Otsson (Life)
Repecca S. Harris (Life) NorMAN E. WElsBorRD (1951-57)

Sotomon C. HOLuisTerR (1953-59)

BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY
and
PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA

KATHERINE V. W. Patmer, Editor
Lempi H. SINCEBAUGH, Secretary

Editorial Board
KENNETH E. CASTER G. WINSTON SINCLAIR

Complete titles and price list of separate available numbers may be
had on application. All volumes available except Vols. I and III of
Bulletins and Vol. I of Palaeortographica Americana.

Paleontological Research Institution
109 Dearborn Piace
Ithaca, New York
U.S.A.

BULLETINS
OF
AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY

Vol. 35

No. 153

FIVE NEW SPECIES AND A NEW SUBGENUS IN THE PELECYPOD
FAMILY CARDIIDAE

A. MyRA KEEN
Stanford University, California

December 20, 1954

PALEONTOLOGICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTION
IrHAcA, NEw York
U. S.A;

MUS. COMP. Ze@L.
VERARY

WJAN 10 1955

HARYARE
URAVERSITY

Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: GS 54-138

Printed in the United States of America

TABLE. OF- CONTENTS

Page

BNR alsch ts ay eS P Mote. 5.56 one. 4.5, Sr exwiles s,s) ee ah ogo a eats) aie: voWale jaterayen aiaenic vara eiamea s tefete rakes 5
Pere es COUNT LLM RSMo ss Sri sase dan) ives Taian Sshes oy vices, wlgtae ol era Wiav ea MATHS aE sparelo neers 5
caNtel SaaS AEG LE OUST oR, IR ee Rg es ge 6
RiGSFe Itai CMCINSEUSSIOU Myer 5 scosc,c tie ores cic Ane ecleia cco nine SI spe tie a Ce aero . 6
GoungmGnanocaraium «Gabbe 1869) 1.5. cyero.sieia nerd «sca sieientecls icin ala tere ales eee 6
SHDPEenUuSmHLzmOcardrnim NVhitey 1880) 2... .62. «2. ene sees sees re 6
Eihimnocuraiuim pomeyrol: Keen, n.8p. «.. <-% ses o> dieses sin onine ole 8
CenusmNVemOcardiiim NICE, 1876) acc. sissies diaieve, ol sseestete metas ue: Fipple ener 9
STE PCIUGMPVIEMLOGUM AULT, Si55) “Sele s.« ole t\eveU es won anerne tosis ents wee 10
Subppeausmnjatielium) Tredale;, “924: << ta.s:2,s)s)- <¥eia10i) 005i 210i mole oiaene OTe 10
SUbpenusPMIZeiaea: Ebabe, TOS5T </F.. 22 cules sine schoo oieve aire etn Meteo areas II
SubgenusmArnctopraiium Keen, nisubg: 5...-.2n- 2s ee sees ea eee ce 12
ELA RULUITIURGTUPN IS. IMCOD: ASPs) aciieie crate clei etclencieieiieieteteieeiatersicate 12
CenOS. (QUADRA LITE TD AGS hes CEE geno oon Oboemae re oben cand. socennce arr 14
Clinocardium praeblandum Keen, n.sp. ...--....0-02-ecccevcesencvce 15
Clammeurumimapristimim: Keen, OS. \..2 snd uss 2s sien eee oa oo 0 oe nies 16
Giiosaraium hannibal: IKeen, BSP! -2.« «loos dete «0d ee swae seo oiie eesel8 18
Key to the species of Clinocardium of western North America ........... 20
MCE ECTICE SMECILCC MPR ei Pe ose os oor eufiorhnc cnoiessicle eeisueiete siaote = iaverereie afore oka atal ott obeYeney at 22

PAIR Lu 6 Sth Do ORT Cn Ee ee On ote nent: Our iiwasan se ak nor 23

pring PON) ae THAT

insaicieii

ii dda ee eee i.

“etts antl sik unwere il agi |

eye Obie eqales ejay note
. ae Meee nailer ‘i

eeue? ‘ Wiel teiamat "oe

i L.A pease Sr al whey a
. Tre, Lite,

7 : ies *¥, @elilyael kh i.

Posy aes oF yudareo lly ie

Wil faerA motors) ‘sae4 oe

“a

vere. eee dw. adie ty eet ee): ) ona
on (CEA (o0 Eee mw i ’ i vei bad ay

a f 7 /
7 ; i
7 a
, tem 7
7 + _ =i ;
: me A | :
oe ia”

FIVE NEW SPECIES AND A NEW SUBGENUS

IN THE PELECYPOD FAMILY CARDIIDAE

A. Myra KEEN

Stanford University, California

ABSTRACT

New species described are: Granocardium (Ethmocardium) pomeyroli, Up-
per Cretaceous, New Caledonia; Nemocardium (Arctopratulum) griphus, As-
toria formation, middle Miocene, southwestern Washington; Clinocardium
praeblandum, Briones formation, upper Miocene, Contra Costa County, Cali-
fornia; C. pristinum, Neroly formation, upper Miocene, Contra Costa County;
and C. hannibali, Montesano formation, Mio-Pliocene, southwestern Washing-
ton. Arctopratulum is proposed as a new subgenus of Nemocardium (type
species, N. (A.) griphus). Keys are included to subgenera of Nemocardium
and to species of Clinocardium.

INTRODUCTION

The chance observation that the common West American heart
cockle is prosogyrate started me in 1935 on what has proved to be a
long-range series of cardiid studies. Justifying the proposal of a new
genus, Clinocardium, to contain this and several similar species, led to
the accumulation of a card file of some 3,000 entries and to several pa-
pers in revision and review of the family (Keen, 1936, 1937, 1950,
1951). The ambitious statement in the first of these, that “detailed dis-
cussion of the species included in the genus is withheld for a monographic
study whose publication may be considerably delayed” remains unreal-
ized, but the “two or three unnamed species,” also mentioned, are here-
in described, and some information on species to be assigned to Clino-
cardium is offered as a partial fulfillment of the promise.

6 BULLETIN 153 Se

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I wish to thank Siemon W. Muller for advice and encouragement
in the preparation of this paper, and Ellen James Trumbull and Joseph
J. Graham for assistance on problems relating to the Astoria forma-
tion. I am grateful also to Frances Wagner for permission to cite some
conclusions from her unpublished thesis and to Curt Dietz and Hubert
G. Schenck for critical reading of the manuscript.

SYSTEMATIC DISCUSSION

Family CARDIIDAE
Subfamily CARDIINAE
Genus GRANOCARDIUM Gabb, 18691

Type species (subsequent designation, Stewart, 1930).—Cardium
carolinum d’Orbigny, 1844. Upper Cretaceous, France.

Quadrate to elliptical, ribs smooth to spinose; intercostal spaces
variously ornamented exteriorly or interiorly; hinge straight or nearly
so and relatively long.

Granocardium may be divided into three subgenera: Granocar-
dium, s. s., elliptical in outline, hinge slightly angulate, interspaces
with two to three spinose intercalary ribs; Criocardium Conrad, 1870
(type species, subsequent designation, Stoliczka, 1871, Cardium dumo-
sum Conrad, 1870) which is quadrate, hinge straight, not more than
one spinose intercalary between ribs (sometimes none); and Ethmo-
cardium, in which the intercostal spaces of the interior are pitted. All
are confined to the Cretaceous.

Subgenus ETHMOCARDIUM White, 18802

Type species (original designation) —Cardium speciosum Meek
and Hayden, 1857 (non Adams and Reeve, 1850) =C. whitei Dall,
1900.

Small, quadrate, hinge straight; ribs without spines or heavy
nodes; intercalary ribs not present; intercostal spaces of the interior
apparently pitted or perforate.

1 Paleont. California, vol. 2, p. 266.

2 U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol.2, p. 292. Proposed as a subgenus of Car-
dium,

mi eo: PELECYPODA — FAMILY CARDIIDAE: KEEN 7

Ethmocardium comprises only a few known species, as follows:

Cardium (Ethmocardium) ursaniense Landes, 1940. Canada Geol.
Surv., Mem. 221, p. 156, pl. 5, figs. 10-12. Pakowki formation,
Alberta, Canada, Upper Cretaceous.

C. (E.) welleri Stephenson, 1941. Univ. Texas Pub. 4101, p. 195,
pl. 34, figs. 13-17. Nacatoch sand, Texas, Upper Cretaceous
( Maestrichtian).

C. whitei Dall, 1900. Wagner Free Inst. Sci., Trans., vol. 3, pt. 5,
. p. 1074. New name for C. speciosum Meek and Hayden, 1857
(Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Proc. for 1856, vol. 8, p. 274), pre-
occupied, from “bad lands of Judith River (Nebraska),” [ie.,
Montana group, Montana, Upper Cretaceous].

E. woodsi Marwick, 1944. Roy. Soc. New Zealand, Trans., vol. 74, pt.
3, p. 259, pl. 36, fig. 21. Piripauan, New Zealand, Upper Creta-

ceous (Upper Senonian or Maestrichtian).

A species from the Turonian of France, Cardium alternatum
d’Orbigny, 1844 (non Sowerby, 1841) =C. subalternatum dOrbigny,
1850, has been assigned to Ethmocardium by Dall, but the original
figure and description show it to be a Criocardium, with well-developed
spines between the ribs. C. wenonah Weller, 1907, sometimes consid-
ered an Ethmocardium, was a composite species based on material from
New Jersey and Texas. Stephenson recognized this in 1941 and pro-
posed a new name, C. welleri, for the Texas specimens. As the New
Jersey specimens, at least in the original figures, do not show the in-
ternal pits of Ethmocardium, the restricted C. wenonah must be allo-
cated to Criocardium, together with several other species lacking inter-
calary ornamentation, for which a new subgenus may eventually prove
justifiable.

To the above list of four species — three from the mid-continent
of North America and one from New Zealand — now is added a
fifth from an intermediate location, New Caledonia.

8 BULLETIN 153 314

Granocardium (Ethmocardium) pomeyroli Keen, n. sp. PI. 1, figs. 2-4;
text figs. 1,2

Figs. 1, 2. Granocardium (Ethmocardium) pomeyroli Keen, n. sp. Paratype,
Stanford Univ. Paleo. Type Coll. No. 8290, camera lucida drawing of latex
cast, slightly restored; x 1.

Shell large for the subgenus, ovate-quadrate, with about 25 ribs;
ribs narrower than the interspaces, shallow, rounded on top, with ver-
tical sides; intercostal spaces of the central 10 to 12 ribs internally
bridged by thin bars of shell material which give the appearance of
pits or pores when the thin outer layer is eroded away; hinge short
(right valve longer than left), straight, cardinals 2a and 3b strong;
anterior and posterior lateral teeth strong, the hinge plate hollowed out
between laterals and cardinals; pallial line obscure, probably entire;
anterior adductor muscle scars moderately large, remote from ventral
margin; posterior muscle scars inconspicuous but apparently also re-
mote; shell margins crenulate, posteriorly digitate.

Dimensions.—Holotype, height, 27 mm., length, 27, convexity (one
valve), 11; 25 ribs. Paratype, height, 27 mm., length, 25.5, convexity
(one valve), 10.5; 25 ribs. Paratype, height,—, length, 26 mm., con-
vexity (one valve), 11.

Type locality—Coal-bearing beds in area of Momeéa tribe, New
Caledonia. Upper Cretaceous. Collected by M. Réné Pomeyrol, 1951;
30 specimens.

Repositories—Stanford Univ. Paleo. Type Coll., holotype, No.
8287, paratypes Nos. 8288-8294; other paratypes to be deposited in
the collections of California Academy of Sciences, U. S. National Mu-
seum, British Museum (Natural History), Paleontological Research
Institution, and the Sorbonne, Paris.

S15 PELECYPODA — FAMILY CARDIIDAE: KEEN 9

Discussion —Compared to other members of the subgenus, this form
is a giant. The New Zealand species G. (E.) woodsi, which has also
25 ribs, measures only 12 mm. in height and length, 4 in convexity of a
single valve. he North American species have many more ribs: G. (E.)
whitei has 40 ribs and measures 12 mm. in height, 10 in length, 4 in
convexity of a single valve; G. (FE). ursaniense, also with 40 ribs,
measures 17 by 15 by 5; G. (E.) welleri, with 32 ribs, measures 14
by 15 by 5.5. The ribs in G. (E.) pomeyroli are more widely spaced,
thinner, shallower in outward expression, and the interspaces are much
wider than in the other species. Preservation of the material, mainly
as internal molds, leaves much to be desired, making selection of a
holotype difficult. The specimen chosen shows a fragment of outer
surface on the center of the disk in the right valve and also shows the
relationship between the apparent pits of the intercostal spaces and
the thin outer layer. One paratype, No. 8290, had the hinge sufficiently
preserved that latex casts could be made for both valves. In a third
paratype, No. 8291, a partial external mold permitted recovery of
surface sculpture by the use of latex, and it was in this that the true
nature of the “pits” (actually matrix filling the spaces between thin
shelly bridges across the interspaces) could be discerned. In the um-
bonal area where slight erosion of the outer layer had taken place,
the intercostal bridging came to resemble a honeycomb. A somewhat
analogous sculpture is present exteriorly in various Tertiary cardiid
stocks, but in no other group is the interior of the shell reduced to a
thin mesh. =

Associated fossils include a few internal molds of an indeterminate
gastropod, apparently one with several whorls and a siphonal canal.

The species is named in honor of the collector, M. Réné Pomeyrol,
of the Société de Recherche et d’Exploitation de Pétrole en Nouvelle-
Calédonie.

Subfamily PROTOCARDIINAE

Genus NEMOCARDIUM Meek, 18763 oi

Type species (subsequent designation, Sacco, 1899).—Cardium semi-
asperum Deshayes, 1858. Eocene, France. id:

3 U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr., Rept., vol. 9, p. 167.

10 BULLETIN 153 316

Ovate-quadrate, sculpture radial, posterior slope differentiated by
coarser ribbing.

As I have shown (Keen, 1950), the genus Nemocardium originated
during early Cretaceous time and has persisted to the present, though
with sharp diminution in numbers of species and with restriction of
range after its heyday in the Eocene of Europe. Today Nemocardium,
s. s., occurs only in the Northwest Pacific and N. (Pratulum) only
in the southern Pacific. There were several species in North America
during the Eocene. In the Oligocene only four have definitely been re-
corded, though one so-called Laevicardium may qualify as a fifth. From
Japan three species have been reported in the Oligocene and one in
the Miocene. The new form here described is the first Nemocardium
to be reported in the Miocene of North America. To ascertain its re-
lationships, previous generic and subgeneric allocations of the various
post-Eocene American and Japanese species have been carefully re-
viewed, and a somewhat revised grouping is now proposed:

Subgenus NEMOCARDIUM, .. s.

Quadrate, ribbing of posterior slope much coarser than on re-
mainder of shell, marginal crenulations changing abruptly in size at
the boundary between posterior and central slopes; ribs of posterior
slope usually with spines, remainder of shell nearly smooth; hinge
long and arched, hinge teeth relatively large.

The following is believed to be a complete list of post-Eocene
species from the North American-northeast Asian area:

N. (N.) bechei (Reeve), 1847. Recent, off Japan.
diversum (Conrad), 1847. Middle Oligocene, Mississippi.
toriii (Nomura), 1933 [sic]. Mio-Pliocene, Japan.
waynense Mansfield, 1940. Middle Oligocene, Mississippi.
weaveri (Anderson and Martin), 1914. Lower Oligo-
cene, Oregon.

Subgenus PRATULUM Iredale, 19244

Type species (original designation)—Cardium thetidis Hedley,
1902. Recent, Australia.

Quadrate, usually smaller than Nemocardium, s. s., with posterior
slope set off by one or two narrower ribs but with only slight change

4 Linn. Soc. New South Wales, Proc., vol. 49, p. 182.

ws
a |

PELECYPODA — FAMILY CARDIIDAE: KEEN 11

in size or in width of marginal crenulations; fine wavy secondary con-
centric sculpture present on entire disk.

No species of this subgenus have been detected in the North Am-
erican or western Pacific Tertiary. There are two in Europe that seem
to belong here and several in the New Zealand-Australian area.

Subgenus KEENAEA Habe, 19515

Type species (original designation) —Cardium samarangae Maki-
yama, 1934. Recent, Japan.

Smaller than Nemocardium, s. s., with secondary concentric lamel-
lae on posterior ribs; the latter not sharply differentiated. Differs from
N. (Pratulum) by the presence of the concentric lamellae on ribs and
a tendency toward fine beading on ribs of the central part of the disk.
Included species are:

N. (K.) alaskense (Clark), 1932. Upper Oligocene, Alaska. [Ten-
tative assignment, as the holotype, the only known speci-
men, is decorticated and does not show posterior ribbing
well. ]
centifilosum (Carpenter), 1866. Recent, California to
Washington (also in the Pleistocene).
iwakiense (Makiyama), 1934. Upper Oligocene, Japan.
lorenzanum (Arnold), 1908. Upper Oligocene, Washing-
ton and California.
samarangae Makiyama, 1934. Recent, Japan.

Subgenus ARCTOPRATULUM Keen, new _ subgenus

Type species——Nemocardium (Arctopratulum) griphus Keen,
n. sp.

Ovate-trigonal, hinge short, with relatively weak teeth; ribs of
posterior slope not markedly wider than on remainder of shell, smooth,
with occasional secondary concentric laminae; ribs of remainder of
shell often slightly beaded or with concentric threaded sculpture.

Relationships to other subgenera may be shown best in a key:

1. Posterior ribs markedly wider and heavier than those of remainder
of shell, usually with spines on the crest ........ Nemocardium
Posterior ribs not markedly Wider « .n0%. 3.4 2i'%¢ =)-.up elo aim he 2

5 Genera of Japanese Shells: Pelecypoda, No, 2, p. 152.

12 BULLETIN 153 318

2. Outline ovate-quadrate, hinge relatively long and arched ...... 3

Outline ovate-trigonal, hinge relatively short .... Arctopratulum
3. Secondary lamellae on posterior slope only ............ Keenaea
~ Secondary sculpture not confined to posterior area .... Pratulum

The name 4rctopratulum (gender, neuter) is coined from Pratu-
lum by addition of the Latin arctus, narrow, referring to the contracted
dorsal margin of the shell.

Species to be included in this new subgenus are:

(A.) ezoense Takeda, 1953°. Upper Oligocene, Hokkaido, Japan.
griphus Keen, n. sp. Miocene, Washington.
tristiculum (Yokoyama), 1924’. Upper Oligocene, Japan.
yokoyamai Takeda, 1953°. Upper Oligocene, Sakhalin
Island,

Nemocardium (Arctopratulum) griphus Keen, n. sp. Pl. 1, figs. 12, 14, a
eee text figs. 3,

Figs. 3, 4. Nemocardium (Arctopratulum) griphus Keen, n. sp. 3. Paratype,
Stanford Univ. Paleo. Type Coll., No. 8297; 4. Paratype, No. 8296. Camera lu-
cida drawings of hinge; X 1.

Rounded-trigonal, with about 70 moderately fine evenly spaced
ribs of which 18 are on the posterior slope and 52 on the central and
anterior slopes of the disk. Ribs of posterior slope narrower, with wider
interspaces than those of the remainder of the disk, slightly beaded;
secondary concentric lamellae occasionally present but not so readily
preserved as in other species of the subgenus. Ribs of central slope
low, with lightly incised interspaces, crossed by threadlike concentric

6 Takeda, 1953, p. 82, pl. 9, figs. 1-9; pl. 10, figs. 1-2; pl. 11, fig. 1. (Hol-
otype and one paratype here refigured; an additional paratype lot in Stanford
Univ. Paleo. Type Coll., No. 8304.)

7 Jour. Coll. Sci. Imp. Univ. Tokyo, vol. 45, art. 3, p. 16, pl. 3, figs. 5-7.
8 Takeda, 1953, p. 84, pl. 9, figs. 10-12; pl. 11, fig. 4.

319 PrELecyrpopA — FamILty CARDIIDAE: KEEN 13

sculpture, suggesting a woven texture where well developed. Hinge re-
latively short, arched, hinge plate narrow and teeth weak. Fragmentary
hinges of available left valves show that 2a is stronger than 2b; in the
right valve, 3a is weak, 3b strong; small anterior and posterior lateral
teeth present in both valves. Pallial line long, entire; adductor muscle
scars remote from the ventral margin, at ends of the short hinge plate.

Dimensions.—Holotype, height, 31 mm., length, 32, convexity
(both valves), 22; paratype (right valve), height, 34 mm., length, 36,
convexity, 12; paratype (left valve), height, 33 mm., length, 33, con-
vexity, 11.5.

Repositories.—Holotype, Stanford Univ. Paleo. Type Coll., No.
8295; paratypes, Nos. 8296, 8297. Other paratypes in collections of
California Acad. Sci., Univ. California, U. S. National Museum, and

Paleontological Research Institution.

Tye locality —Stanford Univ. loc. NP-243, on middle fork of
Wishkah River, 14 mi. N. of Aberdeen, Grays Harbor Co., Washing-
ton, on line between sections 1-2, T. 19 N., R. 9W., collected by Har-
old Hannibal, 1912. Astoria formation, middle Miocene.

Other localities Stanford Univ. loc. NP-244, west fork Wish-
kah River, sec. 35, T. 20 N., R. 9W.; NP-248, Wishkah River, 10 mi.
N. of Aberdeen; NP-249, Wynoochee River, sec. 8, T. 18 N., R. 8 W.;
NP-78, seacliffs about 1 mi. S. of Taholah, Grays Harbor Co., all col-
lected by Harold Hannibal. Middle fork of Wishkah River near Ab-
erdeen, Wash., collected by R. W. Berger. California Acad. Sci. loc.
201, Wishkah River 2 mi. N. of Wishkah P. O.

Stratigraphic horizon—The type locality, NP-243, and NP-244
are mapped by Weaver (Univ. Washington Publ. in Geol., vol. 4, pl.
7A, 1937) as Astoria. Localities NP-248 and 249 and California Acad.
Sci. loc. 201 fall in areas mapped as Montesano. However, the matrix
in which all the specimens occur is a clay shale such as Weaver described
for the upper Astoria, not a sandstone such as that of the superjacent
Montesano. Hence, although published geologic maps would suggest a
range in age, the uniform matrix, the associated fossils (including For-
aminifera), and the field notes made by Harold Hannibal point to a
limited range in the upper part of the Astoria formation, and thus to
a middle Miocene age.

14 BULLETIN 153 320

Discussion —One would assume that this Nemocardium should be
intermediate between one of the Oligocene forms—N. weaveri or N.
lorenzanum—and the Recent N. centifilosum, but so simple and obvi-
ous a line of descent seems not to have taken place. N. weaveri, except
for lacking spines on the posterior ribs, is a typical Nemocardium. N. lor-
enzanum and N. centifilosum may be grouped together by their small
size and secondary sculpture on the posterior slope, but N. griphus,
with its contracted dorsal margin, does not closely resemble them;
rather, its nearest relatives seem to be three Japanese Oligocene species,
two of which have only recently been described (Takeda, 1953). The
type figures of one of these, N. ezoense, are here reprinted for compari-

som (Piet, fess 10013 )e

The name griphus is a Latin noun—gender masculine—the pri-
mary meaning of which is ‘“‘fish-basket”, descriptive of the textured
surface of the ribs; a secondary meaning of “puzzling problem or rid-
dle” is not inappropriate.

Subfamily LAEVICARDIINAE
Genus CLINOCARDIUM Keen, 19369

Type species (original designation).—Cardium nuttalli Conrad,
1837. Ribs prominent except on posterior slope; beaks markedly proso-
gyrate; hinge long and arched, ligament long, low, narrow.

The species of this genus have often been assigned to Cerastoderma,
a group that I regard as restricted to the eastern Atlantic. Clinocardium
differs in the inclined beaks, the more numerous ribs, the long low
ligament, and the arched hinge line. There are more points in com-
mon with Laevicardium, but the latter has much less prominent ribs
and a shorter, higher ligament. No other cardiid genus has the strongly
prosogyrate beaks. The metropolis is in the north Pacific, ranging in
time from Miocene to Recent, in Japan, Kamchatka, Alaska, and
northwestern United States. One Recent species is distributed through
the Aictic province to the north Atlantic.

The morphologic relationships of the three new species here de-
scribed to the others previously assigned to Clinocardium will be shown
in the form of a key following the descriptions.

9 San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Trans., vol. 8, No. 17, p. 119.

321 Petecyropa — FamILty CARDITDAE: KEEN 15

Clinocardium praeblandum Keen, n. sp. Pleas uies. sO.
text figs. 5,6
“Cardium quadrigenarium Conrad,” Clark, 1915, Univ. California Publ.,

Bull. Dept. Geol., vol. 8, pl. 47, fig. 3. Univ. California loc. 307. (Not C.
guadragenarium Conrad).

Figs. 5,6. Clinocardium praeblandum Keen, n. sp. 5. Hypotype, Stanford Univ.
Paleo. Type Coll. No. 8299; 6. Hypotype, No. 8300. Camera lucida drawings
of hinge; from S.U. loc. C-162, Briones formation; X I.

‘Trigonal, subequilateral, ventricose; dorsal margins joining ven-
tral in a broad curve; ventral margin arcuate; umbones low, beaks
slightly inturned; sculpture of 35 to 40 smooth radial ribs (40 on holo-
type), faintly defined on posterior slope; ribs in cross section arched,
interspaces linear.

Dimensions.—Holotype, height, 37 mm., length, 36, convexity (one
valve) 16 mm.; paratype (No. 32916), height, 34 mm., length, 39, con-
vexity (one valve), 13 mm.; paratype (No. 14835), height, 33 mm.,
length, 33, convexity (one valve), 14 mm.; paratype (No. 32918),
height, 34 mm., length, 35, convexity (one valve), 14 mm.; number of

ribs 35.

Repositories —Univ. Calif. Mus. Paleont., holotype, No. 14836;
paratypes, Nos. 32916, 14835, 32918. Hypotypes, Stanford Univ.
Paleo. Type Coll., Nos. 8299-8300; cast of holotype, No. 8298.

Type locality—West end of Las Trampas Ridge near Walnut
Creek, Concord Quad., Contra Costa Co., California, collected by
Bruce L. Clark.

Other localities. —Univ. California locs. 307 and 1947, near Shell
Ridge, Contra Costa Co. Stanford Univ. locs. C-158, Cresta Blanca,
Arroyo del Valle, near Livermore; C-160, Verona road cut; C-162
(no exact loc.) ; C-168, Hayward Pass, all in Pleasanton Quad., Ala-
meda Co.; S.U. loc. C-176, Alum Rock Canyon, San Jose Quad., San-
ta Clara Co.; all in California.

16 BULLETIN 153 322

Stratigraphic position—Briones formation, lower upper Miocene,
in a moderately well cemented buff sandstone.

Remarks.—Because of the numerous ribs, this species and C. pris-
tinum Keen, n. sp. have been confused by authors with the Recent Tra-
chycardium (Dallocardia) quadragenarium, a form that has well-de-
veloped spinose ribs on the posterior slope and a relatively short,
straight hinge. In outline, number of ribs, and degree of ventricosity
this new species agrees well with the Recent C. blandum (Gould) but
differs in being considerably larger, an average C. blandum having a
height of about 25 mm. It is one of the earliest, if not the earliest, spe-
cies of Clinocardium. Another Briones form, tentatively assigned by
Trask (Univ. Calif. Publ., Bull. Dept. Geol. Sci., vol. 13, p. 150, pl. 5,
fig. 3, 1922) to “Cardium corbis (Martyn), n. var.”, is probably Tra-
chycardium schencki (Wiedey), 1928, as recognized by Wiedey in 1929
in an unpublished Stanford University thesis but overlooked by Keen
and Bentson in the “Check List of California Tertiary Marine Mol-
lusca’”’ (Geol. Soc. Amer., Spec. Paper 56, p. 33, 1944).

Clinocardium pristinum Keen, n. sp. Pl. i, figsz 95 1b:
text figs. 7, 8

2Cardium (Cerastoderma) cf. corbis (Martyn), Etherington, 1931, Univ.
California Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol. Sci., vol. 20, p. 77, 5, fig. 11. Astoria
formation, southwestern Washington, Miocene.

Figs. 7,8. Clinocardium pristinum Keen, n. sp. 7. Holotype Univ. Calif. Mus.
Paleo. No. 14838. 8. Paratype, U.C. No. 14837. Camera lucida drawings of
hinges, slightly restored; xX 1. San Pablo group, Miocene, Contra Costa Co.,
Calif.

Trigonal, inequilateral, ventricose; posterior dorsal margin
straight, sloping downward at an angle of about 30°, meeting the trun-
cate posterior margin at an angle of 140°; ventral and anterior margins
broadly rounded; beaks at the anterior third, moderately inturned. be-
low the prominent, strongly curved umbones; ligamental area long,
escutcheon faintly outlined; lunule absent; sculpture of 42-48 radial

oe)

r
Ad

PELECYPODA — FAmILy CARDIIDAE: KEEN 17

ribs (46 on holotype) ; ribs on the posterior slope tending to be obso-
lete; in cross section ribs flattened at the top, sloping at an angle of
about 45° to the narrow interspaces; hinge as in C. nuttalli (Conrad),
with 2a and 3b strong, 2b and 3a weak.

Dimensions—Holotype, height, 50 mm., length, 53, convexity
(one valve), 18; paratype, height, 40 mm., length, 44, convexity (one
valve) 16, number of ribs 46. Four additional measured specimens (U.
C., No. 32917) show the following for height, length, and convexity of
one valve in mm., resp.: a. 30 x 29 x 10; b. 27 x30 x 12; c. 25x 30x12;
d: 20x23 x 8.

Repositories —Holotype, Univ. California Mus. Paleo., No.
14838; paratype, No. 14837; hypotypes, No. 32917, collected by Bruce
L. Clark. Cast of holotype, Stanford Univ. Paleo. Type Coll., No.
8301.

Type locality—Southwest part of Shell Ridge, near Walnut
Creek, Concord Quad., Contra Costa Co., California. San Pablo

group, probably Neroly formation, upper Miocene.

Other localities—California Acad. Sci. loc. 1811, Tassajero
Creek, Mount Diablo Quad.; Stanford Univ. loc. C-53, Kings Ranch,
head of Walnut Creek; Stanford Univ. loc. C-54, Lone Tree Point,
San Pablo Bay; S. U. loc. 2242, Railroad tunnel west of Tormey; all
in Contra Costa Co., California.

Stratigraphic position.—Cierbo-Neroly formations, San Pablo
group, middle upper to upper upper Miocene, in a coarse-grained buff
to bluish sandstone often poorly cemented and chemically weathered.

Remarks.—This species resembles C. nuttalli and C. meekianum
in its obliquity and high umbones, but it has 10 to 15 more ribs and is
relatively longer for its height. The specimen figured by Etherington
from the Astoria of Washington is doubtfully referred here. Slodke-
wich (1938, fasc. 19, p. 154) assimilated it to his Laevicardium (Ceras+
toderma) etheringtoni, but this species (which may be a Fulvia rather
than a Clinocardium) is more nearly equilateral, with higher and nar-
rower umbones. If the Astoria form is C. pristinum, it would extend
the stratigraphic range, for the Astoria is at least in part middle Mio-
cene. However, there is also a possibility that better preserved material
will prove it to be an unnamed species or the ancestral stock of C.
coosense.

18 BULLETIN 153 324

The name pristinum is from a Latin adjective meaning early or
ancient.

Clinocardium hannibali Keen, n. sp. Pi.. 1, figss16:
text fig. 9

Fig. 9. Clinocardium hannibali Keen, n. sp. Paratype, Stanford Univ. Paleo.
Type Coll. No. 8303. Camera lucida drawing of hinge; X2. Montesano forma-
tion, Mio-Pliocene, Washington.

Trigonal, inequilateral, with narrow umbones and moderately in-
turned beaks; beaks near the anterior one-third; posterior dorsal mar-
gin sloping obliquely downward, joining ventral margin in a broad
curve; ligament and escutcheon not evident on type material; sculpture
of about 37 ribs (range 35-40), ribs on posterior slope weak, remainder
low, rounded, with narrow interspaces; hinge of right valve not seen;
of left valve with one weak posterior lateral tooth, a weak posterior
cardinal (2b), a stronger anterior cardinal (2a), and a slender an-
terior lateral; interior of shell not exposed.

Dimensions.—Holotype, height, 23 mm., length, 23.5, convexity
(one valve), 8; paratype, height, 21 mm., length, 22, convexity (one
valve), 7. Average dimensions of 60 specimens: height, 24.3 mm.,
length, 24.5. Largest specimen: height, 42 mm., length, 42, convexity
(one valve), 13.

Repositories —Holotype, Stanford Univ. Paleo. Type Coll., No.
8302, paratype, No. 8303. Other paratypes, Univ. Calif. Mus. Paleo.,
No. 32913, from U.C. loc. 9011 (4 specimens) ; paratypes to be de-
posited in California Acad. Sci., U.S. National Museum, Paleontologi-
cal Research Institution, and British Museum (Nat. Hist.).

Type locality —Stanford Univ. loc. NP-235, Chehalis and Summit
Sts., Aberdeen, Washington, collected by Harold Hannibal, 1912 (16
specimens). Montesano formation, upper Miocene-lower Pliocene.

Other localities—Stanford Univ. locs. NP-221, between Satsop
and Elma; NP-220, Sylvia Creek, near head; NP-236, sec. 33, T. 18
N., R. 9 W.; NP-237, 3 mi. above mouth of Wishkah River; N P-240,

325 PELECYPODA FamMiILty CARDIIDAE: KEEN 19

3/4 mi. E. of mouth of Wishkah River; N P-244, W. fork Wishkah
River 15 mi. N. of Aberdeen; Univ. California loc. 9011, Wishkah
River; all in Grays Harbor Co., Washington, Montesano formation.

Matrix.—All specimens were in a gray, hard, poorly sorted, cal-
cite-cemented sandstone.

Remarks.—This is one of the smaller species of Clinocardium. It
has been confused by authors with C. coosense, from which it differs by
its fewer ribs and greater obliquity. It resembles C. blandum of the
Recent fauna but has a thicker, heavier shell.

Species of Clinocardium

In order to show better the relationships of the above-named new
species of Clinocardium to others of the genus, comparisons are made
in the form of a key, with footnote references and notes on available
illustrations and range. Two west American forms are not included in
the key—a. Cardium decoratum Grewingk*® for which type material
is unavailable and no subsequent records have been published (records
under this name from Puget Sound are of C. comoxense Dall, a form

now considered inseparable from C. ciliatum) ; and b. Cardium (Cera-
stoderma) ciliatum brooksi MacNeil'’, homonym of Cardium (Papy-
ridea) brooksi Clark, 1932, which is a Fulvia. Also not included in
the key are the following species from northern Japan and Kamchatka:

braunsi (Tokunaga), 1906. Pleistocene, Japan and Sakhalin I.

bilowi (Rolle), 1896. Recent. Japan.

fastosum (Yokoyama), 1927. Pliocene, Japan.

iwasiroense (Nomura), 1935. Miocene, Japan.

pseudofastosum (Nomura), 1937. Pliocene, Japan.

rhomboideum (Khomenko), 1934. L. Miocene, Sakhalin I. (fide
Slodkewich, 1938)

shinjiense (Yokoyama), 1923. Miocene, Japan.

shiobarense (Yokoyama), 1926. Miocene, Japan.

10 Grewingk, C., 1850. Verh. Russisch-Kaiserlichen Mineral. Gesell.
St. Petersburg, Jahr. 1848-9, p. 347, pl. 4, figs. 3 a-g. Aleutian Islands, “Jung-
ste Tertiarzeit” [?Pleistocene].

11 MacNeil, F. S., 1943. Jour. Paleont., vol. 17, p. 91, pl. 15, fig. 14. Ple-
istocene, near Nome, Alaska. Not a variant of C. ciliatum but probably a local
form of C. californiense, which Dall, followed by MacNeil, confused with C.
ciliatum.

20 BULLETIN 153 326

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF CLINOCARDIUM
OF WESTERN NORTH AMERICA

1. Ribs of posterior area crowded and crumpled into an irregular
Channel, \2 25s eds Be Cae eee eee ears californiense*

Ribs of posterior area not forming an irregular channel ...... 2

2. Ribs of anterior slope more widely spaced than on remainder of

shell, trianeular inv cress section’ .2oH)!. aah ee See 3

Ribs of anterior slope not more widely spaced, rounded to rec-
tangulat im, Cross, Sechion) ut Shel: axideige: ven ol eee +

Seat eneth ot shell" ereater ‘than height*!, 22.22.82. ciliatum**
(Including C. comoxense)**

Renethof*shellbless: than height’ 20-07) 402522 2). yakatagense’*

42) Shell “markedly inequilateral, ‘oblique’ 212... 228. 2). 22s eee 5
Shell Subequilateral?. not “oblique. i OR). BPP). Pee 8

12 Cardium californicnse Deshayes, 1839. Rev. Zool. Soc. Cuvierienne,
vol. 2, p. 360; vol. 4, 1841, pl. 47. “Mers de Californie” [actually Kamtschat-
ka]. Range: Neogene to Recent, Kamchatka; Recent, northern Japan to Alas-
kan Peninsula. Well figured by Grant and Gale, San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist.,
Mem., vol. 1, pl. 19, fig. 16 (not fig. 13, which is of C. fucanum), 1931.

13 Cardium ciliatum Fabricius, 1780. “Fauna Groénlandiae”’, p. 410.
Greenland. Range: Pleistocene of British Columbia and eastern Canada to Re-
ent, Bering Sea, Arctic Ocean, and North Atlantic. Well figured by Grant and
Gale, op. cit., pl. 19, fig. 11.

14 Cardium californiense comoxense Dall, 1900. Wagner Free Inst. Sci.,
Trans., vol. 3, pt. 5, p. 1093. Pleistocene, Vancouver I., British Columbia. Fig-
ured by Grant and Gale, op. cit., pl. 19, fig.12, as C. decoratum. Holotype now
figured for the first time, Pl. 1, figs. 5, 7, 8. Not a variant of C. californiense
but of C. ciliatum; probably not distinguishable, according to statistical mea-
surements summarized in an unpublished doctoral thesis (Frances Wagner,
“Paleontology and Stratigraphy of the Marine Pleistocene Deposits of South-
western British Columbia”, Stanford University, 1954).

15 Cardium (Cerastoderma) yakatagensis Clark, 1932. Geol. Soc. Amer.,
Bull., vol. 43, p. 813, pl. 18, fig. 8. Yakataga formation, southern Alaska, “upper
Oligocene” (probably Pliocene, judging by preservation of periostracum).

aed PELECYPODA — FAmMILy CARDIIDAE: KEEN nA

Se eeistally larce, ribs fewer than.35, nodéed i.::.5.. 5.00000 heres 6
Size small to medium, ribs more than 35, not noded ......... 7

See tebe om nimiber $295. 0S) le eon eee A. nuttalli'®
(“C. corbis Martyn” auctt.)

emma ee ose. OE ci ale. Gg he:c hs 2 «rb ent de eee meekianum*\*

7. Ribs about 37 in number; height of shell equal to
MAE ES Sia Sag h eT Yn So dhs 2 Guyer hella hin ae Gok hannibali
Ribs about 44; length of shell greater than height .... pristinum

8. Ribs 45 or more in number; height of shell not the same
TS. LTE Ns Ae RSS eA eC ee eR Sc” Sg 9
Ribs fewer than 45, usually about 40; height and length equal . .10

9. Ribs about 45; height of shell greater than length .... coosense®

Ribs more than 45; height of shell less than length .... fucanum*™®
10. Maximum size of adult shells about 37 mm. ...... praeblandum
Maximum size of adult shells about 25 mm. ......... blandum?°

16 Cardium nuttallii Conrad, 1837. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Jour.,
vol. 7, p. 229, pl. 17, fig. 3. Near Columbia River, Oregon. Range: Upper Mio-
cene to Recent, California west and north to Kamchatka. Well figured, Grant
and Gale, op. cit., pl. 19, fig. 17.

17 Cardium meekianum Gabb, 1866. Paleont. California, vol. 2, p. 27,
pl. 7, fig. 46. Pliocene, Humboldt Co., Calif. Range: Upper Pliocene, California,
Oregon, Washington, Kamchatka; Plio-Pleistocene, Alaska. Hinge figured,
Schenck and Keen, “California Fossils for the Field Geologist,” pl. 6, figs. 1-2,
1940.

18 Cardium (Cerastoderma) coosense Dall, 1909. U. S. Geol. Survey,
Prof. Paper 59, p. 118, pl. 13, figs. 3-4. Pliocene, Coos Bay, Oregon. Holotype re-
figured, Weaver, Univ. Washington Publ. Geol., vol. 5, pl. 36, fig. 12, (1942)
1943.

19 Cardium fucanum Dall, 1907. Nautilus, vol. 20, p. 112. Puget Sound,
Washington. Range: Pleistocene, S. California; Recent, Sitka, Alaska to Mon-
terey, California. Holotype figured, Schenck and Keen, Mém. Soc. de Biogéo-
graphie, 7, pl. 2, figs. 21-24, 1940; Schenck, Jour. Paleont., vol. 19, pl. 67, figs.
22-25, 1945.

20 Cardium blandum Gould, 1850. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Proc., vol. 3,
p. 276. Puget Sound, Washington. Range: Pleistocene, southern California; Re-
cent, Puget Sound area. Holotype figured, Schenck and Keen, 1940, of. cit., pl.
2, figs. 17-20; Schenck, of. cit., pl. 67, figs. 18-21.

22 BULLETIN 153 328

REFERENCES CITED

Keen, A. Myra.

1936. A new pelecypod genus of the family Cardiidae. San Diego Soc.
Nat. Hist., Trans., vol. 8, No. 17, pp. 119-120.

1937. Nomenclatural units of the pelecypod family Cardiidae, Mus. roy.
d’Hist. nat. de Belgique, Bull., vol. 13, No. 7, 22 pp.

1950. Notes on the history of Nemocardium (Family Cardiidae) Jour.
de Conchyl., vol. 90, No. 1, pp. 23-29. Jan., 1950.

1951. Outline of a proposed classification of the pelecypod family Car-
diidae. Minutes, Conch. Club of S. Calif., No. 111, pp. 6-8, July, 1951.

Slodkewich, W. S.

1938. Tertiary Pelecypoda from the Far East. Paleontology of U.S.S.R.,
vol. 10, pt. 3, fasc. 18-19, 508-+275 pp., 106 pls. (Akademiia Nauk,
SSSR).

Takeda, H.

1953. The Poronai formation (Oligocene Tertiary) of Hokkaido and
South Sakhalin . . . Geol. Sec., Hokkaido Assoc. Coal Mining Tech-
nologists, Studies on Coal Geol., No. 3, 103 pp., 18 pls., Sapporo, Dec.,
1953.

WPEATBs

Piate 1 (29)

s
P 7
se
‘
'
y *
:
MT eee 7
ij ,
[rar yh |
7,
*

pitied hs:
te oss graces A.

24 BULLETIN 153 330

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 1 (29)

Figure Page

1,6. Clinocardium praeblandum Keen, n. sp. ................. itittine
1. Paratype, left valve, Univ. Calif., No. 14835, X1.
6. Holotype, right valve, U.C. No. 14836, X1.
Upper Miocene, Briones formation, Contra Costa Co., Calif.

2-4. Granocardium (Ethmocardium) pomeyroli Keen, n. sp. ............

2. Paratype, right valve, Stanford Univ. Paleo. Type Coll.
No. 8289; latex cast, X1. 3. Paratype, left valve, S.U. No.
8288, latex cast, Xz. 4. Holotype, internal mold. S.U. No.
8287, Xx. Upper Cretaceous, Moméa area, New Caledonia.
5, 7,8. Clinocardium comoxense: Dall, 1900 .........0..0..0...cccccceceeeeeeeeeees
U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 427772; photograph courtesy of Dr. H. A.
Rehder. X1. Pleistocene, Vancouver I.

9,15. Clinocardium pristinum Keen, n. sp. .....000...0 cece Be Sse

g. Paratype, right valve, U.C., No. 14837, X1. 15. Holotype,
left valve, U.C., No. 14838, 1. Upper Miocene, Neroly
formation, Contra Costa Co., Calif.

10,13. Nemocardium (Arctopratulum) ezoense Takeda, 1953 ..................

10. Refigured paratype (Takeda, 1953, pl. 11, fig. 1). 13. Re-
figured holotype (zbid., pl. 9, fig. 4) Xx, photographs cour-
tesy H. Takeda. Oligocene, Hokkaido I., Japan.

11. Nemocardium (Nemocardium) semiasperum (Deshayes), 1858

Reproduction of original figure (Anim. s. Vert. Bassin Paris,
vol. 1, pl. 55, fig. 1 [part]), for comparison with fig. 12.

12, 14,17. Nemocardium (Arctopratulum) griphus Keen, n.sp. ....................

12. Paratype, right valve, S.U., No. 8296, X1. 14. Holotype,
S.U., No. 8295, X1. 17. Detail of sculpture of holotype, X3.
Middle Miocene, Astoria formation, Wash.

16. Clinocardium hanmibali Keen, NSM o.........cccccccccccccteeeceeteceteenseees

Holotype, S.U., No. 8302, 1. Mio-Pliocene, Montesano forma-
tion, Wash.

PL. 29, VoL. 35 J 3ONT
P Buu. AMER. PALEONT. No. 153, Pu. 1

ee . ~ Bae "ic. eee oa / eee eae
| caer & Eis

| Lath Lot ov AMIE A oh td

;
a ;
- fe
t
: ,. i ! if
5 y : 7
? i
7
;

Fa
‘
7
1
7 =
eo)
=
7
S
1
7 ,
2 : ;
; iy .
: «
‘ "
*
‘

XXIX.
XXX,

XXXV.

XXXVI.

Volume I.

IL,

il,

CNS Pee eORaOOO Dis GL CUS: von we ances wade o eamislanely det

Paleozoic Paleontology and Tertiary Foraminifera.

CNG Ve e= tds BOL Diy. Ad. DIB) ikiadho bed tiesondtccahcnecunttoeny:

Corals, Cretaceous microfauna and biography of
Conrad.

DSR SOR edudOe Ls. at DISS /cbuikdsosik vis cere em cette

Mainly Paleozoic faunas and Tertiary Mollusca.

UNG NH EAROtee ss VOUG DD, SO. "PIS, id ciwcedec cade Realoe uses

Paleozoic fossils of Ontario, Oklahoma and Colombia,
Mesozoic echinoids, California Pleistocene and
Maryland Miocene mollusks.

COR LORE ROU) a: EAE” GG DIB: (tc ctscemlc barcleleabireele okies

Florida Recent marine shells, Texas Cretaceous fossils,
Cuban and Peruvian Cretaceous, Peruvian Eogene
corals, and geology and paleontology of Ecuador.

ONGS UL LOS) se -S1G5 Pe G6 DIS: \.,g0100 sd tiles tavladele eer

Tertiary Mollusca, Paleozoic cephalopods, Devonian

fish and Paleozoic geology and fossils of Venezuela.
ONos7) 109-114). 412) ppb! ‘pls! ssh hin lacie

Paleozoic cephalopods, Devonian of Idaho, Cretaceous

and Eocene mollusks, Cuban and Venezuelan forams.

COs eel L IG) i509 PD Oe DIB) ccc. cock cisceconi ented
Bowden forams and Ordovician cephalopods.

CNT) Dos epi OO DISS: mec sctclaccsdeerdicon een eee Tek

Jackson Eocene mollusks.

PNOS FAUT =028))5 17458! We el DISS, 0: Scscssosccrathuvsentis eosespbisseasssshess

Venezuelan and California mollusks, Chemung and
Pennsylvania crinoids, Cypraeidae, Cretaceous, Mio-
cene and Recent corals, Cuban and Fioridian
forams, and Cuban fossil localities.

(NOSE eo oS) eo PLUS PND oO! PIS. oe sccsencssisascscessostsriesotetvesy Bape

Silurian cephalopods, crinoid studies, Tertiary forams,
and Mytilarca.

(Nos ls4=139)) 443) Dpsi OL. DISS, /.ssc.cieiiies selec sisiee ea oe

Devonian annelids, Tertiary mollusks, Ecuadoran
stratigraphy and paleontology.

Oh 2 | eo ge 08S 2) |: Se Ea

Trinidad Globigerinidae, Ordovician Enopleura, Tas-
manian Ordovician cephalopods and Tennessee Or-
dovician ostracods, and conularid bibliography.

(Nos. 146-153; No. 154 in press)

G. D. Harris memorial, camerinid and Georgia Paleo-
cene Foraminifera, South American Paleozoics, Aus-
tralian Ordovician cephalopods, California Pleisto-
cene Eulimidae, Volutidae, Cardiidae, and Devonian
ostracods from Iowa.

(No. 155-)
Globotruncana in Colombia

PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA

(Nos, 1-5). 519 pp., 75 pls.
Monographs of Arcas, Lutetia, rudistids and venerids.
(NGS G=8e lo FOS DD so SDIB ciesisitiscs cso ale siho slsinngies
Heliophyllum halli, Tertiary turrids, Neocene Spondyli,
Paleozoic cephalopods, Tertiary Fasciolarias and
Paleozoic and Recent Hexactinellida.
ETERS RPE VS ga etd Bike OC OO Sie EF BO Sane Sey aie Se RO Ra ee
Paleozoic cephalopod structure and phylogeny, Paleo-
zoic siphonophores, Busycon, Devonian fish studies,
gastropod studies, Carboniferous crinoids, Cretaceous
jellyfish, Platystrophia, and Venericardia.

10.00

9.50

12.00
11.00
8.00

7.00

10.00

7.50

12.00

15.00

CONDENSED TABLE OF CONTENTS OF BULLETINS OF AMERICAN

PALEONTOLOGY AND PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA

Volume I.

Tit.

BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY

(Nos. 1-5). 354 pp., 32 pls.
Mainly Tertiary Mollusca.
(Nos. 6-10) 0) (847) pps 23 | PIs yee he ee ee $12.00
Tertiary Mollusca and Foraminifera, Paleozoic faunas.
(Nos. 11-15). 402 pp. 29 pls.
Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Paleozoic sections and
faunas.
(Nos. 16-21). 161 pp., 26 pls.
Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Paleozoic sections and
faunas,
(Nos, 22-30). 437 pp., 68 pls.
Tertiary fossils mainly Santo Domingan, Mesozoic and
Paleozoic fossils.
(No. 31). 258 pp., 59 pls.
Claibornian Eocene pelecypods.
(No. 32). 730 pp., 99 pls.
Claibornian Eocene scaphopods,
cephalopods.
(Nos, 33-36) .)\S5T Dp 15 piss nek ce
Mainly Tertiary Mollusca.
(Nos. 37-39). 462 pp., 35 pls.
Tertiary Mollusca mainly from Costa Rica.
(Nos. 40-42). 382 pp., 54 pls.
Tertiary forams and mollusks mainly from Trinidad
and Paleozoic fossils.
(Nos. 43-46). 272 pp., 41 pls.
Tertiary, Mesozoic and Paleozoic fossils mainly from
Venezuela.
(Nos. 47-48). 494 pp., 8 pls.
Venezuela and Trinidad forams and Mesozoic inverte-
brate bibliography.
(Nos. 49-50). 264 pp., 47 pls.
Venezuelan Tertiary Mollusca and Tertiary Mammalia.
(Nos>: 58-54). (306))ppis) 44. DISS ic occide auslgelcic excl amines
Mexican Tertiary forams and Tertiary mollusks of
Peru and Colombia.
(Nos. 55-58). 314 pp., 86 pls.
Mainly Ecuadoran, Peruvian and Mexican Tertiary
forams and mollusks and Paleozoic fossils.
(Nos. 59-61). 140 pp., 48 pls.
Venezuela and Trinidad Tertiary Mollusca.
(Nos. 62-63). 283 pp., 33 pls.
Peruvian Tertiary Mollusca.
(Nos. 64-67). 286 pp., 29 pls.
Mainly Tertiary Moliusca and Cretaceous corals.
(No. 68). 272 pp., 24 pls.
Tertiary Paleontology, Peru.
(Nos. 69-70C). 266 pp., 26 pls.
Mii nalgin and ‘Tertiary Paleontology of Peru and
uba.
(Noa, 71-22). (381 ‘pp. Te pig ee a ee
Paleozoic Paleontology and Stratigraphy.

eee eereesr eee ee eeeeereeeeseeeeee

gastropods, and

eee ee wre eee eee eee eee eeeeeee

7.00

9.00

Heong etal nai oush hoy deed ke 5.00
7.00
8.00
8.00

8.00

7.00

BULLETINS
OF
AMERICAN
PALEONTOLOGY

NUMBER 154

1955

Paleontological Research Institution
Ithaca, New York
at S. A.

fie mn
MUS. uu

MiP, ZOOL

WAY 3

HARVARD
UNIVERSITY

PALEONTOLOGICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTION

1954-55

PRESIDENT uk hoc a ees Pas a en oS ie ee ye asc RALPH A, LIDDLE
WICEPRESIDENT S002 ee a io Oe ea Ol SonoMONn ) CO HOLTISnERs”
SECRETARY DREASURERA ey UL FA tT IN ot ers AP ih cee Resecca S. Harris
DER EGTOR (VV Sr ee Sard pe ae ee ASN KATHERINE V. W. PALMER
COUNSEL mee ch lp raps tlLh pera ean ge ne an et i RE Son A acto A L. ADAMS

Trustees
KENNETH E. CASTER (1954-1960) KATHERINE V. W. PALMER (Life)
W. Storrs CoLe (1952-58) RALPH A. LIDDLE (1950-56)
RoussEAU H. FLOWER (1950-55) AXEL A. Otsson (Life)
RepeccaA S. Harris (Life) NorMAN E. WeElIsborb (1951-57)

SoroMoNn C. HOLLIsTER (1953-59)

BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY
. and y

PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA

KATHERINE V. W. PAvLmer, ‘Editor
Lempi H. SINCEBAUGH, Secretary

Editorial Board

KENNETH E. CASTER : G. WINSTON SINCLAIR

Complete titles and price ‘list of separate available numbers may be had
on application. All yolumes available except Vols. I and III of Bulletins and
Vol. I of Palaeontographica Americana.

Paleontological Research Institution
109 Dearborn Place
Ithaca, New York
Us. A,

BULLETINS
OF
AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY

Vol. 35

No. 154

UPPEEB DEVONIAN OSTRACODA FROM THE CERRO

GORDO FORMATION OF IOWA

Lee B. Gibson

Creole Petroleum Corporation, Maracaibo, Venezuela

April 14, 1955

Paleontological Research Institution
Ithaca, New York, U.S.A.

Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: GS 55-18

MUS. COMP. 206
LIBRARY

AY Boalt?
UAIVERSITY

Printed in the United States of America

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

[SAU YSLa RY ve AS par a det ce ae Oe ER ee OER be RODE 2ok a, RUB Pa ON er 5
BALUL OULU CEION Scorer S ecco ac ret PO eg en conte, Pek en See ee 5
PYGRTIG YUL CU CMC iSite en ton en a eee SA Re hed 6
LE SOUL Pic aise et I Raia See aR Era es as Aeros Me riteae Cae eee TS: «2. T Jy 6
UPS Git GIOTS pereeree ree eee So ee a ee ee te ee ee 6
By SLeMLati GH) ESCHIDULODS ye. -9e) ee aceasta NN Ree en Keune meee Py eee eee 6
RECLUSE CHO TLOL ELL CoA) TI GMN ooh coreecs esos ecsucn Peas Ss Hed ee ee 6
Miacronorella puncinitjera Gibson, nisp:) 222 ee 7
Genus voungzella jones, and Kirkby: 2..22ecses ee Aenea ee eee ot 7)
NAO IUILG UCL LCOS P See re ne sae eens Se eee, sacs vi ae ee 7
iGenuspovestiaUilrichiande Bassler tests: fee a ee ee ee g
oestanpiloy al GibSOn anes Daiece sete eee ee 8
DET EL Tich OR) re et ee Ae te Re a PR 9
SenuspAgrroyellaeCoryel lands Booths ne ee ee ee ee 9
GRO MEll agdewentcal GibSOM MSPs seer acorn ee eee ee 10
Rect MPA IUP PES SELES GAN EY co SS Se SRA tes he oe eee <b e ee eee 10
Monpiissties carmant 2 Stewart and Hendrix 222.2 ee eee eee ee ee 10
(SEnuSMRO LAV el ax Bra tel dy execs tee oes Behe oo cede Scat Saeeee een ck See ene ee nemee 11
Roundyella fimbriamarginata Gibson, n.sp. .............-.-:0-:s-s-c-0cecececeeeesesenensneeeees 11
SeMIswAleGiinii1ellamelar) tones 2 se ee ee ee See ee ee ee 12
Aechminella fimbriata Gibson, n.sp. .... Seat tn IL Se ee PP vie Et cae 12

KE ITUI SEO VIOILO GEN CEUILCMIR OL Tite teases te Sie a Sa eis og boscenoee eS
MignOcenaindacaleniiso7ia Gib SOM. sss Popes renee eee eee 13

KES CTILESWD CITC aN © COV ee Be cee ee ns Se ee es ec T aed esac ad ent 14
AURAL PSO GOI CH Ae Gl D SOT ONS a eee tesa eee ee 14
GE Ada LOLO GONSESUCE Ga GIDSOM MIcSP a eases tenes sa ese eee eee meen ee 15
ESATA AT OME SEL LEL Le (GAD SOM INES Dat oe nace ee erat ee 16
Bairdia extenda Gibson, n.sp. ..... BB A a ett ay oat cre mehr ene ier nt en 16
Batrdia rockfordensis Gibson, D:Sps o------22-c-----20-2n-n-cenen-eoene- AE ee ee sly

CUT ALOMLIECELALG GAD SONG NIN SP oe seee ste es eh c oe c sence cree seers eee neta a 18

Page

Genus. Bekena* Gibson, MigeDi. 225 20-c2e22i- este ccccceadlece_nesseneccatseeseecessoeet eee oe oe 18
Bekena diaphrovalvis Gibson.sn:spy one eee 19
Behera cP Sp. cca iB ee et A ae eee ae 20

Genus Beecherella Ulrich )..25 50 set fest cee sees ee eee 21
Reecherella trapezotdes Gibson, niSpe) eee ee ee 21

Genus: Morrisites: (Gibson, nivens 2.222.262. 5) e e 21
Morristtes gubvosus (Gibsons spy eo. eee 22

Genus Euglyphella W avtliim: 25 ieccccncn eee cece sev ne ee 22
Eugiyphellasswbquadratas Gibson, iSpy sees ee 23

Genus) Plagionephrodes: Morey. scsccets eee ee 24
Plaguonephrodessvicostaliss Gibsonsintspay eee 24
Plagionephrodes allotriovalvis Gibson, N.sp,_ ....--..-..-.------c--e---seseeeeeeeeeeraeeanne 25
Plaginephrodes shideleri (Gibson, Nesp. ose 27
Plagionephrodes wernerit (Gibson; D.Sp. 2-22. 28

Genus OvasillitessGoryellvand) Mallen) os cee ee 29
Quasillites beacht Gibson, n.sp) 222-.0.k-n0 So os 29
Quasillites hackberryensis, Gibson, sn.sp. ee 31
Quasillites ellipticus Gibson, n:Spe poo ccon eect 31

Bibliographyi4i2224e8.. een ea Se eee ee ee 32

UPPER DEVONIAN OSTRACODA FROM THE CERRO
GORDO FORMATION OF IOWA!

Lee B. Gipson

Creole Petroleum Corporation, Maracaibo, Venezuela

ABSTRACT

Twenty-four species belonging to fourteen different genera are described
from the Cerro Gordo formation of Iowa. Twenty-three species and two genera
(Bekena and Morrisites) are described as new. The genus Plagionephrodes is
reported for the first time from the Devonian.

INTRODUCTION

Few papers devoted to Upper Devonian Ostracoda of North
America have appeared in the literature. Papers mentioning single
species have been published by Kindle (1919) and Burgess (1931).
With the exception of Branson’s (1944) inclusion of a single plate
of figures taken from an unpublished thesis (Becker, 1940) and a
short article by Cooper (1942) mentioning the available ostracode
fauna of the Cerro Gordo formation, Upper Devonian Ostracoda
remain a neglected field of study.

The Cerro Gordo formation as exposed in the collected area
consists of a yellow, fairly calcareous clay with occasional discon-
tinuous bands of shaly limestone. The basal portion of the forma-
tion contains many iron-stained nodules and rests disconformably
upon the uniform calcareous gray shale of the Independence forma-
tion. The greater portion of the exposure consists of the Spirifer
zone of Fenton (1924) which contains an abundant macrofauna of
brachiopods, gasteropods, and bryozoans of the Cordilleran type.
Along with the Ostracoda occur the foraminiferal species Endothyra
gallowayi Thomas (1931) [Nanicella gallowayi Henbest (1951) ]
and the trochiliscid species of Peck (1934).

It is significant that the ostracode fauna from the Cerro Gordo
bears a Mississippian rather than a Devonian aspect. The absence
of the forms which usually dominate the Middle Devonian is striking,
i.e., Ulrichia, Bollia, Octonaria, and Ponderodictya. Four genera

1 Based on a thesis presented to the graduate board of Washington University,
St. Louis, Missouri, in partial fulfillment of the degree of Master of Arts.

6 BULLETIN 154 336

present in the Cerro Gordo are also reported from the Middle
Devonian with several species of Bairdia. Although Bairdias have
been reported from earlier beds, those of the Cerro Gordo are more
Carboniferous-like in form. The Cerro Gordo fauna also contains
several Beecherellas and many Plagionephrodes. Plagionephrodes
has previously been reported from the Mississippian only.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The author thanks Dr. W. H. Shideler for making available

the described material from the collections of Miami University,
Oxford, Ohio. Thanks are also extended to Dr. J. Wolford of Miami
University, who collected the samples during 1939 at Rockford,
Iowa, and who made available to the author his field notes, there-
by facilitating a subsequent trip to the area by the author. The
writer wishes to express his gratitude and thanks to Mrs. Betty
Kellett Nadeau for her guidance in this work and to Mr. Robert
Morris for his many helpful suggestions.

LOCALITY

All of the Ostracoda described in this paper were taken from
the upper 20 feet (Spirifer zone) of the Cerro Gordo formation at
a clay pit operated by the Rockford Brick and Tile Company of
Rockford, Iowa.

ILLUSTRATIONS
All illustrations are photographs of types which have been

treated with ammonium chloride following the simple methios out-

lined by Teichert (1948).

SYSTEMATIC DESCRIPTIONS
Family APARCHITIDAE Ulrich and Bassler, 1923
Genus MACRONOTELLA Ulrich, 1894
Macronotella Ulrich, 1894, Geol. Minnesota, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 684, figs. 30-34.

Type species—Macronotella scofieldi Ulrich by original desig-
nation. Black River limestone (Ordovician), Cannon Falls, Minn-
esota.

Range.—Middle Ordovician to Upper Devonian.

“I

337 IOWAN CERRO GorDO QOSTRACODA: GIBSON

Macronotella punctulifera Gibson, n.sp. Pl. 2, fig. 5

Description —Carapace subcircular in outline; both | valves
equal (apparent overlap in figure due to a shearing of the valves);
carapace with a definite “anterior swing’; anterior margin more
broadly curved than _ posterior; margins meet cardinal angles
shallowly; surface coarsely reticulate in an irregular pattern; un-
ornamented centrodorsal spot present on both valves; hingement of
the left valve unknown; hingement of the right valve consists of a
sharp ridge extending the entire length of the hinge line; anteriorly
this ridge develops a triangular toothlike elevation and posteriorly
a keel-like elevation which extends slightly below the cardinal angle.

Dimensions —Holotype: whole carapace, length, 0.87 mm.;
height, 0.57 mm.; width, 0.30 mm.

Repository.—Holotype: United States National Museum, No.
123108.

Remarks.—Macronotella punctulifera differs from the type
species in having a shorter hingeline, in being more circular in out-
line, and in the anterior and posterior margins being more smoothly
continuous with the dorsal margin. M. elongata Kay (1940, pl. 30,
fig. 12) differs from the new species in having a more acuminate
postventral margin. M. punctulifera resembles species of Schmidtella
Ulrich in general outline but lacks the ventral overlap of that genus.
The new species also resembles Bertillonella subcircularis Stewart
and Hendrix (1945, pl. 11, fig. 1) in general outline but lacks the
concentric surface ornamentation. M. punctulifera is rare in the
Cerro Gordo formation.

Family YOUNGIELLIDAE Kellett, 1933
Genus YOUNGIELLA Jones and Kirkby, 1895
Youngia Jones and Kirkby, 1886, Geol. Assoc. London, Proc., vol. 9, p. 515.

Youngiclla Jones and Kirkby, 1895, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. 16,
p. 455, pl. 21, figs. 5a, d.

Type species —Youngia rectidorsalis Jones and Kirkby (1886)
by original designation. Carboniferous of England.

Range.—Upper Devonian to Middle Permian.

Youngiella ? sp. Pl. 1, fig. 12
Description —Carapace elongate and subrectangular in outline;

8 BULLETIN 154 338

dorsal margin straight and parallel to the ventral margin; anterior
and posterior margins broadly rounded; greatest length measured at
midheight; surface of carapace smooth.

Dimensions—Hypotype: whole carapace, length, 0.60 mm.;
height, 0.30 mm.; width, 0.15 mm.

Repository—Hypotype: United States National Museum, No.
123132.

Remarks.—Due to poor preservation and the few specimens
found, more specific typing was not possible, and the specimens
are questionably referred to the genus Youngiella.

Superfamily BEYRICHIACEA Ulrich and Bassler, 1923
Family KLOEDENELLIDAE Ulrich and Bassler, 1923

Genus JONESINA Ulrich and Bassler, 1908

Beyrichia fastigata Jones and Kirkby, 1865, Geol. Soc. Glasgow, Tr., 2, p.
219.

Jonesina Ulrich and Bassler, 1908, U. S$. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. 35, p. 324.

Jonesina Coryell and Booth, 1933, Amer. Mid]. Nat., vol. 15, No. 3, p. 272,
figs. 11-12.

Jonesina Cooper, 1941, Illinois State Geol. Sury. Rept., Inves., No. 77, p.
55, pl. 11, figs. 6-7, 15-16, 36-39.
Type species—Beyrichta fastigata Jones and Kirkby (1865)
by subsequent designation. Carboniferous of England.

Range—Upper Devonian to Middle Permian.

Jonesina biloba Gibson, n.sp. Pl. 1, figs. 4a-c

Descriptton.—Carapace small and subelliptical in outline; hinge-
line straight and interrupted anteriorly by a small steplike process;
ventral margin broadly convex and inclined; anterior margin broadly
rounded and higher than the posterior. The free margin is raised
around the entire outline except along the dorsal margin. A promi-
nent sulcus opens onto the dorsal margin at midlength. Two nodes
are developed immediately below the hingeline and on either side
of the median sulcus. An irregular swelling is located in the ventral
half of each valve and extends from below the anterior cardinal
angle to just below the posterior node. Greatest height and thick-
ness in the anterior quarter; surface of the valves appear minutely
reticulate; valves equal; hingement unknown.

339 IOWAN CERRO GORDO OSTRACODA: GIBSON 9

Dimensions—Holotype: whole carapace, length, 0.51 mm.;
height, 0.30 mm.; width, 0.21 mm.

Repository —Holotype: United States National Museum, No.
123098.

Remarks.—Jonesina biloba differs from the type species in being
more elliptical in outline and possessing the steplike termination of
the hingeline at the anterior cardinal angle. The new species appears
to be more lobated than J. grahamensis Coryell and Booth (1933,
pl. 272, fig 6). The Pennsylvanian forms described by Cooper
(1941) are more elliptical in dorsal outline and lack the discontin-
uity of the dorsal margin. This species is rare in the Cerro Gordo
formation.

Jonesina ? sp. Pl. 1, ‘fie: 6

Description —Carapace subrectangular in outline; hingeline
straight and paralleling the ventral margin; posterior and anterior
margins broadly rounded; two prominent sulci are present, one
approximately at midlength, and one in the anterior third of the
carapace; both sulci deepen toward and open onto the dorsal margin.
The areas immediately surrounding the sulci are conspicuously in-
flated, the posterior swelling being more pronounced than _ the
anterior. Greatest height measured along the ventral and dorsal
margins; greatest length between maximum convexities of the
anterior and posterior margins; greatest thickness in the posterior
third; shell wall thin; surface of carapace minutely and irregularly
punctate.

Dimensions.—Hypotype: Single valve (damaged ), length, 0.75
mm.; height, 0.57 mm.; width, 0.21 mm.

Repository —Hypotype: United States National Museum, No.
123099.

Remarks—By nature of the condition of the single specimen
found, more specific typing was not possible. The presence of the
sulci and the nodularlike swellings along the dorsal margin of the
species seems to indicate an affinity with Jonesina.

Family KIRKBYIDAE Ulrich and Bassler, 1923
Genus KIRKBYELLA Coryell and Booth, 1933

Kirkbyella Coryell and Booth, 1933, Amer. Mid]. Nat., vol. 15, No. 3, p.
262, pl. 3, fig. 7.

10 BULLETIN 154+ 340

Kirkbyella Coryell and Cuskley, 1934, Amer. Mus. Noy., No. 748, p. 2,
figs. 1, 2.

Kirkbyella Coryell and Malkin, 1936, Amer. Mus. Noy., Ne. 891, p. 2, fig.
13.

Kirkbyella Stewart and Hendrix, 1945, Jour. Paleont., vol. 19, No. 2, p. 90,
pl. 10, figs. 12-14.

Type species ——Kuirkbyella typa Coryell and Booth by original
designation. Wayland shale (Pennsylvanian), Graham, Texas.
Range.—Lower Devonian to Upper Pennsylvanian.

Kirkbyella devonica Gibson, n.sp. JEN aly sass 103s

Description.—Carapace long and subtriangular in outline; hinge-
line straight and paralleling the ventral margin; anterior and post-
erior margins broadly rounded, the anterior meeting the dorsal
margin more abruptly than the posterior; free margins elevated
along the anterior, ventral, and posterior margins. A prominent
sulcus is located just posterior to midlength. A conspicuous longi-
tudinal ridge begins gradually just below the midheight immediately
anterior to midlength and extends posteriorly, becoming confluent
with the posterior margin. Surface of the valve coarsely reticulate
in an irregular pattern.

Dimensions.—Holotype: right valve, length, 0.75 mm.; height,
0.39 mm.; width, 0.15 mm. .

Repository —Holotype: right valve, United States National
Museum, No. 123104. Paratype: left valve, United States National
Museum, No, 123105.

Remarks.—Kirkbyella devonica differs from the type species
in being more rectangular, in not possessing a sinuate dorsal margin,
and in having a less abrupt termination posteriorly of the longitudinal
ridge. Known Hamilton Kirkbyella differ from K. devonica in posses-
sing abrupt spinelike terminations of the longitudinal ridge. This
species is uncommon in the Cerro Gordo formation.

Genus AMPHISSITES Girty, 1910
Amphissites carmani ? Stewart and Hendrix Pl. 1, figs. 10a-b

Amphissites carmani Stewart and Hendrix, 1945, Jour. Paleont., vol. 19,
No. 2, p. 106, pl. 1, figs. 10a-b.

Description.—Carapace subrectangular in outline; dorsal margin
slightly concave; ventral margin broadly rounded; anterior and
posterior margins obtusely rounded. A small ridge or flange parallels

341 IOWAN CERRO GORDO OSTRACODA: GIBSON 11

the ventral margin and extends along the anterior and_ posterior
margins to the cardinal angles; an elongate node is located centro-
dorsally in each valve; two prominent vertical ridges which extend
to the dorsal margin are present in the anterior and posterior por-
tions of each valve. Greatest length measured in the dorsal half;
greatest height in anterior half. Surface of the carapace is strongly
reticulate. Hingement of the left valve consists of a groove into
which fits the ridge of the right valve; a slight flangelike projec-
tion is present at each cardinal angle.

Dimensions—Hypotype: left valve, length, 0.87 mm.; height,
0.45 mm.; width, 0.12 mm.

Repository—Hypotype: left valve, United States National
Museum, No. 123083. Hypotype: right valve, United States Na-
tional Museum, No. 123082.

Remarks—The specimen figured by Stewart and Hendrix
(1945) shows a marginal ridge slightly in from the edge. The
specimens figured in this paper do not show this as they are younger
molts. More mature forms, however, do show a submarginal flange
but were not figured as they have been badly distorted due to
crushing. This species is common in the Cerro Gordo formation.

Genus ROUNDYELLA Bradfield, 1935
Roundyella Bradfield, 1935, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 22, No. 73, p. 66.

Sansabella ? curiosa Stewart and Hendrix, 1945, Jour. Paleont., vol. 19, No.
2, p. 101, pl. 11, figs. 9-10.

Roundyella Cooper, 1946, Illinois State Geol. Sury., Bull. 70, pp. 108-109,
pl. 17, figs. 29-36.
Type species —Roundyella simplicissimus Bradfield (1935) by
original designation. Stanton formation, Nebraska.

Range—Middle Devonian to Upper Permian.

Roundyella fimbriamarginata Gibson, n.sp. 1d ee ake

Description—Carapace subelliptical in outline, small; dorsal
margin straight; ventral margin straight and slightly inclined to
the dorsum; anterior and posterior margins broadly rounded;
greatest height in anterior quarter; greatest thickness along the
ventral quarter. A short submarginal ridge extends along the free
margins to the cardinal angles. Valves equal except along the center

12 . BULLETIN 154 342

where the left slightly overlaps the right. Surface of the carapace
finely reticulate. Hingement of the left valve consists of a sharp
ridge extending the entire length of the dorsal margin, terminated
at each cardinal angle by small depressions. Hingement of the right
valve unknown.

Dimensions.—Holotype: whole carapace, length, 0.63 mm.;
height, 0.36 mm.; width, 0.27 mm.

Repository —Holotype: complete carapace, United States Na-
tional Museum, No. 123131. Paratype: left valve, United States
National Museum, No. 123130.

Remarks.—The distinguishing features of Roundyella fimbria-
marginata are the slight inclination of the ventral margin toward the
dorsum and the submarginal ridge. These features serve to differen-
tiate this species from previously described forms of Rowndyella.
This species 1s rare at Rockford, Iowa.

Family AECHMINIDAE Swartz, 1936
Genus AECHMINELLA Harlton, 1933

Aechminella Harlton, 1933, Jour. Paleont., vol. 7, No. 1, p. 20, pl. 6, figs.
9a-b, pl. 7, figs. la-b.

Type species—Aechminella trispinosa Harlton (1933) by

original designation. Johns Valley shale (Pennsylvanian), southern

Oklahoma.

Range.—Upper Devonian to Lower Pennsylvanian.

Aechminella fimbriata Gibson, n.sp. Piste fet

Description.—Carapace subquadrate in outline; hingeline long
and straight and terminated with obtuse cardinal angles; ventral
margin broadly rounded and smoothly continuous with the anterior
and posterior margins; anterior margin more broadly rounded than
the posterior; a thin marginal flange projects ventrolaterally along
the entire ventral margin and vanishes dorsally along the anterior
and posterior margins. Three large spines are present along the dorsal
margin of the valve: a larger spine is located centrally along the
hingeline and curves posteriorly, a smaller seems to be developed
from the anterior basal portion of the median spine, and posteriorly
a short spine is developed just beneath the cardinal angle. Greatest
thickness and greatest height just anterior to midlength; surface

343 lowAN CERRO Gorbdo OsTRACODA: GIBSON 13

of the valve finely reticulate. Hingement of the right valve consists
of a thin groove surmounted on a narrow ridge which extends the
entire length of the dorsal margin; at the cardinal angles two tear-
shaped sockets are developed, the anterior being the larger. Hinge-
ment of the left valve unknown.

Dimensions—Holotype: right valve, length, 0.51 mm.; height,
0.33 mm.; width, 0.12 mm.

Repository —Holotype: right valve, United States National
Museum, No. 123083.

Remarks.—Aechminella fimbriata differs from previously des-
cribed Aechminella in having a weaker development of the spines
and in possessing a ridge which extends along the ventral margin.
The species is rare at Rockford, Iowa.

Family ACRONOTELLIDAE Swartz, 1936
Genus MONOCERATINA Roth, 1928

Monoceratina Roth, 1928, Jour. Paleont., vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 16-19, fig. 1.

Monoceratina Warthin, 1934, Contrib. Mus. Paleont., Univ. Michigan, vol.
RVEPNO wa 2 pe 20iaplyela sie

Type spectes—Monoceratina ventrale Roth (1928) by original
designation. Wapanucka limestone (Pennsylvanian), Pontotoc
County, Oklahoma.

Range.—Middle Devonian to Recent.

Monoceratina ? levinsoni Gibson, n.sp. Pl. 2, figs. 9a-c

Description—Carapace small and_ semicircular in outline;
hingeline straight, making over two-thirds of the carapace length;
ventral margin broadly convex and inclined to the dorsum; anterior
margin more broadly rounded and higher than the posterior; greatest
height at midlength; greatest thickness produced by the spine
located centroventrally. A prominent spine is developed at midlength
along the ventral margin and projects posterolaterally. The post-
cardinal angle is extended in a vertical spinelike projection slightly
above the dorsal margin. Minute papillae are arranged concentri-
cally along the anterior and posterior margins. Surface of the cara-
pace smooth and broadly convex; hingement unknown.

Dimensions.—Holotype: complete carapace, length, 0.78 mm.;

height, 0.51 mm.; width, 0.39 mm.

14 BULLETIN 154 344

Repository—Holotype: complete carapace, United States Na-
tional Museum, No. 123106.

Remarks —Monoceratina levinsoni differs from the type species
in being more circular in outline and in possessing a postcardinal
spine as well as anterior and posterior marginal papillae. It differs
from previously described forms in being relatively higher and
posteriorly less truncate. There have been no similar forms described
from the Devonian or Lower Mississippian of North America. This
species is rare in the Cerro Gordo formation.

This species is named in honor of Dr. Stuart A. Levinson of the
Humble Oil Company.

Superfamily CYPRACEA Ulrich and Bassler, 1923
Family BAIRDIIDAE Sars, 1887
Genus BAIRDIA McCoy, 1844

Bairdia McCoy, 1844, Synoptic Characters of Carboniferous Fossils of
Ireland, p. 164, pl. 23, fig. 6.

Bairdia Kellett, 1934, Jour. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 2, pp. 120-138, pls. 14-18.

Bairdia Morey, 1935, Jour. Paleont., vol. 9, No. 4, pp. 322-324, pl. 28, figs.
WAS U5 ZA, Ps

Bairdia Sylvester-Bradley, 1950, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 12, vol. III,
pp. 751-756.

Type species —Bairdia curta McCoy (1844) by original desig-
nation. Mountain limestone, Mississippian, Ireland.

Range.—Middle Silurian to Recent.

Bairdia hypsoconecha Gibson, n.sp. Pl thes

Description—Carapace stubby and subrhomboidal in outline;
dorsal margin conspicuously convex; anterodorsal margin extends
in a nearly straight line to a blunt beak located at midheight; post-
dorsal margin extends in a broad arch to the sharp posterior beak
at midheight; hingeline straight and slightly inclined posteriorly;
ventral margin weakly convex, somewhat flattened at midlength
where a liplike extension of the left valve overlaps the right; greatest
height and thickness at midlength. The overlap of the left valve
is conspicuous along the hingeline and the postdorsal margin, be-
coming less pronounced along the anterodorsal margin,

345 IOWAN CERRO GorbDO OsTRACODA: GIBSON 15

Dimensions.—Holotype: complete carapace, length, 0.96 mm.;
height, 0.57 mm.; width, 0.45 mm.

Repository.—Holotype: complete carapace, United States Na-
tional Museum, No. 123085.

Remarks —Bairdia hypsoconcha—No species of Bairdia des-
cribed from the Olentangy shale by Stewart and Hendrix (1945) or
from the basal Mississippian by Morey (1935) were found similar
to the new species. It is more closely related to the Permian species
B. garrisonensts Upson (1935). However, B. hypsoconcha has a
greater overlap along the postdorsal margin, a slightly longer hinge-
line, and a sharper anterior beak. There is also a superficial resemb-
lance to B. beedei Ulrich and Bassler (1906) but differs from it in
being more stubby, in not possessing so great an overlap along the
dorsal margin, and in having a shorter hingeline. This species occurs
rarely.

Bairdia notoconstricta Gibson, n.sp. Pl. 1, figs. 17a-b

Description.—Carapace large and subdeltoid in outline. Hinge-
line straight and slightly inclined posteriorly; anterodorsal margin
extends briefly in a straight line to the smooth, blunt beak at mid-
height; posterodorsal margin steeply inclined and shallowly concave
to the sharp posterior beak located below midheight; ventral margin
broadly convex, produced at the lower limit of the anterior margin
into-an abrupt greater convexity. Periphery of the left and right
valves nearly equal along the anterior and posterior margins. A
conspicuous shallow constriction of the valves appears at midlength
immediately anterior to the area of greater thickness. Greatest
height in the anterior third; greatest thickness in the posterior third.

Dimensions.—Holotype: complete carapace, length, 1.17 mm.;
height, 0.66 mm.; width, 0.45 mm.

Repository.—Holotype: complete carapace, United States
National Museum, No. 123087.

Remarks —Bairdia notoconstricta—lhere are no Bairdia pre-
viously described from the Devonian or the Mississippian which
are similar to B. notoconstricta. The middorsal constriction of the
valves and the abrupt convexity of the anterior margin appears

16 BULLETIN 154 346

singularly significant. The anterior ventral extension of the margin
recalls a similar structure in the genus Bairdites and also, but in a
more faint expression, in the genus Silinites. This is a common species
in the Cerro Gordo formation.

Bairdia subtilla Gibson, n.sp. Pl. 1, figs. 14a-b

Description.—Carapace elongate and subrhomboidal in outline;
dorsal margin broadly arched with the hingeline slightly inclined
posteriorly; anterodorsal margin weakly convex to a well-rounded
anterior beak located at midheight; posterodorsal margin extends
in a straight line to the sharp posterior beak just below midheight;
ventral margin broadly arched and shallowly inclined to meet the
posterior beak; greatest height in the anterior third; greatest thick-
ness at midlength; inner marginal areas clear along the anterior,
ventral, and posterior margins.

Dimensitons.—Holotype: left valve, length, 1.05 mm.; height,
0.54 mm.; width, 0.12 mm.; Paratype: right valve, length, 0.96 mm.;
height, 0.51 mm.; width, 0.09 mm.

Repository—Holotype: left valve, United States National
Museum, No. 123089. Paratype: right valve, United States National
Museum, No. 123090.

Remarks.—Bairdia subtilla differs from B. subparallella Morey
(1935) in being more elongate and in possessing a shorter hinge-
line. The new species bears a close relationship to B. subtilla Cooper
(1941, pl. 2, figs. 5-6). This species occurs rarely in the Cerro
Gordo formation.

Bairdia extenda Gibson, n.sp. Pla iesets

Description—Carapace obtusely trapezoidal in outline; dorsal
margin faintly convex and not inclined; anterodorsal margin faintly
convex and shallowly inclined to the anterior margin which it meets
sharply at midheight; postdorsal margin straight and steeply in-
clined to the sharp posterior beak located in the ventral quarter;
ventral margin sinuate with a pronounced convexity at midlength;
anterior margin broadly convex to midheight (this area is damaged
in the figured specimen); overlap slight, being more pronounced

347 TOWAN CERRO GorDO OSsTRACODA: GIBSON le |

along the hingeline, and to a lesser degree along the dorsal margin;
greatest height measured from the anterior cardinal angle; greatest
thickness midlength; dorsal outline elliptical.

Dimensions.—Holotype: complete carapace, length, 1.41 mm.;
height, 0.60 mm.; width, 0.51 mm.

Repository —Holotype: complete specimen, United States Na-
tional Museum, No. 123084.

Remarks.—Bairdia extenda most closely resembles B. glennests
Kellett (1935) from which it differs in having a shorter hingeline,
in being relatively less elongate, and in having a sharper posterior
beak. The two species are similar in general outline, and it is prob-
able that they are of common lineage. A single complete carapace
from the Cerro Gordo formation.

Bairdia rockfordensis Gibson, n.sp. Pi hse s

Description.—Carapace subreniform in outline, high, and rela-
tively thick. Dorsal margin strongly arched; anterodorsal margin
broadly convex and continuing into the anterior margin broadly;
posterodorsal margin straight and steeply inclined, meeting the
posterior beak well below midheight; ventral margin concave mid-
length; anterior margin broadly rounded (slightly damaged in the
figured specimen); greatest height and thickness midlength. The
left valve overlaps the right weakly along the entire outline except
at the anterior and posterior beaks where the valves appear equal;
a prominent liplike extension of the left overlaps the right along
the ventral concavity.

Dimensions.—Holotype: complete carapace, length, 1.32 mm.;
height, 0.75 mm.; width, 0.48 mm.

Repository.—Holotype: complete carapace United States Na-
tional Museum, No. 123088.

Remarks—There are no previously described Devonian species
which are similar to B. rockfordensis, as also there have been no
similar Mississippian forms described. A somewhat close resemblance
to the new species is found in Bythocypris bosquetiana Brady, a
Recent form, figured by Sars (1928, p. 64, pl. 29). B. rockfordensts

is rare in the Cerro Gordo formation.

18 BULLETIN 154+ 348

Bairdia lancelata Gibson, n.sp. Plt heat.

Description——Carapace elongate, subelliptical; _ hhingeline
straight and of moderate length; anterodorsal margin long and al-
most straight, becoming rounded at midheight; posterodorsal margin
straight and broadly angular; ventral margin almost straight
(specimen illustrated slightly damaged posteriorly); greatest height
and thickness in midquarter; dorsal outline of carapace smoothly
elliptical; overlap slight but greatest along the hingeline and dorsal
slopes; liplike extension of the left valve overlaps the right along
the ventral margin at midlength.

Dimensions—Holotype: whole carapace, length, 1.47 mm.;

height, 0.54 mm.; width, 0.45 mm.

Repository—Holotype: complete carapace, United States
National Museum, No. 123086.

Remarks.—Bairdia lancelata bears no resemblance to any pre-
viously described forms from the Devonian or Mississippian. In
general the species is somewhat similar to Bairdia trojana Wilson
(1933), but the new species is posteriorly less acuminate and anter-
iorly more narrowly elliptical. This new species is rare in the Cerro
Gordo formation.

Genus BEKENA Gibson, n.gen.

Type species —Here designated Bekena diaphrovalvis Gibson,
n.sp. Cerro Gordo formation (Upper Devonian), Rockford, Iowa.

Diagnosis —The genus Bekena is here established to include
those bairdiocyprid and bythocyprid-like forms having distinctly
flattened and depressed areas bordering the anterior and posterior
margins.

Description—Carapace subtriangular to subreniform in out-
line; dorsal margin strongly arched with the anterior and posterior
slopes being nearly equal in length and in angle; ventral margin
almost straight to convex; anterior margin broadly rounded with
the posterior margin more sharply arched; greatest height at mid-
length or slightly in front; left valve larger and overlaps the right
strongly along the dorsal margin; overlap extends from the upper
quarter of the anterior margin to well below midheight along the

349 IOWAN CERRO GorRDO OSTRACODA: GIBSON 19

posterior border; a liplike extension of the left valve over the right
may be weakly or strongly developed along the ventral margin about
midlength; right valves moderately to strongly compressed in areas
bordering the anterior and posterior margins; surface of carapace
smooth.

Bairdiocypris moravica Kegel (1927) resembles closely the
new species Bekena diaphrovalvis in possessing the anterior and
posterior marginal depressions of the right valve and in general
outline of the carapace. More pronounced overfolding of the dorsal
margin of the later form serves to distinguish them. Both species
are placed in Bekena as neither form resembles Bairdiocypris gerol-
steinensis Kegel (1927), the type species of Bairdiocypris. The
species lacks the marginal depressions of the right valve. Such a
feature is uncommon in the family Bairdiidae. Bairdia pecki Morey
(1935), though lacking a pronounced overfolding of the dorsal mar-
gin, is also placed in Bekena as it possesses the anterior and posterior
marginal depressions of the right valve as found in B. diaphrovalvts.

Range——Upper Devonian to Lower Mississippian.
This genus is named in honor of Mrs. Betty Kellett Nadeau.

Bekena diaphrovalvis Gibson, n.sp. Pl. 1, figs. 9a-d

Description—Carapace large, subreniform in outline; dorsal
margin strongly convex; ventral margin evenly and broadly convex;
anterior margin more broadly rounded and higher than the posterior;
greatest height slightly in front of midlength; greatest thickness
slightly posterior of midlength; dorsal margin strongly overfolded in
a continuous line extending from below midheight posteriorly to
near midheight along the anterior margin; right valve smaller and
subrectangular in outline; hingeline straight and occupying nearly
the middle third of the valve; ventral margin concave immediately
anterior of midlength; anterior margin broadly rounded and de-
pressed immediately bordering the free edge; posterior margin de-
pressed and narrowly rounded, postcardinal area angular; carapace
smooth, thick and broadly convex except for the flattened areas
along the anterior and posterior margins; hingement of the left valve
unknown; right valve bears a sharp ridge extending the entire

20 BULLETIN 154 350

length of the hingeline; ridge also bears a shallow and narrow groove
extending along its entire length.

Dimensions.—Holotype: complete carapace, length, 1.59 mm.;
height, 0.96 mm.; width, 0.63 mm. Paratype: left valve, length,
1.50 mm.; height, 0.90 mm.; width, 0.45 mm. Paratype: right valve,
length, 1.50 mm.; height, 0.74 mm.; width, 0.24 mm.

Repository.—Holotype: complete carapace, United States Na-
tional Museum, No. 123093. Paratype: left valve, United States
National Museum, No. 123094. Paratype: right valve, United States
National Museum, No. 123092.

Remarks.—Bekena diaphrovalvis has been placed in the Bairdi-
idae because of the wide valve overlap, the general outline of the
carapace, and the hingement. In North America it can be compared
only with Bairdia pecki Morey (1935) which has a similar anterior
and posterior marginal structure but lacks the strong overfolding
of the dorsal margin and the subtriangular outline of the new species.
This species is common in the Cerro Gordo formation.

Bekena 2? sp. VEAL ake 218?

Description.—Carapace large and subelliptical in outline; dorsal
margin strongly convex; ventral margin nearly straight; anterior and
posterior margins broadly rounded; greatest height and thickness
midlength; surface of the right valve narrowly impressed along the
anterior and posterior margins; overlap more pronounced along the
straight hingeline and less evident along the postdorsal margin;
surface of carapace smooth.

Dimensions.—Hypotype: damaged whole carapace, length, 1.32
mm.; height, 0.81 mm.; width, 0.63 mm.

Repository —Hypotype: United States National Museum, No.
123095.

Remarks——Only one damaged specimen was recovered from
the Cerro Gordo formation. Therefore, the author has not attempted
specific typing of the form. The specimen is probably closely allied
to the new genus Bekena by virtue of the marginal depressions of
the smaller right valve.

351 IOWAN CERRO GORDO OSTRACODA: GIBSON 21

Family BEECHERELLIDAE Ulrich, 1891
yenus BEECHERELLA Ulrich, 1891

Beecherella Ulrich, 1891, Amer. Geol., vol. 8, p. 198; Miller, 1892, North
Amer. Geol. Paleont., Appendix 1, p. 705; Ulrich, 1894, Geol. Minne-
sota, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 691; Ulrich and Bassler, 1923, Maryland Geol.
Survy., Silurian, p. 318, text fig. 24.

Bairdia lenticulata (?) Stewart, 1945, Jour. Paleont., vol. 19, No. 2, p. 110,
pl. 12, fig. 11.

Type spectes—Beecherella carinata Ulrich by original designa-
tion. Helderbergian (New Scotland), Lower Devonian, Albany
County, New York.

Range.—Lower to Upper Devonian.

Beecherella trapezoides Gibson, n.sp. Pl. 1, figs. 5a-b

Description.—Carapace trapezoidal in outline; dorsal margin
straight and makes two-thirds of the carapace length; ventral margin
shallowly convex; anterior and posterior cardinal areas obtuse;
posterior and anterior extremities terminated by blunt points below
midheight; greatest height immediately anterior of midlength;
greatest thickness at midlength; dorsal overlap continuous until
terminated at the anterior and posterior beaks; ventral overlap
conspicuous at midlength where a liplike extension of the left valve
overlaps the right; cross section subtriangular with convex sides.

Dimensions.—Holotype: complete carapace, length, 0.84 mm.;

height, 0.33 mm.; width, 0.30 mm.

Repository.—Holotype: United States National Museum, No.
123091.

Remarks.—The author has placed the new species Beecherella
trapezotdes in the Beecherellidae because of the anterior and posterior
terminations of the carapace into spinelike extensions of the valves
and because of the triangular cross section. The species is closely
allied to Batrdia lenticulata Stewart and Hendrix (1945) in general
outline (orientation the opposite of that given here). This species
is fairly common at Rockford, Iowa.

Genus MORRISITES Gibson, n.gen.

Type species —Morrisites gibbosus Gibson, n.sp., here desig-
nated. Cerro Gordo formation (Upper Devonian), Rockford, Iowa.

22 BULLETIN 154 352

Description.—Carapace small with a straight hingeline and
trapezoidal outline; ventral margin broadly convex or possibly
straight; anterior and posterior terminations of the carapace pointed;
posterior third of carapace inflated; anterior third flattened and com-
pressed into a keel-shaped structure. Overlap probably left over night;
surface of carapace smooth.

This genus is named in honor of Robert W. Morris of the
American-Arabian Oil Company.

Morrisites gibbosus Gibson, n.sp. Pl. 1, figs. 7a-b

Description.—Carapace small and trapezoidal in outline; hinge-
line straight and more than three-quarters the carapace length;
ventral margin broadly convex, with a deep posterior swing; anterior
and posterior margins meet the hingeline dorsally at well rounded
obtuse angles and ventrally meet the ventral margin below mid-
height in sharp points; greatest height and greatest thickness just
posterior to midlength; dorsal outline of carapace tear-shaped; hinge-
ment unknown.

Dimensions.—Holotype: complete carapace, length, 0.84 mm.;

height, 0.33 mm.; width, 0.36 mm.

Repository.—Holotype: United States National Museum, No.
123107.

Remarks.—Morrisites gibbosus—The single specimen recovered
from the Cerro Gordo formation, though intact, has been somewhat
distorted by what appears to be a secondary growth of calcite along
the valve contacts; the thinner anterior portion of the valves has
a slightly twisted aspect. The new species is tentatively placed in
the Beecherellidae on the basis of the probable overlap and the
general outline of the carapace. There have been no forms described
from the geologic formations of North America to which the new
species may be compared.

Superfamily CYTHERACEA Ulrich and Bassler, 1925
Family ROPOLONELLIDAE Coryell and Malkin, 1936
Genus EUGLYPHELLA Warthin, 1934

Strepula Jones, 1890 (part), Geol. Soc. London Quart. Jour., vol. 46, pl.
iilesjell 2 arpen oe

Euglyphella Warthin, 1934, Mus. Pal. Univ. Michigan, Contr. 4, No. 12,
p. 220.

353 IOWAN CERRO GoRDO OsTRACODA: GIBSON 23

Type spectes—Strepula sigmotdalis Jones (1890) by subse-
quent designation. Devonian of England.

Range.—Middle to Upper Devonian.

Euglyphella subquadrata Gibson, n.sp. Pl. 2, figs. 8a-b

Description.—Carapace subrectangular in outline; dorsal margin
long and straight; ventral margin inclined dorsally and slightly con-
cave -at midlength; anterior margin broadly rounded; posterior
margin more sharply rounded and not so high as the anterior;
greatest height in anterior quarter; greatest thickness midlength; free
margins and dorsum of carapace raised; each valve ornamented
with high carinae, the larger forming an almost complete circle
which becomes flattened anteriorly and which surrounds another
smaller coil following the configuration of the larger; both sets
of ridges seem to blend into a common area just anterior to and
below the posteardinal angle near the ventral margin; the larger
left valve overlaps the right along all margins; hingement of the
left valve consists of a groove extending the entire length of the
dorsal margin, with an elliptical ridgelike tooth at the antero-
cardinal angle and a small socket beneath the posterocardinal angle;
hingement of the right valve consists of a sharp ridge extending
along the dorsal margin; anteriorly an elliptical socket develops
at the cardinal angle and posteriorly an elongate but small tooth
is formed.

Dimensions.—Holotype: left valve, length, 0.81 mm.; height,
0.45 mm.; width, 0.18 mm. Paratype: complete carapace, length,
0.87 mm.; height, 0.48 mm.; width, 0.30 mm.

Repository.—Holotype: left valve, United States National
Museum, No. 123096. Paratype: complete carapace, United States
National Museum, No. 123097.

Remarks —Euglyphella subquadrata differs from the type
species in that the posterior margin is more bluntly rounded and
interrupted at the ventral margin by an obtuse angle. Another dif-
ference lies in the displacement of the carinae. In the type species,
the dorsal limb of the main carinae nearly fuses with the dorsal
margin slightly behind the anterior cardinal angle. In E. swhquadrata
the carinae are well within the limits of the valve outline and

24 BULLETIN 154 354

closed postventrally. The new species differs from previously des-
cribed forms in being less sharply triangular in outline and possessing
a closed arrangement of the carinae. This species 1s common at

Rockford, Iowa.
Family THLIPSURIDAE Ulrich, 1894
Genus PLAGIONEPHRODES Morey, 1935

Plagionephrodes Morey, 1935, Jour. Paleont., vol. 9, No. 4, pp. 318-319,
ple 28) figs: 23. 116-

Plagionephrodes Becker, 1940, in Branson, Geology of Missouri, Univ.
Missouri Studies, vol. 19, p. 149, pl. 24, figs. 36-40.

Type species —Plagionephrodes uninodosus Morey by original
designation. Basal Mississippian sandstone, Williamsburg, Missouri.

Description—The close relationship which Plagionephrodes
bears to Ropolonellus Van Pelt and Euglyphella Warthin has been
recognized by Morey (1935, p. 318). There is also a similarity
between the new species Plagionephrodes allotriovalvis and species
of the genus Quasillites Coryell and Malkin (1936) figured in this
report. Similarity lies in general outline, hingement, and surface
reticulations; this relationship is more evident in the younger molts.
The number of individuals of Plagionephrodes was large in the Cerro
Gordo fauna, the amount being well over a hundred. The new species
Plagionephrodes bicostalis and Plagionephrodes werneri seem closely
allied to the species figured by Becker (1940) from the Snyder
Creek formation of Missouri.

Plagionephrodes bicostalis Gibson, n.sp. Pl. 2, figs. la-c

Description—The valves vary in general outline, the left is
subtriangular and the right is nearly oval; carapace subtriangular
in outline; dorsal margin weakly convex; ventral margin convex
and inclined dorsally; anterior margin broadly rounded and raised
in both valves to flangelike structures which originate at midheight
and extend to the anterior cardinal angles; posterior margin short
and obtusely rounded; greatest height in the anterior quarter;
greatest thickness midlength. Two prominent ridges are present
on each valve originating immediately below the hingeline and ex-
tending to the ventral quarter. In both valves the shorter posterior
ridge has an extremely abrupt dorsal termination. On the left

355 IOWAN CERRO GorDO OSTRACODA: GIBSON 25

valve a prominent toothlike spine is located along and slightly in
from the edge of the postventral margin; another short, posteriorly
directed spine is located at the dorsal margin. Both the right and
left valves bear a short spine located along the ventral third of the
posterior margin near the edge. Surfaces of both valves between
flanges and ridges smooth. Hingeline impressed with the left over-
lapping the right along the entire dorsal margin and less extensively
along the anterior ventral and posterior margins. Articulation of the
left valve consists of a groove extending the entire length of the
dorsal margin; anteriorly this groove became obscured by an over-
folding of the anterodorsal margin; posteriorly the groove is ex-
tended into a broad depression at the posterocardinal angle. Hinge-
ment of the right valve consists of a ridge extending along the dorsal
margin and which is terminated anteriorly by a cleft and posteriorly
by a broad swelling at the cardinal angle.

Dimensions.—Holotype: complete specimen, length, 0.87 mm.;
height, 0.54 mm.; width, 0.36 mm. Paratype: left valve, length, 0.93
mm.; height, 0.57 mm.; width, 0.24 mm. Paratype: right valve,
length, 0.84 mm.; height, 0.39 mm.; width, 0.18 mm.

Repository.—Holotype: complete specimen, United States Na-
tional Museum, No. 123109. Paratype: left valve, United States
National Museum, No. 123111. Paratype: mght valve, United States
National Museum, No. 123110.

Remarks.—The presence of the two prominent ridges on the
right and left valves, and the broad toothlike spine along the post-
ventral margin of the left valve serves to distinguish Plagionephrodes
bicostalis from the type species and from other species of Plagione-
phrodes in the Cerro Gordo fauna. It differs from the type species
P. uninodosus Morey in being more triangular in outline, and al-
though the positions of the ridges are approximately equivalent in
both species, they are better developed in P. bicostalis. The species
is rare at Rockford, Iowa.

Plagionephrodes allotriovalvis Gibson, n.sp. Pl. 2, figs. 3a-e

Description—Valves differ in outline and in ornamentation;
the left is obesely triangular and smooth while the right is nearly

26 BULLETIN 154 356

oval and bears fine surface reticulation; carapace subrhomboidal
in outline; dorsal margin weakly convex; ventral margin concave at
midlength and shallowly inclined to the dorsum; anterior margin
broadly rounded, becoming flattened at midheight by a flange which
extends to the anterior cardinal angle in the left valve and to
slightly above the midheight in the right valve; posterior margin
more narrowly rounded. In both the right and left valves two pairs
of posteriorly directed spines are developed in the posterior quarter;
one pair is situated just above midheight, and the other is located
just below midheight along the posterior margin slightly in from
the edge. At the posterior cardinal angle of the left valve a small
spine is developed. The female carapace is smaller, stubby, and
triangular in outline. Hingement of the left valve consists of a
dorsal marginal groove. The groove opens beneath the anterior
cardinal angle into the interior of the valve, and posteriorly widens
into a cleftlike depression at the level of the postcardinal spine. The
hingement of the right valve is comprised of a dorsal marginal
ridge which expands anteriorly into a keel-like structure. This keel-
like structure is prolonged ventrally to a point immediately below
the cardinal angle. Posteriorly the dorsal ridge is terminated by a
toothlike elevation just below the cardinal angle.

Dimensions—Holotype: complete carapace, length, 0.90 mm.,;
height, 0.54 mm.; width, 0.30 mm. Paratype: left valve, length,
0.90 mm.; height, 0.57 mm.; width, 0.18 mm. Paratype: right valve,
length, 0.78 mm.; height, 0.42 mm.; width, 0.12 mm. Paratype:
left valve, female, length, 0.72 mm.; height, 0.48 mm.; width, 0.15
mm.

Repository.—Holotype: complete carapace, United States Na-
tional Museum, No. 123101. Paratype: left valve, United States
National Museum, No. 123102. Paratype: right valve, United States
National Museum, No. 123103. Paratype: left valve, female, United
States National Museum, No. 123100.

Remarks.—The new species Plagionephrodes allotriovalvts 1s
differentiated from P. bicostalis by the absence of the two prominent
vertical ridges and the broad toothlike spine along the ventral margin
of the left valve. It closely resembles Senescella longaeva Stewart

357 IOWAN CERRO Gorpo OsTRACODA: GIBSON 27

and Hendrix (1945). Senescella may be a synonym of Plagioneph-
rodes as both forms are similar in outline and in the positions oc-
cupied by the spines. It is interesting to note that the new species
is similar in hingement, surface reticulation, and in general outline
of both right and left valves to species of the genus Quasillites. This
species is abundant in the Cerro Gordo formation.

Plagionephrodes shideleri Gibson, n.sp. Pl. 2, figs. 4a-d

Description—Carapace subrhomboidal in outline; individual
valves differ in shape, the left is subrhomboidal and the right oval;
dorsal margin weakly convex; ventral margin convex and inclined
to the dorsum; anterior margin broadly rounded. In the left valve,
the margin develops a flange at midheight which extends to the
cardinal angle; the same flange in the right valve begins at midheight
and ends abruptly in the dorsal quarter. Posterior margin narrowly
rounded, meeting the dorsal margin obtusely. Greatest height in
anterior quarter; greatest thickness midlength. Both the right and
left valves possess spines in the posterior quarter just below the
dorsal margin and along the ventral quarter of the posterior margin
slightly in from one edge. A broad toothlike spine is located along
the postventral margin of the left valve with a small posteriorly
directed spine at the postcardinal angle. The left valve has a weak
ridge in the anterior quarter. The surface of the right valve is deeply
impressed at the anterior quarter. Surface of carapace smooth
between flanges and ridges. Hingement of the left valve consists of
a groove extending along the dorsal margin. This groove becomes
obscured anteriorly by an overfolding of the dorsal margin; it ends
beneath the posterior cardinal angle in a semicircular depression.
Hingement of the right valve consists of a ridge extending the
entire length of the dorsal margin. This ridge becomes exaggerated
into broadened hemicircular cusps at the anterior and_ posterior
cardinal angles.

Dimensions.—Holotype: complete carapace, length, 0.93 mm.;
height, 0.51 mm.; width, 0.33 mm. Paratype: left valve, length, 0.84
mm.; height, 0.54 mm.; width, 0.18 mm. Paratype: right valve,
length, 0.75 mm.; height, 0.36 mm.; width, 0.18 mm.

Repository.—Holotype: complete carapace, United States Na-

28 BULLETIN 154 358

tional Museum, No. 123112. Paratype: left valve, United States
National Museum, No. 123113. Paratype: right valve, United States
National Museum, No. 123114.

Remarks.—Plagionephrodes shideleri is similar to P. bicostalis
in outline, hingement, in possessing a broad toothlike spine along
the postventral margin of the left valve and in the number and
positions of the spines developed around the posterior margin. It
differs from P. bicostalis by lacking the posterior ridge of the left
valve and possessing but a faint expression of the anterior ridge of
the same valve. This species is common in the Cerro Gordo forma-
tion.

This species is named in honor of Dr. W. H. Shideler, formerly
of Miami University, Oxford, Ohio.

Plagionephrodes werneri Gibson, n.sp. Pl. 2, figs. 6a-d

Description —vValves differ radically in outline and in size,
the left is large and wedge-shaped, the right is small and oval; cara-
pace subtriangular in outline; dorsal margin nearly straight; ventral
margin weakly convex at midlength and inclined to the dorsum;
anterior margin broadly rounded and high; posterior margin brief
and weakly arched. The anterior margin possesses a thick flange
which originates at midheight and extends to the anterocardinal
angle. The flange of the right valve begins at midheight and extends
dorsally to the upper third of the valve. A short spine is developed
dorsally just below the hingeline in the posterior third of both the
right and left valves. This spine may be present as a short barlike
process in the left valve. A second small and posteriorly directed
spine occurs along the posteroventral margin of both valves. Sur-
face of the right valve minutely and irregularly punctate, surface of
the left smooth.

Dimensions—Holotype: complete carapace, length, 0.87 mm.;
height, 0.51 mm.; width, 0.33 mm. Paratype: left valve, length, 0.90
mm.; height, 0.51 mm.; width, 0.18 mm. Paratype: right valve,
length, 0.84 mm.; height, 0.42 mm.; width, 0.15 mm.

Repository.—Holotype: complete carapace, United States Na-
tional Museum, No. 123115. Paratype: left valve, United States

359 IoWAN CERRO GORDO OSTRACODA: GIBSON 29

National Museum, No. 123116. Paratype: right valve, United
States National Museum, No. 123117.

Remarks —The new species Plagionephrodes wernert differs
from the species of this genus with which it occurs in being more
triangular in outline. It differs also from P. bicostalis and P. shideleri
in the lack of a postmarginal spine of the left valve and in the hinge-
ment. There is, however, a similarity in the hingement of P. werneri
and P. allotriovalvis. Both species possess shelflike teeth or flanges
as components of the right hinge at both the anterior and posterior
cardinal angles. In general outline, P. wernert also bears a somewhat
close resemblance to Ropolonellus dubius Stewart and Hendrix
(1945). This species is abundant in the Cerro Gordo formation.

The species is named in honor of Dr. Courtney Werner of Wash-
ington University, St. Louis, Missouri.

Famly QUASILLITIDAE Coryell and Malkin, 1936
Genus QUASILLITES Coryell and Malkin, 1936

Quasillites Coryell and Malkin, 1936, Amer. Mus. Noy., No. 891, pp. 17-19,
figs. 36, 38.

Quasillites Swartz and Oriel, 1948, Pennsylvania State Coll., Min. Exp.
Sta., Tech. Pap., 142, pp. 55-56, pl. 79, figs. 18-21, pl. 80, figs. 1-18.

Type species —Quasillites obliquus Coryell and Malkin by orig-
inal designation. Widder beds (Hamilton), Ontario, Canada.

Range.—Middle to Upper Devonian.

Quasillites beachi Gibson, n.sp. Pl. 2, figs. Ta-m

Description.—Valves differ in outline, the left is larger and more
triangular, and the right is smaller with an oval outline and arched
dorsal margin; carapace subrectangular in outline; dorsal margin
straight; ventral margin straight and inclined to the dorsum; an-
terior margin higher and more broadly rounded than the posterior;
greatest height in the anterior quarter; greatest thickness midlength;
surface of the carapace beset with small reticulations partially and
crudely arranged in a vertical series; a less ornamented and some-
what depressed spot is present centrodorsally on each valve. The
male carapace is more elongate and possesses a longer ventral mar-
gin which nearly parallels the dorsum. Dorsally both male and female

30 BULLETIN 154 360

are elliptical in outline and bear at the posterior cardinal angle a
liplike extension of the left valve overlapping the right. The left
hinge component includes an impressed ridge extending the length
of the dorsal margin. At the cardinal angles this ridge ends at an
elliptical socket anteriorly and posteriorly at a smaller socket. Hinge
of the right valve consists of a fairly sharp ridge along the dorsal
margin which also bears a groove along its entire length. Beneath
both the anterior and posterior cardinal angles short elliptical flanges
are developed. Left overlaps the right along all margins; overlap
most conspicuous along the anterior and posterior margins.

Dimensions.—Holotype: complete carapace, female, length, 0.75
mm.; height, 0.48 mm.; width, 0.33 mm. Paratype: left valve, female,
length, 0.78 mm.; height, 0.51 mm.; width, 0.24 mm. Paratype: right
valve, female, length, 0.75 mm.; height, 0.45 mm.; width, 0.18 mm.
Paratype: complete carapace, male, length, 0.81 mm.; height, 0.39
mm.; width, 0.38 mm. Paratype: left valve, male, length, 0.78 mm.;
height, 0.45 mm.; width, 0.21 mm. Paratype: right valve, male,
length, 0.72 mm.; height, 0.39 mm.; width, 0.15 mm.

Repository.—All types are in the United States National Mu-
seum. Holotype: complete carapace, female, No. 123118. Paratype:
left valve, female, No. 123119. Paratype: right valve, female, No.
123123. Paratype: complete carapace, male, No. 123120. Paratype:
left valve, male, No. 123121. Paratype: right valve, male, No.
123122.

Remarks—The author knows of no previously described forms
from the Devonian or Mississippian which resemble the new species
Q. beacht. Though the species lacks the ventral spine along the post-
ventral margin described in other species of Quasillites and has sur-
face reticulations instead of ridges, it agrees with the generic de-
scription in general outline, hingement, and in the difference between
the outlines of the individual valves according to Swartz and Oriel
(1948, p. 555). This species is abundant in the Cerro Gordo forma-
tion.

This species is named in honor of Paul R. Beach of Houston,
Texas.

361 IoOwWAN CERRO GORDO OSTRACODA: GIBSON 31

Quasillites hackberryensis Gibson, n.sp. Pl. 1, figs. la-d
Description.—Valves differ in outline, the left is triangular and
the right is oval with a strongly convex dorsum; carapace subtri-
angular in outline; dorsal margin of carapace weakly convex; ven-
tral margin convex and inclined to the dorsum; anterior margin
more rounded and higher than the posterior; greatest height in the
anterior quarter; greatest thickness midlength; surface ornamented
with fine ridges and grooves mostly vertically arranged; these ridges
radiate from a less ornamented centrodorsal spot and become ver-
tically arranged toward the lateral extremities of the carapace. Hinge
elements as in the new species Q. beachi previously described.

Dimensions.—Holotype: complete carapace, length, 0.72 mm.;
height, 0.48 mm.; width, 0.39 mm. Paratype: left valve, length, 0.72
mm.; height, 0.48 mm.; width, 0.24 mm. Paratype: right valve,
length, 0.66 mm.; height, 0.36 mm.; width, 0.18 mm.

Repository —Holotype: complete carapace, United States Na-
tional Museum, No. 123127. Paratype: left valve, United States
National Museum, No. 123128. Paratype: right valve, United States
National Museum, No. 123129.

Remarks—The new species Q. hackberryensis possesses the
more typical ornamentation of the Quasillitidae but also lacks the
postventral spine of the type species. It differs from previously de-
scribed forms in lacking this spine. In general, the surface ornamen-
tation found on the new species is much finer than that found on
forms described from Lower Devonian sections. This species is abun-
dant.

Quasillites ellipticus Gibson, n.sp. Pl. 1, figs. 3a-d

Description—Carapace long, ovoid in outline; dorsal margin
broadly convex; ventral margin weakly rounded; anterior margin
more arcuate than the posterior; greatest height and thickness mid-
length; right valve somewhat more flattened along the dorsal margin
than the left and smaller; surface ornamented with concentric finger-
printlike ridges; a small less ornamented spot is located centrodor-
sally. Hinge of the left valve consists of a depressed ridge extending
the entire length of the dorsal margin. At the cardinal angles ellipti-

32 BULLETIN 154 : 362

cal clefts are developed. The right hinge component includes a nar-
row ridge extending along the dorsal margin, superimposed upon
which is a shallow groove; at each cardinal angle there is an ellipti-
cal tooth, the anterior being larger than the posterior.

Dimensions —Holotype: complete carapace, length, 0.75 mm.;
height, 0.45 mm.; width, 0.39 mm. Paratype: left valve, length, 0.78
mm.; height, 0.48 mm.; width, 0.24 mm. Paratype: right valve,
length, 0.75 mm.; height, 0.42 mm.; width, 0.12 mm.

Repository.—Holotype: complete carapace, United States Na-
tional Museum, No. 123124. Paratype: left valve, United States Na-

tional Museum, No. 123126. Paratype: right valve, United States
National Museum, No. 123125.

Remarks.—As with the other species of the genus Quasillites
described in this paper, the new species Q. ellipticus lacks the post-
ventral spine of the type species. It differs from the other species here
described in the elliptical outline of the carapace. The author agrees
with Swartz and Oriel (1948, p. 555) that possible forms with ovate
characters referred to as Spinovina by Coryell and Malkin (1936)
should be included in the Quasillites. This species is fairly common
in the Cerro Gordo formation, Rockford, Iowa.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Bassler, R. S., and Kellett, B.

1934. Bibliographic index of Paleozoic Ostracoda. Geol. Soc. America,
Special Papers I, 500 pp., 24 figs., 5 charts.

Branson, E. B.
1948. The geology of Missouri. Univ. Missouri Studies, vol. XIX, No. 3.
Calvin, S.
1878. Notes on the Devonian of Iowa. Amer. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. 15,
pp. 460-462.

1897. The Owen substage of the Devonian of Iowa. Iowa Geol. Surv.,
vol. 7, pp. 144, 163-164.
Cooper, C. L.
1941. Chester ostracodes of Illinois. Illinois Geol. Sury. Rept. Investiga-
tions, No. 77, 101 pp., 14 pls., 1 chart.

1942. Correlation of the Devonian sedimentary formations of North
America. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull., vol. 53, pp. 1792-1794, 1 pl., 1 fig.
1946. Pennsylvanian ostracodes of Illinois. Illinois State Geol. Surv., Bull.

10) 177. ‘pp: 21 pls.631 figs:
1947. Upper Kinkaid (Mississippian) microfauna from Johnson County,
Illinois. Jour. Paleont., voi. 21, No. 2, pp. 81-94, pls. 19-23.

363 IOWAN CERRO GorRDO OSTRACODA: GIBSON 33

Coryell, H. N., and Booth, R. T.
1933. Pennsylvanian Ostracoda; a continuation of the Ostracoda from
the Wayland shale, Graham, Texas. Amer. Midl. Nat., vol. XIV, No.
3, pp. 258-278, pls. III-V, 1 fig.

Coryell, H. N., and Cuskley, VY. A.

1934. Some ostracodes from the “White Mound” section of the Haragan
shale, Murray County, Oklahoma, Amer. Mus. Nov., No. 748, 12 pp.,
9 :

2 pls.

Coryell, H. N., and Malkin, D. S.
1936. Some Hamilton ostracodes from Arkona, Ontario. Amer. Mus.
Nov., No. 891, 20 pp., 2 pls.

Fenton, C. L.
1919. Upper Devonian sediments of Iowa. Amer. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol.
48, pp. 355-376.
1928. The Hackberry stage of the Upper Devonian. Contrib. Mus. Geol.,
Uniy. Michigan, vol. I. Macmillan and Co.

Geis, H. L.
1932. Some ostracodes from the Salem limestone, Mississippian, of In-
diana. Jour. Paleont., vol. 6, No. 2, pp. 149-188, pls. 22-26.

Harlton, B. H.
1933. Micropaleontology of the Pennsylvanian Johns Valley shale, of the
Ouachita Mountains, Oklahoma, and its relationship to the Mississtp-
pian Caney shale. Jour. Paleont., vol. 7, No. 2, pp. 3-29, pls. 1-7.

Kay, G. M.
1940. Ordovician Mohawkian Ostracoda: lower Trenton Decorah fauna.
Jour. Paleont., vol. 14, No. 2, pp. 234-269, pls. 29-34.

Kegel, W.
1927. Beitrage zur Kenntnis palaozoischer Ostracoden: I. Ostracoden aus
dem Oberen Mitteldevon von Mahren und der Eifel. Jhb. Preuss. Geol.
Landesanst, vol. 48, pp. 653-661, Taf. 33.

Kellett, B.

1934. Ostracodes from the Upper Pennsylvanian and Lower Permian
strata of Kansas: II. The genus Bairdia. Jour. Paleont., vol. 8, No. 2,
pp. 120-138, pls. 14-19.

1935. Ostracodes of the Upper Pennsylvanian and Lower Permian strata
of Kansas: III. Bairdiidae (concluded), Cytherellidae, Cypridinidae,
Entomoconchidae, Cytheridae, and Cypridae. Jour. Paleont., vol. 9, No.
2, pp. 132-166, pls. 16-18.

Leyinson, S. A.
1950. The hingement of Paleozoic Ostracoda and its bearing on ortenta-
tion. Jour. Paleont., vol. 24, No. 1, pp. 63-75, 16 figs.
Moore, R. C.
1935. Rept. 9th Ann. Field Conf. Kansas Geol. Soc., fig. 1, p. 245.
Morey, P. S.
1935. Ostracoda from the basal Mississippian sandstone in central Mis-
sourt. Jour. Paleont., vol. 9, No. 4, pp. 316-326, pl. 28.
1935. Ostracoda from the Amsden formation of Wyoming. Jour. Paleont.,
vol. 9, No. 6, pp. 474-482, pl. 54.
1936. Ostracoda from the Chouteau formation of Missouri. Jour. Pale-
ont., vol. 10, No. 2, pp. 114-122, pl. 17.
Norton, W. N.
1897. Stratigraphy of northeastern Towa. Iowa Geol. Sury., vol. 6, pp.
138-151.

34 BULLETIN 154 364

Peck, R. E.
1934. The North American trochiliscids, Paleozoic Charophyta. Jour-
Paleont., vol. 8, No. 2, pp. 83-119, pl. 9-13.

Pokorny, V.
1950. The ostracodes of the Middle Devonian Red Coral limestones of
Celechovice. Zylastni Otisk ze Sborniqu Statniho Geol. Ustv. Cesko.
Repub., Sv. XVII, Paleo., pp. 513-632, 4 tab., 21 Obr.

Roth, R.

1928. Monoceratina: a new genus of Ostracoda from the Pennsylvanian
of Oklahoma. Jour. Paleont., vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 15-19, 1 fig.

1929. Some ostracodes from the Haragan marl, Devonian, of Oklahoma.
Jour. Paleont., vol. 3, No. 4, pp. 327-372, pls. 35-38.

Stainbrook, M. A.

1935. “Devonian Stratigraphy” in: Rept. 7th Ann. Field Conf., Kansas
Geol. Soc.

1945. The stratigraphy of the Independence shale of Iowa. Amer. Jour.
Sci., vol. 243, pp. 66-83, 138-58.

Stewart, G. A.
1936. Ostracodes of the Silica shale, Middle Devonian, of Ohio. Jour.
Paleont., vol. 10, No. 8, pp. 739-763, pls. 100-102.
1950. Ostracoda from the Middle Devonian Bone Beds in central
Ohio. Jour. Paleont., vol. 24, No. 6, pp. 652-666, pls. 85-86.

Stewart, G. A., and Hendrix, W. E.
1945. Ostracoda of the Olentangy shale, Franklin and Delaware counties,
Ohio. Jour. Paleont., vol. 19, No. 2, pp. 96-115, pls. 11-12; Ostracoda
of the Plum Brook shale, Erie County, Ohio: Op. cit., pp. 87-95, pl. 10.

Swartz, F. M.
1936. Revision of the Primitiidae and Beyrichtidae, with new Ostracoda
from the Lower Devonian of Pennsylvania. Jour. Paleont., vol. 10, No.
7, pp. 541-586, pls. 78-89.
Swartz, F. M., and Oriel, S. S.
1948. Ostracoda from Middle Devonian Windom beds in western New
York. Jour. Paleont., vol. 22, No. 5, pp. 541-566, pls. 79-81, 4 figs.
Swartz, F. M., and Swain, F. M.
1941. Ostracoda of the Middle Devonian beds of central Pennsylvania.
Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 52, pp. 381-458, 8 pls., 2 figs.
Teichert, (C.
1948. A simple device for coating fossils with ammonium chloride. Jour.
Paleont., vol. 22, No. 1, pp. 102-104, 1 fig.
Wilson, C. W.
1933. Fauna of the McAlester shale, Pennsylvanian, of Muskogee County,
Oklahoma. Jour. Paleont., vol. 7, No. 4, pp. 412-422, pl. 50.

PLATES

PLATE 1 (30)

Figure
ie

jr)

10.

late

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

18.

BULLETIN 154

Explanation of Plate 1 (30)

Quasillites hackberryensis Gibson, n.sp. —...................2....--.-.----
a, b. Dorsal and lateral views of a complete carapace,
about X .38. c, d. Lateral] views of left and right valves,
xX 38, paratypes.
Aechminella fimbriata Gibson, nusp. ..............22.....222-2/--eeeeeeeeees
Lateral view of a right valve, holotype, x 48.
Quasillites ellipticus Gibson, n.sp. _....222.2....2.22..2.. eee eeeeeeeee eee eee
a, b. Dorsal and right lateral views of a complete speci-
men, X 36, holotype. c, d. Lateral views of the left and
right valves, xX 35, paratypes.
Jonesina; biloba.Gibson; nisp. 222. eee
a-c. Dorsal, right, and left views of a complete carapace,
holotype, X 38.
Beecherella trapezoides Gibson, n.sp. -...... ahgtrcn nie
a-b. Right lateral and dorsal views of a complete speci-
men, holotype, X 34.
JonNesina?- specks SA es ee eee
Lateral view of the right valve (damaged along the an-
teroventral margin), the hypotype, xX 38.
Morrisites gibbosus Gibson, nusp. .........0..0020222222-2222-222 eee
a-b. Right lateral and ventral views of the type species,
x 36.
Bairdia rockfordensis Gibson, n.sp. ..............--....-...--.----.-------------
Right lateral view of the holotype, x 33.
Bekena diaphrovalvis Gibson, n.sp. ...........00.0........--------------- eee
3a-b. Dorsal and right lateral views of the holotype,
x 38. c-d. Lateral views of the left and right valves of
paratypes, X 31.
Amphissites carmani ? Stewart and Hendrix —......-..00......
a-b. Lateral views of the left and right valves of the
hypotype, X 22.
Bairdia lancelata Gibson, nusp. .............-........--2----2--2-02e-eeeeeeeeeeeeee ees
Right and lateral views of a complete carapace, holotype,
x Bk)
Vounwiella Usp ee kv een os eee
Right lateral view of the hypotype, x 37.
Bekenia 22s pie ee i ee eS eee
Right lateral view of the hypotype, about xX 32.
Bairdia subtillasGibsom nsp. 2.22) eee
a-b. Left and right lateral views of the holotype and
paratype, about X 32.
Kirkbyella devoniea Gibson, n.sp. —....-....2....-... eee
Lateral view of a right valve, holotype, x 20.
Bairdia hypsoconeha Gibson, n.sp. .....................22222---2--2222eeeeeeee
Right lateral view of a complete specimen, holotype,
about xX 34.
Bairdia notoconstricta Gibson, n.sp. .........002....22...-.2.-eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee
a-b. Right lateral and dorsal views of a complete speci-
men, holotype, about x 34.
Bairdiaextenda, Gibson, nisp.. nee
Right lateral view of a complete specimen, holotype,
about X 36.

366

Page

Pi. 30, Von. 35 Buu. AMER. PALEONT. No. 154, Pn. 1

PLATE 2 (31)

Figure
ile

BULLETIN 154

Explanation of Plate 2 (31)

Plagionephrodes bicostalis Gibson, n.sp. -..........-..--.....22-22----------
a. Lateral view of a right valve, < 38, paratype.
b. Dorsal view of a left valve, < 20, paratype.
ec. Lateral view of a right valve, about xX 39, paratype.

Roundyella fimbriamarginata Gibson, n.sp. —.................-.-------------

Right lateral view of a whole specimen, holotype, about
sb:

Plagionephrodes allotriovalyis Gibson, n.sp. —...................-.-..-------
a. Dorsal view of a complete carapace, X 34, holotype.
b. Lateral view of a left valve, < 33, paratype.
c. Right lateral view of the holotype, x 34.
Lateral view of a right valve, about X 31, paratype.
e. Lateral view of a left valve, about x 36, female, para-
type.
Plagionephrodes shideleri Gibson, n.sp. -..................--..--------------

a-b. Lateral views of left and right valves of paratypes,
< 33. e-d. Dorsal and right lateral views of a complete
specimen, 30, holotype.

Macronotellaspunctuliieras Gibsons) nisp) eee
Right lateral view of a complete carapace, about x 39.

Plagionephrodes werneri Gibson, n.sp. .-...........---------------c-cce-e----ee--

a-b. Dorsal and right lateral views of a whole carapace,
about > 29, holotype. c-d. Lateral views of a right and
left valve, about X 28, paratypes.

Ouisillitessbexchi) Gibson) nisp, =e

a-g. "emale carapaces. a-b. Dorsal and right lateral views
ot the holotype, 33. c. Lateral view of a right valve,
< 33, paratype. d-g. Successively younger molts of left
valve, paratypes. h-i. Dorsal and right lateral views
of a whole male carapace, about X 34, paratype. j.
Lateral view of a male right valve, about X 33, para-
type. k-m. Successively younger molts of male left
valves.

Euglyphella subquadrata Gibson; nisp.. .....2.2..-4.... 2.32
a. Lateral view of a left valve, about X 38, holotype.
b. Right lateral view of a complete carapace (slightly
crushed), X 35, paratype.

Monoceratina ? levinsoni Gibson, n.sp. .....................-------------------
a-c. Posterior, right lateral and ventral views of a com-
plete carapace, holotype, X 37.

368

Pr. 31, Vou. 35 Buu. AMER. PALEONT. No. 154, Pu. 2

A "i a 4 = oe ;
A " Tr
7 ' i 7 x a4
_ a ts 7 ; cg
7 4. _ _ ¥ s F My fet
; aaa ; — - ae
: da 7 my? “4

INDEX

Note: The left hand bold faced figures refer to the plates. The right
hand light figures refer to the pages.

Aberdeen, Washington 319, 323-325
abyssicola, Voluto-

GOLDIS tie ee 27 291
Academy of Natural

SGlenGes* io3 xcs ese 19
ACHOSANILIG a: -- e: 153, 171, 178, 179
acinacellum, Basslero-

TES ee See ae 221
Acre Territory, Brazil 73
Acronotellidae -.....-.---- 343
Adams, HH. and A.’ -2...: 277
Adamsfield, Tasmania 169
‘Adelomelon) <2.2-422--255 280, 289
Adelomeloninae __...-- 289
Aechminelilay =. 22-2 342
Aeohminidae!@. =. 342
aequa, Globorotalia --- 51
aethiopica, Voluta -..... 276
NG TNOCCILAS 22... -<2--23 162, 164, 168,

227-229
TNC ELK GE: Wh ae ee 215
DSPASSIZ las Aco eee 67, 69
Alameda County, Cali-

Nemocardium ........ 317
Albany County, New

SYA) TK ee nen ees 351
Alberta, Canada . .....2- Bilai
Albuquerque, O. R. —.. 72
AGIENOC, Se ee ee 281, 287
ATCITDOIGES! s2-= eee 287
LCI nOINae: eee Poe 287, 295
ANGri@h ls. Hin, -esetoe: aL
alfaroi, Voluta ..... 26 281
ATVopiloceras © 2: -2-2------- 161, 166, 167,

172,-210
allotriovalvis, Plag-

ionephrodes .... 31 355, 356, 359
Almeida WA eS 76
alternatum, Cardium 313
Alum Rock Canyon,

(Galitornias=.---- 321

ATM AZOMM Une Ya esa eee
Amazonas State, Bra-
YA ee eee ed Seer, eo
Ambo, Peru
Ambocoelia
Ambocoeliinae
American Association
for the Advance-
ment of Science ....
American Association
of Petroleum Geo-
logists
americana, Enaeta 27
americanum, Eothino-
ceras

Amorena
Amoria

Amorides
Amphissites
ATI CUA se ee SO
ancilla, Voluta
Andean Sea
aneuchoanitic) 2.3
annulatum, Basslero-

Colas 14

Anthracolitic
antillea, Miscellanea
Pellatispirella
Ranikothalia
Aparchitidae
Aphetoceras

369

74, 108, 109
107

19
294

163, 172, 195,
197

283, 288

278, 280, 281,
288

288

340

276

179

164, 167, 220,
221

160, 161, 163,
165-167, 172,
175, 205, 208,
209

27, 35, 37

27, 29, 32,.35
35

336

162, 164, 166,
168, 172, 174,
219, 223-225
161, 164, 167,
168, 221,-222
280, 287

311; 317,318

INDEX

Argentina =22--=.—-----—-- 275
APR ANSASy oes t ee 166, 174
Arkansas Geological
GUTIVION, teen eeee 4
Arkoceras) 162, 163, 166,
232
Arkoceras Sp. -...---- 93 164, 232, 233
armata, Voluta ......-.-- 276
ATIMENO CeTras) 222--2-------- 170
Arroyo del Valle,
California 321
PAT ETINSIKV AMG pete seteens eee 7
Ashfell sandstone -...-- 124
PANS SN Ae eee ne ee 28, 33
ASTOR Ate cree ne eee 323
Astoria formation 311, 319, 323
Athecocyclina .....-..---- 49, 54
Athiletaps 2 285, 293
IX Pn e Gina Cyne eae 285, 292
INWONAOWNE GY eeeee-eeeeeereeese 100
INUOR ARG) gp oce-cceeccestheseseee 100, 101
PACE YR URUILS) Geese eee ene 288
PAST G alee eee 279, 280, 287
NGnUGKe uae) See eee 275, 281, 287
Aurina (Aurinia) --...- 280
INTC RON GY, eee ea eee eee 280, 288
FANS tially tee seeeeee eee 275, 316
Aviculopecten .......----- 73
FASVOMMLAMN 22st ee-cesce sees =e OMe elay
B
IACtrOGelaAS! Me----—------— 157, 159, 170
Bailey’s Ferry, Fla -... 294
Banda ee ee 336, 344, 345
Baindiidae) -2222:2---.-----: 344
Bairdioeypris: .-.---------- 349
Ba GIS) soso tees eee 257-267
BUG ee soe ee 170
Baltoceras: = mle Onmlno,
19
Barbados. 37, 49
Barreirinha, Brazil -..- ial
Bartsch es 2 ee. 259
Basilosaurus =. 6
IBassleroceras, -.---.------ 160, 167, 168,
172, 220, 221
Bassleroceratida .......- 160, 219
Bathmoceras. ...:-------.-- 170
Beach seaulan. 360
beachi, Quasillites 31 359
beckii, Janeithoe 25,28 295
WAN Ar) ee ee eee 295
Beecherella ....-.....------ 351
Beecherellidae —......... SDL

beedei, Bairdia = 345
Beisselia) =-42-305- ees 290
Bekena (2-3 eee 335, 348
Bekena ? sp. ........ 30 350
belchei, Nemocardium 316
Bellerophon 74
iBenthoviolutawes = 279, 280
bermudezi, Operculina 35
Operculinoides 1,2,8 27, 32, 35-37,
54

Bernardino Rivadavia,

Buenos Aires .......--- 276
Berrys oe eee 261, 263-266
Berry, S. S.

New Californian

Pleistocene Euli-

midae (double

page). 2a 255
de Berthold, Susana

WV og ieee eae eee 276
Bertillonellay 337
Bical chia sc. 338
Beyrichiaceay = es 338
bicostalis, Plagione-

DHtOdeSme ee 31 354, 355, 356,

358
biloba, Jonesina .... 30 338
Black River limestone 336
Black River Ordo-

Vician |=... 25.5 161, 169
Blatehtord sa = 155
blandum, Cardium -_.. 327

Climocardivimine 322
IBOdag ee ee 51
BO]IVIa tac eee Viryy ayeaeta
Bolas is oe eee 335
bereale, Aphetoceras 347
IBGSwOnehh ee O-eeener 292
bourrelet” 2 279
brainerdi, Protero-

cameroceras ..........-- 208
Rranner. Jon Cy 4
braunsi, Clinocardium 325
Brazile ee 72,295
Brazilia Legal, Brazil Fl
Briones formation -.. 321
British Columbia —.... 326
British isles. 99
British Museum (Nat.

Hist)? <2 fee 324
broderipii, Melo -..... 294

Melocorona ....-..-- 45) 294
Buccinidaew. = se 276
Bucnus Aires .........-.. BD
bOlhorvioley eee a 41

370

INDEX

bulletins of American

Paleontology .......... 10, 12
bulowi, Clinocardium 325
SATIS GUS ices coe ox cesuucscez 156
Bureau of Mineral Re-

sources, Canberra,

PTISEP AA. Aes ccc ence 153, 184, 185,

187, 191, 193,

196, 199, 200,

202, 204, 206,

207, 210, 213,

214

Burton, Mrs) HB» =. 3

Burton Sponge .......... 3

ES WUNOGY DIS) cs-ca=scsencose 347
(

cacumenata, Bulimina 51
ecalamus, Allopilo-

Gerace eee 20 164, 167, 210,

211
calebardensis, Atheco-
GyYClingy s-.- ae 56

Pseudophragmina .. 56
California Academy of

SGPONCES hsb sca 318, 324
californiense, Clino-

GATOUUIM 2c. ee ss 325, 326
Galliotectinae :.2:-.---2:: 280, 289
Ganhiotrectum <2..-2-2--.< 289
OallmmOlay® 25.6242 287
Caltex Australia

Development Pty.

JLARiL 9 So en ee 155
Calvert Cliffs, Md. .... mi
Calvert formation _.... 7
camerata, Spirifer -.. 123
CaAMerAUL += 4-22 91, 92
cameratus, Neo-

Spiriter.--..----:= 10,12 119-125

Neospirifer

variant 10,1; 123
Sophie ss ae 10,12 116, 119-125
Spirifer

5 CENT EO ee 10,18 123

@ameninags 1,2 Hila Paul
Gamippell D> ie ees 76

161, 165, 166,
176, 212, 214

Campendoceras

Ganadiang 3232525 153, 156-159,
163, 164-169,
172-175, 177
Cancellarid..-. 2.2. 276
Gannine vA We 2 se 193

Canning Stock Route,
Australia
canningi, Hemicho-
anella

Cannon Falls, Minne-
sota
caraibensis,
lites
earbonaria, Lingula ..
carbonarius, Bellero-
DION | ee eee cee cucacsecuee
Carboniferous

Nummu-

Cardiograptus
Caricella
@aricella) Spies. 25
carinata, Beecherella
carmani?, Am-

DHISSite Smee 30
carnegiei, Cyrtendo-
Ceras eee 21

earolinum, Cardium ..
Granocardium
Carolluta
Garpenter)) Wi. Bs =
GartensOls Go ee
Carvalho, P. F.
Casters Kerr
Caster, KX. BH.
Introductory Survey
of the Brazilian
Carboniferous
Caster, K. E., and
Dresser, Hugh
Contributions to
Knowledge of the
Brazilian Paleozoic:
ING: Wiltsaee ro aOR
casteri, Cleiothy-
ridina
cataline, Ectocyclo-
ceras
catalinensis, Balcis —..
catenula, Operculin-
oides ‘
Catoraphiceras
GandriesiGe Viewer es
caurus, Aethoceras 22

Cavucanlbakeresesee es

centifilosum, Keenaea
Nemocardium ........

Central Australian

371

193

164, 167,
192-194

336

35
73

123-127, 155,
337, 338

174

282, 288

282

351

340

164, 168, 169,
213

18, 76-78, 109

63
101, 105-107

187
263

170, 215

29, 32, 37, 56
164, 168, 227,
228

317

317, 320

Geosyncline
Cerastoderma
Ceratodictya
Cerro Gordo forma-

tion

Chace, Emery P. ......

(CHEE KOS yA CS UMS Pca ees
Chazyan
Chesapeake Bay
China
Chipola River,
ida
Chiraluta
chlorosina, Voluta ....
Choptank formation ..
Christmas Creek, Aus-
tralia
Christmas Creek
Homestead, Aus-
tralia
Cibicidess {=
Cierbo-Neroly forma-
tions
ciliatum,
UU etc
de Cizancourt, M. ......
Claibornele----
Claiborne Stages -.......
Clark Bruce...
Clarkeghis Cyt at. ae
Clank Weebs 2 2255.
Glarke;sd)..Ms 63 22)
Clarkoceras)
clavella, Balcis .... 24

River, | Flor-

Clinocar-

INDEX

170
320, 327
3

335, 336, 340,
346, 348, 350,
352, 355

257, 259, 261,
263, 265, 266
88

bi, LOA 69
16

292
284
276

154

51
323

326
29, 33, 37, 56
13

12, 14

321, 323
257, 259, 260
8

212

(double pages ) 258, 259

Cleiothyridina
(lerothivnisim-ssee
(Ceileraal, Jets Vy a
Clenchina

Cole, W. S.
Criteria for the Rec-
ognition of certain
Assumed Camerinid
Generayees =e
Cole, W. S., and Her-
rick, S. M.
Two Species of

100, 104, 105
100

280, 288

311, 320, 325,
326

175

18, 29, 30,
69, 78

Larger Foramini-
fera from Paleocene
Beds in Georgia ....
Colombiay =
Columbia River
Columellar plaits
comoxense, Cardium
Clinocardium .... 29
compacta, Balcis ........
complanata, Lenticu-
lites
Operculina
compressum, Wichito-
ceras
concinna, Pse-
Dhdea.w se eee 27
Voluta, 2-22
Concord Quad., Cali-
fornia, = ee
condor, Spirifer -.--.:--
Condra Gh
connecting rings
Conrad, Timothy A. ..
Conrad’s Fossil Shells
Contra Costa County,
California

contrarium, Protero-
cameroceras 17
COOSWBaye =: -st ne eee
cookei, Athecocyclina
Pseudophragmina ..
Coopers: Celie
Cooper tGa Asn: ses ee
coosense, Cerasto-
derma = ee
Clinocardium ss.
“Cora” limestone
cora, Productus
Rhipidomella
corbis, Cardium
Cerastoderma
Cornell University -...

correanus, Derbyia 6,7
Orthotetes
Streptorhynchus ....

Correlation Papers ....

cosmia, Balcis
Witreolima 2202-2...

Cossmann, M.

Cottoniay<+...4 2s:

Coutinho sete

crassata, Globoro-
talia

372

311, 321, 322,
323

164, 167, 205
326

INDEX

crassata aequa, Globo-

PO TSU Re ee eee Sia ok 51
crassiuscula, Voluto-

Tyo ek ee eee 292
crenistria, Strepto-

MELCIUUS? 2e2c5.Je--4-<-- 99, 100
Creole Petroleum Cor-

DOYACION! x.2cc03-s0sc-==-- 335
Cresta Blanca, Cali-

ROG een ees 321
retaceous \... ks = sila aks:
GricGargiwm —..2---=-<.<-- 312, 313
Cris ea ges) Oat ea 265
Oring tae ee ee eee 107
Cryptendoceras......... 157
cumingi, Voluta . 27 290
cumingii, Operculin-

FES = ee 33
curiosa ?, Sansabella 341
Guitar aln Glas <.2es-s.--s- 344
Curua River, Brazil 71
cushmani, Polymor-

OVC WH OG ie Seee eee ee ener 51
Cyclendoceras ...........- 170
Cvyelolitnites’ =....<--::- 232
Gyms tee 286
Gympbiides*..--255-- =.-<-<<!-5- 286
Gympiinaes--2-.. Ss ee-cs- 286, 294
COVIM DIO LA sis 287
Cymbiolacca -2-----<---= 287
Gymbiolaes =~ .2-2-.2..-2:: 276
Gymbiglena- 2222-2. 287
CU TELUTI et e Ds 210s 2S.

282, 286, 294
(SU DraACeay 3255-22. s-% 344
Cyptendoceras .......... ISP
Cyrtendocerass --:-=2.2- 161, 164, 165,
168, 169, 175,
211-213
CyrfoCerina, <<. 2--<-t. 172, 194, 211
eyrtochoanitie =....22.2 177, 178, 180
Cyrtovaginoceras ...... 212
Gvtheracea 2.c2se.2-1 22 352
D
da, Costa. Lexelira 2: 76
UN AWN de ees 4,11, 278
Dallocaxrdiay =--.----.- 322
Dalvé, Elizabeth ........ 78
damoni, Amoria .... 25 281
Dana, James D. .......... 4,10
Davies: elite Mee >. 30, 33, 37
Dead Man’s Island,
Californias= ==. 32 263

Dead Man's Island
Pleistocene

decoratum, Cardium ..

decorum, Antho-

COLES. 2 oss 21

degolyeri, Robulus ....
delectans, Apheto-
Cerasee eee 23

Deltoceras: e2-.2s:-.c2=-2-
Derby, Australia
Derby, O.

derbyi, Cleiothyri-

Gintawise- ee eee 10
Derbyia, =e se
Derbyord estes se ceeee
Desert Basin, Aus-

(E> UC Nis gee ee PU

desertorum, Apheto-
Celasne ee 23

Desmoinesian

Devonian

devonica,
ella
diadema, Voluta
diaphrovalvis,
Bekena
Diastoloceras

Kirkby-

DIekinss aie
IDVelasmiaie eases
DSi za Seek Ack Me Bess
Dinant, Belgium
Dinantian
Discorbis
Discosorida
diversum, Nemocar-
dium
dohrni, Clenchina 27
doniphonense, Ky-
moniceras
dorotheae, Camerina -.
draconis, Balcis
Dresser, Hugh
Notes on Some
Brachiopods from
Itaituba Formation
(Pennsylvanian) of
the Tapajos River,
Brazil "s-=* ee
Dr llitav es eee ee

373

263
325

1638, 164, 166,
167, 208, 209
51

164, 166, 167,
223-225

227

154

68-74, 77, 84,
88, 89

104, 105
90, 91, 95
95

154, 170, 193,
200

168, 226, 227
75

154, 335, 338,
341, 348

340
276

348, 349, 350
164, 167, 187,
190

155

312

160, 221

316
280, 291

188
31
263

63, 77
285

INDEX

Duartey A... Gua 72, 73, 99
dubius, Ropolonellus 359
DU Ue ee en eee 182
|Dywbsal Key 30, AM Vea 8,9
dumosa, Lapparia .20 285
dumosum, Cardium .... 312
Dun pare (Ce eee eee (15 AS OS,
Dunbar, C., and Con-

drae iG. hye 92,95, 101, 124
Durness limestone .... 168, 173

E
ebriconus, Balecis 24 258, 265

Vitreolina es — 24 258, 265
Hecyliopters) ~-22-2------- 155
Me pHOGA = ee 18
EXetoeycloceras -........- 164, 167, 172,

186, 187, 220
ectosiphuncle _........... 153
ectosiphuncular su-

CUM Gly so ere ee ee 153, 181
Kdmondiay = 3 73
elevatus, Eponides __.. 51
Ellesmeroceratida _..... 160, 161, 165,

167, 183
ellipochoanitie _........... 178
ellipticus, Quasil-

lites@ee oe 30 361, 362
elongata, Macrono-

Cella ee eee? 337
El Paso limestone ...... 166, 173
ION roeuKohhb hea Ss ek ee 28, oi
Emanuel Creek, Aus-

traliayee eee ae 154, 162, 193,

199, 202, 211,
215, 217

156, 159, 169,
177, 186, 188,
199, 202, 204,
208, 211, 215,
217

Emanuel limestone ....

emanuelense, Loben-

doceras) 22 164, 167, 215
Mnaetay, 24:44 ee. 286, 294
Enclimatoceras .......... 13
HMndoceras. 2.3. 157, 170
Hndoceratiday. 160, 167, 175
Endoceratidae ...........- 165
Endoceratidae, gen.

ete spe ind. =e 21 217
ENIGOCONES #4 ee 175
endosiphowedge ........ 218
endosiphuncular

WedRGr wei ee Y 218

374

Endothyra
Eothinoceras

Eponides
Ericusa
Erie Canal
Estonia
estoniense,
COT AS! hs ee eee
Estionioceras (error
for Estonioceras)
Estonioceras

Cyrtendo-

Estonioceras sp. 2
etheringtoni, Cerasto-

derma

Laevicardium
Ethmocardium
Eucymba
Euglyphella
Bulima
Eulimidae
exiguum, Arkoceras ..

extenda, Bairdia .. 30
ezoense, Arctopra-

Culm, eee 29

Nemocardium ._.. 29
F

al sSilyria eee 27

Fasciolariadae [sic]
fastigata, Beyrichia _.
Jonesina

fastosum, Clinocar-
Grune As Ree eS
Mentone Caste

Festilyria
festiva, Festilyria
fichteli, Camerina 1,2

RN CUuLOD SIS) ese
fimbriata, Aechmin-
lila ges 2c Aeon 30
fimbrimarginata,
Roundyella ........ 31
Fischer de Waldheim

Fitzroy Crossing, Aus-
tralia
Five Islands

Hileminet nls 2-4 eee
PLOT Cates eo eee ee es
floridana, Sca-

phellare ae ee 25

Hlowen ioe

335
161, 163, 165,
172, 194, 195

229

161, 164, 166,
229, 230

229, 230

323

312, 318, 315
286

352, 354
258, 259
259, 267
166, 233
346, 347

318
318, 320

284, 291
277
338
338

325

335

286, 294
294

289

342

341
92

154

14
276
276

282, 300
14, 18, 156,
166, 172, 175,

INDEX

179, 209
Flower, R. H., and
Kummel Bs Jr: ..- 160, 176. 192.
219
BOCKSTG 2 AG. .2 212
HUPrest. slr JOON cc... 189
forresti, Kymino-

CORAG I). 58 e 14 163,164,

187-190
Fossa-Mancini, E. .... 69
a CO eS ee 312, 315
fucanum, Cardium .... 327
BLO RAL oases. soes 2-2-5 282, 283, 286
RU POrarinae: = 286, 294
JENIN BG Ey eee ce ort Sees 323
furcillatum, Ventro-

loboceras) 4.-2222.--2-- 164, 166, 203
furtivum, Kymino-

COI) ee SEE ees 188
fusiformis, Meseri-

GUIS an ere ee 26 286
ISTO LUCA scone ee 289
ISU ay eos oe = 74
Husulinella,) 2......-..2- 75, 76

G
ab Dee WV Sad
Galiuro Mts., Arizona 75, 89, 91,
100, 118
gallowayi, Endothyra 335

INamICe lian 564... 5.22 335
Galveston Well .......... 9
Gap Creek dolomite .. 156, 157, 164,

169
garrisonensis, Bairdia 345
Gemmellaro, G. G. .... 5 tal
Geological Society of

PATIIGTIG Ay 2s S52 8 14, 19
Geological Survey of

OUISTATIAg coe 14
Geological Survey of

RCRA! 25. on. Set oe 8
George cls Nes LOT tat
GEOT&IRi = is ee 27, 35, 49
georgianus, Opercu-

linoides ............ 245 32, 37, 49,

52-54
GOnnany n> eh es 18
gerolsteinensis,

Bairdiocypris .......... 349
gibbosus, Morris-

SILGSa os oe 30 351, 352

Gibson, Lee B.
Upper Devonian Os-
tracoda from _ the

Cerro Gordo forma-
tion of Iowa
Gilbert, G. K.

gilchristi, Neptune-
OPSIS ps5 Ree eee. 27
Gril; Adam. Gr 1. -o 5
Calwostiaue: oe eee
(cintiy Ge eyes cen

Glaessner, M. F. ........
Glass Mountain, Texas
Glenister Bie ee
glennesis, Bairdia
Globorotalia
ComesteA hi eeesssen es
Gonsalves, A. D.
Cosaviae = eee
Cosporisands
gossei, Bactroceras ._...
gracile, Campendo-
COnASa 2 sant eaee 14

Grahame des) ee
Grahame Texages see
grahamensis, Jones-
ina
Granocardium
Grant Use
Gale, H.

thiyris' } hs. Sete
Gravee dhs pee ee eet ee
Grays Harbor County,
Washington
Great Britain

Great Lake of Ara-

pecu, Brazil
Greenland
de Gregorio, A.

Grezoryy Jo-We 222s
Grimsdale, T. F., and
SIMO UP Ac ete
griphus, Arctopratu-
Mure 29
Nemocardium 29
(Shelianwe == eee aoe
Conivilllcamessme ny eee on
Cum beliia wean
Guppy) wee
Guppy, D. J., and
ODikA VAS Ales ee
Guppy, Robert J. L. ..
PUY OUSms. eae ee Ae
Gynoldinaee se ee

375

331
8

279, 290
6

287

27, 32

75, 88

147, 153, 159
347

164, 167, 216,
217
312
340

339
311, 312

326

108-112, 114
277

319, 325
100, 111, 114,
124

27, 31

311, 317
311, 317

153, 156, 157,
163, 166, 168

INDEX

H
hackberryensis,

Quasillites --..--- 30 361
Hahia. ..20:3 282 276, 279, 280,
288
13 Wb Y6 (ets pee pe 288
Pia ll edi, 2s See 3 83

hallianus, Strepto-
rhynchus ......-- ale 89, 94
Hamilton Devonian .. 359
TSievoowMhwore 15 IE sees 17(t3)
Hannibal, Harold .....- 319, 324

hannibali, Clinocar-

dint 29 311, 324, 327
Hanzawa, oo.) 29, 32, 33
Hardman, 2 EH. =2--=--- 155
Hardmanoceras ......---- 155, 168, 231,

233
Etiam ellliaescse es eee 286, 293
Harpovoluta. ----.----------- 290
Isto Ub, aeceeree seeeeree 283, 287
Harris Company ......-- 12
Harris, Cora E. ......--.- 3
Harris, Florence B. -.- 3
Harris, Francis E. .... 3
lamrisiiG.e.--eteee ese 259
Harris, G. D.

Memoria] ....-..- frontispiece 1

Biblidgraphy =22---- 21
Harris, Lydia Helen

Crandall) 22. 3
Harris, Rebecca S. -... ay ti, a)
Harris, Rollin A. ...... 3
Elertien Chas: Hyena 4,67, 70
[BING saa 5 Dae eee ote eee 85
Hayward Pass, Cali-

ROTA ose eee 321
hebraea. Voluta --:-..-- 276, 294
hedbergi, Miscellanea 30
jeer boyea. VG ooo see ee 8,11
Helderbergian .....-..---- 351
Helderberg ss see 16
heweoidal. 227
Hemichoanella .......-..-- G6leAl65, LO",

168, 192, 193,

194

hemichoanitic —........-- 153, 17

178-180

Eenipe ste ira Ga eee 56
Herrick, S. M.

See Cole, W. S., and

Hennick iS). Mas. 47
IEVies Stee el ee els oteec eee 174
Be tO pent Wis. ees --e- 4

Hilltop Quarry, Cali-

fornia... 22) 2s 257, 258,
261-267

hircus, Cyrtendoceras 212, 214

@yrtocterina, =------- 211, 212

bndoceras 211
Hodson, Helen ............ 18
Holi! Gy ee eee 176,211
holochoanitie -...........-- 153; Lula

178, 180

Gp kins i) eee 15
Hopper, Walter .......... 15
ELOs Kanon lire Vin ee 155
hoskingiae, Spano-

dental 2 ee 155, 156
Eouston, hexase = 360
Eowelliay” 222 289
Euiiantas kenge Te
Enuibbard Wass 12
Humble Oil Company 344
Enistediagy 74
Plyvattne Aes Sees 212
hypsoconcha,

Bair diag 30 344, 345

Janthinaw se 2s 16
Igarape Bom Jardim,

Bravil =~ ee 78
imperialis, Voluta _.... 276, 295

Volutocorona .... 26 295
inecallida, Balcis .... 24 258, 264, 265

Wate olunames ss 24 258, 264, 265
A Ciaese eee 91
imdicas Melo 26 282
inflatum, Ectocylo-

Geras) eco 14 164, 167, 187
Zeb oN Ohh ey eee 289
lowas1. 2-2 eee 335
Iredale. 1 ee eee ae 259
iredalinay 286
Ireland) 23322 344
Isaac Lea Tertiary

Collection. = 12
htathiba ws pcaZzl ae 69
Itaituba formation .... 77, 78, 85
itaitubense, Dielasma 70, 72
iwakiense, Nemocar-

Gime ic tte eS ee 317
iwasiroense, Clinocar-

CLUUDI 222s 325

Jackson Eocene fos-

Silsi/2: 4 eee oe 10

Jackson Eocene Mol-
lusea
Jamunda River, Bra-
Pl le Stank ORC ere
Janeithoe .......... 25,28
Japan
Jatapu River, Brazil -.
Johns Valley shale ....
Jonesina
junonia, Scaph-
Slinw en ef 25,27
Voluta
junonia butleri,
Seaphella =. 25
Judith River,
BAG KO ese eee aise
jukes-brownei, Athe-
COCYVCMNas ss = 25s
Pseudophragmina

Kamchatka
Katzer, F.
Keen, A. Myra
Keen, A. Myra
Five New Species
and a New Sub-
genus in the Pele-
ecypod Family Car-
diidae
Keen, A. Myra, and
Bentson) OH: 2.2.2...
Keenaea
Wepeli Wr. tener eee
Kennedy; “Wm: 2225-::
Kent, Mrs. Louis
keokuk, Orthis
kieneri, Aurinia .. 27
kieneri ethelae, Aur-
inia
Kimberley Division,
Australia

kimberleyense,
lacoceras

Kindle, E. M.
King, R. E.
Kirkbyella

INDEX

(a!
287, 295

278, 282, 291
276

282
313

56
56

320, 327
69-74, 96
311, 316

307

322
317, 318
76

153, 155, 186,
188, 193,
199-204,

208, 210, 211,
215-223,
226-234

164, 166, 167,
198, 199, 200

Kink byid dee ssc eee
Kloedenellidae
Kobayashi, T.
Kohat District,
Korea
Koztowski; Ri 1...
koztowskii, Ortho-
tichia
umn e ieee
Kunda formation
Kyminoceras

India

Laevicardium
laevigata, Camerina 2
Lake Champlain
Lake Cojubim, Brazil
Lake Jacaré, Brazil ..
Wamanrcks Je ee eee
laminosa, Spiriferina
Lanarkshire
lancelata, Bairdia 30
apparia ) 23.4 tes ee
Larapintine formation
Las Trampas Ridge,
California
latejugata,

Nodosaria

lenticulata, Bairdia ....
Meonardoss Op eee
lepidodendroides,
Khombopora
Les Gondolieres
Les Muricines
Les Musicales
bevinsons is. 7A oe-e-
levinsoni, Monocera-
tina?
Levisoceras
Widdle: GRs Awe? =
Lignitic
Lindner, Aj Ws.
linearis, Balcis
lineata, Reticularia ..
lineata perplexa,
Reticularia
lineatus, Productus ..
Lingula
Lingulidiscina

173
85, 88

160, 188

212

163, 164, 165,
172, 187, 188,
189, 190

163, 164, 166,
197

351

74
276
276
276
344

343, 344
212
18

Miranda, Jose
miscella, Miscel-
lanea
Nummulites
Miscellanea
Mississippi
Mississippian

Mississippian-Dey-

onian
missouriensis,

lidiscina
Mitra
Mitreola
Moa River, Brazil
Moméa tribe, New

Caledonia
monicensis, Balcis --
Monoceratina
Montana group
Monte Alegre,
Montesano formation

ensis, Lingu-

moravicia, Bekena ...-
MOREY EAS eee
Morgan Expedition -...
morgani, Orthotichia
morganiana, Orthis ..

Orthotichia
mormoni, Hustedia -...
Morris, R.
Morrisites
Mount Diablo, Califor-

nia
Mountain limestone ..
Moura, Pedro de
Werte SE Vg See

muricinus, Voluti-
lithes) 20. 5 26

METIS GOWdatie ee ee

musica, Voluta 25,26

Nacatoch sand
Naco. limestone
Nadeau, Betty Kellett
Nanicella
Nannamoria
nassauensis,

lanea

Pellatispirella .... 1
nautica, Melo 27
Naylor Ledge forma-

tion

“Miscel-

INDEX

27-34, 49
316

75, 335, 336,
344, 345, 348

73
276
286

314
258, 261
343

313

rial

311, 319, 324,
325

349

345

85, 86
86

336, 352
335, 351

323
344

72
312

282

275, 276, 282,
285

Nebraskan 22-28 341
necropolitana, Balcis 262
Nemocardium ..........-- 311-318, 320
INeoathletay == ae 285
Neocene Mollusca of

ROXAS Gl see wer aeeeee ae 9
NCOSDInILeT .-2---- == 116; 119
Neptuneopsis ........---.-- 279, 289
Neroly formation ...... 323
New Caledonia ........- 311, 313
INewe Jersey. 22--5.--.32 313
INGiwaelexXic On 166, 173
INeweOn ke see 163, 194
New Scotland ..-..--2! 351
New South Wales ...... 159
News: Zcalanda= === 313
INewcli- INES Ds ees 75
Newfoundland .....-..-.-- 174
newmanae, Cibicides 51
nicaraguana, Miscel-

Lamneats scteto: - 1523s ee 30
nivosa, Aulicina.... 26 275, 281
INOdOSaniawe bi
notoconstricta,

Baindia ee 30 345
Notocycloceras ........ 164, 165-168,

197, 202

Notoplejonar = 286
ING CUI ai ye: es ee es 73
INTIMATES eee 2,29
nuttalli, Cardium ...... 320
Clinocardium) = 320, 323, 327
Nummulites ............ 29

obliquus, Quasillites -. 359
ODONUST A ee eee 157
obstipa, Balcis .... 24 258, 262

Vitreolina, se. 24 258, 262
Ocala limestone ........ 14
ocalanus, Operculin-

Oideseee ae 9 32-34
Octonarial. | 335
Oderoceras) 9 222 205
oepiki, Lebetoceras 18 163, 164, 166,

200, 201
Okdahomay soe eee 342
oldroydi, Balcis ........ 262
Olentangy shale ...... 345
Olivas. ee eee 276
Oliveira Silva, S ...... 76
de Oliveira, Avelino .. (0-548:
Olsson; Axclee= ee 7,18, 271
Oncozrapulsy ee 174

WRIOVEDIUIN! Ja. oceee n=
liratum, Pycno-
COTA Be tee oe. 93
Livermore, California
lobatum, Hardmano-
id i 20
Lobendoceras ............
mocklnn.G. i. 2-5-0
loleta, Balcis ........ 24
Mel aT Olan. 5. 2s.
Mitreolina.....:...- 24
Lomita formation ......
london Basin. 32...

Long Wharf Canyon,
California
Longoconcha
Lophophyllum
lorenzanum, Keenaea
Nemocardium
Lower California
Loxochoanella

LOROCHOANItIC. —
Rucas, Capt. A. F. 2...
lucerna, Phricodothy-

TAS) pai a eer rear ee ee
lucite etching tray ....
Luke Hill formation _
ILA = eee ale eee
LL TRI Ga ge (a ne
Lyrischapa ..

macgillavryi, Camer-
ina
macglameriae,
cocyclina
Pseudophragmina
macrochoanitic

imeriae, Athe-

Macronotella
Madiganella ................
Madruga, ‘Cuba 2.7.
madrugaensis, Boldia
Maecuru Valley, Bra-
7B REISS AT CE ae
Maestrichtian _........
magellanica, Pachy-
CBI Olay eee eee
magnifica, Voluta

INDEX

285

168, 230, 231
321

164, 168, 231,

233, 234
161, 165, 167,
168, 176, 215

276

258, 267

267

258, 267
261, 263, 265
11

257, 258, 260
289

317

317, 320
257, 258
161, 164, 165,
167, 183
153, 171,
178-180

14h

166,173
280, 281, 283,
286, 293
285, 294

286

153, 171, 178,
180

336, 337

161

313

278, 294

276

"27Q

maitlandi, Eothino-
CeOLaARs te ee 16 163, 164, 195,
197
malbertii, Camerina .. 31
Wem ans) as eee 281, 286
Manchurian ee 173
Manchuroceras .......... 169, 218
manitouense, Kymino-

GClasa ie ae. 188
Manis yee eee 17
AY ET el el aS ee eae at 182
Manual of Geology ._... 4,10
Maranhao Basin, Bra-

Al Wace SRR eth Otro dem Yee 76
Maranhao-Piaui Basin 67
Marzinellay 2+. 276
mariannensis, Opercu-

Mina ee ee Sar teen 2 34
Martinia- 2 ee 108
matleyi, Camerina __. 28, 29, 32

Pellatispirella .... 1 PA VPA Y
WR AM A UN ORs nS oe 15, 18, 293
MeConnell nC ee 8
MGGrawi lal eee 6,11
MCC Ks Ear ee a whee 74
Meek, Seth D. ............ 4
meekianum, Clinocar-

Gti ee 323, 327
Melanelilag ss 259
IMG) Orato = Sie atl Bees 278, 280, 281,

282, 287
Melocoronas 25 287, 294
Meloidesg! 2. 286
Mendes Je iGws 2. 76
Meniscoceras: -.--........-. aT (5 aly At)
Meridian Lines .......... 15
Mesericuis) == ee ee 286
Metamelon ....--<:c:------- 287
NWIGKICO. 2 05 ree 49
Meyer) Os sf 11
Miami University ..... 358
micans, Balcis _........ 257, 258, 260
michelini, Terebra-

bua: a wk ee 83
WMicrovoluta 22. 279, 290
Midway group ............ 49
Midway stage ............ 13
midwayensis, Anomal-

inate ee 51

DISCOLDISHE eee 51

Gimpbelina= sal
midwayensis soldado-

ensis, Discorbis ...... 51
Millerella- ee 145
Miomelones. ee 289

Ontario, Canada
Operculina
Operculinella
Operculinoides .-...

1,2

Op Kee Atee oe eee
opima, Spirifer
opimus, Spirifer
orbicularis, Cleiothy-

TIGUN AG soe ee
Orbicwloidea --------------
d’Orbigny, A.
Ordovician
Oregon
Orthis
Orthoceras
Orthoceras' limestone
orthochoanitic

Orthoidea
Orthotetinae
Orthotichia
Orygoceras
Ostracoda

Ovuladae [sic]
Oxford, Ohio
Ozarkian

iPachecoOsJeran An
Pachycymbiola
Pachycymbiolides
Pachymelon
Paiva, G. de
Pakowki formation ....
Paleontological Re-
search Institution
illus.

Paleontological So-
ciety of America ....
Paleopsephaea

Palnier 2D ikee somes

Palmer, 1S) Ve aie

Harris Memorial ....
Palomelon) =e
Para State, Brazil ....
Paraendoceras
Parana Basin -2.-
Parauari River, Bra-

zil

INDEX

359
27, 28, 33, 34
34

27, 28, 31-37,
49

153, 155, 202
115

73,115

102, 105
73

84, 85, 277
153, 336
316, 327

358

18, 19, 261,
263, 264, 319,
324

285

35, 37

14, 18, 275,
292

287

73, 78

175

67, 76

72
val

Parnahiba River, Bra-

ZA ee on eee 73
Parnahiba Valley,

Taz ily eo ee 73
aay ane eee 288
Panvivoluta =. 285
Pataconiag ee 275
Pats ikcya Ele ee eee 212
Pavoray sos eee 285
Peckwahs fetta ee 335
PeCckiwebalndiage= = 349, 350
pelargonatus, Tere-

Dratulay, eee 89
Pelecypoda of the St.

Maurice and Clai-

borne Stages .......... 12
Pellatispirella —...... 1 eok
pellatispiroides, Cam-

Cling, 12 eee 21, 3D
pellis-serpentis, Vol-

Uta. Se eee 276
penniana, Orthis _.... 83

Rhipidomella —.... 6 83, 84
Pennsylvanian ........... 75, 339, 340,

342, 343

peracuta, inna 74
Reritocardinias =.=] — 83
Permian 75, 338, 341,
345

Permian-Pennsyl-
vanian boundary .... 75

perplexa, Martinia _.. 112
Phricodoythyris 11 bla bly
Reticulariag ee 112
SDIniier Sees 112
Squamularia 222225 74,112

perplexum, Diastolo-

GeLas eee 14 164, 167, 187,

190-192

Perrine; Irving 2.2 15

perseus, Basslero-

Cerasy eee 221
perturbatrix, Enaeta 294

Strigatella (Strig-

WINE thoe Teyeitory)), ee - 294
POG pee es. ne ee 292
peruana, Fusulinella -. 76
Peruliutan< = Ses 284
petri, Camerina .......... 31
Petit ave 74
petrosa, Athleta -....... 292

Moluitaics- = 9a.. eee 292

Volutilithes ....... 26 292

Volutovetus ........ 26 292
Phenacoptygma .......... 289

380

INDEX

Phi Beta Kappa .......... 19
philippianus, Mio-

NYGLOM eo hess 27 291
PAPAIN ON © 2-5 sace a kuna 295
Philipsburg, Quebec .. 166,173
Pholidotoma. <....:....2...-. 290
PHTiGOGOthnyris: — --:..---.- 111
Piaui Basin, Brazil _... 76
Piaui State, Brazil .... 7
IOC ORAS 8 ok ceecee nce 169
Pilsbry, H. A., and Ol-

sson, A. A.

Systems of the

\'/0 tw Ce 271
Pin ee ie ee ek 74
Piripauan’ 6.2 313
Pitinga River, Brazil 71
Plagionephrodes ...... 335, 336

354-359
planata, Camerina .... 32
planoconvexa, Ambo-

COCTIA ene et 74, 108, 109

Martiniare: 5. 2.5222" 108

SPILT a eet ss au +: 108
plastic? screen’ ]..4_-- 79
Pleasanton Quad.,

Gahfornia £2 ss 321
Pleistocene: 2.0.2... -- ra PA PAT grates

260, 261, 326
LEIKS TO) 0 ee eet eee ea 293
plexiglass screen ...... 79
Phwmmer HB). 2: 76
POInIeT eee eS 279
Polymorphnina), 222222222: 51
Pomeyrol, René _._..... 314, 315
pomeyroli, Ethmocar-

aint) Gt» 29 311, 314,315

Granocardium .. 29 311, 314,315
Ponderodictya .........:.. 335
Pontotoc County, Ok-

Pan OUMa eee eee 343
Porters Creek clay .... 49
Poulsen. aC) 3220. ae 168,173
Fowells.Jo Wi. a 8
iPpradoceras-22. 82 =: 198
praeblandum, Clino-

Cardin 25: 29 321
Praia Grande, Brazil 71
PALM «osc eee 316, 317
ef. prefalcata, Balcis 258, 263

Vitreolina ........ ile £02 258
Prendergast, K. L. .... 155
priamus, Halia __... 26 280

PIC G aso. tee pe 76
Price’s Creek, Aus-

Drala eo. 3 eee

153-159, 162,
164, 165, 170,

200
prima, Siphonina ...... 51
priscum, Cyrtendo-
COLlast:2 6-4 fees 212
pristinum, Clinocar-
Gime 29 311, 322, 323,
327
Prodallia, -2 22s. 289
Rroguetus, =o 72
Productus limestone 70
proliferum, Lopho-
phyllite ee 74
Proscaphellay 289
Prosser Chas. S95 ose. 4
Protaster) ee 73

Proterocameroceras .. 161, 164, 165,

167, 168, 172,

175, 205

Proterocamerocera-

tidae ss ae 165
Protobaltoceras .......... 157, 200
Protocycloceras ........ 186, 188
Protrematay ee 83
Psephacar see 280
pseudofastosum,

Clinocardium)-—--. 325
Pseudophragmina 49, 54-56
Pterospiras = 281, 286
Btychoris) 2-5 290
pulchella, Lyria .... 27 293

Sammaliyria 22 27 293
Punctospirifer -22-....--- 124
‘punctulifera, Mac-

ronotellay a 30 337
Punjab elndia 70
Py Cnoceras, (2 162, 164, 168,

1722174; 230
pycnopleura, Fal-

Silymiay 62s. 2 saces- 27 291
AV CIAY Mo eee 291
Q
quadragenarium, Car-
OUI ae 2S. Eo 321
Dallocardias = 322
Trachycardium ...... 322
quadrigenarium, Car-
Gigmy hers et eee 321
GQuasillites: 22 354, 357,
359-362
Onasiilitidace se 359
Quebecoceras .............. 212
Queensland) 2. 169

381

Rachiglossa
rachiglossate
radula
radular patterns
Ranikothalia
raymondi, Eulima
(double pages)
rectidorsalis, Youngia
Youngiella
Reed, F. R. Cowper --
Reeve, L.
regularis, Derbyia -..-
Rehder cbiscAwge
Remecken his 2...
Relegamoria .-.....-...------
Rvemeles GAts eens
remelei, Cyrtendo-
ceras
repens, Kyminoceras
resupinata, Schizo-
phoria
Reticulariinae
AVEC PIU a) eee
Rhipidomella
Rhipidomellidae
rhomboideum, Clino-
cardium
FWHOMPOPOTAy 22-2
Reha. wives oe ee es
Riggi, A. E.
Robulus
robusta, Orthis
Rochdale limestone ..
Rock Salt

Rockford, Iowa ........
rockfordensis,
iBpalGdiay 6 30
rocky-montani, Spiri-
TOR ene lee 0,

rockymontanus, Spiri-

fer
roissyi, Cleiothyris ....
Ropolonellidae
Ropolonellus
Rostellaca
Rostellana
Rostellinda
Roundyella
TOVSSI A Hy rScee ee

Cleithyridina

Cleiothyris
Rudolfoceras
Ruedemann, R. ..........

INDEX

277
279
279, 284
280
27, 29, 32

258

337

294, 295
91,92
275
15,17
288

211

212, 214, 215
188

73
111
285

342, 348, 354
347
115, 118, 122

115

352

354

289

289
341, 342
100

105

102
157, 186
174, 212

Ruedemannoceras 161
rupestris, Fulgo-

Tove WEI Vp ee ee ea 25 283, 290
RALS Slater eee 75
Nitvlay Balciss. =e 257, 258, 262
rutteni, Camerina ...... 31

S
SaApINemMsta yen = 13
Sabine Uplitt.-- 2 15
St. Louis, Missouri .... 335, 359
Sakhalin Island ~.....- 325
Sakimanrlaniaess =e 15
Salines of North

TOUTS TAM ae geeee sees 15
Salt Range, India ...... 70
samarangae, Cardium 317

San Diego Natural

History Museum .... 260, 263, 265,

266
San Jose Quad., Cali-

FONG | ae eee 321
San Pablo group ...... 323
San Pedro, California 257, 261, 263,

265, 266
San Quintin Bay,

Galiforniaye 258
Sannallyniag ee 27 286, 293
Sansabellay =e 341
Santa Clara County,

Caliionni aes 321
Santa Monica, Cali-

fornilave 2.48 2 Se 257, 260
Santo Domingo .......... 293
Sa0tomeag ee 286
Seiya MMa@meig Ses 10
scabricosta, Puncto-

SpILiter, = eee 124
Scaphellave-seeses 278, 282, 283,

288
Scaphelfides ......-......- 288
Seaphellinae _........._.- 279, 287
Schenck Ji Gy 312, 327
Schenck, H. G., and

Keene AL ie =e 327
schencki, Trachyear- .

GUUITTe eee = ey 322
Schindewolf, O. H. .... 176
Schizophoria ....-..-:.. 73, 86
Schizophoriidae ........ 85
schimidtella, 2s. 337
schmidti, Cyrtocerina 211

Cyrtendoceras ........ 212, 204

Pndoceras) 211

Schoonover, Lois M. -.
Schuchert, C.
SChiummean, Js Gr. ~-o-:--
Schwagerina
Schwagerina lime-
stone
Schwengel, Jeanne 8S.
scofieldi, Macrono-
tella
Ente Gee ee
Selection Homestead
WAUVESY AZ DG SS OES
semiasperum, Car-
dium
Nemocardium .... 29
semireticulatus,
ductus
Senescella
Senonian
septal necks
Septati
Serra Itauajuri, Bra-
A genset aka Sed 2 ent + ae
Servico Geologico e

Mineralogico ............
sevierense, Allopilo-

COLAS eee Sees tee Ket >.
Sheliperonni, 222.8

Shell Ridge, Califor-
nia
Shideler, W. H.
shideleri, Plagione-
phrodes .............. 31
Shimizu, S., and
Obata.
shinjiense, Clinocar-
dium

dium
Sigal, J.

silon

SIP a el Ce
sigmoidalis, Strepula
Sigmomorphina ..........
SIMNItes* +e
SUUTIAM 9s te

Roundyella
Singleton, O: P. :......
Sineley~ Jin Ac-2 24525.-
Siphonal canal 2...
Siphonina

INDEX

313
UAL SLY U5 Ure)
Gio

211
171

321, 323
336, 358

357-359
186
325

325
29

siphuncle
Slodkewich, W. S. ....
Smith, Ernest R.
Smithsonian Institu-
tion
Smithville formation
smithvillense, Ky-
minoceras
Snyder Creek forma-
tion
Société de Recherche
et d’Exploitation de
Pétrole en Nou-
velle-Calédonie
Société Géologique de
France
Sociéte Géologique
Suisse
soldadensis, Atheco-
eyclina
Miscellanea
Operculinoides
Pseudophragmina ..
Ranikothalia
soldadensis calebard-
ensis, Athecocy-
clina
Pseudophragmina
soldadoensis, Discor-
bis
Sigmomorphina
Sowerby, G. B.
sowerbyi, Enaeta 27
Spanodonta
speciosum, Cardium -.
Ethmocardium
Spindle Top, Texas ..
Spinovina
Spirifer

Spiriferacea
Spiriferidae
Spiriferina

Spiriferinae
Spiriferinidae
Spiriferininae .............-
Squamularia
Stanford University -

Stanton formation ....
Stanton, T. W.
steanei, Manchuro-
ceras
stearnsi, Arcto-
melon

11,19
19

56
37, 49, 52
37
56
52

56
56

293

290

155

312

362

73, 74, 108,
114

100

107

124

114

124

74,111
261, 263, 264,
266, 319, 324
341

218

290

Stemmann Ga
stephensoni, Atheco-
cyclina, =
Discocyclinay-—-
Pseudophragmina 5
Stewart, G. A., and
Hendrixe WB
Stewart, R.
Stoliez Karsh eee
Stoneman, Clara ........
Stoyanow, Aj Ay

Strathaven, Great
Britain’ @22-<.5 2.03
Streptorhynchus
Strepula, pees kee eee
striatoreticulata,
Camerina
striatus, Anomites ....
Strigatella (Strigilla
should read)
Strigilla (error for
Strigatella)
Strombifonmis) =...
Strophomenidae ........
study opaque sections
subalternatum, Car-
CLIT ee oe ee
subangulata, Gyroi-
CLL eet a re ea a
subcircularis, Bertil-
lonella ses
subfamilies Volutidae
Key pen en ns re
subholochoanitic

sublamellosa, Athyris
Cleithyridina -.........
suborthochoanitic __...
subparallella, Bairdia
subquadrata, Eugly-
piella gee 31
subtilla, Bairdia .... 30
Succoceras: ee
Swainson, Wm. ..........
Sweden. 2.23 eee
SyCOSpira s22-— ae
Sylvia Creek, Wash-
ington

Taholah, Washington

Mal ON as Srpehs Ge Peete

talboti, Apocrino-
ceras

INDEX

49,54, 55
54
49, 54, 55

341, 345

312

(la, en
100, 118, 123

107
89, 91
352

31
114

294

294
259

89
181

313
51
337

290

153, 171,
178-180

101

105

153, 178, 179
346

353
346
169
276
211
286

324

319

164, 167, 221

Tapajos Beds ..............
Tapajos limestone ....
Tapajos River, Brazil
tapajotensis, Derbya
Derbyia
Orthotetes
Streptorhynchus ....
Mapa Oca 8,9
Tapajotia
Abeer). eter a
Tarphyceratida

ahanreekallip he sae
a STN A ay eee eee ee

forniay = ee
Tectiplica
Leichert: (C= eee es

Teichert, C., and Glen-
Steer Llany
Teichert, C., and
Glenister, Brian,
Early Ordovician
Cephalopod Fauna
froni Northwestern
Australia
Telotremata
Teramachia
Terebratula
Teremelon
teretilobatum, Thyla-
cocerass 20
Terezina, Brazil
sRernivo lita =e
Lersaeebaleisnse 24
MRO@KAS: gelsiose yee eee
thersites, Balcis
Watreolina =e
thetidis, Pratulum ....
Dhlipsuridae ys
Thompson, M. L. ........
Thylacoceras

Thylacoceratidae
TitiGaCas ee
tobleri, Miscellanea ..
toriii [sic], Nemocar-

Ginny = ee
Tormey, California ....
Rornatellay =. eee
tornatilis, Voluta
torticone

384

160, 162, 219,
223

169

323

285

157, 154, 169,
175, 218

147, 155, 157,
169, 176

147

100

280, 289
83, 89
287

164, 167, 199
73

285

257, 261

Trachycardium
racy, A.
Traité de Paleon-
tologie
transversa, Puncto-
SDIPILON seo ececeo 12
Spirifer
Spiriferina
trapezoides,
ella
Tremadocian
PAVE HN CON eee ee
Triticites
Trinidad
trispinosa,
ella
tristiculum, Arcto-
pratulum
Nemocardium
trochoceroid
trojana, Bairdia
Trombetas River,
EA 7:1 Leena ev Ns
Troschel, F. H., and
BSCE Teles ete = 2
Sey WL Bye Ii eee
Tschernyschew, Th. ..
Turonian
Turridae
PuErstiGOne, 2... ne.
typa, Kirkbyella
typica, Microvoluta 27

Beecher-

Aechmin-

Ulrich, E. O., Foerste,
A. F., and Miller,
1Ny 5G] GES ie Sate ie eens 2

Ulrich, E. O., Foerste,
A. F., Miller, A. K.,
and Furnish, W. M.

Ulrich, E. O., Foerste,
A. F., Miller, A. K.,
and Unklesbay,

A> G:

ceras
Wiirichiag ose
uninodusus, Plagione-
phrodes
Union Springs, New
3K 0) 9) sh Sees ere eer
United States Geo-
logical Survey

SOmoie

163

INDEX

212

166

, 173, 186,
194, 220

13
335

354, 355
ay
8

United States Na-
tional Museum

University of Califor-
nia
University
nati
University
DOURN Gwen eee
University of Wes-
tern Australia

Upper Productus

limestone
Uralian
Oirrag lise Fo eee ee ee
urei, Spirifer
ursaniense, Cardium

Ethmocardium

Granocardium
Urupadi River
Utoceras

Vacuum Oil Pty. Ltd.
Walliyilintentags
Vancouver Island
vanderstoki, Camerina
variolaria, Cam-
eRinag see a ree 2
Maushane oie Wes see.
Vaushan, T. W.,

and=Coles Ws.
Weatch: Aq iG ees
Venezilelage ee

ventrale, Monocera-
tina

ventricosa, Voluto-
DUD aes: eee 26

Ventroloboceras

vernicosum, Calliotec-

tunp = 27
vespertilio, Auli-

Cina. ee 26

Yay ET 2 = ee ee a
vicksburgensis, Oper-

culinoides -2-...---- iby
VAiSGaATl eee ee
WiAtreOlinaw ee

385

260, 261, 263,
264, 266, 275,

319, 324, 337,

339-341,
344-346

321, 323, 324
77, 78
156, 182

155, 183, 189,
195, 208

73, 74

89, 91, 100
107

313

313, 315
313, 315
72

205

155
51
326
31

31
31, 33

29, 30
14, 15
49, 56

343

281
164, 165, 197,
203

290

281
276

32, 33, 34
72

258, 259,
260-267

Voluta
Volutadae [sic]
Voluticella

Volutifusus
Volutilithes
Volutilithinae
Volutinae
Volutoconus
Volutocorbis
Volutocorona ........ 26
Volutocristata

Volutoderminae
Volutofusus
Volutolyria
Volutomitra
Volutomitrinae
Volutomorpha
Volutopupar
Volutospina
Volutovetus
Volvaria

Waders s= = Ae ae
Wagner, F.

LOTMT aye cee ee ES
Wapanucka limestone
warburtoni, Loxocho-

AMG Mla wes. ee 15
Wiashin's tones
Washington Univer-

SSDWLEN (soa ee ee ete
Wayland shale =...
waynense, Nemocar-

LIU also SP Ree
Weaver, Chas. E.
weaveri, Nemocar-

Gin see
Weisbord, N. E.
welleri, Cardium

Ethmocardium

Granocardium ____.
Wie ES UJ W, 5-2 etca ae s
wenonah, Cardium ....
Werner Oss. Lae
werneri, Plagione-

phrodes
Westenoceras ............
Western Australia ....
Westonoceras

INDEX

275, 276
276

285

288
282, 285, 293
284

284

287
279, 280, 285
287, 295
285

289

280
283, 284
280, 290
290

289
281, 285
281, 285
285, 292
276

70, 91, 92
155

326

287

321, 323
343

164, 167, 183
311, 324, 325

335, 359
340

316
319, 327

316, 320

313

312, 313, 315
315

313

359

354, 358, 359
222
154, 162,173
222

Wiheeler; Be Es =
Winters @arAta 2 ee
White, David
whitei, Cardium

Ethmocardium

Granocardium
Whitney, Francis L. ..
Wichitoceras
Widder beds
Wilcox stage
wilcoxensis, Robulus

Vallvatlineriaies se
willcoxi, Nummulites
Operculinoides .. 1,2

Williams, Henry S. ....
Williamsburg, Mis-
souri
Winckworth, R.
Wishkah River, Wash-
ington
Wolfcampian
Wioltond \pee
woodsi, Cardium
Ethmocardium
Granocardium
Woodsiluta
Woodsivoluta
Wynoochee River,
Washington

Xenostegium

Yakataga formation -.
yakatagense, Clino-
cardium
yakatagensis, Cardium
Yarbichambi
Youngia
Youngiella
Youngiella ? sp.....
Youngiellidae
yurabiense, Notocy-
cloceras 18,19

ZA 5 ON Fe ee a Ps

313,

156

326

326
326

74
337
337
337
337

164, 166, 167,

202

288
287
287

XXII.
XXII,

XXIV.

XXYV.

XXYI.

XXVIII.

XXIX.
XXX.
XXXII.

XXXIL.

XXXII.

XXXIV.

XXXYV.

XXXVI.

Volume I.

Il.

it.

(Nos. 78-76). 356 pp., 31 pls.
Paleozoic Paleontology and Tertiary Foraminifera.
RNGSGareeO eo SOI) RD. Oe DUB cele scheeercactercabas hnoeaMaprebdincad th0
Corals, Cretaceous microfauna and biography of Con-

rad.
CNO’, BOSSY) 6 S84 pp), BT DIR ay ca ek OS hae woseewdaecnoste hens
Mainly Paleozoic faunas and Tertiary Mollusca.
(Nigs.'88-94B) 0: 306 pp!) SO\pls. Bale 2 a ee
Paleozoic fossils of Ontario, Oklahoma and Colombia,
Mesozoic echinoids, California Pleistocene and Mary-
land Miocene mollusks.
(NGS? 9p=100) 5° 14:20: pps, (S8-pks! NUN Ae ee
Florida Recent marine shells, Texas Cretaceous fos-
sils, Cuban and Peruvian Cretaceous, Peruvian EKo-
gene corals, and geology and paleontology of Ecua-
dor.
(Voss 101.108) 2.876) pp:,)36) pls. he ee
Tertiary Mollusca, Paleozoic cephalopods, Devonian
fish and Paleozoic geology and fossils of Venezuela.
(Nos. 2092014)2/ 412. pp sb4epls.\ 2. es, Pal Ss oe,
Paleozoic cephalopods, Devonian of Idaho, Cretaceous
and Eocene mollusks, Cuban and Venezuelan forams.
(Nose) Pa=116)5) 738 pps 52 piss xe.45 2 1? Sa eet
Bowden forams and Ordovician cephalopods.
CNo.-117), 665° pps 65, pls: U6) Bale VR
Jackson Eocene mollusks.
(NOS ALES=128)5 19458 pp 27 pis. 224 as a
Venezuelan and California mollusks, Chemung and
Pennsylvanian crinoids, Cypraeidae, Cretaceous,
Miocene and Recent corals, Cuban and Floridian
forams, and Cuban fossil localities.
(NOS. T20-1SS > 294 smh 89 plese ( ee al aes
Silurian cephalopods, crinoid studies, Tertiary forams,
and Mytilarca.
(Nos. 1345139) 21.448 - pp. 51 pls. ek fe OR
Devonian annelids, Tertiary mollusks, Ecuadoran
stratigraphy and paleontology.
N685°140=145)),.\)-400 pp, 19 pis: 256... iN ae
Trinidad Globigerinidae, Ordovician Enopleura, Tas-
manian Ordovician cephalopods and Tennessee Or-
dovician ostracods, and conularid bibliography.
ON ON. 146-154),7/386\pp..i31 Dis. 03 cee oe el Te eR
G. D. Harris memorial, camerinid and Georgia. Paleo-
cene Foraminifera, South American Paleozoics, Aus-
tralian Ordovician cephalopods, California Pleisto-
cene Eulimidae, Volutidae, Cardiidae, and Devonian
ostracods from Iowa.
(No. 155-)
Globotruncana in Colombia

PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA

(Nos. 1-5). 519 pp., 75 pls.
Monographs of Arcas, Lutetia, rudistids and venerids.
Seroeine- sayy 531. DIG ST) DIS. wu 8 We
Heliophyllum halli, Tertiary turrids, Neocene Spon-
dyli, Paleozoic cephalopods, Tertiary Fasciolarias
and Paleozoic and Recent Hexactinellida.
WNOs5513=25) Ji! 513 pp.,. 6iapls? 3.3. en
Paleozoic cephalopod structure and phylogeny, Paleo-
zoic siphonophores, Busycon, Devonian fish studies,
gastropod studies, Carboniferous crinoids, Creta-
ceous jellyfish, Platystrophia, and Venericardia.

7.00

9.00
8.00

10.00

7.00

10.00

9.00

9.80

18.00

19.00

CONDENSED TABLE OF CONTENTS OF BULLETINS OF AMERICAN

PALEONTOLOGY AND PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA

Volume I.

If.

BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY

(Nos. 1-5). 354 pp. 32 pls. |
Mainly Tertiary Mollusca.
(NossO-10)2 > 847 ‘pp.). 23° piss! afk ee
Tertiary Mollusca and Foraminifera, Paleozoic faunas.
(Nos. 11-15). 402 pp., 29 pls,
Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Paleozoic sections and
faunas.
(Nos. 16-21) 3< 36k ppyy26 spls:4 ae Ph ee
Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Paleozoic sections and
faunas.
(Nos. 22230)\77437 sppa768—pis. 1 toa ve 1 eS
Tertiary fossils mainly Santo Domingan, Mesozoic and
Paleozoic fossils.
(Noasl)s-7268ppi 5 o plise 0 en, ee
Claibornian Eocene. pelecypods.
(No. 32). 730‘pp.;°99 piss -.:s...222 FO Ne aa OE oy plore I de
Claibornian Eocene scaphopods, Paste iean, and
cephalopods.

(Nos. 38-36). 357 pp., 15 pls.
Mainly Tertiary Mollusca.
(Nos. 37-39). 462 pp., 35 pls.

Tertiary Mollusca mainly from Costa Rica.
(Noss, 40-42)./ S82 ypp:, 54 pls 2 eka ae
Tertiary forams and mollusks mainly from Trinidad
and Paleozoic fossils.
(Noss43-46) 2/272 pp: Al pls. ee
Tertiary, Mesozoic and Paleozoic fossils mainly from
Venezuela.
(Nos. 47-48)... 494 ppd! pis Av TO A Ne es
Venezuela and Trinidad forams and Mesozoic inverte-
brate bibliography.
(NOS. 149: 50) eN264 pi 4G opis oaks ee SSL
Venezuelan Tertiary Mollusca and Tertiary Mammalia.
(Nos. -51-547-/306" pps. 44 pls. |) te a ey
Mexican Tertiary forams and Tertiary mollusks of
Peru and Colombia.
(No0s./05-58).— 314cpb. 80" pIsisen Ne pee Se
Mainly Ecuadoran, Peruvian and Mexican Tertiary
forams and mollusks and Paleozoic fossils.
(Nos) 59267) ey 140... 48 piste ae ey a a
Venezuela and Trinidad Tertiary Mollusca.
(Nos. 62-68). 288 p33" play eee Pe a OO
Peruvian Tertiary Mollusea.
(Nos, 64-67). 286- pp: 20% pis fa eee A. Jase he
Mainly Tertiary Mollusca and Cretaceous corals.
(No, 68). 9272. pps 24 pis. (nee a Ge lee ed
Tertiary Paleontology, Peru.
(Nok./69-70C). 7.266 pp. 26 pls. wt a ork ee
peo eer and Tertiary Paleontology of Peru and
‘uba.
(Nosx'71=72). S21 \ppi,12) Play Viigsa dk Sa Se
Paleozoic Paleontology and Stratigraphy.

7.00
9.00

10.00

7.00
7.00

9.00
9.00
7.00 °

7300--
10.00 |

10.00
5.00
8.00
8.00
8.00

8.50

12.00 —

Marti
4 AY
|

fae: ear iy y

8
hy i
ee, A
, ;

’
b ;
' }
t ' Hl
? 7
, \
r i
“y
: ee:
a ‘ re ore
Og len fe
a ff hay
oh Wy
Rh ON lb in
Mes 1) , wy
4 ‘— aes}
Vie. j mf
eat
aa mo j
? ye
a} a
1]
nit ek
ty

met he ein Mi a ; - | La ; Hor een) ra 2S

A y a
i ny LL AY
ye i i
tl ie Th Woe
7 i
Ry ik
ey OG
He i }
. a, TROT
de i
a ,

1) ae TM RY CRE aerate es
a ; May eh, Me 4 yumi hy es LP aed Mia ee i : iu ek st
' hy { 4 he . 4 ; wy a ” Hee ab % iy hihi * inns Mt :
7 ; j | ‘ ’

‘ , % y yt
jae fi ch OLY ; a) ay H } uf! ;
ay tae iv oy '\ Hy AP UAL e (oe

wil Avon

bine arena

' EDT UR On ¥S, yi

LE a

at an + hich

ie; ns we ' a
iT (in y 4)

Ps ny nie mn AT 19 ; i
eh td i

why’
Ww

ue Vee
NUN?
baat “Ni

ie
oy p: Mi ,
j

Bb my eN
y ay 4

ee
at

JUL 0 6 2004

Harvard MCZ Libra

i
2 ih
Phd ch Maa] ot art
, iMod t Kine’
ie

1 rh ipar
ate ey } tied tek
Heel Hi fit. : f i! fOebie t
4bFT 4

‘

F
; oe
i ite

weer
Vreioee.
v iyi

awe fe

Doabial
4 iat
eee
cd aos ros ied as td capt
ta seopeannpeoe

he Robot a5 ce 104

Ww
it ee:
CU enicia oo ee Grd bey»
pie e Te/epas
’ Tithe Ui weve Y hye

Ciadd

‘
4

euTati ists: (met
foteree
viapape?
Ustrteaniaihet a vnlntt el
ae ajerenesevep rey

Hyp <a age iba
Ay be U A bate

eiuite
wllGh

oh Baby trahorte eet by tps
vere 9 ee ares +i th
vb Fede beds Remar EP HEE gre leew &
Heed heehee ie bert nye foey le opt based yy
eer aban rer tare ee
98 Aw Pt reds oh om:

ay to 4
aaa
;
atressratannal

en
Weer oryentel

¢ they hy apt ty
tae eseserey
Rosie stn ‘ pe tech ate atta
9 ear Eh ih 4 byte rn kd saith
+8 ypbee ah yy > i sash

SR ad ay ied Abbebe | opsetanee Pty
Mand BUMS»

aN rte pets: ‘ SRC
HOE ents elelet : ; My ete
etetepere ; OX
Ubi a aeatunrr asta
sere t 4 wees
tbat cares
area minaret

,
aye

eyrieaatele tect
egsatpee: +

eter
are ara
Pere Par re ys

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Bulletins of American paleontology"

See other formats